diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:23:46 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:23:46 -0700 |
| commit | e3a4645a15afbb460a597a2204d2c1bf7c3180b4 (patch) | |
| tree | e72a452a0fb71a7eb999afb6778bdb3e8911a06a | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 4597-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 123244 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 4597-h/4597-h.htm | 7465 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 4597.txt | 5820 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 4597.zip | bin | 0 -> 120312 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/sflif10.txt | 6159 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/sflif10.zip | bin | 0 -> 120284 bytes |
9 files changed, 19460 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/4597-h.zip b/4597-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0931a2a --- /dev/null +++ b/4597-h.zip diff --git a/4597-h/4597-h.htm b/4597-h/4597-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fbbfd07 --- /dev/null +++ b/4597-h/4597-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,7465 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> +<HTML> +<HEAD> + +<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1"> + +<TITLE> +The Project Gutenberg E-text of Stories from Life, by Orison Swett Marden +</TITLE> + +<STYLE TYPE="text/css"> +BODY { color: Black; + background: White; + margin-right: 10%; + margin-left: 10%; + font-family: "Times New Roman", serif; + text-align: justify } + +P {text-indent: 4% } + +P.noindent {text-indent: 0% } + +P.poem {text-indent: 0%; + margin-left: 10%; + font-size: small } + +P.letter {text-indent: 0%; + font-size: small ; + margin-left: 10% ; + margin-right: 10% } + +P.footnote {font-size: small ; + text-indent: 0% ; + margin-left: 0% ; + margin-right: 0% } + +P.transnote {font-size: small ; + text-indent: 0% ; + margin-left: 0% ; + margin-right: 0% } + +P.intro {font-size: 80% ; + text-indent: 0% ; + margin-left: 10% ; + margin-right: 10% } + +P.finis { font-size: larger ; + text-align: center ; + text-indent: 0% ; + margin-left: 0% ; + margin-right: 0% } + +</STYLE> + +</HEAD> + +<BODY> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Eclectic School Readings: Stories from Life, by +Orison Swett Marden + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Eclectic School Readings: Stories from Life + +Author: Orison Swett Marden + +Posting Date: August 8, 2009 [EBook #4597] +Release Date: October, 2003 +First Posted: February 13, 2002 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STORIES FROM LIFE *** + + + + +Produced by Robert Rowe, Charles Franks and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team. HTML version by Al Haines + + + + + + +</pre> + + +<BR><BR> + +<H1 ALIGN="center"> +ECLECTIC SCHOOL READINGS: <BR>STORIES FROM LIFE +</H1> + +<H2 ALIGN="center"> +A BOOK FOR YOUNG PEOPLE +</H2> + +<BR> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +BY +</H3> + +<H2 ALIGN="center"> +ORISON SWETT MARDEN +</H2> + +<BR><BR> + +<H4 ALIGN="center"> +AUTHOR OF "ARCHITECTS OF FATE," "RUSHING TO THE FRONT," <BR> +"WINNING OUT," ETC, AND EDITOR OF "SUCCESS" +</H4> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +PREFACE +</H3> + +<P> +To make a life, as well as to make a living, is one of the supreme +objects for which we must all struggle. The sooner we realize what this +means, the greater and more worthy will be the life which we shall make. +</P> + +<P> +In putting together the brief life stories and incidents from great +lives which make up the pages of this little volume, the writer's +object has been to show young people that, no matter how humble their +birth or circumstances, they may make lives that will be held up as +examples to future generations, even as these stories show how boys, +handicapped by poverty and the most discouraging surroundings, yet +succeeded so that they are held up as models to the boys of to-day. +</P> + +<P> +No boy or girl can learn too early in life the value of time and the +opportunities within reach of the humblest children of the twentieth +century to enable them to make of themselves noble men and women. +</P> + +<P> +The stories here presented do not claim to be more than mere outlines +of the subjects chosen, enough to show what brave souls in the past, +souls animated by loyalty to God and to their best selves, were able to +accomplish in spite of obstacles of which the more fortunately born +youths of to-day can have no conception. +</P> + +<P> +It should never be forgotten, however, in the strivings of ambition, +that, while every one should endeavor to raise himself to his highest +power and to attain to as exalted and honorable a position as his +abilities entitle him to, his first object should be to make a noble +life. +</P> + +<P> +The author wishes to acknowledge the assistance of Miss Margaret +Connolly in the preparation of this volume. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +O.S.M. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<H2 ALIGN="center"> +CONTENTS +</H2> + +<H4> + <A HREF="#today">TO-DAY</A><BR> + <A HREF="#millboy">"THE MILL BOY OF THE SLASHES"</A><BR> + <A HREF="#slave">THE GREEK SLAVE WHO WON THE OLIVE CROWN</A><BR> + TURNING POINTS IN THE LIFE OF A HERO:<BR> + I. <A HREF="#hero1">THE FIRST TURNING POINT</A><BR> + II. <A HREF="#hero2">A BORN LEADER</A><BR> + III. <A HREF="#hero3">"FARRAGUT IS THE MAN"</A><BR> + <A HREF="#mark">HE AIMED HIGH AND HIT THE MARK</A><BR> + <A HREF="#violinist">THE EVOLUTION OF A VIOLINIST</A><BR> + <A HREF="#teakettle">THE LESSON OF THE TEAKETTLE</A><BR> + <A HREF="#printing">HOW THE ART OF PRINTING WAS DISCOVERED</A><BR> + <A HREF="#seafever">SEA FEVER AND WHAT IT LED TO</A><BR> + <A HREF="#gladstone">GLADSTONE FOUND TIME TO BE KIND</A><BR> + <A HREF="#tribune">A TRIBUNE OF THE PEOPLE</A><BR> + <A HREF="#patience">THE MIGHT OF PATIENCE</A><BR> + <A HREF="#gambetta">THE INSPIRATION OF GAMBETTA</A><BR> + <A HREF="#jackson">ANDREW JACKSON: THE BOY WHO "NEVER WOULD GIVE UP"</A><BR> + <A HREF="#faraday">SIR HUMPHRY DAVY'S GREATEST DISCOVERY, MICHAEL FARADAY</A><BR> + <A HREF="#canova">THE TRIUMPH OF CANOVA</A><BR> + <A HREF="#franklin">FRANKLIN'S LESSON ON TIME VALUE</A><BR> + <A HREF="#storeboy">FROM STORE BOY TO MILLIONAIRE</A><BR> + <A HREF="#paint">"I WILL PAINT OR DIE!"</A><BR> + <A HREF="#blood">THE CALL THAT SPEAKS IN THE BLOOD</A><BR> + <A HREF="#washington">WASHINGTON'S YOUTHFUL HEROISM</A><BR> + <A HREF="#cow">A COW HIS CAPITAL</A><BR> + <A HREF="#imust">THE BOY WHO SAID "I MUST"</A><BR> + <A HREF="#treasure">THE HIDDEN TREASURE</A><BR> + <A HREF="#lion">LOVE TAMED THE LION</A><BR> + <A HREF="#room">"THERE IS ROOM ENOUGH AT THE TOP"</A><BR> + <A HREF="#uplift">THE UPLIFT OF A SLAVE BOY'S IDEAL</A><BR> + <A HREF="#robin">"TO THE FIRST ROBIN"</A><BR> + <A HREF="#wizard">THE "WIZARD" AS AN EDITOR</A><BR> + <A HREF="#fortune">HOW GOOD FORTUNE CAME TO PIERRE</A><BR> + <A HREF="#rust">"IF I REST, I RUST"</A><BR> + <A HREF="#boy">A BOY WHO KNEW NOT FEAR</A><BR> + <A HREF="#stanley">HOW STANLEY FOUND LIVINGSTONE</A><BR> + <A HREF="#nestor">THE NESTOR OF AMERICAN JOURNALISTS</A><BR> + <A HREF="#idea">THE MAN WITH AN IDEA</A><BR> + <A HREF="#bernard">"BERNARD OF THE TUILERIES"</A><BR> + <A HREF="#blacksmith">HOW THE "LEARNED BLACKSMITH" FOUND TIME</A><BR> + <A HREF="#legend">THE LEGEND OF WILLIAM TELL</A><BR> + <A HREF="#westward">"WESTWARD HO!"</A><BR> + THREE GREAT AMERICAN SONGS AND THEIR AUTHORS<BR> + I. <A HREF="#songs1">THE STAR-SPANGLED BANNER</A><BR> + II. <A HREF="#songs2">AMERICA</A><BR> + III. <A HREF="#songs3">THE BATTLE HYMN OF THE REPUBLIC</A><BR> + <A HREF="#training">TRAINING FOR GREATNESS</A><BR> + <A HREF="#marble">THE MARBLE WAITETH</A><BR> +</H4> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="today"></A> +<H1 ALIGN="center"> +STORIES FROM LIFE +</H1> + +<BR> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +TO-DAY +</H3> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + For the structure that we raise,<BR> + Time is with materials filled;<BR> + Our to-days and yesterdays<BR> + Are the blocks with which we build.<BR> +<BR> + Longfellow.<BR> +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +To-day! To-day! It is ours, with all its magic possibilities of being +and doing. Yesterday, with its mistakes, misdeeds, lost opportunities, +and failures, is gone forever. With the morrow we are not immediately +concerned. It is but a promise yet to be fulfilled. Hidden behind the +veil of the future, it may dimly beckon us, but it is yet a shadowy, +unsubstantial vision, one that we, perhaps, never may realize. But +to-day, the Here, the Now, that dawned upon us with the first hour of +the morn, is a reality, a precious possession upon the right use of +which may depend all our future of happiness and success, or of misery +and failure; for +</P> + +<P> +"This day we fashion Destiny, our web of Fate we spin." +</P> + +<P> +Lest he should forget that Time's wings are swift and noiseless, and so +rapidly bear our to-days to the Land of Yesterday, John Ruskin, +philosopher, philanthropist, and tireless worker though he was, kept +constantly before his eyes on his study table a large, handsome block +of chalcedony, on which was graven the single word "To-day." Every +moment of this noble life was enriched by the right use of each passing +moment. +</P> + +<P> +A successful merchant, whose name is well-known throughout our country, +very tersely sums up the means by which true success may be attained. +"It is just this," he says: "Do your best every day, whatever you have +in hand." +</P> + +<P> +This simple rule, if followed in sunshine and in storm, in days of +sadness as well as days of gladness, will rear for the builder a Palace +Beautiful more precious than pearls of great price, more enduring than +time. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="millboy"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +"THE MILL BOY OF THE SLASHES" +</H3> + +<P> +A picturesque, as well as pathetic figure, was Henry Clay, the little +"Mill Boy of the Slashes," as he rode along on the old family horse to +Mrs. Darricott's mill. Blue-eyed, rosy-cheeked, and bare-footed, +clothed in coarse shirt and trousers, and a time-worn straw hat, he sat +erect on the bare back of the horse, holding, with firm hand, the rope +which did duty as a bridle. In front of him lay the precious sack, +containing the grist which was to be ground into meal or flour, to feed +the hungry mouths of the seven little boys and girls who, with the +widowed mother, made up the Clay family. +</P> + +<P> +It required a good deal of grist to feed so large a family, especially +when hoecake was the staple food, and it was because of his frequent +trips to the mill, across the swampy region called the "Slashes," that +Henry was dubbed by the neighbors "The Mill Boy of the Slashes." +</P> + +<P> +The lad was ambitious, however, and, very early in life, made up his +mind that he would win for himself a more imposing title. He never +dreamed of winning world-wide renown as an orator, or of exchanging his +boyish sobriquet for "The Orator of Ashland." But he who forms high +ideals in youth usually far outstrips his first ambition, and Henry had +"hitched his wagon to a star." +</P> + +<P> +This awkward country boy, who was so bashful, and so lacking in +self-confidence that he hardly dared recite before his class in the log +schoolhouse, DETERMINED TO BECOME AN ORATOR. +</P> + +<P> +Henry Clay, the brilliant lawyer and statesman, the American +Demosthenes who could sway multitudes by his matchless oratory, once +said, "In order to succeed a man must have a purpose fixed, then let +his motto be VICTORY OR DEATH." When Henry Clay, the poor country boy, +son of an unknown Baptist minister, made up his mind to become an +orator, he acted on this principle. No discouragement or obstacle was +allowed to swerve him from his purpose. Since the death of his father, +when the boy was but five years old, he had carried grist to the mill, +chopped wood, followed the plow barefooted, clerked in a country +store,—did everything that a loving son and brother could do to help +win a subsistence for the family. +</P> + +<P> +In the midst of poverty, hard work, and the most pitilessly unfavorable +conditions, the youth clung to his resolve. He learned what he could at +the country schoolhouse, during the time the duties of the farm +permitted him to attend school. He committed speeches to memory, and +recited them aloud, sometimes in the forest, sometimes while working in +the cornfield, and frequently in a barn with a horse and an ox for his +audience. +</P> + +<P> +In his fifteenth year he left the grocery store where he had been +clerking to take a position in the office of the clerk of the High +Court of Chancery. There he became interested in law, and by reading +and study began at once to supplement the scanty education of his +childhood. To such good purpose did he use his opportunities that in +1797, when only twenty years old, he was licensed by the judges of the +court of appeals to practice law. +</P> + +<P> +When he moved from Richmond to Lexington, Kentucky, the same year to +begin practice for himself, he had no influential friends, no patrons, +and not even the means to pay his board. Referring to this time years +afterward, he said, "I remember how comfortable I thought I should be +if I could make one hundred pounds Virginia money (less than five +hundred dollars) per year; and with what delight I received the first +fifteen-shilling fee." +</P> + +<P> +Contrary to his expectations, the young lawyer had "immediately rushed +into a lucrative practice." At the age of twenty-seven he was elected +to the Kentucky legislature. Two years later he was sent to the United +States Senate to fill out the remainder of the term of a senator who +had withdrawn. In 1811 he was elected to Congress, and made Speaker of +the national House of Representatives. He was afterward elected to the +United States Senate in the regular way. +</P> + +<P> +Both in Congress and in the Senate Clay always worked for what he +believed to be the best interests of his country. Ambition, which so +often causes men to turn aside from the paths of truth and honor, had +no power to tempt him to do wrong. He was ambitious to be president, +but would not sacrifice any of his convictions for the sake of being +elected. Although he was nominated by his party three times, he never +became president. It was when warned by a friend that if he persisted +in a certain course of political conduct he would injure his prospects +of being elected, that he made his famous statement, "I would rather be +right than be president." +</P> + +<P> +Clay has been described by one of his biographers as "a brilliant +orator, an honest man, a charming gentleman, an ardent patriot, and a +leader whose popularity was equaled only by that of Andrew Jackson." +</P> + +<P> +Although born in a state in which wealth and ancient ancestry were +highly rated, he was never ashamed of his birth or poverty. Once when +taunted by the aristocratic John Randolph with his lowly origin, he +proudly exclaimed, "I was born to no proud paternal estate. I inherited +only infancy, ignorance, and indigence." +</P> + +<P> +He was born in Hanover County, Virginia, on April 12, 1777, and died in +Washington, June 29, 1852. With only the humble inheritance which he +claimed—"infancy, ignorance, and indigence"—Henry Clay made himself a +name that wealth and a long line of ancestry could never bestow. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="slave"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +THE GREEK SLAVE WHO WON THE OLIVE CROWN +</H3> + +<P> +The teeming life of the streets has vanished; the voices of the +children have died away into silence; the artisan has dropped his +tools, the artist has laid aside his brush, the sculptor his chisel. +Night has spread her wings over the scene. The queen city of Greece is +wrapped in slumber. +</P> + +<P> +But, in the midst of that hushed life, there is one who sleeps not, a +worshiper at the shrine of art, who feels neither fatigue nor hardship, +and fears not death itself in the pursuit of his object. With the fire +of genius burning in his dark eyes, a youth works with feverish haste +on a group of wondrous beauty. +</P> + +<P> +But why is this master artist at work, in secret, in a cellar where the +sun never shone, the daylight never entered? I will tell you. Creon, +the inspired worker, the son of genius, is a slave, and the penalty of +pursuing his art is death. +</P> + +<P> +When the Athenian law debarring all but freemen from the exercise of +art was enacted, Creon was at work trying to realize in marble the +vision his soul had created. The beautiful group was growing into life +under his magic touch when the cruel edict struck the chisel from his +fingers. +</P> + +<P> +"O ye gods!" groans the stricken youth, "why have ye deserted me, now, +when my task is almost completed? I have thrown my soul, my very life, +into this block of marble, and now—" +</P> + +<P> +Cleone, the beautiful dark-haired sister of the sculptor, felt the blow +as keenly as her brother, to whom she was utterly devoted. "O immortal +Athene! my goddess, my patron, at whose shrine I have daily laid my +offerings, be now my friend, the friend of my brother!" she prayed. +</P> + +<P> +Then, with the light of a new-born resolve shining in her eyes, she +turned to her brother, saying:— +</P> + +<P> +"The thought of your brain shall live. Let us go to the cellar beneath +our house. It is dark, but I will bring you light and food, and no one +will discover our secret. You can there continue your work; the gods +will be our allies." +</P> + +<P> +It is the golden age of Pericles, the most brilliant epoch of Grecian +art and dramatic literature. +</P> + +<P> +The scene is one of the most memorable that has ever been enacted +within the proud city of Athens. +</P> + +<P> +In the Agora, the public assembly or market place, are gathered +together the wisdom and wit, the genius and beauty, the glory and +power, of all Greece. +</P> + +<P> +Enthroned in regal state sits Pericles, president of the assembly, +soldier, statesman, orator, ruler, and "sole master of Athens." By his +side sits his beautiful partner, the learned and queenly Aspasia. +Phidias, one of the greatest sculptors, if not the greatest the world +has known, who "formed a new style characterized by sublimity and ideal +beauty," is there. Near him is Sophocles, the greatest of the tragic +poets. Yonder we catch a glimpse of a face and form that offers the +most striking contrast to the manly beauty of the poet, but whose +wisdom and virtue have brought Athens to his feet. It is the "father of +philosophy," Socrates. With his arm linked in that of the philosopher, +we see—but why prolong the list? All Greece has been bidden to Athens +to view the works of art. +</P> + +<P> +The works of the great masters are there. On every side paintings and +statues, marvelous in detail, exquisite in finish, challenge the +admiration of the crowd and the criticism of the rival artists and +connoisseurs who throng the place. But even in the midst of +masterpieces, one group of statuary so far surpasses all the others +that it rivets the attention of the vast assembly. +</P> + +<P> +"Who is the sculptor of this group?" demands Pericles. Envious artists +look from one to the other with questioning eyes, but the question +remains unanswered. No triumphant sculptor comes forward to claim the +wondrous creation as the work of his brain and hand. Heralds, in +thunder tones, repeat, "Who is the sculptor of this group?" No one can +tell. It is a mystery. Is it the work of the gods? or—and, with bated +breath, the question passes from lip to lip, "Can it have been +fashioned by the hand of a slave?" +</P> + +<P> +Suddenly a disturbance arises at the edge of the crowd. Loud voices are +heard, and anon the trembling tones of a woman. Pushing their way +through the concourse, two officers drag a shrinking girl, with dark, +frightened eyes, to the feet of Pericles. "This woman," they cry, +"knows the sculptor; we are sure of this; but she will not tell his +name." +</P> + +<P> +Neither threats nor pleading can unlock the lips of the brave girl. Not +even when informed that the penalty of her conduct was death would she +divulge her secret. "The law," says Pericles, "is imperative. Take the +maid to the dungeon." +</P> + +<P> +Creon, who, with his sister, had been among the first to find his way +to the Agora that morning, rushed forward, and, flinging himself at the +ruler's feet, cried "O Pericles! forgive and save the maid. She is my +sister. I am the culprit. The group is the work of my hands, the hands +of a slave." +</P> + +<P> +An intense silence fell upon the multitude, and then went up a mighty +shout,—"To the dungeon, to the dungeon with the slave." +</P> + +<P> +"As I live, no!" said Pericles, rising. "Not to the dungeon, but to my +side bring the youth. The highest purpose of the law should be the +development of the beautiful. The gods decide by that group that there +is something higher in Greece than an unjust law. To the sculptor who +fashioned it give the victor's crown." +</P> + +<P> +And then, amid the applause of all the people, Aspasia placed the crown +of olives on the youth's brow, and tenderly kissed the devoted sister +who had been the right hand of genius. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="hero1"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +TURNING POINTS IN THE LIFE OF A HERO +</H3> + +<H4 ALIGN="center"> +I. THE FIRST TURNING POINT +</H4> + +<BR> + +<P> +David Farragut was acting as cabin boy to his father, who was on his +way to New Orleans with the infant navy of the United States. The boy +thought he had the qualities that make a man. "I could swear like an +old salt," he says, "could drink as stiff a glass of grog as if I had +doubled Cape Horn, and could smoke like a locomotive. I was great at +cards, and was fond of gambling in every shape. At the close of dinner +one day," he continues, "my father turned everybody out of the cabin, +locked the door, and said to me, 'David, what do you mean to be?' +</P> + +<P> +"'I mean to follow the sea,' I said. +</P> + +<P> +"'Follow the sea!' exclaimed father, 'yes, be a poor, miserable, +drunken sailor before the mast, kicked and cuffed about the world, and +die in some fever hospital in a foreign clime!' +</P> + +<P> +"'No, father,' I replied, 'I will tread the quarterdeck, and command as +you do.' +</P> + +<P> +"'No, David; no boy ever trod the quarterdeck with such principles as +you have and such habits as you exhibit. You will have to change your +whole course of life if you ever become a man.' +</P> + +<P> +"My father left me and went on deck. I was stunned by the rebuke, and +overwhelmed with mortification. 'A poor, miserable, drunken sailor +before the mast, kicked and cuffed about the world, and die in some +fever hospital!' 'That's my fate, is it? I'll change my life, and <I>I</I> +WILL CHANGE IT AT ONCE. I will never utter another oath, never drink +another drop of intoxicating liquor, never gamble,' and, as God is my +witness," said the admiral, solemnly, "I have kept these three vows to +this hour." +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="hero2"></A> +<H4 ALIGN="center"> +II. A BORN LEADER +</H4> + +<P> +The event which proved David Glasgow Farragut's qualities as a leader +happened before he was thirteen. +</P> + +<P> +He was with his adopted father, Captain Porter, on board the Essex, +when war was declared with England in 1812. A number of prizes were +captured by the Essex, and David was ordered by Captain Porter to take +one of the captured vessels, with her commander as navigator, to +Valparaiso. Although inwardly quailing before the violent-tempered old +captain of the prize ship, of whom, as he afterward confessed, he was +really "a little afraid," the boy assumed the command with a fearless +air. +</P> + +<P> +On giving his first order, that the "main topsail be filled away," the +trouble began. The old captain, furious at hearing a command given +aboard his vessel by a boy not yet in his teens, replied to the order, +with an oath, that he would shoot any one who dared touch a rope +without his orders. Having delivered this mandate, he rushed below for +his pistols. +</P> + +<P> +The situation was critical. If the young commander hesitated for a +moment, or showed the least sign of submitting to be bullied, his +authority would instantly have fallen from him. Boy as he was, David +realized this, and, calling one of the crew to him, explained what had +taken place, and repeated his order. With a hearty "Aye, aye, sir!" the +sailor flew to the ropes, while the plucky midshipman called down to +the captain that "if he came on deck with his pistols, he would be +thrown overboard." +</P> + +<P> +David's victory was complete. During the remainder of the voyage none +dared dispute his authority. Indeed his coolness and promptitude had +won for him the lasting admiration of the crew. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="hero3"></A> +<H4 ALIGN="center"> +III. "FARRAGUT IS THE MAN" +</H4> + +<P> +The great turning point which placed Farragut at the head of the +American navy was reached in 1861, when Virginia seceded from the +Union, and he had to choose between the cause of the North and that of +the South. He dearly loved his native South, and said, "God forbid that +I should have to raise my hand against her," but he determined, come +what would, to "stick to the flag." +</P> + +<P> +So it came about that when, in order to secure the control of the +Mississippi, the national government resolved upon the capture of New +Orleans, Farragut was chosen to lead the undertaking. Several officers, +noted for their loyalty, good judgment, and daring, were suggested, but +the Secretary of the Navy said, "Farragut is the man." +</P> + +<P> +The opportunity for which all his previous noble life and brilliant +services had been a preparation came to him when he was sixty-one years +old. The command laid upon him was "the certain capture of the city of +New Orleans." "The department and the country," so ran his +instructions, "require of you success. ... If successful, you open the +way to the sea for the great West, never again to be closed. The +rebellion will be riven in the center, and the flag, to which you have +been so faithful, will recover its supremacy in every state." +</P> + +<P> +On January 9, 1862, Farragut was appointed to the command of the +western gulf blockading squadron. "On February 2," says the National +Cyclopedia of American Biograph, "he sailed on the steam sloop Hartford +from Hampton Roads, arriving at the appointed rendezvous, Ship Island, +in sixteen days. His fleet, consisting of six war steamers, sixteen +gunboats, twenty-one mortar vessels, under the command of Commodore +David D. Porter, and five supply ships, was the largest that had ever +sailed under the American flag. Yet the task assigned him, the passing +of the forts below New Orleans, the capture of the city, and the +opening of the Mississippi River through its entire length was one of +difficulty unprecedented in the history of naval warfare." +</P> + +<P> +Danger or death had no terror for the brave sailor. Before setting out +on his hazardous enterprise, he said: "If I die in the attempt, it will +only be what every officer has to expect. He who dies in doing his duty +to his country, and at peace with his God, has played the drama of life +to the best advantage." +</P> + +<P> +The hero did not die. He fought and won the great battle, and thus +executed the command laid upon him,—"the certain capture of the city +of New Orleans." The victory was accomplished with the loss of but one +ship, and 184 men killed and wounded,—"a feat in naval warfare," says +his son and biographer, "which has no precedent, and which is still +without a parallel, except the one furnished by Farragut himself, two +years later, at Mobile." +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="mark"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +HE AIMED HIGH AND HIT THE MARK +</H3> + +<P CLASS="intro"> +"Without vision the people perish" +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +Without a high ideal an individual never climbs. Keep your eyes on the +mountain top, and, though you may stumble and fall many times in the +ascent, though great bowlders, dense forests, and roaring torrents may +often bar the way, look right on, never losing sight of the light which +shines away up in the clear atmosphere of the mountain peak, and you +will ultimately reach your goal. +</P> + +<P> +When the late Horace Maynard, LL.D., entered Amherst College, he +exposed himself to the ridicule and jibing questions of his +fellow-students by placing over the door of his room a large square of +white cardboard on which was inscribed in bold outlines the single +letter "V." Disregarding comment and question, the young man applied +himself to his work, ever keeping in mind the height to which he wished +to climb, the first step toward which was signified by the mysterious +"V." +</P> + +<P> +Four years later, after receiving the compliments of professors and +students on the way he had acquitted himself as valedictorian of his +class, young Maynard called the attention of his fellow-graduates to +the letter over his door. Then a light broke in upon them, and they +cried out, "Is it possible that you had the valedictory in mind when +you put that 'V' over your door?" +</P> + +<P> +"Assuredly I had," was the emphatic reply. +</P> + +<P> +On he climbed, from height to height, becoming successively professor +of mathematics in the University of Tennessee, lawyer, member of +Congress, attorney-general of Tennessee, United States minister to +Constantinople, and, finally, postmaster-general. +</P> + +<P> +Honorable ambition is the leaven that raises the whole mass of mankind. +Ideals, visions, are the stepping-stones by which we rise to higher +things. +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + "Still, through our paltry stir and strife,<BR> + Glows down the wished ideal,<BR> + And longing molds in clay what life<BR> + Carves in the marble real;<BR> +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + "To let the new life in, we know,<BR> + Desire must ope the portal,—<BR> + Perhaps the longing to be so<BR> + Helps make the soul immortal."<BR> +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="violinist"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +THE EVOLUTION OF A VIOLINIST +</H3> + +<P> +He was a famous artist whom kings and queens and emperors delighted to +honor. The emperor of all the Russias had sent him an affectionate +letter, written by his own hand; the empress, a magnificent emerald +ring set with diamonds; the king of his own beloved Norway, who had +listened reverently, standing with uncovered head, while he, the king +of violinists, played before him, had bestowed upon him the Order of +Vasa; the king of Copenhagen presented him with a gold snuffbox, +encrusted with diamonds; while, at a public dinner given him by the +students of Christiana, he was crowned with a laurel wreath. Not all +the thousands who thronged to hear him in London could gain entrance to +the concert hall, and in Liverpool he received four thousand dollars +for one evening's performance. +</P> + +<P> +Yet the homage of the great ones of the earth, the princely gifts +bestowed upon him, the admiration of the thousands who hung entranced +on every note breathed by his magic violin, gave less delight than the +boy of fourteen experienced when he received from an old man, whose +heart his playing had gladdened, the present of four pairs of doves, +with a card suspended by a blue ribbon round the neck of one, bearing +his own name, "Ole Bull." +</P> + +<P> +The soul of little Ole Bull had always been attuned to melody, from the +time when, a toddling boy of four, he had kissed with passionate +delight the little yellow violin given him by his uncle. How happy he +was, as he wandered alone through the meadows, listening with the inner +ear of heaven-born genius to the great song of nature. The bluebells, +the buttercups, and the blades of grass sang to him in low, sweet +tones, unheard by duller ears. How he thrilled with delight when he +touched the strings of the little red violin, purchased for him when he +was eight years old. His father destined him for the church, and, +feeling that music should form part of the education of a clergyman, he +consented to the mother's proposition that the boy should take lessons +on the violin. +</P> + +<P> +Ole could not sleep for joy, that first night of ownership; and, when +the house was wrapped in slumber, he got up and stole on tiptoe to the +room where his treasure lay. The bow seemed to beckon to him, the +pretty pearl screws to smile at him out of their red setting. "I +pinched the strings just a little," he said. "It smiled at me ever more +and more. I took up the bow and looked at it. It said to me it would be +pleasant to try it across the strings. So I did try it just a very, +very little, and it did sing to me so sweetly. At first I did play very +soft. But presently I did begin a capriccio, which I like very much, +and it did go ever louder and louder; and I forgot that it was midnight +and that everybody was asleep. Presently I hear something crack; and +the next minute I feel my father's whip across my shoulders. My little +red violin dropped on the floor, and was broken. I weep much for it, +but it did no good. They did have a doctor to it next day, but it never +recovered its health." +</P> + +<P> +He was given another violin, however, and, when only ten, he would +wander into the fields and woods, and spend hours playing his own +improvisations, echoing the song of the birds, the murmur of the brook, +the thunder of the waterfall, the soughing of the wind among the trees, +the roar of the storm. +</P> + +<P> +But childhood's days are short. The years fly by. The little Ole is +eighteen, a student in the University of Christiana, preparing for the +ministry. His brother students beg him to play for a charitable +association. He remembers his father's request that he yield not to his +passion for music, but being urged for "sweet charity's sake," he +consents. +</P> + +<P> +The youth's struggle between the soul's imperative demand and the +equally imperative parental dictate was pathetic. Meanwhile the +position of musical director of the Philharmonic and Dramatic Societies +becoming vacant, Ole was appointed to the office; and, seeing that it +was useless to contend longer against the genius of his son, the +disappointed father allowed him to accept the directorship. +</P> + +<P> +When fairly launched on a musical career, his trials and +disappointments began. Wishing to assure himself whether he had genius +or not, he traveled five hundred miles to see and hear the celebrated +Louis Spohr, who received the tremulous youth coldly, and gave him no +encouragement. No matter, he would go to the city of art. In Paris he +heard Berlioz and other great musicians. Entranced he listened, in his +high seat at the top of the house, to the exquisite notes of Malibran. +</P> + +<P> +His soul feasted on music, but his money was fast dwindling away, and +the body could not be sustained by sweet sounds. But the poor unknown +violinist, who was only another atom in the surging life of the great +city, could earn nothing. He was on the verge of starvation, but he +would not go back to Christiana. He must still struggle and study. He +became ill of brain fever, and was tenderly nursed back to life by the +granddaughter of his kind landlady, pretty little Felicie Villeminot, +who afterward became his wife. He had drained the cup of poverty and +disappointment to the dregs, but the tide was about to turn. +</P> + +<P> +He was invited to play at a concert presided over by the Duke of +Montebello, and this led to other profitable engagements. But the great +opportunity of his life came to him in Bologna. The people had thronged +to the opera house to hear Malibran. She had disappointed them, and +they were in no mood to be lenient to the unknown violinist who had the +temerity to try to fill her place. +</P> + +<P> +He came on the stage. He bowed. He grew pale under the cold gaze of the +thousands of unsympathetic eyes turned upon him. But the touch of his +beloved violin gave him confidence. Lovingly, tenderly, he drew the bow +across the strings. The coldly critical eyes no longer gazed at him. +The unsympathetic audience melted away. He and his violin were one and +alone. In the hands of the great magician the instrument was more than +human. It talked; it laughed; it wept; it controlled the moods of men +as the wind controls the sea. +</P> + +<P> +The audience scarcely breathed. Criticism was disarmed. Malibran was +forgotten. The people were under the spell of the enchanter. Orpheus +had come again. But suddenly the music ceased. The spell was broken. +With a shock the audience returned to earth, and Ole Bull, restored to +consciousness of his whereabouts by the storm of applause which shook +the house, found himself famous forever. +</P> + +<P> +His triumph was complete, but his work was not over, for the price of +fame is ceaseless endeavor. But the turning point had been passed. He +had seized the great opportunity for which his life had been a +preparation, and it had placed him on the roll of the immortals. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="teakettle"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +THE LESSON OF THE TEAKETTLE +</H3> + +<P> +The teakettle was singing merrily over the fire; the good aunt was +bustling round, on housewifely cares intent, and her little nephew sat +dreamily gazing into the glowing blaze on the kitchen hearth. +</P> + +<P> +Presently the teakettle ceased singing, and a column of steam came +rushing from its pipe. The boy started to his feet, raised the lid from +the kettle, and peered in at the bubbling, boiling water, with a look +of intense interest. Then he rushed off for a teacup, and, holding it +over the steam, eagerly watched the latter as it condensed and formed +into tiny drops of water on the inside of the cup. +</P> + +<P> +Returning from an upper room, whither her duties had called her, the +thrifty aunt was shocked to find her nephew engaged in so profitless an +occupation, and soundly scolded him for what she called his trifling. +The good lady little dreamed that James Watt was even then +unconsciously studying the germ of the science by which he "transformed +the steam engine from a mere toy into the most wonderful instrument +which human industry has ever had at its command." +</P> + +<P> +This studious little Scottish lad, who, because too frail to go to +school, had been taught at home, was very different from other boys. +When only six or seven years old, he would lie for hours on the hearth, +in the little cottage at Greenock, near Glasgow, where he was born in +1736, drawing geometrical figures with pieces of colored chalk. He +loved, too, to gaze at the stars, and longed to solve their mysteries. +But his favorite pastime was to burrow among the ropes and sails and +tackles in his father's store, trying to find out how they were made +and what purposes they served. +</P> + +<P> +In spite of his limited advantages and frail health, at fifteen he was +the wonder of the public school, which he had attended for two years. +His favorite studies were mathematics and natural philosophy. He had +also made good progress in chemistry, physiology, mineralogy, and +botany, and, at the same time, had learned carpentry and acquired some +skill as a worker in metals. +</P> + +<P> +So studious and ambitious a youth scarcely needed the spur of poverty +to induce him to make the most of his talents. The spur was there, +however, and, at the age of eighteen, though delicate in health, he was +obliged to go out and battle with the world. +</P> + +<P> +Having first spent some time in Glasgow, learning how to make +mathematical instruments, he determined to go to London, there to +perfect himself in his trade. +</P> + +<P> +Working early and late, and suffering frequently from cold and hunger, +he broke down under the unequal strain, and was obliged to return to +his parents for a time until health was regained. +</P> + +<P> +Always struggling against great odds, he returned to Glasgow when his +trade was mastered, and began to make mathematical instruments, for +which, however, he found little sale. Then, to help eke out a living, +he began to make and mend other instruments,—fiddles, guitars, and +flutes,—and finally built an organ,—a very superior one, too,—with +several additions of his own invention. +</P> + +<P> +A commonplace incident enough it seemed, in the routine of his daily +occupation, when, one morning, a model of Newcomen's engine was brought +to him for repair, yet it marked the turning point in his career, which +ultimately led from poverty and struggle to fame and affluence. +</P> + +<P> +Watt's practiced eye at once perceived the defects in the Newcomen +engine, which, although the best then in existence could not do much +better or quicker work than horses. Filled with enthusiasm over the +plans which he had conceived for the construction of a really powerful +engine, he immediately set to work, and spent two months in an old +cellar, working on a model. "My whole thoughts are bent on this +machine," he wrote to a friend. "I can think of nothing else." +</P> + +<P> +So absorbed had he become in his new work that the old business of +making and mending instruments had declined. This was all the more +unfortunate as he was no longer struggling for himself alone. He had +fallen in love with, and married, his cousin, Margaret Miller, who +brought him the greatest happiness of his life. The neglect of the only +practical means of support he had reduced Watt and his family to the +direst poverty. More than once his health failed, and often the brave +spirit was almost broken, as when he exclaimed in heaviness of heart, +"Of all the things in the world, there is nothing so foolish as +inventing." +</P> + +<P> +Five years had passed since the model of the Newcomen engine had been +sent to him for repair before he succeeded in securing a patent on his +own invention. Yet five more long years of bitter drudgery, clutched in +the grip of poverty, debt, and sickness, did the brave inventor, +sustained by the love and help of his noble wife, toil through. On his +thirty-fifth birthday he said, "To-day I enter the thirty-fifth year of +my life, and I think I have hardly yet done thirty-five pence worth of +good in the world; but I cannot help it." +</P> + +<P> +Poor Watt! He had traveled with bleeding feet along the same thorny +path trod by the great inventors and benefactors of all ages. But, in +spite of all obstacles, he persevered; and, after ten years of +inconceivable labor and hardship, during which his beautiful wife died, +he had a glorious triumph. His perfected steam engine was the wonder of +the age. Sir James Mackintosh placed him "at the head of all inventors +in all ages and nations." "I look upon him," said the poet Wordsworth, +"considering both the magnitude and the universality of his genius, as, +perhaps, the most extraordinary man that this country ever produced." +</P> + +<P> +Wealthy beyond his desires,—for he cared not for wealth,—crowned with +the laurel wreath of fame, honored by the civilized world as one of its +greatest benefactors, the struggle over, the triumph achieved, on +August 19, 1819, he lay down to rest. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="printing"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +HOW THE ART OF PRINTING WAS DISCOVERED +</H3> + +<P> +"Look, Grandfather; see what the letters have done!" exclaimed a +delighted boy, as he picked up the piece of parchment in which +Grandfather Coster had carried the bark letters cut from the trees in +the grove, for the instruction and amusement of his little grandsons. +</P> + +<P> +"See what the letters have done!" echoed the old man. "Bless me, what +does the child mean?" and his eyes twinkled with pleasure, as he noted +the astonishment and pleasure visible on the little face. "Let me see +what it is that pleases thee so, Laurence," and he eagerly took the +parchment from the boy's hand. +</P> + +<P> +"Bless my soul!" cried the old man, after gazing spellbound upon it for +some seconds. The track of the mysterious footprint in the sand excited +no more surprise in the mind of Robinson Crusoe than Grandfather Coster +felt at the sight which met his eyes. There, distinctly impressed upon +the parchment, was a clear imprint of the bark letters; though, of +course, they were reversed or turned about. +</P> + +<P> +But you twentieth-century young folks who have your fill of story +books, picture books, and reading matter of all kinds, are wondering, +perhaps, what all this talk about bark letters and parchment and +imprint of letters means. +</P> + +<P> +To understand it, you must carry your imagination away back more than +five centuries—quite a long journey of the mind, even for +"grown-ups"—to a time when there were no printed books, and when very, +very few of the rich and noble, and scarcely any of the so-called +common people, could read. In those far-off days there were no public +libraries, and no books except rare and expensive volumes, written by +hand, mainly by monks in their quiet monasteries, on parchment or +vellum. +</P> + +<P> +In the quaint, drowsy, picturesque town of Haarlem, in Holland, with +its narrow, irregular, grass-grown streets and many-gabled houses, the +projecting upper stories of which almost meet, one particular house, +which seems even older than any of the others, is pointed out to +visitors as one of the most interesting sights of the ancient place. It +was in this house that Laurence Coster, the father of the art of +printing, the man—at least so runs the legend—who made it possible +for the poorest and humblest to enjoy the inestimable luxury of books +and reading, lived and loved and dreamed more than five hundred years +ago. +</P> + +<P> +Coster was warden of the little church which stood near his home, and +his days flowed peacefully on, in a quiet, uneventful way, occupied +with the duties of his office, and reading and study, for he was one of +those who had mastered the art of reading. A diligent student, he had +conned over and over, until he knew them by heart, the few manuscript +volumes owned by the little church of which he was warden. +</P> + +<P> +A lover of solitude, as well as student and dreamer, the church +warden's favorite resort, when his duties left him at leisure, was a +dense grove not far from the town. Thither he went when he wished to be +free from all distraction, to think and dream over many things which +would appear nonsensical to his sober, practical-minded neighbors. +There he indulged in day dreams and poetic fancies; and once, when in a +sentimental mood, he carved the initials of the lady of his love on one +of the trees. +</P> + +<P> +In time a fair young wife and children came, bringing new brightness +and joy to the serious-minded warden. With ever increasing interests, +he passed on from youth to middle life, and from middle life to old +age. Then his son married, and again the patter of little feet filled +the old home and made music in the ears of Grandfather Coster, whom the +baby grandchildren almost worshiped. +</P> + +<P> +To amuse the children, and to impart to them whatever knowledge he +himself possessed, became the delight of his old age. Then the habit +acquired in youth of carving letters in the bark of the trees served a +very useful purpose in furthering his object. He still loved to take +solitary walks, and many a quiet summer afternoon the familiar figure +of the venerable churchwarden, in his seedy black cloak and sugar-loaf +hat, might be seen wending its way along the banks of the River Spaaren +to his favorite resort in the grove. +</P> + +<P> +One day, while reclining on a mossy couch beneath a spreading beech +tree, amusing himself by tearing strips of bark from the tree that +shaded him, and carving letters with his knife, a happy thought entered +his mind. "Why can I not," he mused within himself, "cut those letters +out, carry them home, and, while using them as playthings, teach the +little ones how to read?" +</P> + +<P> +The plan worked admirably. Long practice had made the old man quite +expert in fashioning the letters, and many hours of quiet happiness +were spent in the grove in this pleasing occupation. One afternoon he +succeeded in cutting some unusually fine specimens, and, chuckling to +himself over the delight they would give the children, he wrapped them +carefully, placing them side by side in an old piece of parchment which +he happened to have in his pocket. The bark from which they had been +cut being fresh and full of sap, and the letters being firmly pressed +upon the parchment, the result was the series of "pictures" which +delighted the child and gave to the world the first suggestion of a +printing press. +</P> + +<P> +And then a mighty thought flashed across the brain of the poor, humble, +unknown churchwarden, a thought the realization of which was destined +not only to make him famous for all time, but to revolutionize the +whole world. The first dim suggestion came to him in this form, "By +having a series of letters and impressing them over and over again on +parchment, cannot books be printed instead of written, and so +multiplied and cheapened as to be brought within the reach of all?" +</P> + +<P> +The remainder of his life was given up to developing this great idea. +He cut more letters from bark, and, covering the smooth surface with +ink, pressed them upon parchment, thus getting a better impression, +though still blurred and imperfect. He then cut letters from wood +instead of bark, and managed to invent himself a better and thicker +ink, which did not blur the page. Next, he cut letters from lead, and +then from pewter. Every hour was absorbed in the work of making +possible the art of printing. His simple-minded neighbors thought he +had lost his mind, and some of the more superstitious spread the report +that he was a sorcerer. But, like all other great discoverers, he +heeded not annoyances or discouragements. Shutting himself away from +the prying curiosity of the ignorant and superstitious, he plodded on, +making steady, if slow, advance toward the realization of his dream. +</P> + +<P> +"One day, while old Coster was thus busily at work," says George +Makepeace Towle, "a sturdy German youth, with a knapsack slung across +his back, trudged into Haarlem. By some chance this youth happened to +hear how the churchwarden was at work upon a wild scheme to print books +instead of writing them. With beating heart, the young man repaired to +Coster's house and made all haste to knock at the churchwarden's humble +door." +</P> + +<P> +The "sturdy German youth" who knocked at Laurence Coster's door was +Johann Gutenberg, the inventor of modern printing. Coster invited him +to enter. Gutenberg accepted the invitation, and then stated the object +of his visit. He desired to learn more about the work on which Coster +was engaged. Delighted to have a visitor who was honestly interested in +his work, the old man eagerly explained its details to the youth, and +showed him some examples of his printing. +</P> + +<P> +Gutenberg was much impressed by what he saw, but still more by the +possibilities which he dimly foresaw in Coster's discovery. "But we can +do much better than this," he said with the enthusiasm of youth. "Your +printing is even slower than the writing of the monks. From this day +forth I will work upon this problem, and not rest till I have solved +it." +</P> + +<P> +Johann Gutenberg kept his word. He never rested until he had given the +art of printing to the world. But to Laurence Coster, in the first +place, if legend speaks truth, we owe one of the greatest inventions +that has ever blessed mankind. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="seafever"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +SEA FEVER AND WHAT IT LED TO +</H3> + +<P> +"Jim, you've too good a head on you to be a wood chopper or a canal +driver," said the captain of the canal boat for whom young Garfield had +engaged to drive horses along the towpath. +</P> + +<P> +"Jim" had always loved books from the time when, seated on his father's +knee, he had with his baby lips pronounced after him the name +"Plutarch." Mr. Garfield had been reading "Plutarch's Lives," and was +much astonished when, without hesitation or stammering, his little son +distinctly pronounced the name of the Greek biographer. Turning to his +wife, with a glow of love and pride, the fond father said, "Eliza, this +boy will be a scholar some day." +</P> + +<P> +Perhaps the near approach of death had clarified the father's vision, +but when, soon after, the sorrowing wife was left a widow, with an +indebted farm and four little children to care for, she saw little +chance for the fulfillment of the prophecy. +</P> + +<P> +Even in his babyhood the boy whose future greatness the father dimly +felt had learned the lesson of self-reliance. The familiar words which +so often fell from his lips—"I can do that"—enabled him to conquer +difficulties before which stouter hearts than that of a little child +might well have quailed. +</P> + +<P> +The teaching of his good mother, that "God will bless all our efforts +to do the best we can," became a part of the fiber of his being. "What +will He do," asked the boy one day, "when we don't do the best we can?" +"He will withhold His blessing; and that is the greatest calamity that +could possibly happen to us," was the reply, which made a deep +impression on the mind of the questioner. +</P> + +<P> +In spite of almost constant toil, and very meager schooling,—only a +few weeks each year,—James Garfield excelled all his companions in the +log schoolhouse. Besides solving at home in the long winter evenings, +by the light of the pine fire, all the knotty problems in Adams' +Arithmetic—the terror of many a schoolboy—he found time to revel in +the pages of "Robinson Crusoe" and "Josephus." The latter was his +special favorite. +</P> + +<P> +Before he was fifteen, Garfield had successfully followed the +occupations of farmer, wood chopper, and carpenter. No matter what his +occupation was he always managed to find some time for reading. +</P> + +<P> +He had recently read some of Marryat's novels, "Sindbad the Sailor," +"The Pirate's Own Book," and others of a similar nature, which had +smitten him with a virulent attack of sea fever. This is a mental +disease which many robust, adventurous boys are apt to contract in +their teens. Garfield felt that he must "sail the ocean blue." The +glamour of the sea was upon him. Everything must give way before it. +His mother, however, could not be induced to assent to his plans, and, +after long pleading, would only compromise by agreeing that he might, +if he could, secure a berth on one of the vessels navigating Lake Erie. +</P> + +<P> +He was rudely repulsed by the owner of the first vessel to whom he +applied, a brutal, drunken creature, who answered his request for +employment with an oath and a rough "Get off this schooner in double +quick, or I'll throw you into the dock." Garfield turned away in +disgust, his ardor for the sea somewhat dampened by the man's +appearance and behavior. In this mood he met his cousin, formerly a +schoolmaster, then captain of a canal boat, with whom he at once +engaged to drive his horses. +</P> + +<P> +After a few months on the towpath, young Garfield contracted another +kind of fever quite unlike that from which he had been suffering +previously, and went home to be nursed out of it by his ever faithful +mother. +</P> + +<P> +During his convalescence he thought a great deal over his cousin's +words,—"Jim, you've got too good a head on you to be a wood chopper or +a canal driver." "He who wills to do anything will do it," he had +learned from his mother's lips when a mere baby, and then and there he +said in his heart, "I will be a scholar; I will go to college." And so, +out of his sea fever and towpath experience was born the resolution +that made the turning point in his career. +</P> + +<P> +Action followed hot upon resolve. He lost no time in applying himself +to the work of securing an education. Alternately chopping wood and +carpentering, farming and teaching school, ringing bells and sweeping +floors, he worked his way through seminary and college. His strong will +and resolute purpose to make the most of himself not only enabled him +to obtain an education, but raised him from the towpath to the +presidential chair. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="gladstone"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +GLADSTONE FOUND TIME TO BE KIND +</H3> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + A kindly act is a kernel sown,<BR> + That will grow to a goodly tree,<BR> + Shedding its fruit when time has flown<BR> + Down the gulf of Eternity.<BR> + JOHN BOYLE O'REILLY.<BR> +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +In the restless desire for acquisition,—acquisition of money, of +power, or of fame,—there is danger of selfishness, self-absorption, +closing the doors of our hearts against the demands of brotherly love, +courtesy, and kindness. +</P> + +<P> +"I cannot afford to help," say the poor in pocket; "all I have is too +little for my own needs." "I should like to help others," says the +ambitious student, whose every spare moment is crowded with some extra +task, "but I have no money, and cannot afford to take the time from my +studies to give sympathy or kind words to the suffering and the poor." +Says the busy man of affairs: "I am willing to give money, but my time +is too valuable to be spent in talking to sick people or shiftless, +lazy ones. That sort of work is not in my line. I leave it to women and +the charitable organizations." +</P> + +<P> +The business man forgets, as do many of us, the truth expressed by +Ruskin, that "a little thought and a little kindness are often worth +more than a great deal of money." A few kind words, a little sympathy +and encouragement have often brought sunshine and hope into the lives +of men and women who were on the verge of despair. +</P> + +<P> +The great demand is on people's hearts rather than on their purses. In +the matter of kindness we can all afford to be generous whether we have +money or not. The schoolboy may give it as freely as the millionaire. +No one is so driven by work that he has not time, now and then, to say +a kind word or do a kind deed that will help to brighten life for +another. If the prime minister of England, William E. Gladstone, could +find time to carry a bunch of flowers to a little sick +crossing-sweeper, shall we not be ashamed to make for ourselves the +excuse, "I haven't time to be kind"? +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="tribune"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +A TRIBUNE OF THE PEOPLE +</H3> + +<P> +Clad in a homespun tow shirt, shrunken, butternut-colored, +linsey-woolsey pantaloons, battered straw hat, and much-mended jacket +and shoes, with ten dollars in his pocket, and all his other worldly +goods packed in the bundle he carried on his back, Horace Greeley, the +future founder of the New York Tribune, started to seek his fortune in +New York. +</P> + +<P> +A newspaper had always been an object of interest and delight to the +little delicate, tow-haired boy, and at the mature age of six he had +made up his mind to be a printer. His love of reading was unusual in +one so young. Before he was six he had read the Bible and "Pilgrim's +Progress" through. +</P> + +<P> +Like the children of all poor farmers, Horace was put to work as soon +as he was able to do anything. But he made the most of the +opportunities given him to attend school, and his love of reading; +stimulated him to unusual efforts to procure books. By selling nuts and +bundles of kindling wood at the village store, before he was ten he had +earned enough money to buy a copy of Shakespeare and of Mrs. Hemans's +poems. He borrowed every book that could be found within a radius of +seven miles of his home, and by many readings he had made himself +familiar with the score of old volumes in his log-cabin home. +</P> + +<P> +Mrs. Sarah K. Bolton draws a pleasing picture of the farmer boy reading +at night after the day's work on the farm was done. "He gathered a +stock of pine knots," she says, "and, lighting one each night, lay down +by the hearth and read, oblivious to all around him. The neighbors came +and made their friendly visits, and ate apples and drank cider, as was +the fashion, but the lad never noticed their coming or their going. +When really forced to leave his precious books for bed, he would repeat +the information he had learned, or the lessons for the next day to his +brother, who usually, most ungraciously, fell asleep before the +conversation was half completed." +</P> + +<P> +"Ah!" said Zaccheus Greeley, Horace's father, when the boy one day, in +a fit of abstraction, tried to yoke the "off" ox on the "near" side: +"Ah! that boy will never know enough to get on in the world. He'll +never know more than enough to come in when it rains!" +</P> + +<P> +Yet this boy knew so much that when at fourteen he secured a place as +printer in a newspaper office at East Poultney, Vermont, he was looked +up to by his fellow-printers as equal in learning to the editor himself. +</P> + +<P> +At first they tried to make merry at his expense, poking fun at his +odd-looking garments, his uncouth appearance, and his pale, delicate +face and almost white hair, which subsequently won for him the nickname +of "Ghost." But when they saw that Horace was too good humored and too +much in earnest with his work to be disturbed by their teasing, they +gave it up. In a short time he became a general favorite, not only in +the office, but in the town of Poultney, whose debating and literary +societies soon recognized him as leader. Even the minister, the lawyer, +and the school-teachers looked up to the poor, retiring young printer, +who was a veritable encyclopedia of knowledge, ready at all times to +speak or to write an essay on any subject. +</P> + +<P> +But the Poultney newspaper was obliged to suspend soon after Horace had +learned his trade, and, penniless,—for every cent of his earnings +beyond what furnished the bare necessaries of life had been sent home +to his parents in the wilderness,—he faced the world once more. +</P> + +<P> +After working in different small towns wherever he could get a "job," +reading, studying, enlarging his knowledge all the time when not in the +office, he made up his mind to go to New York, "to be somebody," as he +put it. +</P> + +<P> +When he stepped off the towboat at Whitehall, near the Battery, that +sunny morning in August, 1831, with only the experience of a score of +years in life, a stout heart, quick brain, nimble fingers, and an +abiding faith in God as his capital, his prospects certainly were not +very alluring. +</P> + +<P> +"An overgrown, awkward, white-headed, forlorn-looking boy; a pack +suspended on a staff over his right shoulder; his dress unrivaled in +sylvan simplicity since the primitive fig leaves of Eden; the +expression of his face presenting a strange union of wonder and apathy: +his whole appearance gave you the impression of a runaway apprentice in +desperate search of employment. Ignorant alike of the world and its +ways, he seemed to the denizens of the city almost like a wanderer from +another planet." +</P> + +<P> +Such was the impression Horace Greeley made on a New Yorker on his +first arrival in that city which was to be the scene of his future work +and triumphs. +</P> + +<P> +He tramped the streets all that day, Friday, and the next, looking for +work, everywhere getting the same discouraging reply, "No, we don't +want any one." +</P> + +<P> +At last, when weary and disheartened, his ten dollars almost gone, he +had decided to shake the dust of New York from his feet, the foreman of +a printing office engaged him to do some work that most of the men in +the office had refused to touch. The setting up of a Polyglot +Testament, with involved marginal references, was something new for the +supposed "green" hand from the country. But when the day was done, the +young printer was no longer looked upon as "green" by his +fellow-workers, for he had done more and better work than the oldest +and most experienced hands who had tried the Testament. +</P> + +<P> +But, oh, what hard work it was, beginning at six o'clock in the +morning, and working long after the going down of the sun, by the light +of a candle stuck in a bottle, to earn six dollars a week, most of +which was sent to his dear ones at home. +</P> + +<P> +After nearly ten years more of struggle and privation, Greeley entered +upon the great work of his life—the founding and editing of the New +York Tribune. He had very little money to start with, and even that +little was borrowed. But he had courage, truth, honesty, a noble +purpose, and rare ability and industry to supplement his small +financial capital. He needed them all in the work he had undertaken, +for he was handicapped not only by lack of means, but also by the +opposition of some of the New York papers. +</P> + +<P> +In spite of the adverse conditions he succeeded in establishing one of +the greatest and most popular newspapers in the country. The Tribune +became the champion of the oppressed, the guardian of justice, the +defender of truth, a power for good in the land. Through his paper +Greeley became a tribune of the people. No thought of making money +hampered him in his work. Unselfishly he wrought as editor, writer, and +lecturer for the good of his country and the uplifting of mankind. "He +who by voice or pen," he said, "strikes his best blow at the impostures +or vices whereby our race is debased and paralyzed, may close his eyes +in death, consoled and cheered by the reflection that he has done what +he could for the emancipation and elevation of his kind." +</P> + +<P> +Well, then, might he rejoice in his life work, for his voice and pen +had to the last been active in thus serving the race. +</P> + +<P> +He died on November 29, 1872, at the age of sixty-one. So great a man +had Horace Greeley, the poor New Hampshire farmer boy, become that the +whole nation mourned for his death. The people felt that in him they +had lost one of their best friends. A workman who attended his funeral +expressed the feeling of his fellow-workmen all over the land when he +said, "It is little enough to lose a day for Horace Greeley who spent +many a day working for us." "I've come a hundred miles to be at the +funeral of Horace Greeley," said a farmer. +</P> + +<P> +The great tribune had deserved well of the people and of his country. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="patience"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +THE MIGHT OF PATIENCE +</H3> + +<P> +Perhaps some would feel inclined to ridicule rather than applaud the +patience of a poor Chinese woman who tried to make a needle from a rod +of iron by rubbing it against a stone. +</P> + +<P> +It is doubtful whether she succeeded or not, but, so the story runs, +the sight of the worker plying her seemingly hopeless task, put new +courage and determination into the heart of a young Chinese student, +who, in deep despondency, stood watching her. +</P> + +<P> +Because of repeated failures in his studies, ambition and hope had left +him. Bitterly disappointed with himself, and despairing of ever +accomplishing anything, the young man had thrown his books aside in +disgust. Put to shame, however, by the lesson taught by the old woman, +he gathered his scattered forces together, went to work with renewed +ardor, and, wedding Patience and Energy, became, in time, one of the +greatest scholars in China. +</P> + +<P> +When you know you are on the right track, do not let any failures dim +your vision or discourage you, for you cannot tell how close you may be +to victory. Have patience and stick, stick, stick. It is eternally true +that he +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + "Who steers right on<BR> + Will gain, at length, however far, the port."<BR> +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="gambetta"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +THE INSPIRATION OF GAMBETTA +</H3> + +<P> +"Try to come home a somebody!" Long after Leon Gambetta had left the +old French town of Cahors, where he was born October 30, 1838, long +after the gay and brilliant streets of Paris had become familiar to +him, did the parting words of his idolized mother ring in his ears, +"Try to come home a somebody!" Pinched for food and clothes, as he +often was, while he studied early and late in his bare garret near the +Sorbonne, the memory of that dear mother cheered and strengthened him. +</P> + +<P> +He could still feel her tears and kisses on his cheek, and the tender +clasp of her hand as she pressed into his the slender purse of money +which she had saved to release him from the drudgery of an occupation +he loathed, and to enable him to become a great lawyer in Paris. How +well he remembered her delight in listening to him declaim the speeches +of Thiers and Guizot from the pages of the National, which she had +taught him to read when but a mere baby, and from which he imbibed his +first lessons in republicanism,—lessons that he never afterward forgot. +</P> + +<P> +Such deep root had they taken that he could not be induced to change +his views by the fathers of the preparatory school at Monfaucon, +whither he had been sent to be trained for the priesthood. Finally +despairing of bringing the young radical to their way of thinking, the +Monfaucon fathers sent him home to his parents. "You will never make a +priest of him," they wrote; "he has a character that cannot be +disciplined." +</P> + +<P> +His father, an honest but narrow-minded Italian, whose ideas did not +soar beyond his little bazaar and grocery store, was displeased with +the boy, who was then only ten years old. He could not understand how +one so young dared to think his own thoughts and hold his own opinions. +The neighbors held up their hands in dismay, and prophesied, "He will +end his days in the Bastile." His mother wept and blamed herself and +the National as the cause of all the trouble. +</P> + +<P> +How little the fond mother, the disappointed father, or the gloomily +foreboding neighbors dreamt to what heights those early lessons they +now so bitterly deplored were to lead! +</P> + +<P> +When at sixteen Leon Gambetta returned from the Lyceum to which he had +been sent on his return from the Monfaucon seminary, his wide reading +and deep study had but intensified and broadened the radicalism of his +childhood. He longed to go to Paris to study law, but his father +insisted that he must now confine his thoughts to selling groceries and +yards of ribbon and lace, as he expected his son to succeed him in the +business. +</P> + +<P> +Poor, foolish Joseph Gambetta! he would confine the young eagle in a +barnyard. But the eagle pined and drooped in his cage, and then the +loving mother—ah, those loving mothers, will their boys ever realize +how much they owe them!—threw open the doors and gave him freedom, an +opportunity to win fame and fortune in the great city of Paris. +</P> + +<P> +And now what mattered it that his clothes were poor, that his food was +scant, and that it was often bitterly cold in his little garret. If not +for his own sake, he MUST for hers "come home a somebody." +</P> + +<P> +The doors which led to a wider future were already opening. The +professors at the Sorbonne appreciated his great intellect and +originality. "You have a true vocation," said one. "Follow it. But go +to the bar, where your voice, which is one in a thousand, will carry +you on, study and intelligence aiding. The lecture room is a narrow +theater. If you like, I will write to your father to tell him what my +opinion of you is." And he wrote, "The best investment you ever made +would be to spend what money you can divert from your business in +helping your son to become an advocate." +</P> + +<P> +To such good purpose did the young student use his time that within two +years he won his diploma. Still too young to be admitted to the bar, he +spent a year studying life in Paris, listening to the debates in the +Corps Legislatif, reading and debating in the radical club which he had +organized, making himself ready at every point for the great +opportunity which gained him a national reputation and made him the +idol of the masses. +</P> + +<P> +In 1868 his masterly defense of Delescluze, the radical editor, against +the prosecution of the Imperial government, brought the brilliant but +hitherto unknown young lawyer prominently before the public. He lost +his case, but won fame. Gambetta had waited eighteen months for his +first brief, and five times eighteen months for his first great case. +This case proved to be the initial step that led him from victory to +victory, until, after the fall of Napoleon at Sedan, he became +practically Dictator of France. He was, more than any one man, the +maker of the French Republic, whose rights and liberties he ever +defended, even at the risk of his life. He died December 31, 1882. +</P> + +<P> +Well had he fulfilled the hopes and ambitions of his loving mother, +well had he answered the pathetic appeal, "Try to come home a somebody." +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="jackson"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +ANDREW JACKSON THE BOY WHO "NEVER WOULD GIVE UP" +</H3> + +<P> +"Sir, I am a prisoner of war, and demand to be treated as such," was +the spirited reply of Andrew Jackson to a British officer who had +commanded him to clean his boots. +</P> + +<P> +This was characteristic of the future hero of New Orleans, and +president of the United States, whose independent spirit rebelled at +the insolent command of his captor. +</P> + +<P> +The officer drew his sword to enforce obedience, but, nothing daunted, +the youth, although then only fourteen, persisted in his refusal. He +tried to parry the sword thrusts aimed at him, but did not escape +without wounds on head and arm, the marks of which he carried to his +grave. +</P> + +<P> +Stubborn, self-willed, and always dominated by the desire to be a +leader, Andrew Jackson was by no means a model boy. But his honesty, +love of truth, indomitable will and courage, in spite of his many +faults, led him to greatness. +</P> + +<P> +He was born with fighting blood in his veins, and, like other eminent +men who have risen to the White House, poor. His father, an Irish +immigrant, died before his youngest son was born,—in 1767,—and life +held for the boy more hard knocks than soft places. His mother, who was +ambitious to make him a clergyman, tried to secure him some early +advantages of schooling. Andrew, however, was not of a studious +disposition, nor at all inclined to the ministry, and made little +effort to profit by even the limited opportunities he had. +</P> + +<P> +But despite all the disadvantages of environment and mental traits by +which he was handicapped, he was bound by the force of certain other +traits to be a winner in the battle of life. The quality to which his +success is chiefly owing is revealed by the words of a school-fellow, +who, in spite of Jackson's slender physique and lack of physical +strength at that time, felt the force of his iron will. Speaking of +their wrestling matches at school, this boy said, "I could throw him +[Jackson] three times out of four, but he never would stay throwed. He +was dead game and never would give up." +</P> + +<P> +A boy who "never would stay throwed," and "never would give up" would +succeed though the whole world tried to bar his progress. +</P> + +<P> +When, at the age of fifteen, he found himself alone in the world, +homeless and penniless, he adapted himself to anything he could find to +do. +</P> + +<P> +Worker in a saddler's shop, school-teacher, lawyer, merchant, judge of +the Supreme Court, United States senator, soldier, leader, step by step +the son of the poor Irish immigrant rose to the highest office to which +his countrymen could elect him—the presidency of the United States. +</P> + +<P> +Rash, headstrong, and narrow-minded, Andrew Jackson fell into many +errors during his life, but, notwithstanding his shortcomings, he +persistently tried to live up to his boyhood's motto, "Ask nothing but +what is right—submit to nothing wrong." +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="faraday"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +SIR HUMPHRY DAVY'S GREATEST DISCOVERY, MICHAEL FARADAY +</H3> + +<P> +He was only a little, barefooted errand boy, the son of a poor +blacksmith. His school life ended in his thirteenth year. The extent of +his education then was limited to a knowledge of the three "R's." As he +trudged on his daily rounds, through the busy streets of London, +delivering newspapers and books to the customers of his employer, there +was little difference, outwardly, between him and scores of other boys +who jostled one another in the narrow, crowded thoroughfares. But under +the shabby jacket of Michael Faraday beat a heart braver and tenderer +than the average; and, under the well-worn cap, a brain was throbbing +that was destined to illuminate the world of science with a light that +would never grow dim. +</P> + +<P> +Less than any one else, perhaps, did the boy dream of future greatness. +For a year he served his employer faithfully in his capacity of errand +boy, and, in 1805, at the age of fourteen, was apprenticed to a +bookseller for seven years, as was the custom in England, to learn the +combined trades of bookbinding and book-selling. +</P> + +<P> +The young journeyman had to exercise all his self-control to confine +his attention to the outside of the books which passed through his +hands. In his spare moments, however, he made himself familiar with the +inside of many of them, eagerly devouring such works on science, +electricity, chemistry, and natural philosophy, as came within his +reach. He was especially delighted with an article on electricity, +which he found in a volume of the "Encyclopedia Britannica," which had +been given him to bind. He immediately began work on an electrical +machine, from the very crudest materials, and, much to his delight, +succeeded. It was a red-letter day in his young life when a +kind-hearted customer, who had noticed his interest in scientific +works, offered to take him to the Royal Institution, to attend a course +of lectures to be given by the great Sir Humphry Davy. From this time +on, his thoughts were constantly turned toward science. "Oh, if I could +only help in some scientific work, no matter how humble!" was the daily +cry of his soul. But not yet was his prayer to be granted. His mettle +must be tried in the school of patience and drudgery. He must fulfill +his contract with his master. For seven years he was faithful to his +work, while his heart was elsewhere. And all that time, in the +eagerness of his thirst for knowledge, he was imbibing facts which +helped him to plan electrical achievements, the possibilities of which +have not, to this day, been exhausted,—or even half realized. Like +Franklin, he seemed to forecast the scientific future for ages. +</P> + +<P> +At length he was free to follow his bent, and his mind turned at once +to Sir Humphry Davy. With a beating heart, divided between hope and +fear, he wrote to the great man, telling what he wished, and asking his +aid. The scientist, remembering his own day of small things, wrote the +youth, politely, that he was going out of town, but would see if he +could, sometime, aid him. He also said that "science is a harsh +mistress, and, in a pecuniary point of view, but poorly rewards those +who devote themselves exclusively to her service." +</P> + +<P> +This was not very encouraging, but the young votary of science was +nothing daunted, and toiled at his uncongenial trade, with the added +discomfort of an ill-tempered employer, giving all his evenings and odd +moments to study and experiments. +</P> + +<P> +Then came another red-letter day. He was growing depressed, and feared +that Sir Humphry had forgotten his quasi-promise, when one evening a +carriage stopped at the door, and out stepped an important-looking +footman in livery, with a note from the famous scientist, requesting +the young bookbinder to call on him on the following morning. At last +had come the answer to the prayer of little Michael Faraday, as will +come the answer to all who back their prayers with patient, persistent +hard work, in spite of discouragement, disappointment, and failure. And +when, on that never-to-be-forgotten morning, he was engaged by the +great scientist at a salary of six dollars a week, with two rooms at +the top of the house, to wash bottles, clean the instruments, move them +to and from the lecture rooms, and make himself generally useful in the +laboratory and out of it, no happier youth could be found in all London. +</P> + +<P> +The door was open; not, indeed, wide, but sufficiently to allow this +ardent disciple to work his way into the innermost shrine of the temple +of science. Though it took years and years of plodding, incessant work +and study, and a devotion to purpose with which nothing was allowed to +interfere, it made Faraday, by virtue of his marvelous discoveries in +electricity, electro-magnetism, and chemistry, a world benefactor, +honored not only by his own country and sovereign, but by other rulers +and leading nations of the earth, as one of the greatest chemists and +natural philosophers of his time. +</P> + +<P> +So great has been his value to the scientific world, that his theories +are still a constant source of inspiration to the workers in those +great professions allied to electricity and chemistry. No library is +complete without his published works. What wonder that Davy called +Faraday his greatest discovery! +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="canova"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +THE TRIUMPH OF CANOVA +</H3> + +<P> +The Villa d'Asola, the country residence of the Signor Falieri, was in +a state of unusual excitement. Some of the most distinguished +patricians of Venice had been bidden to a great banquet, which was to +surpass in magnificence any entertainment ever before given, even by +the wealthy and hospitable Signer Falieri. +</P> + +<P> +The feast was ready, the guests were assembled, when word came from the +confectioner, who had been charged to prepare the center ornament for +the table, that he had spoiled the piece. Consternation reigned in the +servants' hall. What was to be done? The steward, or head servant, was +in despair. He was responsible for the table decorations, and the +absence of the centerpiece would seriously mar the arrangements. He +wrung his hands and gesticulated wildly. What should he do! +</P> + +<P> +"If you will let me try, I think I can make something that will do." +The speaker was a delicate, pale-faced boy, about twelve years old, who +had been engaged to help in some of the minor details of preparation +for the great event. "You!" exclaimed the steward, gazing in amazement +at the modest, yet apparently audacious lad before him. "And who are +you?" "I am Antonio Canova, the grandson of Pisano, the stonecutter." +Desperately grasping at even the most forlorn hope, the perplexed +servant gave the boy permission to try his hand at making a centerpiece. +</P> + +<P> +Calling for some butter, with nimble fingers and the skill of a +practiced sculptor, in a short time the little scullion molded the +figure of a crouching lion. So perfect in proportion, so spirited and +full of life in every detail, was this marvelous butter lion that it +elicited a chorus of admiration from the delighted guests, who were +eager to know who the great sculptor was who had deigned to expend his +genius on such perishable material. Signor Falieri, unable to gratify +their curiosity, sent for his head servant, who gave them the history +of the centerpiece. Antonio was immediately summoned to the banquet +hall, where he blushingly received the praises and congratulations of +all present, and the promise of Signer Falieri to become his patron, +and thus enable him to achieve fame as a sculptor. +</P> + +<P> +Such, according to some biographers, was the turning point in the +career of Antonio Canova, who, from a peasant lad, born in the little +Venetian village of Possagno, rose to be the most illustrious sculptor +of his age. +</P> + +<P> +Whether or not the story be true, it is certain that when the boy was +in his thirteenth year, Signer Falieri placed him in the studio of +Toretto, a Venetian sculptor, then living near Asola. But it is equally +certain that the fame which crowned Canova's manhood, the title of +Marquis of Ischia, the decorations and honors so liberally bestowed +upon him by the ruler of the Vatican, kings, princes, and emperors, +were all the fruits of his ceaseless industry, high ideals, and +unfailing enthusiasm. +</P> + +<P> +The little Antonio began to draw almost as soon as he could hold a +pencil, and the gown of the dear old grandmother who so tenderly loved +him, and was so tenderly loved in return, often bore the marks of baby +fingers fresh from modeling in clay. +</P> + +<P> +Antonio's father having died when the child was but three years old, +his grandfather, Pisano, hoped that he would succeed him as village +stonecutter and sculptor. Delicate though the little fellow had been +from birth, at nine years of age he was laboring, as far as his +strength would permit, in Pisano's workshop. But in the evening, after +the work of the day was done, with pencil or clay he tried to give +expression to the poetic fancies he had imbibed from the ballads and +legends of his native hills, crooned to him in infancy by his +grandmother. +</P> + +<P> +Under Toretto his genius developed so rapidly that the sculptor spoke +of one of his creations as "a truly marvelous production." He was then +only thirteen. Later we find him in Venice, studying and working with +ever increasing zeal. Though Signor Falieri would have been only too +glad to supply the youth's needs, he was too proud to be dependent on +others. Speaking of this time, he says: "I labored for a mere pittance, +but it was sufficient. It was the fruit of my own resolution, and, as I +then flattered myself, the foretaste of more honorable rewards, for I +never thought of wealth." +</P> + +<P> +Too poor to hire a workshop or studio, through the kindness of the +monks of St. Stefano, he was given a cell in a vacant monastery, and +here, at the age of sixteen, he started business as a sculptor on his +own account. +</P> + +<P> +Before he was twenty, the youth had become a master of anatomy, which +he declared was "the secret of the art," was thoroughly versed in +literature, languages, history, poetry, mythology,—everything that +could help to make him the greatest sculptor of his age,—and had, even +then, produced works of surpassing merit. +</P> + +<P> +Effort to do better was the motto of his life, and he never permitted a +day to pass without making some advance in his profession. Though often +too poor to buy the marble in which to embody his conceptions, he for +many years lived up to a resolution made about this time, never to +close his eyes at night without having produced some design. +</P> + +<P> +What wonder that at twenty-five this noble youth, whose incessant toil +had perfected genius, was the marvel of his age! What wonder that his +famous group, Theseus vanquishing the Minotaur, elicited the +enthusiastic admiration of the most noted art critics of Rome! What +wonder that the little peasant boy, who had first opened his eyes, in +1757, in a mud cabin, closed them at last, in 1822, in a marble palace, +crowned with all of fame and honor and wealth the world could give! But +better still, he was loved and enshrined in the hearts of the people, +as a friend of the poor, a patron of struggling merit, a man in whom +nobility of character overtopped even the genius of the artist. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="franklin"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +FRANKLIN'S LESSON ON TIME VALUE +</H3> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + Dost thou love life? Then, do not squander time, for<BR> + that is the stuff life is made of!—FRANKLIN.<BR> +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +Franklin not only understood the value of time, but he put a price upon +it that made others appreciate its worth. +</P> + +<P> +A customer who came one day to his little bookstore in Philadelphia, +not being satisfied with the price demanded by the clerk for the book +he wished to purchase, asked for the proprietor. "Mr. Franklin is very +busy just now in the press room," replied the clerk. The man, however, +who had already spent an hour aimlessly turning over books, insisted on +seeing him. In answer to the clerk's summons, Mr. Franklin hurried out +from the newspaper establishment at the back of the store. +</P> + +<P> +"What is the lowest price you can take for this book, sir?" asked the +leisurely customer, holding up the volume. "One dollar and a quarter," +was the prompt reply. "A dollar and a quarter! Why, your clerk asked me +only a dollar just now." "True," said Franklin, "and I could have +better afforded to take a dollar than to leave my work." +</P> + +<P> +The man, who seemed to be in doubt as to whether Mr. Franklin was in +earnest, said jokingly, "Well, come now, tell me your lowest price for +this book." "One dollar and a half," was the grave reply. "A dollar and +a half! Why, you just offered it for a dollar and a quarter." "Yes, and +I could have better taken that price then than a dollar and a half now." +</P> + +<P> +Without another word, the crestfallen purchaser laid the money on the +counter and left the store. He had learned not only that he who +squanders his own time is foolish, but that he who wastes the time of +others is a thief. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="storeboy"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +FROM STORE BOY TO MILLIONAIRE +</H3> + +<P> +"But I am only nineteen years old, Mr. Riggs," and the speaker looked +questioningly into the eyes of his companion, as if he doubted his +seriousness in asking him to become a partner in his business. +</P> + +<P> +Mr. Riggs was not joking, however, and he met George Peabody's +perplexed gaze smilingly, as he replied: "That is no objection. If you +are willing to go in with me and put your labor against my capital, I +shall be well satisfied." +</P> + +<P> +This was the turning point in a life which was to leave its impress on +two of the world's greatest nations. And what were the experiences that +led to it? They were utterly commonplace, and in some respects such as +fall to the lot of many country boys to-day. +</P> + +<P> +At eleven the lad was obliged to earn his own living. At that time +(1806), his native town, Danvers, Massachusetts, presented few +opportunities to the ambitious. He took the best that offered—a +position as store boy in the village grocer's. +</P> + +<P> +Four years of faithful work and constant effort at self-culture +followed. He was now fifteen. His ambition was growing. He must seek a +wider field. Another year passed, and then came the longed-for opening. +Joyfully the youth set out for his brother's store, in Newburyport, +Massachusetts. Here he felt he would have a better chance. But +disappointment and disaster were lurking round the corner. Soon after +he had taken up his new duties, the store was burned to the ground. +</P> + +<P> +In the meantime, his father had died, and his mother, whom he idolized, +needed his help more than ever. Penniless and out of work, but not +disheartened, he immediately looked about for another position. Gladly +he accepted an offer to work in his uncle's dry goods store in +Georgetown, D.C., and here we find him, two years later, at the time +when Mr. Riggs made his flattering proposition. +</P> + +<P> +Did influence, a "pull," or financial considerations have anything to +do with the merchant's choice of a partner? Nothing whatever. The young +man had no money and no "pull," save what his character had made for +him. His agreeable personality had won him many friends and his uncle +much additional trade. His business qualities had gained him an +enviable reputation. "His tact," says Sarah K. Bolton, "was unusual. He +never wounded the feelings of a buyer of goods, never tried him with +unnecessary talk, never seemed impatient, and was punctual to the +minute." +</P> + +<P> +That Mr. Riggs had made no mistake in choosing his partner, the rapid +growth of his business conclusively proved. About a year after the +partnership had been formed, the firm moved to Baltimore. So well did +the business flourish in Baltimore that within seven years the partners +had established branch houses in New York and Philadelphia. Finally Mr. +Riggs decided to retire, and Peabody, who was then but thirty-five, +found himself at the head of the business. +</P> + +<P> +London, which he had visited several times, now attracted him. It +offered great possibilities for banking. He went there, studied +finance, established a banking business, and thenceforth made London +his headquarters. +</P> + +<P> +Wealth began to pour in upon him in a golden stream. But, although he +had worked steadily for this, it was not for personal ends. He never +married, and, to the end, lived simply and unostentatiously. Through +the long years of patient work a great purpose had been shaping his +life. Daily he had prayed that God might give him means wherewith to +help his fellow-men. His prayer was being answered in overflowing +measure. +</P> + +<P> +Business interests constrained him to spend the latter half of his life +in London; but absence only deepened his love for his own country. All +that great wealth could do to advance the welfare and prestige of the +United States was done by the millionaire philanthropist. But above all +else, he tried to bring within the reach of poor children that which +was denied himself,—a school education. +</P> + +<P> +The Peabody Institute in his native town, with its free library and +free course of lectures; the Institute, Academy of Music, and Art +Gallery of Baltimore; the Museum of Natural History at Yale University; +the Museum of Archaeology and Ethnology at Harvard University; the +Peabody Academy of Science at Salem, Massachusetts, besides large +contributions every year to libraries and other educational and +philanthropic institutions all over the country, bear witness to his +love for humanity. +</P> + +<P> +Surpassing all this, however, was his establishment of the Peabody fund +of three million dollars for the education of the freed slaves of the +South, and for the equally needy poor of the white race. +</P> + +<P> +An equal amount had been previously devoted to the better housing of +the London poor. A dream almost too good to come true it seemed to the +toilers in the great city's slums, when they found their filthy, +unhealthy tenements replaced by clean, wholesome dwellings, well +supplied with air and sunlight and all modern conveniences and +comforts. London presented its generous benefactor with the freedom of +the city; a bronze statue was erected in his honor, and Queen Victoria, +who would fain have loaded him with titles and honors,—all of which he +respectfully declined,—declared his act to be "wholly without +parallel." A beautiful miniature portrait of her Majesty, which she +caused to be specially made for him, and a letter written by her own +hand, were the only gifts he would accept. +</P> + +<P> +Gloriously had his great purpose been fulfilled. He who began life as a +poor boy had given to the furtherance of education and for the benefit +of the poor in various ways the sum of nine million dollars. The +remaining four million dollars of his fortune was divided among his +relatives. +</P> + +<P> +England loved and honored him even as his own country did; and when he +died in London, November 4, 1869, she offered him a resting place among +her immortals in Westminster Abbey. His last wish, however, was +fulfilled, and he was laid beside his mother in his native land. +</P> + +<P> +His legacies to humanity are doing their splendid work to-day as they +have done in the past, and as they will continue to do in the future, +enabling multitudes of aspiring souls to reach heights which but for +him they never could have attained. These words of his, too, spoken on +the occasion of the dedication of his gift to Danvers,—its free +Institute,—will serve for ages as a bugle call to all youths who are +anxious to make the most of themselves, and, like him, to give of their +best to the world:— +</P> + +<P> +"Though Providence has granted me an unvaried and unusual success in +the pursuit of fortune in other lands," he said, "I am still in heart +the humble boy who left yonder unpretending dwelling many, very many +years ago. ... There is not a youth within the sound of my voice whose +early opportunities and advantages are not very much greater than were +my own; and I have since achieved nothing that is impossible to the +most humble boy among you. Bear in mind, that, to be truly great, it is +not necessary that you should gain wealth and importance. Steadfast and +undeviating truth, fearless and straightforward integrity, and an honor +ever unsullied by an unworthy word or action, make their possessor +greater than worldly success or prosperity. These qualities constitute +greatness." +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="paint"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +"I WILL PAINT OR DIE!" +</H3> + +<H4 ALIGN="center"> +HOW A POOR, UNTAUGHT FARMER'S BOY BECAME AN ARTIST +</H4> + +<P> +"I will paint or die!" So stoutly resolved a poor, friendless boy, on a +far-away Ohio farm, amid surroundings calculated to quench rather than +to foster ambition. He knew not how his object was to be accomplished, +for genius is never fettered by details. He only knew that he would be +an artist. That settled it. He had never seen a work of art, or read or +heard anything on the subject. It was his soul's voice alone that +spoke, and "the soul's emphasis is always right." +</P> + +<P> +Left an orphan at the age of eleven, the boy agreed to work on his +uncle's farm for a term of five years for the munificent sum of ten +dollars per annum, the total amount of which he was to receive at the +end of the five years. The little fellow struggled bravely along with +the laborious farm work, never for a moment losing sight of his ideal, +and profiting as he could by the few months' schooling snatched from +the duties of the farm during the winter. +</P> + +<P> +Toward the close of his five years' service a great event happened. +There came to the neighborhood an artist from Washington,—Mr. Uhl, +whom he overheard by chance speaking on the subject of art. His words +transformed the dream in the youth's soul to a living purpose, and it +was then he resolved that he would "paint or die," and that he would go +to Washington and study under Mr. Uhl. +</P> + +<P> +On his release from the farm he started for Washington, with a coarse +outfit packed away in a shabby little trunk, and a few dollars in his +pocket. With the trustfulness of extreme youth, and in ignorance of a +great world, he expected to get work that would enable him to live, +and, at the same time, find leisure for the pursuit of his real life +work. He immediately sought Mr. Uhl, who, with great generosity, +offered to teach him without charge. +</P> + +<P> +Then began the weary search for work in a large city already +overcrowded with applicants. In his earnestness and eagerness the youth +went from house to house asking for any kind of work "that would enable +him to study art." But it was all in vain, and to save himself from +starvation he was at length forced to accept the position of a day +laborer, crushing stones for street paving. Yet he hoped to study +painting when his day's work was done! +</P> + +<P> +Mr. Uhl was at this time engaged in painting the portraits of Mrs. +Frances Hodgson Burnett's sons. In the course of conversation with Mrs. +Burnett, he spoke of the heroic struggle the youth was making. The +author's heart was touched by the pathetic story. She at once wrote a +check for one hundred dollars, and handed it to Mr. Uhl, for his +protege. With that rare delicacy of feeling which marks all beautiful +souls, Mrs. Burnett did not wish to embarrass the struggler by the +necessity of thanking her. "Do not let him even write to me," she said +to Mr. Uhl. "Simply say to him that I shall sail for Europe in a few +days, and this is to give him a chance to work at the thing he cares +for so much. It will at least give him a start." +</P> + +<P> +In the throbbing life of the crowded city one heart beat high with hope +and happiness that night. A youth lay awake until morning, too +bewildered with gratitude and amazement to comprehend the meaning of +the good fortune which had come to him. Who could his benefactor be? +</P> + +<P> +Three years later, at the annual exhibition of Washington artists, Mrs. +Burnett stood before a remarkably vivid portrait. Addressing the artist +in charge of the exhibition, she said: "That seems to me very strong. +It looks as if it must be a realistic likeness. Who did it?" +</P> + +<P> +"I am so glad you like it. It was painted by your protege, Mrs. +Burnett." +</P> + +<P> +"My protege! My protege! Whom do you mean?" +</P> + +<P> +"Why, the young man you saved from despair three years ago. Don't you +remember young W——?" +</P> + +<P> +"W——?" queried Mrs. Burnett. +</P> + +<P> +"The young man whose story Mr. Uhl told you." +</P> + +<P> +Mrs. Burnett then inquired if the portrait was for sale. When informed +that the picture was an order and not for sale, she asked if there was +anything else of Mr. W——'s on exhibition. She was conducted to a +striking picture of a turbaned head, which was pointed out as another +of Mr. W——'s works. +</P> + +<P> +"How much does he ask for it?" +</P> + +<P> +"A hundred and fifty dollars." +</P> + +<P> +"Put 'sold' upon it, and when Mr. W—— comes, tell him his friend has +bought his picture," said Mrs. Burnett. +</P> + +<P> +On her return home Mrs. Burnett made out a check, which she inclosed in +a letter to the young painter. It was mailed simultaneously with a +letter from her protege, who had but just heard of her return from +Europe, in which he begged her to accept, as a slight expression of his +gratitude, the picture she had just purchased. The turbaned head now +adorns the hall of Mrs. Burnett's house in Washington. +</P> + +<P> +"I do not understand it even to-day," declares Mr. W——. "I knew +nothing of Mrs. Burnett, nor she of me. Why did she do it? I only know +that that hundred dollars was worth more to me then than fifty thousand +in gold would be now. I lived upon it a whole year, and it put me on my +feet." +</P> + +<P> +Mr. W—— is a successful artist, now favorably known in his own +country and in England for the strength and promise of his work. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="blood"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +THE CALL THAT SPEAKS IN THE BLOOD +</H3> + +<P> +Nature took the measure of little Tommy Edwards for a round hole, but +his parents, teachers, and all with whom his childhood was cast, got it +into their heads that Tommy was certainly intended for a square hole. +So, with the best intentions in the world,—but oh, such woeful +ignorance!—they tortured the poor little fellow and crippled him for +life by trying to fit him to their pattern instead of that designed for +him by the all-wise Mother. +</P> + +<P> +Mother Nature called to Tommy to go into the woods and fields, to wade +through the brooks, and make friends with all the living things she had +placed there,—tadpoles, beetles, frogs, crabs, mice, rats, spiders, +bugs,—everything that had life. Willingly, lovingly did the little lad +obey, but only to be whipped and scolded by good Mother Edwards when he +let loose in her kitchen the precious treasures which he had collected +in his rambles. +</P> + +<P> +It was provoking to have rats, mice, toads, bugs, and all sorts of +creepy things sent sprawling over one's clean kitchen floor. But the +pity of it was that Mrs. Edwards did not understand her boy, and +thought the only cure for what she deemed his mischievous propensity as +whipping. So Tommy was whipped and scolded, and scolded and whipped, +which, however, did not in the least abate his love for Nature. +</P> + +<P> +Driven to desperation, his mother bethought her of a plan. She would +make the boy prisoner and see if this would tame him. With a stout rope +she tied him by the leg to a table, and shut him in a room alone. But +no sooner was the door closed than he dragged himself and the table to +the fireplace, and, at the risk of setting himself and the house on +fire, burned the rope which bound him, and made his escape into the +woods to collect new specimens. +</P> + +<P> +And yet his parents did not understand. It was time, however, to send +him to school. They would see what the schoolmaster would do for him. +But the schoolmaster was as blind as the parents, and Tommy's doom was +sealed, when one morning, while the school was at prayers, a jackdaw +poked its head out of his pocket and began to caw. +</P> + +<P> +His next teacher misunderstood, whipped, and bore with him until one +day nearly every boy in the school found a horse-leech wriggling up his +leg, trying to suck his blood. This ended his second school experience. +</P> + +<P> +He was given a third trial, but with no better results than before. +Things went on in the usual way until a centipede was discovered in +another boy's desk. Although in this case Tommy was innocent of any +knowledge of the intruder, he was found guilty, whipped, and sent home +with the message, "Go and tell your father to get you on board a +man-of-war, as that is the best school for irreclaimables such as you." +</P> + +<P> +His school life thus ended, he was apprenticed to a shoemaker, and +thenceforth made his living at the bench. But every spare moment was +given to the work which was meat and drink, life itself, to him. +</P> + +<P> +In his manhood, to enable him to classify the minute and copious +knowledge of birds, beasts, and insects which he had been gathering +since childhood, with great labor and patience he learned how to read +and write. Later, realizing how his lack of education hampered him, he +endeavored to secure the means to enable him to study to better +advantage, and sold for twenty pounds sterling a very large number of +valuable specimens. He tried to get employment as a naturalist, and, +but for his poor reading and writing, would have succeeded. +</P> + +<P> +Poor little Scotch laddie! Had his parents or teachers understood him, +he might have been as great a naturalist as Agassiz, and his life +instead of being dwarfed and crippled, would have been a joy to himself +and an incalculable benefit to the world. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="washington"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +WASHINGTON'S YOUTHFUL HEROISM +</H3> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + "No great deed is done<BR> + By falterers who ask for certainty."<BR> +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +"God will give you a reward," solemnly spoke the grateful mother, as +she received from the arms of the brave youth the child he had risked +his life to save. As if her lips were touched with the spirit of +prophecy, she continued, "He will do great things for you in return for +this day's work, and the blessings of thousands besides mine will +attend you." +</P> + +<P> +The ear of George Washington was ever open to the cry of distress; his +sympathy and aid were ever at the service of those who needed them. One +calm, sunny day, in the spring of 1750, he was dining with other +surveyors in a forest in Virginia. Suddenly the stillness of the forest +was startled by the piercing shriek of a woman. Washington instantly +sprang to his feet and hurried to the woman's assistance. +</P> + +<P> +"My boy, my boy,—oh, my poor boy is drowning, and they will not let me +go," screamed the frantic mother, as she tried to escape from the +detaining hands which withheld her from jumping into the rapids. "Oh, +sir!" she implored, as she caught sight of the manly youth of eighteen, +whose presence even then inspired confidence; "Oh, sir, you will surely +do something for me!" +</P> + +<P> +For an instant Washington measured the rocks and the whirling currents +with a comprehensive look, and then, throwing off his coat, plunged +into the roaring rapids where he had caught a glimpse of the drowning +boy. With stout heart and steady hand he struggled against the seething +mass of waters which threatened every moment to engulf or dash him to +pieces against the sharp-pointed rocks which lay concealed beneath. +</P> + +<P> +Three times he had almost succeeded in grasping the child's dress, when +the force of the current drove him back. Then he gathered himself +together for one last effort. Just as the child was about to escape him +forever and be shot over the falls into the whirlpool below, he +clutched him. The spectators on the bank cried out in horror. They gave +both up for lost. But Washington seemed to lead a charmed life, and the +cry of horror was changed to one of joy when, still holding the child, +he emerged lower down from the vortex of waters. +</P> + +<P> +Striking out for a low place in the bank, within a few minutes he +reached the shore with his burden. Then amid the acclamations of those +who had witnessed his heroism, and the blessings of the overjoyed +mother, Washington placed the unconscious, but still living, child in +her arms. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="cow"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +A COW HIS CAPITAL +</H3> + +<P> +A cow! Now, of all things in the world; of what use was a cow to an +ambitious boy who wanted to go to college? Yet a cow, and nothing more, +was the capital, the entire stock in trade, of an aspiring farmer boy +who felt within him a call to another kind of life than that his father +led. +</P> + +<P> +This youth, who was yet in his teens, next to his father and mother, +loved a book better than anything else in the world, and his great +ambition was to go to college, to become a "scholar." Whether he +followed the plow, or tossed hay under a burning July sun, or chopped +wood, while his blood tingled from the combined effects of exercise and +the keen December wind, his thoughts were ever fixed on the problem, +"How can I go to college?" +</P> + +<P> +His parents were poor, and, while they could give him a comfortable +support as long as he worked on the farm with them, they could not +afford to send him to college. But if they could not give him any +material aid, they gave him all their sympathy, which kept the fire of +his resolution burning at white heat. +</P> + +<P> +There is some subtle communication between the mind and the spiritual +forces of achievement which renders it impossible for one to think for +any great length of time on a tangled problem, without a method for its +untanglement being suggested. So, one evening, while driving the cows +home to be milked, the thought flashed across the brain of the would-be +student: "If I can't have anything else for capital, why can't I have a +cow? I could do something with it, I am sure, and to college I MUST go, +come what will." Courage is more than half the battle. Decision and +Energy are its captains, and, when these three are united, victory is +sure. The problem of going to college was already more than half solved. +</P> + +<P> +Our youthful farmer did not let his thought grow cold. Hurrying at once +to his father, he said, "If you will give me a cow, I shall feel free, +with your permission, to go forth and see what I can do for myself in +the world." The father, agreeing to the proposition, which seemed to +him a practical one, replied heartily, "My son, you shall have the best +milch cow I own." +</P> + +<P> +Followed by the prayers and blessings of his parents, the youth started +from home, driving his cow before him, his destination being a certain +academy between seventy-five and one hundred miles distant. +</P> + +<P> +Very soon he experienced the truth of the old adage that "Heaven helps +those who help themselves." At the end of his first day's journey, when +he sought a night's lodging for himself and accommodation for his cow +in return for her milk, he met with unexpected kindness. The good +people to whom he applied not only refused to take anything from him, +but gave him bread to eat with his milk, and his cow a comfortable barn +to lie in, with all the hay she could eat. +</P> + +<P> +During the entire length of his journey, he met with equal kindness and +consideration at the hands of all those with whom he came in contact; +and, when he reached the academy, the principal and his wife were so +pleased with his frank, modest, yet self-confident bearing, that they +at once adopted himself and his cow into the family. He worked for his +board, and the cow ungrudgingly gave her milk for the general good. +</P> + +<P> +In due time the youth was graduated with honors from the academy. He +was then ready to enter college, but had no money. The kind-hearted +principal of the academy and his wife again came to his aid and helped +him out of the difficulty by purchasing his cow. The money thus +obtained enabled him to take the next step forward. He bade his good +friends farewell, and the same year entered college. For four years he +worked steadily with hand and brain. In spite of the hard work they +were happy years, and at their close the persevering student had won, +in addition to his classical degree, many new friends and well-wishers. +His next step was to take a theological course in another institution. +When he had finished the course, he was called to be principal of the +academy to which honest ambition first led him with his cow. +</P> + +<P> +Years afterward a learned professor of Hebrew, and the author of a +scholarly "Commentary," cheered and encouraged many a struggling youth +by relating the story of his own experiences from the time when he, a +simple rustic, had started for college with naught but a cow as capital. +</P> + +<P> +This story was first related to the writer by the late Frances E. +Willard, who vouched for its truth. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="imust"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +THE BOY WHO SAID "I MUST" +</H3> + +<P> +Farther back than the memory of the grandfathers and grandmothers of +some of my young readers can go, there lived in a historic town in +Massachusetts a brave little lad who loved books and study more than +toys or games, or play of any kind. The dearest wish of his heart was +to be able to go to school every day, like more fortunate boys and +girls, so that, when he should grow up to be a man, he might be well +educated and fitted to do some grand work in the world. But his help +was needed at home, and, young as he was, he began then to learn the +lessons of unselfishness and duty. It was hard, wasn't it, for a little +fellow only eight years old to have to leave off going to school and +settle down to work on a farm? Many young folks at his age think they +are very badly treated if they are not permitted to have some toy or +story book, or other thing on which they have set their hearts; and +older boys and girls, too, are apt to pout and frown if their whims are +not gratified. But Theodore's parents were very poor, and could not +even indulge his longing to go to school. +</P> + +<P> +Did he give up his dreams of being a great man? Not a bit of it. He did +not even cry or utter a complaint, but manfully resolved that he would +do everything he could "to help father," and then, "when winter comes," +he thought, "I shall be able to go to school again." Bravely the little +fellow toiled through the beautiful springtide, though his wistful +glances were often turned in the direction of the schoolhouse. But he +resolutely bent to his work and renewed his resolve that he would be +educated. As spring deepened into summer, the work on the farm grew +harder and harder, but Theodore rejoiced that the flight of each season +brought winter nearer. +</P> + +<P> +At length autumn had vanished; the fruits of the spring and summer's +toil had been gathered; the boy was free to go to his beloved studies +again. And oh, how he reveled in the few books at his command in the +village school! How eagerly he trudged across the fields, morning after +morning, to the schoolhouse, where he always held first place in his +class! Blustering winds and fierce snowstorms had no terrors for the +ardent student. His only sorrow was that winter was all too short, and +the days freighted with the happiness of regular study slipped all too +quickly by. But the kind-hearted schoolmaster lent him books, so that, +when spring came round again, and the boy had to go back to work, he +could pore over them in his odd moments of relaxation. As he patiently +plodded along, guiding the plow over the rough earth, he recited the +lessons he had learned during the brief winter season, and after +dinner, while the others rested awhile from their labors, Theodore +eagerly turned the pages of one of his borrowed books, from which he +drank in deep draughts of delight and knowledge. Early in the summer +mornings, before the regular work began, and late in the evening, when +the day's tasks had all been done, he read and re-read his treasured +volumes until he knew them from cover to cover. +</P> + +<P> +Then he was confronted with a difficulty. He had begun to study Latin, +but found it impossible to get along without a dictionary. "What shall +I do?" he thought; "there is no one from whom I can borrow a Latin +dictionary, and I cannot ask father to buy me one, because he cannot +afford it. But I MUST have it." That "must" settled the question. Three +quarters of a century ago, book stores were few and books very costly. +Boys and girls who have free access to libraries and reading rooms, and +can buy the best works of great authors, sometimes for a few cents, can +hardly imagine the difficulties which beset the little farmer boy in +trying to get the book he wanted. +</P> + +<P> +Did he get the dictionary? Oh, yes. You remember he had said, "I must." +After thinking and thinking how he could get the money to buy it, a +bright idea flashed across his mind. The bushes in the fields about the +farm seemed waiting for some one to pick the ripe whortle-berries. +"Why," thought he, "can't I gather and sell enough to buy my +dictionary?" The next morning, before any one else in the farmhouse was +astir, Theodore was moving rapidly through the bushes, picking, +picking, picking, with unwearied fingers, the shining berries, every +one of which was of greater value in his eyes than a penny would be to +some of you. +</P> + +<P> +At last, after picking and selling several bushels of ripe berries, he +had enough money to buy the coveted dictionary. Oh, what a joy it was +to possess a book that had been purchased with his own money! How it +thrilled the boy and quickened his ambition to renewed efforts! "Well +done, my boy! But, Theodore, I cannot afford to keep you there." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, father," replied the youth, "but I am not going to study there; +I shall study at home at odd times, and thus prepare myself for a final +examination, which will give me a diploma." +</P> + +<P> +Theodore had just returned from Boston, and was telling his delighted +father how he had spent the holiday which he had asked for in the +morning. Starting out early from the farm, so as to reach Boston before +the intense heat of the August day had set in, he cheerfully tramped +the ten miles that lay between his home in Lexington and Harvard +College, where he presented himself as a candidate for admission; and +when the examinations were over, Theodore had the joy of hearing his +name announced in the list of successful students. The youth had +reached the goal which the boy of eight had dimly seen. And now, if you +would learn how he worked and taught in a country school in order to +earn the money to spend two years in college, and how the young man +became one of the most eminent preachers in America, you must read a +complete biography of Theodore Parker, the hero of this little story. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="treasure"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +THE HIDDEN TREASURE +</H3> + +<P> +Long, long ago, in the shadowy past, Ali Hafed dwelt on the shores of +the River Indus, in the ancient land of the Hindus. His beautiful +cottage, set in the midst of fruit and flower gardens, looked from the +mountain side on which it stood over the broad expanse of the noble +river. Rich meadows, waving fields of grain, and the herds and flocks +contentedly grazing on the pasture lands, testified to the thrift and +prosperity of Ali Hafed. The love of a beautiful wife and a large +family of light-hearted boys and girls made his home an earthly +paradise. Healthy, wealthy, contented, rich in love and friendship, his +cup of happiness seemed full to overflowing. +</P> + +<P> +Happy and contented, as we have seen, was the good Ali Hafed, when one +evening a learned priest of Buddha, journeying along the banks of the +Indus, stopped for rest and refreshment at his home, where all +wayfarers were hospitably welcomed and treated as honored guests. +</P> + +<P> +After the evening meal, the farmer and his family, with the priest in +their midst, gathered around the fireside, the chilly mountain air of +the late autumn making a fire desirable. The disciple of Buddha +entertained his kind hosts with various legends and myths, and last of +all with the story of the creation. +</P> + +<P> +He told his wondering listeners how in the beginning the solid earth on +which they lived was not solid at all, but a mere bank of fog. "The +Great Spirit," said he, "thrust his finger into the bank of fog and +began slowly describing a circle in its midst, increasing the speed +gradually until the fog went whirling round his finger so rapidly that +it was transformed into a glowing ball of fire. Then the Creative +Spirit hurled the fiery ball from his hand, and it shot through the +universe, burning its way through other banks of fog and condensing +them into rain, which fell in great floods, cooling the surface of the +immense ball. Flames then bursting from the interior through the cooled +outer crust, threw up the hills and mountain ranges, and made the +beautiful fertile valleys. In the flood of rain that followed this +fiery upheaval, the substance that cooled very quickly formed granite, +that which cooled less rapidly became copper, the next in degree cooled +down into silver, and the last became gold. But the most beautiful +substance of all, the diamond, was formed by the first beams of +sunlight condensed on the earth's surface. +</P> + +<P> +"A drop of sunlight the size of my thumb," said the priest, holding up +his hand, "is worth more than mines of gold. With one such drop," he +continued, turning to Ali Hafed, "you could buy many farms like yours; +with a handful you could buy a province, and with a mine of diamonds +you could purchase a whole kingdom." +</P> + +<P> +The company parted for the night, and Ali Hafed went to bed, but not to +sleep. All night long he tossed restlessly from side to side, thinking, +planning, scheming how he could secure some diamonds. The demon of +discontent had entered his soul, and the blessings and advantages which +he possessed in such abundance seemed as by some malicious magic to +have utterly vanished. Although his wife and children loved him as +before; although his farm, his orchards, his flocks, and herds were as +real and prosperous as they had ever been, yet the last words of the +priest, which kept ringing in his ears, turned his content into vague +longings and blinded him to all that had hitherto made him happy. +</P> + +<P> +Before dawn next morning the farmer, full of his purpose, was astir. +Rousing the priest, he eagerly inquired if he could direct him to a +mine of diamonds. +</P> + +<P> +"A mine of diamonds!" echoed the astonished priest. "What do you, who +already have so much to be grateful for, want with diamonds?" +</P> + +<P> +"I wish to be rich and place my children on thrones." +</P> + +<P> +"All you have to do, then," said the Buddhist, "is to go and search +until you find them." +</P> + +<P> +"But where shall I go?" questioned the infatuated man. +</P> + +<P> +"Go anywhere," was the vague reply; "north, south, east, or +west,—anywhere." +</P> + +<P> +"But how shall I know the place?" asked the farmer. +</P> + +<P> +"When you find a river running over white sands between high mountain +ranges, in these white sands you will find diamonds. There are many +such rivers and many mines of diamonds waiting to be discovered. All +you have to do is to start out and go somewhere—" and he waved his +hand—"away, away!" +</P> + +<P> +Ali Hafed's mind was full made up. "I will no longer," he thought, +"remain on a wretched farm, toiling day in and day out for a mere +subsistence, when acres of diamonds—untold wealth—may be had by him +who is bold enough to seek them." +</P> + +<P> +He sold his farm for less than half its value. Then, after putting his +young family under the care of a neighbor, he set out on his quest. +</P> + +<P> +With high hopes and the coveted diamond mines beckoning in the far +distance, Ali Hafed began his wanderings. During the first few weeks +his spirits did not flag, nor did his feet grow weary. On, and on, he +tramped until he came to the Mountains of the Moon, beyond the bounds +of Arabia. Weeks stretched into months, and the wanderer often looked +regretfully in the direction of his once happy home. Still no gleam of +waters glinting over white sands greeted his eyes. But on he went, into +Egypt, through Palestine, and other eastern lands, always looking for +the treasure he still hoped to find. At last, after years of fruitless +search, during which he had wandered north and south, east and west, +hope left him. All his money was spent. He was starving and almost +naked, and the diamonds—which had lured him away from all that made +life dear—where were they? Poor Ali Hafed never knew. He died by the +wayside, never dreaming that the wealth for which he had sacrificed +happiness and life might have been his had he remained at home. +</P> + +<P> +"Here is a diamond! here is a diamond! Has Ali Hafed returned?" shouted +an excited voice. +</P> + +<P> +The speaker, no other than our old acquaintance, the Buddhist priest, +was standing in the same room where years before he had told poor Ali +Hafed how the world was made, and where diamonds were to be found. +</P> + +<P> +"No, Ali Hafed has not returned," quietly answered his successor. +"Neither is that which you hold in your hand a diamond; it is but a +pretty black pebble I picked up in my garden." +</P> + +<P> +"I tell you," said the priest, excitedly, "this is a genuine diamond. I +know one when I see it. Tell me how and where you found it?" +</P> + +<P> +"One day," replied the farmer, slowly, "having led my camel into the +garden to drink, I noticed, as he put his nose into the water, a +sparkle of light coming from the white sand at the bottom of the clear +stream. Stooping down, I picked up the black pebble you now hold, +guided to it by that crystal eye in the center from which the light +flashes so brilliantly." +</P> + +<P> +"Why, thou simple one," cried the priest, "this is no common stone, but +a gem of the purest water. Come, show me where thou didst find it." +</P> + +<P> +Together they flew to the spot where the farmer had found the "pebble," +and, turning over the white sands with eager fingers, they found, to +their great delight, other stones even more valuable and beautiful than +the first. Then they extended their search, and, so the Oriental story +goes, "every shovelful of the old farm, as acre after acre was sifted +over, revealed gems with which to decorate the crowns of emperors and +moguls." +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="lion"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +LOVE TAMED THE LION +</H3> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + I would not enter on my list of friends,<BR> + (Though graced with polished manners and fine sense,<BR> + Yet wanting sensibility), the man<BR> + Who needlessly sets foot upon a worm.<BR> + COWPER.<BR> +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +"Nero!" Crushed, baffled, blinded, and, like Samson, shorn of his +strength, prostrate in his cage lay the great tawny monarch of the +forest. Heedless of the curious crowds passing to and fro, he seemed +deaf as well as blind to everything going on around him. Perhaps he was +dreaming of the jungle. Perhaps he was longing to roam the wilds once +more in his native strength. Perhaps memories of a happy past even in +captivity stirred him. Perhaps—But what is this? What change has come +o'er the spirit of his dreams? No one has touched him. Apparently, +nothing has happened to arouse him. Only a woman's voice, soft, +caressing, full of love, has uttered the name, "Nero." But there was +magic in the sound. In an instant the huge animal was on his feet. +Quivering with emotion, he rushed to the side of the cage from whence +the voice proceeded, and threw himself against the bars with such +violence that he fell back half stunned. As he fell he uttered the +peculiar note of welcome with which, in happier days, he was wont to +greet his loved and long-lost mistress. +</P> + +<P> +Touched with the devotion of her dumb friend, Rosa Bonheur—for it was +she who had spoken—released from bondage the faithful animal whom, +years before, she had bought from a keeper who declared him untamable. +</P> + +<P> +"In order to secure the affections of wild animals," said the +great-hearted painter, "you must love them," and by love she had +subdued the ferocious beast whom even the lion-tamers had given up as +hopeless. +</P> + +<P> +When about to travel for two years, it being impossible to take her pet +with her, Mademoiselle Bonheur sold him to the Jardin des Plantes in +Paris, where she found him on her return, totally blind, owing, it is +said, to the ill treatment of the attendant. +</P> + +<P> +Grieved beyond measure at the condition of poor Nero, she had him +removed to her chateau, where everything was done for his comfort that +love could suggest. Often in her leisure moments, when she had laid +aside her painting garb, the artist would have him taken to her studio, +where she would play with and fondle the enormous creature as if he +were a kitten. And there, at last, he died happily, his great paws +clinging fondly to the mistress who loved him so well, his sightless +eyes turned upon her to the end, as if beseeching that she would not +again leave him. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="room"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +"THERE IS ROOM ENOUGH AT THE TOP" +</H3> + +<BR> + +<P> +These words ere uttered many years ago by a youth who had no other +means by which to reach the top than work and will. They have since +become the watchword of every poor boy whose ambition is backed by +energy and a determination to make the most possible of himself. +</P> + +<P> +The occasion on which Daniel Webster first said "There is room enough +at the top," marked the turning point in his life. Had he not been +animated at that time by an ambition to make the most of his talents, +he might have remained forever in obscurity. +</P> + +<P> +His father and other friends had secured for him the position of Clerk +of the Court of Common Pleas, of Hillsborough County, New Hampshire. +Daniel was studying law in the office of Mr. Christopher Gore, a +distinguished Boston lawyer, and was about ready for his admission to +the bar. The position offered him was worth fifteen hundred dollars a +year. This seemed a fortune to the struggling student. He lay awake the +whole night following the day on which he had heard the good news, +planning what he would do for his father and mother, his brother +Ezekiel, and his sisters. Next morning he hurried to the office to tell +Mr. Gore of his good fortune. +</P> + +<P> +"Well, my young friend," said the lawyer, when Daniel had told his +story, "the gentlemen have been very kind to you; I am glad of it. You +must thank them for it. You will write immediately, of course." +</P> + +<P> +Webster explained that, since he must go to New Hampshire immediately, +it would hardly be worth while to write. He could thank his good +friends in person. +</P> + +<P> +"Why," said Mr. Gore in great astonishment, "you don't mean to accept +it, surely!" +</P> + +<P> +The youth's high spirits were damped at once by his senior's manner. +"The bare idea of not accepting it," he says, "so astounded me that I +should have been glad to have found any hole to have hid myself in." +</P> + +<P> +"Well," said Mr. Gore, seeing the disappointment his words had caused, +"you must decide for yourself; but come, sit down and let us talk it +over. The office is worth fifteen hundred a year, you say. Well, it +never will be any more. Ten to one, if they find out it is so much, the +fees will be reduced. You are appointed now by friends; others may fill +their places who are of different opinions, and who have friends of +their own to provide for. You will lose your place; or, supposing you +to retain it, what are you but a clerk for life? And your prospects as +a lawyer are good enough to encourage you to go on. Go on, and finish +your studies; you are poor enough, but there are greater evils than +poverty; live on no man's favor; what bread you do eat, let it be the +bread of independence; pursue your profession, make yourself useful to +your friends and a little formidable to your enemies, and you have +nothing to fear." +</P> + +<P> +How fortunate Webster as to have at this point in his career so wise +and far-seeing a friend! His father, who had made many sacrifices to +educate his boys, saw in the proffered clerkship a great opening for +his favorite, Daniel. He never dreamed of the future that was to make +him one of America's greatest orators and statesmen. At first he could +not believe that the position which he had worked so hard to obtain was +to be rejected. +</P> + +<P> +"Daniel, Daniel," he said sorrowfully, "don't you mean to take that +office?" +</P> + +<P> +"No, indeed, father," was the reply, "I hope I can do much better than +that. I mean to use my tongue in the courts, not my pen; to be an +actor, not a register of other men's acts. I hope yet, sir, to astonish +your honor in your own court by my professional attainments." +</P> + +<P> +Judge Webster made no attempt to conceal his disappointment. He even +tried to discourage his son by reminding him that there were already +more lawyers than the country needed. +</P> + +<P> +It was in answer to this objection that Daniel used the famous and +oft-quoted words,—"There is room enough at the top." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, my son," said the fond but doubting father, "your mother has +always said you would come to something or nothing. She was not sure +which; I think you are now about settling that doubt for her." +</P> + +<P> +It was very painful to Daniel to disappoint his father, but his purpose +was fixed, and nothing now could change it. He knew he had turned his +face in the right direction, and though when he commenced to practice +law he earned only about five or six hundred dollars a year, he never +regretted the decision he had made. He aimed high, and he had his +reward. +</P> + +<P> +It is true now and forever, as Lowell says, that— +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + "Not failure, but low aim, is crime."<BR> +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="uplift"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +THE UPLIFT OF A SLAVE BOY'S IDEAL +</H3> + +<P CLASS="intro"> +Invincible determination, and a right nature, are the levers that move +the world.—PORTER. +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +Born a slave, with the feelings and possibilities of a man, but with no +rights above the beast of the field, Fred Douglass gave the world one +of the most notable examples of man's power over circumstances. +</P> + +<P> +He had no knowledge of his father, whom he had never seen. He had only +a dim recollection of his mother, from whom he had been separated at +birth. The poor slave mother used to walk twelve miles when her day's +work was done, in order to get an occasional glimpse of her child. Then +she had to walk back to the plantation on which she labored, so as to +be in time to begin to work at dawn next morning. +</P> + +<P> +Under the brutal discipline of the "Aunt Katy" who had charge of the +slaves who were still too young to labor in the fields, he early began +to realize the hardships of his lot, and to rebel against the state of +bondage into which he had been born. +</P> + +<P> +Often hungry, and clothed in hottest summer and coldest winter alike, +in a coarse tow linen shirt, scarcely reaching to the knees, without a +bed to lie on or a blanket to cover him, his only protection, no matter +how cold the night, was an old corn bag, into which he thrust himself, +leaving his feet exposed at one end, and his head at the other. +</P> + +<P> +When about seven years old, he was transferred to new owners in +Baltimore, where his kind-hearted mistress, who did not know that in +doing so she was breaking the law, taught him the alphabet. He thus got +possession of the key which was to unlock his bonds, and, young as he +was, he knew it. It did not matter that his master, when he learned +what had been done, forbade his wife to give the boy further +instructions. He had already tasted of the fruit of the tree of +knowledge. The prohibition was useless. Neither threats nor stripes nor +chains could hold the awakened soul in bondage. +</P> + +<P> +With infinite pains and patience, and by stealth, he enlarged upon his +knowledge of the alphabet. An old copy of "Webster's Spelling Book," +cast aside by his young master, as his greatest treasure. With the aid +of a few good-natured white boys, who sometimes played with him in the +streets, he quickly mastered its contents. Then he cast about for +further means to satisfy his mental craving. How difficult it was for +the poor, despised slave to do this, we learn from his own pathetic +words. "I have gathered," he says, "scattered pages of the Bible from +the filthy street gutters, and washed and dried them, that, in moments +of leisure, I might get a word or two of wisdom from them." +</P> + +<P> +Think of that, boys and girls of the twentieth century, with your day +schools and evening schools, libraries, colleges, and +universities,—picking reading material from the gutter and mastering +it by stealth! Yet this boy grew up to be the friend and co-worker of +Garrison and Phillips, the eloquent spokesman of his race, the honored +guest of distinguished peers and commoners of England, one of the +noblest examples of a self-made man that the world has ever seen. +</P> + +<P> +Under equal hardships he learned to write. The boy's wits, sharpened +instead of blunted by repression, saw opportunities where more favored +children could see none. He gave himself his first writing lesson in +his master's shipyard, by copying from the various pieces of timber the +letters with which they had been marked by the carpenters, to show the +different parts of the ship for which they were intended. He copied +from posters on fences, from old copy books, from anything and +everything he could get hold of. He practiced his new art on pavements +and rails, and entered into contests in letter making with white boys, +in order to add to his knowledge. "With playmates for my teachers," he +says, "fences and pavements for my copy books, and chalk for my pen and +ink, I learned to write." +</P> + +<P> +While being "broken in" to field labor under the lash of the overseer, +chained and imprisoned for the crime of attempting to escape from +slavery, the spirit of the youth never quailed. He believed in himself, +in his God-given powers, and he was determined to use them in freeing +himself and his race. +</P> + +<P> +How well he succeeded in the stupendous task to which he set himself +while yet groping in the black night of bondage, with no human power +outside of his own indomitable will to help him, his life work attests +in language more enduring than "storied urn" or written history. A roll +call of the world's great moral heroes would be incomplete without the +name of the slave-born Douglass, who came on the stage of life to play +the leading role of the Moses of his race in one of the saddest and, at +the same time, most glorious eras of American history. +</P> + +<P> +He was born in Talbot County, Maryland. The exact date of his birth is +not known; but he himself thought it was in February, 1817. He died in +Washington, D.C., February 20, 1895. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="robin"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +"TO THE FIRST ROBIN" +</H3> + +<P> +The air was keen and biting, and traces of snow still lingered on the +ground and sparkled on the tree tops in the morning sun. But the happy, +rosy-cheeked children, lately freed from the restraints of city life, +who played in the old garden in Concord, Massachusetts, that bright +spring morning many years ago, heeded not the biting wind or the +lingering snow. As they raced up and down the paths, in and out among +the trees, their cheeks took on a deeper glow, their eyes a brighter +sparkle, while their shouts of merry laughter made the morning glad. +</P> + +<P> +But stay, what is this? What has happened to check the laughter on +their lips, and dim their bright eyes with tears? The little group, +headed by Louisa, has suddenly come to a pause under a tree, where a +wee robin, half dead with hunger and cold, has fallen from its perch. +</P> + +<P> +"Poor, poor birdie!" exclaimed a chorus of pitying voices. "It is dead, +poor little thing," said Anna. "No," said Louisa, the leader of the +children in fun and works of mercy alike; "it is warm, and I can feel +its heart beat." As she spoke, she gathered the tiny bundle of feathers +to her bosom, and, heading the little procession, turned toward the +house. +</P> + +<P> +A warm nest was made for the foundling, and, with motherly care, the +little Louisa May Alcott, then only eight years old, fed and nursed +back to life the half-famished bird. +</P> + +<P> +Before the feathered claimant on her mercy flew away to freedom, the +future authoress, the "children's friend," who loved and pitied all +helpless things, wrote her first poem, and called it "To the First +Robin." It contained only these two stanzas:— +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + "Welcome, welcome, little stranger,<BR> + Fear no harm, and fear no danger,<BR> + We are glad to see you here,<BR> + For you sing, 'Sweet spring is near.'<BR> +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + "Now the white snow melts away,<BR> + Now the flowers blossom gay,<BR> + Come, dear bird, and build your nest,<BR> + For we love our robin best."<BR> +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="wizard"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +THE "WIZARD" AS AN EDITOR +</H3> + +<P> +Although he had only a few months' regular schooling, at ten Thomas +Alva Edison had read and thought more than many youths of twenty. +Gibbon's "Rome," Hume's "England," Sears's "History of the World," +besides several books on chemistry,—a subject in which he was even +then deeply interested,—were familiar friends. Yet he was not, by any +means, a serious bookworm. On the contrary, he was as full of fun and +mischief as any healthy boy of his age. +</P> + +<P> +The little fellow's sunny face and pleasing manners made him a general +favorite, and when circumstances forced him from the parent nest into +the big bustling world at the age of twelve, he became the most popular +train boy on the Grand Trunk Railroad in central Michigan, while his +keen powers of observation and practical turn of mind made him the most +successful. His ambition soared far beyond the selling of papers, song +books, apples, and peanuts, and his business ability was such that he +soon had three or four boys selling his wares on commission. +</P> + +<P> +His interest in chemistry, however, had not abated, and his busy brain +now urged him to try new fields. He exchanged some of his papers for +retorts and other simple apparatus, bought a copy of Fiesenius's +"Qualitative Analysis," and secured the use of an old baggage car as a +laboratory. Here, surrounded by chemicals and experimenting apparatus, +he spent some of the happiest hours of his life. +</P> + +<P> +But even this was not a sufficient outlet for the energies of the +budding inventor. Selling papers had naturally aroused his interest in +printing and editing, and with Edison interest always manifested itself +in action. In buying papers, he had, as usual, made use of his eyes, +and, with the little knowledge of printing picked up in this way, he +determined to start a printing press and edit a paper of his own. +</P> + +<P> +He first purchased a quantity of old type from the Detroit Free Press. +Then he put a printing press in the baggage car, which did duty as +printing and editorial office as well as laboratory, and began his +editorial labors. When the first copy of the Grand Trunk Herald was put +on sale, it would be hard to find a happier boy than its owner was. +</P> + +<P> +No matter that the youthful editor's "Associated Press" consisted of +baggage men and brakemen, or that the literary matter contributed to +the Grand Trunk Herald was chiefly railway gossip, with some general +information of interest to passengers, the little three-cent sheet +became very popular. Even the great London Times deigned to notice it, +as the only journal in the world printed on a railway train. +</P> + +<P> +But, successful as he was in his editorial venture, Edison's best love +was given to chemistry and electricity, which latter subject he had +begun to study with his usual ardor. And well it was for the world when +the youth of sixteen gave up train and newspaper work, that no poverty, +no difficulties, no ridicule, no "hard luck," none of the trials and +obstacles he had to encounter in after life, had power to chill or +discourage the genius of the master inventor of the nineteenth century. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="fortune"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +HOW GOOD FORTUNE CAME TO PIERRE +</H3> + +<P> +Many years ago, in a shabby room in one of the poorest streets of +London, a little golden-haired boy sat singing, in his sweet, childish +voice, by the bedside of his sick mother. Though faint from hunger and +oppressed with loneliness, he manfully forced back the tears that kept +welling up into his blue eyes, and, for his mother's sake, tried to +look bright and cheerful. But it was hard to be brave and strong while +his dear mother was suffering for lack of the delicacies which he +longed to provide for her, but could not. He had not tasted food all +day himself. How he could drive away the gaunt, hungry wolf, Famine, +that had come to take up its abode with them, was the thought that +haunted him as he tried to sing a little song he himself had composed. +He left his place by the invalid, who, lulled by his singing, had +fallen into a light sleep. As he looked listlessly out of the window, +he noticed a man putting up a large poster, which bore, in staring +yellow letters, the announcement that Madame M——, one of the greatest +singers that ever lived, was to sing in public that night. +</P> + +<P> +"Oh, if I could only go!" thought little Pierre, his love of music for +the moment making him forgetful of aught else. Suddenly his face +brightened, and the light of a great resolve shone in his eyes. "I will +try it," he said to himself; and, running lightly to a little stand +that stood at the opposite end of the room, with trembling hands he +took from a tiny box a roll of paper. With a wistful, loving glance at +the sleeper, he stole from the room and hurried out into the street. +</P> + +<P> +"Who did you say is waiting for me?" asked Madame M—— of her servant; +"I am already worn out with company." +</P> + +<P> +"It is only a very pretty little boy with yellow curls, who said that +if he can just see you, he is sure you will not be sorry, and he will +not keep you a moment." +</P> + +<P> +"Oh, well, let him come," said the great singer, with a kindly smile, +"I can never refuse children." +</P> + +<P> +Timidly the child entered the luxurious apartment, and, bowing before +the beautiful, stately woman, he began rapidly, lest his courage should +fail him: "I came to see you because my mother is very sick, and we are +too poor to get food and medicine. I thought, perhaps, that if you +would sing my little song at some of your grand concerts, maybe some +publisher would buy it for a small sum, and so I could get food and +medicine for my mother." +</P> + +<P> +Taking the little roll of paper which the boy held in his hand, the +warm-hearted singer lightly hummed the air. Then, turning toward him, +she asked, in amazement: "Did you compose it? you, a child! And the +words, too?" Without waiting for a reply, she added quickly, "Would you +like to come to my concert this evening?" The boy's face became radiant +with delight at the thought of hearing the famous songstress, but a +vision of his sick mother, lying alone in the poor, cheerless room, +flitted across his mind, and he answered, with a choking in his +throat:— +</P> + +<P> +"Oh, yes; I should so love to go, but I couldn't leave my mother." +</P> + +<P> +"I will send somebody to take care of your mother for the evening, and +here is a crown with which you may go and get food and medicine. Here +is also one of my tickets. Come to-night; that will admit you to a seat +near me." +</P> + +<P> +Overcome with joy, the child could scarcely express his gratitude to +the gracious being who seemed to him like an angel from heaven. As he +went out again into the crowded street, he seemed to tread on air. He +bought some fruit and other little delicacies to tempt his mother's +appetite, and while spreading out the feast of good things before her +astonished gaze, with tears in his eyes, he told her of the kindness of +the beautiful lady. +</P> + +<P> +An hour later, tingling with expectation, Pierre set out for the +concert. How like fairyland it all seemed! The color, the dazzling +lights, the flashing gems and glistening silks of the richly dressed +ladies bewildered him. Ah! could it be possible that the great artist +who had been so kind to him would sing his little song before this +brilliant audience? At length she came on the stage, bowing right and +left in answer to the enthusiastic welcome which greeted her appearance. +</P> + +<P> +A pause of expectancy followed. The boy held his breath and gazed +spellbound at the radiant vision on whom all eyes were riveted. The +orchestra struck the first notes of a plaintive melody, and the +glorious voice of the great singer filled the vast hall, as the words +of the sad little song of the child composer floated on the air. It was +so simple, so touching, so full of exquisite pathos, that many were in +tears before it was finished. +</P> + +<P> +And little Pierre? There he sat, scarcely daring to move or breathe, +fearing that the flowers, the lights, the music, should vanish, and he +should wake up to find it all a dream. He was aroused from his trance +by the tremendous burst of applause that rang through the house as the +last note trembled away into silence. He started up. It was no dream. +The greatest singer in Europe had sung his little song before a +fashionable London audience. Almost dazed with happiness, he never knew +how he reached his poor home; and when he related the incidents of the +evening, his mother's delight nearly equaled his own. Nor was this the +end. +</P> + +<P> +Next day they were startled by a visit from Madame M——. After gently +greeting the sick woman, while her hand played with Pierre's golden +curls, she said: "Your little boy, Madame, has brought you a fortune. I +was offered this morning, by the best publisher in London, 300 pounds +for his little song; and after he has realized a certain amount from +the sale, little Pierre here is to share the profits. Madame, thank God +that your son has a gift from heaven." The grateful tears of the +invalid and her visitor mingled, while the child knelt by his mother's +bedside and prayed God to bless the kind lady who, in their time of +sorrow and great need, had been to them as a savior. +</P> + +<P> +The boy never forgot his noble benefactress, and years afterward, when +the great singer lay dying, the beloved friend who smoothed her pillow +and cheered and brightened her last moments—the rich, popular, and +talented composer—was no other than our little Pierre. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="rust"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +"IF I REST, I RUST" +</H3> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + "The heights by great men reached and kept<BR> + Were not attained by sudden flight;<BR> + But they, while their companions slept,<BR> + Were toiling upward in the night."<BR> +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +The significant inscription found on an old key,—"If I rest, I +rust,"—would be an excellent motto for those who are afflicted with +the slightest taint of idleness. Even the industrious might adopt it +with advantage to serve as a reminder that, if one allows his faculties +to rest, like the iron in the unused key, they will soon show signs of +rust, and, ultimately, cannot do the work required of them. +</P> + +<P> +Those who would attain +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + "The heights by great men reached and kept"<BR> +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +must keep their faculties burnished by constant use, so that they will +unlock the doors of knowledge, the gates that guard the entrances to +the professions, to science, art, literature, agriculture,—every +department of human endeavor. +</P> + +<P> +Industry keeps bright the key that opens the treasury of achievement. +If Hugh Miller, after toiling all day in a quarry, had devoted his +evenings to rest and recreation, he would never have become a famous +geologist. The celebrated mathematician, Edmund Stone, would never have +published a mathematical dictionary, never have found the key to the +science of mathematics, if he had given his spare moments, snatched +from the duties of a gardener, to idleness. Had the little Scotch lad, +Ferguson, allowed the busy brain to go to sleep while he tended sheep +on the hillside, instead of calculating the position of the stars by +the help of a string of beads, he would never have become a famous +astronomer. +</P> + +<P> +"Labor vanquishes all,"—not in constant, spasmodic, or ill-directed +labor, but faithful, unremitting, daily effort toward a well-directed +purpose. Just as truly as eternal vigilance is the price of liberty, so +is eternal industry the price of noble and enduring success. +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + "Seize, then, the minutes as they pass;<BR> + The woof of life is thought!<BR> + Warm up the colors; let them glow<BR> + With fire of fancy fraught."<BR> +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="boy"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +A BOY WHO KNEW NOT FEAR +</H3> + +<P> +Richard Wagner, the great composer, weaves into one of his musical +dramas a beautiful story about a youth named Siegfried, who did not +know what fear was. +</P> + +<P> +The story is a sort of fairy tale or myth,—something which has a deep +meaning hidden in it, but which is not literally true. +</P> + +<P> +We smile at the idea of a youth who never knew fear, who even as a +little child had never been frightened by the imaginary terrors of +night, the darkness of the forest, or the cries of the wild animals +which inhabited it. +</P> + +<P> +Yet it is actually true that there was born at Burnham Thorpe, Norfolk, +England, on September 29, 1758, a boy who never knew what fear was. +This boy's name was Horatio Nelson,—a name which his fearlessness, +ambition, and patriotism made immortal. +</P> + +<P> +Courage even to daring distinguished young Nelson from his boy +companions. Many stories illustrating this quality are told of him. +</P> + +<P> +On one occasion, when the future hero of England was but a mere child, +while staying at his grandmother's, he wandered away from the house in +search of birds' nests. When dinner time came and went and the boy did +not return, his family became alarmed. They feared that he had been +kidnapped by gypsies, or that some other mishap had befallen him. A +thorough search was made for him in every direction. Just as the +searchers were about to give up their quest, the truant was discovered +sitting quietly by the side of a brook which he was unable to cross. +</P> + +<P> +"I wonder, child," said his grandmother, "that hunger and fear did not +drive you home." +</P> + +<P> +"Fear! grand-mamma," exclaimed the boy; "I never saw fear. What is it?" +</P> + +<P> +Horatio was a born leader, who never even in childhood shrank from a +hazardous undertaking. This story of his school days shows how the +spirit of leadership marked him before he had entered his teens. +</P> + +<P> +In the garden attached to the boarding school at North Walsham, which +he and his elder brother, William, attended, there grew a remarkably +fine pear tree. The sight of this tree, loaded with fruit was, +naturally, a very tempting one to the boys. The boldest among the older +ones, however, dared not risk the consequences of helping themselves to +the pears, which they knew were highly prized by the master of the +school. +</P> + +<P> +Horatio, who thought neither of the sin of stealing the schoolmaster's +property, nor of the risk involved in the attempt, volunteered to +secure the coveted pears. +</P> + +<P> +He was let down in sheets from the bedroom window by his schoolmates, +and, after gathering as much of the fruit as he could carry, returned +with considerable difficulty. He then turned the pears over to the +boys, not keeping one for himself. +</P> + +<P> +"I only took them," he explained, "because the rest of you were afraid +to venture." +</P> + +<P> +The sense of honor of the future "Hero of the Nile" and of Trafalgar +was as keen in boyhood as in later life. +</P> + +<P> +One year, at the close of the Christmas holidays, he and his brother +William set out on horseback to return to school. There had been a +heavy fall of snow which made traveling very disagreeable, and William +persuaded Horatio to go back home with him, saying that it was not safe +to go on. +</P> + +<P> +"If that be the case," said Rev. Mr. Nelson, the father of the boys, +when the matter was explained to him, "you certainly shall not go; but +make another attempt, and I will leave it to your honor. If the road is +dangerous, you may return; but remember, boys, I leave it to your +honor." +</P> + +<P> +The snow was really deep enough to be made an excuse for not going on, +and William was for returning home a second time. Horatio, however, +would not be persuaded again. "We must go on," he said; "remember, +brother, it was left to our honor." +</P> + +<P> +When only twelve years old, young Nelson's ambition urged him to try +his fortune at sea. His uncle, Captain Maurice Suckling, commanded the +Raisonnable, a ship of sixty-four guns, and the boy thought it would be +good fortune, indeed, if he could get an opportunity to serve under +him. "Do, William," he said to his brother, "write to my father, and +tell him that I should like to go to sea with Uncle Maurice." +</P> + +<P> +On hearing of his son's wishes, Mr. Nelson at once wrote to Captain +Suckling. The latter wrote back without delay: "What has poor Horatio +done, who is so weak, that he, above all the rest, should be sent to +rough it out at sea? But let him come, and the first time we go into +action, a cannon ball may knock off his head and provide for him at +once." +</P> + +<P> +This was not very encouraging for a delicate boy of twelve. But Horatio +was not daunted. His father took him to London, and there put him into +the stage coach for Chatham, where the Raisonnable was lying at anchor. +</P> + +<P> +He arrived at Chatham during the temporary absence of his uncle, so +that there was no friendly voice to greet him when he went on board the +big ship. Homesick and heartsick, he passed some of the most miserable +days of his life on the Raisonnable. The officers treated the sailors +with a harshness bordering on cruelty. This treatment, of course, +increased the natural roughness of the sailors; and, altogether, the +conditions were such that Horatio's opinion of the Royal Navy was sadly +altered. +</P> + +<P> +But in spite of the separation from his brother William, who had been +his schoolmate and constant companion, and all his other loved ones, +the hardships he had to endure as a sailor boy among rough officers and +rougher men, and his physical weakness, his courage did not fail him. +He stuck bravely to his determination to be a sailor. +</P> + +<P> +Later, the lad went on a voyage to the West Indies, in a merchant ship +commanded by Mr. John Rathbone. During this voyage, his anxiety to rise +in his profession and his keen powers of observation, which were +constantly exercised, combined to make him a practical sailor. +</P> + +<P> +After his return from the West Indies, his love of adventure was +excited by the news that two ships—the Racehorse and the Carcass—were +being fitted out for a voyage of discovery to the North Pole. Through +the influence of Captain Suckling, he secured an appointment as +coxswain, under Captain Lutwidge, who was second in command of the +expedition. +</P> + +<P> +All went well with the Racehorse and the Carcass until they neared the +Polar regions. Then they were becalmed, surrounded with ice, and wedged +in so that they could not move. +</P> + +<P> +Young as Nelson was, he was put in command of one of the boats sent out +to try to find a passage to the open water. While engaged in this work +he was instrumental in saving the crew of another of the boats which +had been attacked by walruses. +</P> + +<P> +His most notable adventure during this Polar cruise, however, was a +fight with a bear. +</P> + +<P> +One night he stole away from his ship with a companion in pursuit of a +bear. A fog which had been rising when they left the Carcass soon +enveloped them. Between three and four o'clock in the morning, when the +weather began to clear, they were sighted by Captain Lutwidge and his +officers, at some distance from the ship, in conflict with a huge bear. +The boys, who had been missed soon after they set out on their +adventure, were at once signaled to return. Nelson's companion urged +him to obey the signal, and, though their ammunition had given out, he +longed to continue the fight. +</P> + +<P> +"Never mind," he cried excitedly; "do but let me get a blow at this +fellow with the butt end of my musket, and we shall have him." +</P> + +<P> +Captain Lutwidge, seeing the boy's danger,—he being separated from the +bear only by a narrow chasm in the ice,—fired a gun. This frightened +the bear away. Nelson then returned to face the consequences of his +disobedience. +</P> + +<P> +He was severely reprimanded by his captain for "conduct so unworthy of +the office he filled." When asked what motive he had in hunting a bear, +he replied, still trembling from the excitement of the encounter, "Sir, +I wished to kill the bear that I might carry the skin to my father." +</P> + +<P> +The expedition finally worked its way out of the ice and sailed for +home. +</P> + +<P> +Horatio's next voyage was to the East Indies, aboard the Seahorse, one +of the vessels of a squadron under the command of Sir Edward Hughes. +His attention to duty attracted the notice of his senior officer, on +whose recommendation he was rated as a midshipman. +</P> + +<P> +After eighteen months in the trying climate of India, the youth's +health gave way, and he was sent home in the Dolphin. His physical +weakness affected his spirits. Gloom fastened upon him, and for a time +he was very despondent about his future. +</P> + +<P> +"I felt impressed," he says, "with an idea that I should never rise in +my profession. My mind was staggered with a view of the difficulties I +had to surmount and the little interest I possessed. I could discover +no means of reaching the object of my ambition. After a long and gloomy +revery in which I almost wished myself overboard, a sudden flow of +patriotism was kindled within me and presented my king and my country +as my patrons. My mind exulted in the idea. 'Well, then,' I exclaimed, +'I will be a hero, and, confiding in Providence, I will brave every +danger!'" +</P> + +<P> +In that hour Nelson leaped from boyhood to manhood. Thenceforth the +purpose of his life never changed. From that time, as he often said +afterward, "a radiant orb was suspended in his mind's eye, which urged +him onward to renown." +</P> + +<P> +His health improved very much during the homeward voyage, and he was +soon able to resume duty again. +</P> + +<P> +At nineteen he was made second lieutenant of the Lowestoffe; and at +twenty he was commander of the Badger. Before he was twenty-one, owing +largely to his courage and presence of mind in face of every danger, +and his enthusiasm in his profession, "he had gained that mark," says +his biographer, Southey, "which brought all the honors of the service +within his reach." +</P> + +<P> +Pleasing in his address and conversation, always kind and thoughtful in +his treatment of the men and boys under him, Nelson was the best-loved +man in the British navy,—nay, in all England. +</P> + +<P> +When he was appointed to the command of the Boreas, a ship of +twenty-eight guns, then bound for the Leeward Islands, he had thirty +midshipmen under him. When any of them, at first, showed any timidity +about going up the masts, he would say, by way of encouragement, "I am +going a race to the masthead, and beg that I may meet you there." And +again he would say cheerfully, that "any person was to be pitied who +could fancy there was any danger, or even anything disagreeable, in the +attempt." +</P> + +<P> +"Your Excellency must excuse me for bringing one of my midshipmen with +me," he said to the governor of Barbados, who had invited him to dine. +"I make it a rule to introduce them to all the good company I can, as +they have few to look up to besides myself during the time they are at +sea." Was it any wonder that his "middies" almost worshiped him? +</P> + +<P> +This thoughtfulness in small matters is always characteristic of truly +great, large-souled men. Another distinguishing mark of Nelson's +greatness was that he ruled by love rather than fear. +</P> + +<P> +When, at the age of forty-seven, he fell mortally wounded at the battle +of Trafalgar, all England was plunged into grief. The crowning victory +of his life had been won, but his country was inconsolable for the loss +of the noblest of her naval heroes. +</P> + +<P> +"The greatest sea victory that the world had ever known was won," says +W. Clark Russell, "but at such a cost, that there was no man throughout +the British fleet—there was no man indeed in all England—but would +have welcomed defeat sooner than have paid the price of this wonderful +conquest." +</P> + +<P> +The last words of the hero who had won some of the greatest of +England's sea fights were, "Thank God, I have done my duty." +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="stanley"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +HOW STANLEY FOUND LIVINGSTONE +</H3> + +<P> +In the year 1866 David Livingstone, the great African explorer and +missionary, started on his last journey to Africa. Three years passed +away during which no word or sign from him had reached his friends. The +whole civilized world became alarmed for his safety. It was feared that +his interest in the savages in the interior of Africa had cost him his +life. +</P> + +<P> +Newspapers and clergymen in many lands were clamoring for a relief +expedition to be sent out in search of him. Royal societies, scientific +associations, and the British government were debating what steps +should be taken to find him. But they were very slow in coming to any +conclusion, and while they were weighing questions and discussing +measures, an energetic American settled the matter offhand. +</P> + +<P> +This was James Gordon Bennett, Jr., manager of the New York Herald and +son of James Gordon Bennett, its editor and proprietor. +</P> + +<P> +Mr. Bennett was in a position which brought him into contact with some +of the cleverest and most enterprising young men of his day. From all +those he knew he singled out Henry M. Stanley for the difficult and +perilous task of finding Livingstone. +</P> + +<P> +And who was this young man who was chosen to undertake a work which +required the highest qualities of manhood to carry it to success? +</P> + +<P> +Henry M. Stanley, whose baptismal name was John Rowlands, was born of +poor parents in Wales, in 1840. Being left an orphan at the age of +three, he was sent to the poorhouse in his native place. There he +remained for ten years, and then shipped as a cabin boy in a vessel +bound for America. Soon after his arrival in this country, he found +employment in New Orleans with a merchant named Stanley. His +intelligence, energy, and ambition won him so much favor with this +gentleman that he adopted him as his son and gave him his name. +</P> + +<P> +The elder Stanley died while Henry was still a youth. This threw him +again upon his own resources, as he inherited nothing from his adopted +father, who died without making a will. He next went to California to +seek his fortune. He was not successful, however, and at twenty he was +a soldier in the Civil War. When the war was over, he engaged himself +as a correspondent to the New York Herald. +</P> + +<P> +In this capacity he traveled extensively in the East, doing brilliant +work for his paper. When England went to war with King Theodore of +Abyssinia, he accompanied the English army to Abyssinia, and from +thence wrote vivid descriptive letters to the Herald. The child whose +early advantages were only such as a Welsh poorhouse afforded, was +already, through his own unaided efforts, a leader in his profession. +He was soon to become a leader in a larger sense. +</P> + +<P> +At the time Mr. Bennett conceived the idea of sending an expedition in +search of Livingstone, Stanley was in Spain. He had been sent there by +the Herald to report the civil war then raging in that country. He thus +describes the receipt of Mr. Bennett's message and the events +immediately following:— +</P> + +<P> +"I am in Madrid, fresh from the carnage at Valencia. At 10 A.M. Jacopo, +at No.—Calle de la Cruz, hands me a telegram; on opening it I find it +reads, 'Come to Paris on important business.' The telegram is from +James Gordon Bennett, Jr., the young manager of the New York Herald. +</P> + +<P> +"Down come my pictures from the walls of my apartments on the second +floor; into my trunks go my books and souvenirs, my clothes are hastily +collected, some half washed, some from the clothesline half dry, and +after a couple of hours of hasty hard work my portmanteaus are strapped +up and labeled for 'Paris.'" +</P> + +<P> +It was late at night when Stanley arrived in Paris. "I went straight to +the 'Grand Hotel,'" he says, "and knocked at the door of Mr. Bennett's +room. +</P> + +<P> +"'Come in,' I heard a voice say. Entering I found Mr. Bennett in bed. +</P> + +<P> +"'Who are you?' he asked. +</P> + +<P> +"'My name is Stanley,' I answered. +</P> + +<P> +"'Ah, yes! sit down; I have important business on hand for you. +</P> + +<P> +"'Where do you think Livingstone is?' +</P> + +<P> +"'I really do not know, sir.' +</P> + +<P> +"'Do you think he is alive?' +</P> + +<P> +"'He may be, and he may not be,' I answered. +</P> + +<P> +"'Well, I think he is alive, and that he can be found, and I am going +to send you to find him.' +</P> + +<P> +"'What!' said I, 'do you really think I can find Dr. Livingstone? Do +you mean me to go to Central Africa?' +</P> + +<P> +"'Yes, I mean that you shall go and find him wherever you may hear that +he is.... Of course you will act according to your own plans and do +what you think best—BUT FIND LIVINGSTONE.'" +</P> + +<P> +The question of expense coming up, Mr. Bennett said: "Draw a thousand +pounds now; and when you have gone through that, draw another thousand; +and when that is spent, draw another thousand; and when you have +finished that, draw another thousand, and so on; but, FIND LIVINGSTONE." +</P> + +<P> +Stanley asked no questions, awaited no further instructions. The two +men parted with a hearty hand clasp. "Good night, and God be with you," +said Bennett. +</P> + +<P> +"Good night, sir," returned Stanley. "What it is in the power of human +nature to do I will do; and on such an errand as I go upon, God will be +with me." +</P> + +<P> +The young man immediately began the work of preparation for his great +undertaking. This in itself was a task requiring more than ordinary +judgment and foresight, but Stanley was equal to the occasion. +</P> + +<P> +On January 6, 1871, he reached Zanzibar, an important native seaport on +the east coast of Africa. Here the preparations for the journey were +completed. Soon, with a train composed of one hundred and ninety men, +twenty donkeys, and baggage amounting to about six tons, he started +from this point for the interior of the continent. +</P> + +<P> +Then began a journey the dangers and tediousness of which can hardly be +described. Stanley and his men were often obliged to wade through +swamps filled with alligators. Crawling on hands and knees, they forced +their way through miles of tangled jungle, breathing in as they went +the sickening odor of decaying vegetables. They were obliged to be +continually on their guard against elephants, lions, hyenas, and other +wild inhabitants of the jungle. Fierce as these were, however, they +were no more to be dreaded than the savage tribes whom they sometimes +encountered. Whenever they stopped to rest, they were tormented by +flies, white ants, and reptiles, which crawled all over them. +</P> + +<P> +For months they journeyed on under these conditions. The donkeys had +died from drinking impure water, and some of the men had fallen victims +to disease. +</P> + +<P> +It was no wonder that the survivors of the expedition—all but +Stanley—had grown disheartened. Half starved, wasted by sickness and +hardships of all kinds, with bleeding feet and torn clothes, some of +them became mutinous. Stanley's skill as a leader was taxed to the +utmost. Alternately coaxing the faint-hearted and punishing the +insubordinate, he continued to lead them on almost in spite of +themselves. +</P> + +<P> +So far they had heard nothing of Livingstone, nor had they any clew as +to the direction in which they should go. There was no ray of light or +hope to cheer them on their way, yet Stanley never for a moment thought +of giving up the search. +</P> + +<P> +Once, amid the terrors of the jungle, surrounded by savages and wild +animals, with supplies almost exhausted, and the remnant of his +followers in a despairing condition, the young explorer came near being +discouraged. +</P> + +<P> +But he would not give way to any feeling that might lessen his chances +of success, and it was at this crisis he wrote in his journal:— +</P> + +<P> +"No living man shall stop me—only death can prevent me. But death—not +even this; I shall not die—I will not die—I cannot die! Something +tells me I shall find him and—write it larger—FIND HIM, FIND HIM! +Even the words are inspiring." +</P> + +<P> +Soon after this a caravan passed and gave the expedition news which +renewed hope: A white man, old, white haired, and sick, had just +arrived at Ujiji. +</P> + +<P> +Stanley and his followers pushed on until they came in sight of Ujiji. +Then the order was given to "unfurl the flags and load the guns." +Immediately the Stars and Stripes and the flag of Zanzibar were thrown +to the breeze, and the report of fifty guns awakened the echoes. The +noise startled the inhabitants of Ujiji. They came running in the +direction of the sounds, and soon the expedition was surrounded by a +crowd of friendly black men, who cried loudly, "YAMBO, YAMBO, BANA!" +which signifies welcome. +</P> + +<P> +"At this grand moment," says Stanley, "we do not think of the hundreds +of miles we have marched, of the hundreds of hills that we have +ascended and descended, of the many forests we have traversed, of the +jungle and thickets that annoyed us, of the fervid salt plains that +blistered our feet, of the hot suns that scorched us, nor the dangers +and difficulties now happily surmounted. +</P> + +<P> +"At last the sublime hour has arrived!—our dreams, our hopes and +anticipations are now about to be realized! Our hearts and our feelings +are with our eyes, as we peer into the palms and try to make out in +which hut or house lives the white man with the gray beard we heard +about on the Malagarazi." +</P> + +<P> +When the uproar had ceased, a voice was heard saluting the leader of +the expedition in English—"Good morning, sir." +</P> + +<P> +"Startled at hearing this greeting in the midst of such a crowd of +black people," says Stanley, "I turn sharply round in search of the +man, and see him at my side, with the blackest of faces, but animated +and joyous—a man dressed in a long white shirt, with a turban of +American sheeting around his head, and I ask, 'Who the mischief are +you?' +</P> + +<P> +"'I am Susi, the servant of Dr. Livingstone,' said he, smiling, and +showing a gleaming row of teeth. +</P> + +<P> +"'What! Is Dr. Livingstone here?' +</P> + +<P> +"'Yes, sir.' +</P> + +<P> +"'In this village?' +</P> + +<P> +"'Yes, sir.' +</P> + +<P> +"'Are you sure?' +</P> + +<P> +"'Sure, sure, sir. Why, I leave him just now.' +</P> + +<P> +"'Susi, run, and tell the Doctor I am coming.'" +</P> + +<P> +Susi ran like a madman to deliver the message. Stanley and his men +followed more slowly. Soon they were gazing into the eyes of the man +for news of whom the whole civilized world was waiting. +</P> + +<P> +"My heart beat fast," says Stanley, "but I must not let my face betray +my emotions, lest it shall detract from the dignity of a white man +appearing under such extraordinary circumstances." +</P> + +<P> +The young explorer longed to leap and shout for joy, but he controlled +himself, and instead of embracing Livingstone as he would have liked to +do, he grasped his hand, exclaiming, "I thank God, Doctor, that I have +been permitted to see you." +</P> + +<P> +"I feel grateful that I am here to welcome you," was the gentle reply. +</P> + +<P> +All the dangers through which they had passed, all the privations they +had endured were forgotten in the joy of this meeting. Doctor +Livingstone's years of toil and suspense, during which he had heard +nothing from the outside world; Stanley's awful experiences in the +jungle, the fact that both men had almost exhausted their supplies; the +terrors of open and hidden dangers from men and beasts, sickness, hope +deferred, all were, for the moment, pushed out of mind. Later, each +recounted his story to the other. +</P> + +<P> +After a period of rest, the two joined forces and together explored and +made plans for the future. Stanley tried to induce Livingstone to +return with him. But in vain; the great missionary explorer would not +lay down his work. He persevered, literally until death. +</P> + +<P> +At last the hour of parting came. With the greatest reluctance Stanley +gave his men the order, "Right about face." With a silent farewell, a +grasp of the hands, and a look into each other's eyes which said more +than words, the old man and the young man parted forever. +</P> + +<P> +Livingstone's life work was almost done. Stanley was the man on whose +shoulders his mantle was to fall. The great work he had accomplished in +finding Livingstone was the beginning of his career as an African +explorer. +</P> + +<P> +After the death of Livingstone, Stanley determined to take up the +explorer's unfinished work. +</P> + +<P> +In 1874 he left England at the head of an expedition fitted out by the +London Daily Telegraph and the New York Herald, and penetrated into the +very heart of Africa. +</P> + +<P> +He crossed the continent from shore to shore, overcoming on his march +dangers and difficulties compared with which those encountered on his +first journey sank into insignificance. He afterward gave an account of +this expedition in his book entitled, "Darkest Africa." +</P> + +<P> +Stanley had successfully accomplished one of the great works of the +world. He had opened the way for commerce and Christianity into the +vast interior of Africa, which, prior to his discoveries, had been +marked on the map by a blank space, signifying that it was an +unexplored and unknown country. +</P> + +<P> +On his return the successful explorer found himself famous. Princes and +scientific societies vied with one another in honoring him. King Edward +VII of England, who was then Prince of Wales, sent him his personal +congratulations; Humbert, the king of Italy, sent him his portrait; the +khedive of Egypt decorated him with the grand commandership of the +Order of the Medjidie; the Geographical Societies of London, Paris, +Italy, and Marseilles sent him their gold medals; while in Berlin, +Vienna, and many other large European cities, he was elected an +honorary member of their most learned and most distinguished +associations. +</P> + +<P> +What pleased the explorer most of all, though, was the honor paid him +by America. "The government of the United States," he says, "has +crowned my success with its official approval, and the unanimous vote +of thanks passed in both houses of the legislature has made me proud +for life of the expedition and its achievements." +</P> + +<P> +Honored to-day as the greatest explorer of his age, and esteemed alike +for his scholarship and the immense services he has rendered mankind, +Sir Henry Morton Stanley, the once friendless orphan lad whose only +home was a Welsh poorhouse, may well be proud of the career he has +carved out for himself. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="nestor"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +THE NESTOR OF AMERICAN JOURNALISTS +</H3> + +<P> +"I heard that a neighbor three miles off, had borrowed from a still +more distant neighbor, a book of great interest. I started off, +barefoot, in the snow, to obtain the treasure. There were spots of bare +ground, upon which I would stop to warm my feet. And there were also, +along the road, occasional lengths of log fence from which the snow had +melted, and upon which it was a luxury to walk. The book was at home, +and the good people consented, upon my promise that it should be +neither torn nor soiled, to lend it to me. In returning with the prize, +I was too happy to think of the snow on my naked feet." +</P> + +<P> +This little incident, related by Thurlow Weed himself, is a sample of +the means by which he gained that knowledge and power which made him +not only the "Nestor of American Journalists," but rendered him famous +in national affairs as the "American Warwick" or "The King Maker." +</P> + +<P> +There were no long happy years of schooling for this child of the +"common people," whose father was a struggling teamster and farmer; no +prelude of careless, laughing childhood before the stern duties of life +began. +</P> + +<P> +Thurlow Weed was born at Catskill, Greene County, New York, in 1797, a +period in the history of our republic when there were very few +educational opportunities for the children of the poor. "I cannot +ascertain," he says, "how much schooling I got at Catskill, probably +less than a year, certainly not a year and a half, and this was when I +was not more than five or six years old." +</P> + +<P> +At an early age Thurlow learned to bend circumstances to his will and, +ground by poverty, shut in by limitations as he was, even while +contributing by his earning to the slender resources of the family, he +gathered knowledge and pleasure where many would have found but thorns +and bitterness. +</P> + +<P> +How simply he tells his story, as though his hardships and struggles +were of no account, and how clearly the narrative mirrors the brave +little fellow of ten! +</P> + +<P> +"My first employment," he says, "was in sugar making, an occupation to +which I became much attached. I now look with great pleasure upon the +days and nights passed in the sap-bush. The want of shoes (which, as +the snow was deep, was no small privation) was the only drawback upon +my happiness. I used, however, to tie pieces of an old rag carpet +around my feet, and got along pretty well, chopping wood and gathering +up sap." +</P> + +<P> +During this period he traveled, barefoot, to borrow books, wherever +they could be found among the neighboring farmers. With his body in the +sugar house, and his head thrust out of doors, "where the fat pine was +blazing," the young enthusiast devoured with breathless interest a +"History of the French Revolution," and the few other well-worn volumes +which had been loaned him. +</P> + +<P> +Later, after he left the farm, we see the future journalist working +successively as cabin boy and deck hand on a Hudson River steamboat, +and cheerfully sending home the few dollars he earned. While employed +in this capacity, he earned his first "quarter" in New York by carrying +a trunk for one of the passengers from the boat to a hotel on Broad +Street. +</P> + +<P> +But his boyish ambition was to be a journalist, and, after a year of +seafaring life, he found his niche in the office of a small weekly +newspaper, the Lynx, published at Onondaga Hollow, New York. +</P> + +<P> +So, at fourteen, owing to his indomitable will and perseverance, which +conquered the most formidable obstacles, Thurlow Weed started on the +career in which, despite the rugged road he still had to travel, he +built up a noble character and won international fame. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="idea"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +THE MAN WITH AN IDEA +</H3> + +<P> +It is February, 1492. A poor man, with gray hair, disheartened and +dejected, is going out of the gate from the beautiful Alhambra, in +Granada, on a mule. Ever since he was a boy, he has been haunted with +the idea that the earth is round. He has believed that the pieces of +carved wood, picked up four hundred miles at sea, and the bodies of two +men, unlike any other human beings known, found on the shores of +Portugal, have drifted from unknown lands in the west. But his last +hope of obtaining aid for a voyage of discovery has failed. King John +of Portugal, under pretense of helping him, has secretly sent out an +expedition of his own. His friends have abandoned him; he has begged +bread; has drawn maps to keep him from starving, and lost his wife; his +friends have called him crazy, and have forsaken him. The council of +wise men, called by Ferdinand and Isabella, ridicule his theory of +reaching the east by sailing west. "But the sun and moon are round," +replies Columbus, "why not the earth?" "If the earth is a ball, what +holds it up?" the wise men ask. "What holds the sun and moon up?" +Columbus replies. +</P> + +<P> +A learned doctor asks, "How can men walk with their heads hanging down, +and their feet up, like flies on a ceiling?" "How can trees grow with +their roots in the air?" "The water would run out of the ponds, and we +should fall off," says another. "The doctrine is contrary to the Bible, +which says, 'The heavens are stretched out like a tent.'" "Of course it +is flat; it is rank heresy to say it is round." +</P> + +<P> +He has waited seven long years. He has had his last interview, hoping +to get assistance from Ferdinand and Isabella after they drive the +Moors out of Spain. Isabella was almost persuaded, but finally refused. +He is now old, his last hope has fled; the ambition of his life has +failed. He hears a voice calling him. He looks back and sees an old +friend pursuing him on a horse, and beckoning him to come back. He saw +Columbus turn away from the Alhambra, disheartened, and he hastens to +the queen and tells her what a great thing it would be, at a trifling +expense, if what the sailor believes should prove true. "It shall be +done," Isabella replies. "I will pledge my jewels to raise the money; +call him back." Columbus turns back, and with him turns the world. +</P> + +<P> +Three frail vessels, little larger than fishing boats, the Santa Maria, +the Pinta, and the Nina, set sail from Palos, August 3, 1492, for an +unknown land, upon untried seas; the sailors would not volunteer, but +were forced to go by the king. Friends ridiculed them for following a +crazy man to certain destruction, for they believed the sea beyond the +Canaries was boiling hot. "What if the earth is round?" they said, "and +you sail down the other side, how can you get back again? Can ships +sail up hill?" +</P> + +<P> +Only three days out, the Pinto's signal of distress is flying; she has +broken her rudder. September 8 they discover a broken mast covered with +seaweed floating in the sea. Terror seizes the sailors, but Columbus +calms their fears with pictures of gold and precious stones of India. +September 13, two hundred miles west of the Canaries, Columbus is +horrified to find that the compass, his only guide, is failing him, and +no longer points to the north star. No one had yet dreamed that the +earth turns on its axis. The sailors are ready for mutiny, but Columbus +tells them the north star is not exactly in the north. October 1 they +are two thousand three hundred miles from land, though Columbus tells +the sailors one thousand seven hundred. Columbus discovers a bush in +the sea, with berries on it, and soon they see birds and a piece of +carved wood. At sunset, the crew kneel upon the deck and chant the +vesper hymn. It is sixty-seven days since they left Palos, and they +have sailed nearly three thousand miles, only changing their course +once. At ten o'clock at night they see a light ahead, but it vanishes. +Two o'clock in the morning, October 12, Roderigo de Friana, on watch at +the masthead of the Pinta, shouts, "Land! land! land!" The sailors are +wild with joy, and throw themselves on their knees before Columbus, and +ask forgiveness. They reach the shore, and the hero of the world's +greatest expedition unfolds the flag of Spain and takes possession of +the new world. Perhaps no greater honor was ever paid man than Columbus +received on his return to Ferdinand and Isabella. Yet, after his second +visit to the land he discovered, he was taken back to Spain in chains, +and finally died in poverty and neglect; while a pickle dealer of +Seville, who had never risen above second mate, on a fishing vessel, +Amerigo Vespucci, gave his name to the new world. Amerigo's name was +put on an old chart or sketch to indicate the point of land where he +landed, five years after Columbus discovered the country, and this +crept into print by accident. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="bernard"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +"BERNARD OF THE TUILERIES" +</H3> + +<P> +Opposite the entrance to the Sevres Museum in the old town of Sevres, +in France, stands a handsome bronze statue of Bernard Palissy, the +potter. Within the museum are some exquisite pieces of pottery known as +"Palissy ware." They are specimens of the art of Palissy, who spent the +best years of his life toiling to discover the mode of making white +enamel. +</P> + +<P> +The story of his trials and sufferings in seeking to learn the secret, +and of his final triumph over all difficulties, is an inspiring one. +</P> + +<P> +Born in the south of France, as far back as the year 1509, Bernard +Palissy did not differ much from an intelligent, high-spirited American +boy of the twentieth century. His parents were poor, and he had few of +the advantages within the reach of the humblest child in the United +States to-day. In spite of poverty, he was cheerful, light hearted, and +happy in his great love for nature, which distinguished him all through +life. The forest was his playground, his companions the birds, insects, +and other living things that made their home there. +</P> + +<P> +From the first, Nature was his chief teacher. It was from her, and her +alone, he learned the lessons that in after years made him famous both +as a potter and a scientist. The habit of observation seemed natural to +him, for without suggestions from books or older heads, his eyes and +ears noticed all that the nature student of our day is drilled into +observing. +</P> + +<P> +The free, outdoor life of the forest helped to give the boy the +strength of mind and body which afterward enabled him, in spite of the +most discouraging conditions, to pursue his ideal. He was taught how to +read and write, and from his father learned how to paint on glass. From +him he also learned the names and some of the properties of the +minerals employed in painting glass. All the knowledge that in after +years made him an artist, a scientist, and a writer, was the result of +his unaided study of nature. To books he was indebted for only the +smallest part of what he knew. +</P> + +<P> +Happy and hopeful, sunshiny of face and disposition, Bernard grew from +childhood to youth. Then, when he was about eighteen, there came into +his heart a longing to try his fortune in the great world which lay +beyond his forest home. Like most country-bred boys of his age, he felt +that he had grown too large for the parent nest and must try his wings +elsewhere. In his case there was, indeed, little to induce an ambitious +boy to stay at home. The trade of glass painting, which in previous +years had been a profitable one, had at that time fallen somewhat out +of favor, and there was not enough work to keep father and son busy. +</P> + +<P> +When he shouldered his scanty wallet and bade farewell to father and +mother, and the few friends and neighbors he knew in the straggling +forest hamlet, Bernard Palissy closed the first chapter of his life. +The second was a long period of travel and self-education. +</P> + +<P> +He wandered through the forest of Ardennes, making observations and +collecting specimens of minerals, plants, reptiles, and insects. He +spent some years in the upper Pyrenees, at Tarbes. From Antwerp in the +east he bent his steps to Brest, in the most westerly part of Brittany, +and from Montpellier to Nismes he traveled across France. During his +wanderings he supported himself by painting on glass, portrait painting +(which he practiced after a fashion), surveying, and planning sites for +houses and gardens. In copying or inventing patterns for painted +windows, he had acquired a knowledge of geometry and considerable skill +in the use of a rule and compass. His love of knowledge for its own +sake made him follow up the study of geometry, as far as he could +pursue it, and hence his skill as a surveyor. +</P> + +<P> +At this time young Palissy had no other object in life than to learn. +His eager, inquiring mind was ever on the alert. Wherever his travels +led him, he sought information of men and nature, always finding the +latter his chief instructor. He painted and planned that he might live +to probe her secrets. But the time was fast approaching when a new +interest should come into his life and overshadow all others. +</P> + +<P> +After ten or twelve years of travel, he married and settled in Saintes +where he pursued, as his services were required, the work of glass +painter and surveyor. Before long he grew dissatisfied with the dull +routine of his daily life. He felt that he ought to do more than make a +living for his wife and children. There were two babies now to be cared +for as well as his wife, and he could not shoulder his wallet, as in +the careless days of his boyhood, and wander away in search of +knowledge or fortune. +</P> + +<P> +About this time an event happened which changed his whole life. He was +shown a beautiful cup of Italian manufacture. I give in his own words a +description of the cup, and the effect the sight of it had on him. "An +earthen cup," he says, "turned and enameled with so much beauty, that +from that time I entered into controversy with my own thoughts, +recalling to mind several suggestions that some people had made to me +in fun, when I was painting portraits. Then, seeing that these were +falling out of request in the country where I dwelt, and that glass +painting was also little patronized, I began to think that if I should +discover how to make enamels, I could make earthen vessels and other +things very prettily, because God has gifted me with some knowledge of +drawing." +</P> + +<P> +His ambition was fired at once. A definite purpose formed itself in his +mind. He knew nothing whatever of pottery. No man in France knew the +secret of enameling, which made the Italian cup so beautiful, and +Palissy had not the means to go to Italy, where he probably could have +learned it. He resolved to study the nature and properties of clays, +and not to rest until he had discovered the secret of the white enamel. +Delightful visions filled his imagination. He thought within himself +that he would become the prince of potters, and would provide his wife +and children with all the luxuries that money could buy. "Thereafter," +he wrote, "regardless of the fact that I had no knowledge of clays, I +began to seek for the enamels as a man gropes in the dark." +</P> + +<P> +Palissy was a young man when he began his search for the enamel; he was +past middle life when his labors were finally rewarded. Groping like a +man in the dark, as he himself said, he experimented for years with +clays and chemicals, but with small success. He built with his own +hands a furnace at the back of his little cottage in which to carry on +his experiments. At first his enthusiasm inspired his wife and +neighbors with the belief that he would succeed in his efforts. But +time went on, and as one experiment after another failed or was only +partially successful, one and all lost faith in him. He had no friend +or helper to buoy him up under his many disappointments. Even his wife +reproached him for neglecting his regular work and reducing herself and +her children to poverty and want, while he wasted his time and strength +in chasing a dream. His neighbors jeered at him as a madman, one who +put his plain duty aside for the gratification of what seemed to their +dull minds merely a whim. His poor wife could hardly be blamed for +reproaching him. She could neither understand nor sympathize with his +hopes and fears, while she knew that if he followed his trade, he could +at least save his family from want. It was a trying time for both of +them. But who ever heard tell of an artist, inventor, discoverer, or +genius of any kind being deterred by poverty, abuse, ridicule, or +obstacles of any kind from the pursuit of an ideal! +</P> + +<P> +After many painful efforts, the poor glass painter had succeeded in +producing a substance which he believed to be white enamel. He spread +it on a number of earthenware pots which he had made, and placed them +in his furnace. The extremities to which he was reduced to supply heat +to the furnace are set forth in his own words: "Having," he says, +"covered the new pieces with the said enamel, I put them into the +furnace, still keeping the fire at its height; but thereupon occurred +to me a new misfortune which caused great mortification, namely, that +the wood having failed me, I was forced to burn the palings which +maintained the boundaries of my garden; which being burnt also, I was +forced to burn the tables and the flooring of my house, to cause the +melting of the second composition. I suffered an anguish that I cannot +speak, for I was quite exhausted and dried up by the heat of the +furnace. Further, to console me, I was the object of mockery; and even +those from whom solace was due ran crying through the town that I was +burning my floors, and in this way my credit was taken from me, and I +was regarded as a madman. +</P> + +<P> +"Others said that I was laboring to make false money, which was a +scandal under which I pined away, and slipped with bowed head through +the streets like a man put to shame. No one gave me consolation, but, +on the contrary, men jested at me, saying, 'It was right for him to die +of hunger, seeing that he had left off following his trade!' All these +things assailed my ears when I passed through the street; but for all +that, there still remained some hope which encouraged and sustained me, +inasmuch as the last trials had turned out tolerably well; and +thereafter I thought that I knew enough to get my own living, although +I was far enough from that (as you shall hear afterward)." +</P> + +<P> +This latest experiment filled him with joy, for he had at last +discovered the secret of the enamel. But there was yet much to be +learned, and several years more of extreme poverty and suffering had to +be endured before his labors were rewarded with complete success. But +it came at last in overflowing measure, as it almost invariably does to +those who are willing to work and suffer privation and persevere to the +end. +</P> + +<P> +His work as a potter brought Palissy fame and riches. At the invitation +of Catherine de' Medici, wife of King Henry II of France, he removed to +Paris. He established a workshop in the vicinity of the royal Palace of +the Tuileries, and was thereafter known as "Bernard of the Tuileries." +He was employed by the king and queen and some of the greatest nobles +of France to embellish their palaces and gardens with the products of +his beautiful art. +</P> + +<P> +Notwithstanding his lack of schooling, Bernard Palissy was one of the +most learned men of his day. He founded a Museum of Natural History, +wrote valuable books on natural science, and for several years +delivered lectures on the same subject. His lectures were attended by +the most advanced scholars of Paris, who were astonished at the extent +and accuracy of his knowledge of nature. But he was as modest as he was +wise and good, and when people wondered at his learning, he would reply +with the most unaffected simplicity, "I have had no other book than the +sky and the earth, known to all." +</P> + +<P> +No more touching story of success, in spite of great difficulties, than +Bernard Palissy's has been written. It is bad to think that after the +terrible trials which he endured for the sake of his art, his last +years also should have been clouded by misfortune. During the civil war +which raged in France between the Huguenots and the Catholics, he was, +on account of his religious views, imprisoned in the Bastile, where he +died in 1589, at the age of eighty. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="blacksmith"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +HOW THE "LEARNED BLACKSMITH" FOUND TIME +</H3> + +<P> +"The loss of an hour," says the philosopher, Leibnitz, "is the loss of +a part of life." This is a truth that has been appreciated by most men +who have risen to distinction,—who have been world benefactors. The +lives of those great moral heroes put to shame the laggard youth of +to-day, who so often grumbles: "I have no time. If I didn't have to +work all day, I could accomplish something. I could read and educate +myself. But if a fellow has to grub away ten or twelve hours out of the +twenty-four, what time is left to do anything for one's self?" +</P> + +<P> +How much spare time had Elihu Burritt, "the youngest of many brethren," +as he himself quaintly puts it, born in a humble home in New Britain, +Connecticut, reared amid toil and poverty? Yet, during his father's +long illness, and after his death, when Elihu was but a lad in his +teens, with the family partially dependent upon the work of his hands, +he found time,—if only a few moments,—at the end of a fourteen-hour +day of labor, for his books. +</P> + +<P> +While working at his trade as a blacksmith, he solved problems in +arithmetic and algebra while his irons were heating. Over the forge +also appeared a Latin grammar and a Greek lexicon; and, while with +sturdy blows the ambitious youth of sixteen shaped the iron on the +anvil, he fixed in his mind conjugations and declensions. +</P> + +<P> +How did this man, born nearly a century ago, possessing none of the +advantages within reach of the poorest and humblest boy of to-day, +become one of the brightest ornaments in the world of letters, a leader +in the reform movements of his generation? +</P> + +<P> +Apparently no more talented than his nine brothers and sisters, by +improving every opportunity he could wring from a youth of unremitting +toil, his love for knowledge grew with what it fed upon, and carried +him to undreamed-of heights. In palaces and council halls, the words of +the "Learned Blacksmith" were listened to with the closest attention +and deference. +</P> + +<P> +Read the life of Elihu Burritt, and you will be ashamed to grumble that +you have no time—no chance for self-improvement. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="legend"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +THE LEGEND OF WILLIAM TELL +</H3> + +<P> +"Ye crags and peaks, I'm with you once again! I hold to you the hands +you first beheld, to show they still are free. Methinks I hear a spirit +in your echoes answer me, and bid your tenant welcome to his home +again! O sacred forms, how proud you look! how high you lift your heads +into the sky! how huge you are, how mighty, and how free! Ye are the +things that tower, that shine; whose smile makes glad—whose frown is +terrible; whose forms, robed or unrobed, do all the impress wear of awe +divine. Ye guards of liberty, I'm with you once again! I call to you +with all my voice! I hold my hands to you to show they still are free. +I rush to you as though I could embrace you!" +</P> + +<P> +What schoolboy or schoolgirl is not familiar with those stirring lines +from "William Tell's Address to His Native Mountains," by J. M. +Knowles? And the story of William Tell,—is it not dear to every heart +that loves liberty? Though modern history declares it to be purely +mythical, its popularity remains unaffected. It will live forever in +the traditions of Switzerland, dear to the hearts of her people as +their native mountains, and even more full of interest to the stranger +than authentic history. +</P> + +<P> +"His image [Tell's]," says Lamartine, "with those of his wife and +children, are inseparably connected with the majestic, rural, and +smiling landscapes of Helvetia, the modern Arcadia of Europe. As often +as the traveler visits these peculiar regions; as often as the +unconquered summits of Mont Blanc, St. Gothard, and the Rigi, present +themselves to his eyes in the vast firmament as the ever-enduring +symbols of liberty; whenever the lake of the Four Cantons presents a +vessel wavering on the blue surface of its waters; whenever the cascade +bursts in thunder from the heights of the Splugen, and shivers itself +upon the rocks like tyranny against free hearts; whenever the ruins of +an Austrian fortress darken with the remains of frowning walls the +round eminences of Uri or Claris; and whenever a calm sunbeam gilds on +the declivity of a village the green velvet of the meadows where the +herds are feeding to the tinkling of bells and the echo of the Ranz des +Vaches—so often the imagination traces in all these varied scenes the +hat on the summit of the pole—the archer condemned to aim at the apple +placed on the head of his own child—the mark hurled to the ground, +transfixed by the unerring arrow—the father chained to the bottom of +the boat, subduing night, the storm, and his own indignation, to save +his executioner—and finally, the outraged husband, threatened with the +loss of all he holds most dear, yielding to the impulse of nature, and +in his turn striking the murderer with a deathblow." +</P> + +<P> +The story which tradition hands down as the origin of the freedom of +Switzerland dates back to the beginning of the fourteenth century. At +that time Switzerland was under the sovereignty of the emperor of +Germany, who ruled over Central Europe. Count Rudolph of Hapsburg, a +Swiss by birth, who had been elected to the imperial throne in 1273, +made some efforts to save his countrymen from the oppression of a +foreign yoke. His son, Albert, Archduke of Austria, who succeeded him +in 1298, inherited none of his sympathies for Switzerland. On his +accession to the throne Albert resolved to curtail the liberties still +enjoyed by the inhabitants of some of the cantons, and to bend the +whole of the Swiss people to his will. +</P> + +<P> +The mountaineers of the cantons of Schwytz, Uri, and Unterwalden +recognized no authority but that of the emperor; while the peasants of +the neighboring valleys were at the mercy of local tyrants—the great +nobles and their allies. +</P> + +<P> +In order to carry out his project of subjecting all to the same yoke, +Albert of Austria appointed governors to rule over the semi-free +provinces or cantons. These governors, who bore the official title of +Bailiffs of the Emperor, exercised absolute authority over the people. +Men, women, and children were at their mercy, and were treated as mere +chattels—the property of their rulers. Insult and outrage were heaped +upon them until their lives became almost unendurable. +</P> + +<P> +An instance of the manner in which these petty tyrants used their +authority is related of the bailiff Landenberg, who ruled over +Unterwalden. +</P> + +<P> +For some trumped-up offense of which a young peasant, named Arnold of +Melcthal, was accused, his oxen were confiscated by Landenberg. The +deputy sent to seize the animals, which Landenberg really coveted for +his own, said sneeringly to Arnold, "If peasants wish for bread, they +must draw the plow themselves." Roused to fury by this taunt, Arnold +attempted to resist the seizure of his property, and in so doing broke +an arm of one of the deputy's men. He then fled to the mountains; but +he could not hide himself from the vengeance of Landenberg. The +peasant's aged father was arrested by order of the bailiff, and his +eyes put out in punishment for his son's offense. "That puncture," says +an old chronicler, "went so deep into many a heart that numbers +resolved to die rather than leave it unrequited." +</P> + +<P> +But the crudest and most vindictive of the Austrian or German bailiffs, +as they were interchangeably called, was one Hermann Gessler. He had +built himself a fortress, which he called "Uri's Restraint," and there +he felt secure from all attacks. +</P> + +<P> +This man was the terror of the whole district. His name was a synonym +for all that was base, brutal, and tyrannical. Neither the property, +the lives, nor the honor of the people were respected by him. His +hatred and contempt for the peasants were so great that the least +semblance of prosperity among them aroused his ire. +</P> + +<P> +One day while riding with an armed escort through the canton of +Schwytz, he noticed a comfortable-looking dwelling which was being +built by one Werner Stauffacher. Turning to his followers, he cried, +"Is it not shameful that miserable serfs like these should be permitted +to build such houses when huts would be too good for them?" "Let this +be finished," said his chief attendant; "we shall then sculpture over +the gate the arms of the emperor, and a little time will show whether +the builder has the audacity to dispute possession with us." The answer +pleased Gessler, who replied, "Thou art right," and, planning future +vengeance, he passed on with his escort. +</P> + +<P> +The wife of Stauffacher, who had been standing near the new building, +but concealed from Gessler and his men, heard the conversation, and +reported it to her husband. The latter, filled with indignation, +without uttering a word, arose and started for the home of his +father-in-law, Walter Furst, in the village of Attinghaussen. +</P> + +<P> +On his arrival Staffaucher was cordially welcomed by his father-in-law, +who placed refreshments before him, and waited for him to explain the +object of his visit. Pushing aside the food, he said, "I have made a +vow never again to taste wine or swallow meat until we cease to be +slaves." Stauffacher then related what had happened. Furst's anger was +kindled by the recital. Both men were roused to such a pitch that they +resolved, then and there, to free themselves and their countrymen from +the chains which bound them, or die in the attempt. They conversed far +into the night, making plans for the gaining of national independence. +Then they sought out in his hiding-place Arnold of Melchthal, the young +peasant whom Landenberg had so cruelly persecuted. In him they found, +as they expected, an ardent supporter of their plans. +</P> + +<P> +The three conspirators, Stauffacher, Furst, and Melchthal, represented +different cantons; one belonging to Schwytz, another to Uri, and the +third to Unterwalden. They hoped to form a league and unite the three +cantons against the power of Austria. In pursuance of their plans, each +pledged himself to select from among the most persecuted and the most +daring in their respective cantons ten others to join them in the cause +of liberty. +</P> + +<P> +On the night of November 7, or 17 (the date is variously given), in the +year 1307, the confederates met together in a secluded mountain spot +called Rutli. There they bound themselves by an oath, the terms of +which embodied their purpose: "We swear in the presence of God, before +whom kings and people are equal, to live or die for our +fellow-countrymen; to undertake and sustain all in common; neither to +suffer injustice nor to commit injury; to respect the rights and +property of the Count of Hapsburg; to do no violence to the imperial +bailiffs, but to put an end to their tyranny." They fixed upon January +1, 1308, as the day for a general uprising. +</P> + +<P> +Events were gradually shaping themselves for the appearance of William +Tell on the scene. Up to this time his name does not appear in the +annals of his country. The bold peasant of Uri was so little prominent +among his countrymen that, according to some versions of the legend, +although a son-in-law of Walter Furst, he had not been chosen among the +thirty conspirators summoned to the meeting at Rutli. This, however, is +contradicted by another, which asserts that he was "one of the +oath-bound men of Rutli." +</P> + +<P> +The various divergences in the different versions of the legend do not +affect its main features, on which all the chroniclers are agreed. It +was the crowning insult to his country which indisputably brought Tell +into prominence and made his name forever famous. +</P> + +<P> +Gessler's hatred of the people daily increased, and was constantly +showing itself in every form of petty tyranny that a mean and wicked +nature could devise. He noticed the growing discontent among the +peasantry, but instead of trying to allay it, he determined to +humiliate them still more. For this purpose he had a pole, surmounted +by the ducal cap of Austria, erected in the market square of the +village of Altdorf, and issued a command that all who passed it should +bow before the symbol of imperial rule. Guards were placed by the pole +with orders to make prisoners of all who refused to pay homage to the +ducal cap. +</P> + +<P> +William Tell, a bold hunter and skillful boatman of Uri, passing by one +day, with his little son, Walter, refused to bend his knee before the +symbol of foreign oppression. He was seized at once by the guards and +carried before the bailiff. +</P> + +<P> +There is considerable contradiction at this point as to whether Tell +was at once carried before the bailiff or bound to the pole, where he +remained, guarded by the soldiers, until the bailiff, returning the +same day from a hunting expedition, appeared upon the scene. Schiller, +in his drama of "William Tell," adopts the latter version of the story. +</P> + +<P> +According to the drama, Tell is represented as being bound to the pole. +In a short time he is surrounded by friends and neighbors. Among them +are his father-in-law, Walter Furst, Werner Stauffacher, and Arnold of +Melchthal. They advance to rescue the prisoner. The guards cry in a +loud voice: "Revolt! Rebellion! Treason! Sedition! Help! Protect the +agents of the law!" +</P> + +<P> +Gessler and his party hear the cries, and rush to the support of the +guards. Gessler cries in a loud authoritative voice: "Wherefore is this +assembly of people? Who called for help? What does all this mean? I +demand to know the cause of this!" +</P> + +<P> +Then, addressing himself particularly to one of the guards and pointing +to Tell, he says: "Stand forward! Who art thou, and why dost thou hold +that man a prisoner?" +</P> + +<P> +"Most mighty lord," replies the guard, "I am one of your soldiers +placed here as a sentinel over that hat. I seized this man in the act +of disobedience, for refusing to salute it. I was about to carry him to +prison in compliance with your orders, and the populace were preparing +to rescue him by force." +</P> + +<P> +After questioning Tell, whose answers are not satisfactory, the bailiff +pronounces sentence upon him. The sentence is that he shall shoot at an +apple placed on the head of his little son, Walter, and if he fails to +hit the mark he shall die. +</P> + +<P> +"My lord," cries the agonized parent; "what horrible command is this +you lay upon me? What! aim at a mark placed on the head of my dear +child? No, no, it is impossible that such a thought could enter your +imagination. In the name of the God of mercy, you cannot seriously +impose that trial on a father." +</P> + +<P> +"Thou shalt aim at an apple placed on the head of thy son. I will and I +command it," repeats the tyrant. +</P> + +<P> +"I! William Tell! aim with my own crossbow at the head of my own +offspring! I would rather die a thousand deaths." +</P> + +<P> +"Thou shall shoot, or assuredly thou diest with thy son!" +</P> + +<P> +"Become the murderer of my child! My lord, you have no son—you cannot +have the feelings of a father's heart!" +</P> + +<P> +Gessler's friends interfere in behalf of the unhappy father, and plead +for mercy. But all appeal is in vain. The tyrant is determined on +carrying out his sentence. +</P> + +<P> +The father and son are placed at a distance of eighty paces apart. An +apple is placed on the boy's head, and the father is commanded to hit +the mark. He hesitates and trembles. +</P> + +<P> +"Why dost thou hesitate?" questions his persecutor. "Thou hast deserved +death, and I could compel thee to undergo the punishment; but in my +clemency I place thy fate in thy own skillful hands. He who is the +master of his destiny cannot complain that his sentence is a severe +one. Thou art proud of thy steady eye and unerring aim; now, hunter, is +the moment to prove thy skill. The object is worthy of thee—the prize +is worth contending for. To strike the center of a target is an +ordinary achievement; but the true master of his art is he who is +always certain, and whose heart, hand, and eye are firm and steady +under every trial." +</P> + +<P> +At length Tell nerves himself for the ordeal, raises his bow, and takes +aim at the target on his son's head. Before firing, however, he +concealed a second arrow under his vest. His movement did not escape +Gessler's notice. +</P> + +<P> +The marksman fires. The apple falls from his boy's head, cleft in twain +by the arrow. +</P> + +<P> +Even Gessler is loud in his admiration of Tell's skill. "By heaven," he +cries, "he has clove the apple exactly in the center. Let us do +justice; it is indeed a masterpiece of skill." +</P> + +<P> +Tell's friends congratulate him. He is about to set out for his home +with the child who has been saved to him from the very jaws of death as +it were. But Gessler stays him. +</P> + +<P> +"Thou hast concealed a second arrow in thy bosom," he says, sternly +addressing Tell. "What didst thou intend to do with it?" Tell replies +that such is the custom of all hunters. +</P> + +<P> +Gessler is not satisfied and urges him to confess his real motive. +"Speak truly and frankly," he says; "say what thou wilt, I promise thee +thy life. To what purpose didst thou destine the second arrow?" +</P> + +<P> +Tell can no longer restrain his indignation, and, fixing his eyes +steadily on Gessler, he answers "Well then, my lord, since you assure +my life, I will speak the truth without reserve. If I had struck my +beloved child, with the second arrow I would have transpierced thy +heart. Assuredly that time I should not have missed my mark." +</P> + +<P> +"Villain!" exclaims Gessler, "I have promised thee life upon my +knightly word; I will keep my pledge. But since I know thee now, and +thy rebellious heart, I will remove thee to a place where thou shalt +never more behold the light of sun or moon. Thus only shall I be +sheltered from thy arrows." +</P> + +<P> +He orders the guards to seize and bind Tell, saying, "I will myself at +once conduct him to Kussnacht." +</P> + +<P> +The fortress of Kussnacht was situated on the summit of Mount Rigi +between Lake Lucerne, or the Lake of the Four Cantons as it is +sometimes called, and Lake Zug. It was reached by crossing Lake Lucerne. +</P> + +<P> +The prisoner was placed bound in the bottom of a boat, and with his +guards, the rowers, an inexperienced pilot, and Gessler in command, the +boat was headed for Kussnacht. +</P> + +<P> +When about halfway across the lake a sudden and violent storm +overwhelmed the party. They were in peril of their lives. The rowers +and pilot were panic-stricken, and powerless in face of the danger that +threatened them. +</P> + +<P> +Tell's fame as a boatman was as widespread as that of his skill as an +archer. The rowers cried aloud in their terror that he was the only man +in Switzerland that could save them from death. Gessler immediately +commanded him to be released from his bonds and given the helm. +</P> + +<P> +Tell succeeded in guiding the vessel to the shore. Then seizing his bow +and arrows, which his captors had thrown beside him, he sprang ashore +at a point known as "Tell's Leap." The boat, rebounding, after he +leaped from it was again driven out on the lake before any of the +remainder of its occupants could effect a landing. After a time, +however, the fury of the storm abated, and they reached the shore in +safety. +</P> + +<P> +In the meantime Tell had concealed himself in a defile in the mountain +through which Gessler would have to pass on his way to Kussnacht. There +he lay in wait for his persecutor who followed in hot pursuit. +</P> + +<P> +Vowing vengeance as he went, Gessler declared that if the fugitive did +not give himself up to justice, every day that passed by should cost +him the life of his wife or one of his children. While the tyrant was +yet speaking, an arrow shot by an unerring hand pierced his heart. Tell +had taken vengeance into his own hands. +</P> + +<P> +The death of Gessler was the signal for a general uprising. The +oath-bound men of Rutli saw that this was their great opportunity. They +called to their countrymen to follow them to freedom or death. +</P> + +<P> +Gessler's crowning act of tyranny—his inhuman punishment of Tell—had +roused the spirit of rebellion in the hearts of even the meekest and +most submissive of the peasants. Gladly, then, did they respond to the +call of the leaders of the insurrection. +</P> + +<P> +The legend says that on New Year's Eve, 1308, Stauffacher, with a +chosen band of followers, climbed the mountain which led to +Landenberg's fortress castle of Rotzberg. There they were assisted by +an inmate of the castle, a young girl whose lover was among the rebels. +She threw a rope out of one of the windows of the castle, and by it her +countrymen climbed one after another into the castle. They seized the +bailiff, Landenberg, and confined him in one of the dungeons of his own +castle. Next day the conspirators were reinforced by another party who +gained entrance to the castle by means of a clever ruse. Landenberg and +his men were given their freedom by the peasants on condition that they +would quit Switzerland forever. +</P> + +<P> +The castle of Uri was attacked and taken possession of by Walter Furst +and William Tell, while other strongholds were captured by Arnold of +Melchthal and his associates. +</P> + +<P> +Bonfires blazed all over the country. The dawn of Switzerland's freedom +had appeared. The reign of tyranny was doomed. William Tell was the +hero of the hour, and ever since his name has been enshrined in the +hearts of his countrymen as the watchword of their liberties. Even to +this day, as history tells us, the Swiss peasant cherishes the belief +that "Tell and the three men of Rutli are asleep in the mountains, but +will awake to the rescue of their land should tyranny ever again +enchain it." +</P> + +<P> +Lamartine, to whose story of William Tell the writer is indebted, +commenting on the legend says: "The artlessness of this history +resembles a poem; it is a pastoral song in which a single drop of blood +is mingled with the dew upon a leaf or a tuft of grass. Providence +seems thus to delight in providing for every free community, as the +founder of their independence, a fabulous or actual hero, conformable +to the local situation, manners, and character of each particular race. +To a rustic, pastoral people, like the Swiss, is given for their +liberator a noble peasant; to a proud, aspiring race, such as the +Americans, an honest soldier. Two distinct symbols, standing erect by +the cradles of the two modern liberties of the world to personify their +opposite natures: on the one hand Tell, with his arrow and the apple; +on the other, Washington, with his sword and the law." +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="westward"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +"WESTWARD HO!" +</H3> + +<P> +When the current serves, the unseen monitor that directs our affairs +bids us step aboard our craft, and, with hand firmly grasping the helm, +steer boldly for the distant goal. +</P> + +<P> +Philip D. Armour, the open-handed, large-hearted merchant prince, who +has left a standing memorial to his benevolence in the Armour Institute +at Chicago, heard the call to put to sea when in his teens. +</P> + +<P> +It came during the gold fever, which raged with such intensity from +1849 to 1851, when the wildest stories were afloat of the treasures +that were daily being dug out of the earth in California. The brain of +the sturdy youth, whose Scotch and Puritan blood tingled for some +broader field than the village store and his father's farm in +Stockbridge, New York, was haunted by the tales of adventure and +fortune wafted across the continent from the new El Dorado. "I brooded +over the difference," he says, "between tossing hay in the hot sun and +digging gold by handfuls, until, one day, I threw down the pitchfork, +went to the house, and told mother that I had quit that kind of work." +</P> + +<P> +Armour was nineteen years old when he determined to seek his fortune in +California. His determination once formed, he lost no time in carrying +it out. As much of the journey across the plains was to be made on +foot, he first provided himself with a pair of stout boots. Then he +packed his extra clothing in an old carpetbag, and with a light heart +bade his family good-by. +</P> + +<P> +He had induced a young friend, Calvin Gilbert, to accompany him in his +search for fortune. The two youths joined the motley crowd of +adventurers who were flocking from all quarters to the Land of Promise, +and set out on their journey. +</P> + +<P> +Tramping over the plains, crossing rivers in tow-boats and ferryboats, +and riding in trains and on wagons when they could, the adventurers, +after many weary months, reached their destination. During the journey +young Armour became sick, but was tenderly nursed back to health by his +companion. +</P> + +<P> +"I had scarcely any money when I arrived at the gold fields," said +Armour, "but I struck right out and found a place where I could dig, +and in a little time I struck pay dirt." +</P> + +<P> +He entered into partnership with a Mr. Croarkin, and, with +characteristic energy, kept digging and taking his turn at the rude +housekeeping in the shanty which he and his partner shared. "Croarkin +would cook one week," he says, "and I the next, and we would have a +clean-up Sunday morning We baked our own bread, and kept a few hens, +too, which supplied us with fresh eggs." +</P> + +<P> +The young gold hunter, however, did not find nuggets as "plentiful as +blackberries," but he found within himself that which led him to a +bonanza far exceeding his wildest dreams of "finds" in the gold fields. +</P> + +<P> +He discovered his business ability; he learned how to economize, how to +rely upon himself, even to the extent of baking his own bread. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="songs1"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +THREE GREAT AMERICAN SONGS AND THEIR AUTHORS +</H3> + +<H4 ALIGN="center"> +THE STAR-SPANGLED BANNER +</H4> + +<P> +"Poetry and music," says Sir John Lubbock, "unite in song. From the +earliest ages song has been the sweet companion of labor. The rude +chant of the boatman floats upon the water, the shepherd sings upon the +hill, the milkmaid in the dairy, the plowman in the field. Every trade, +every occupation, every act and scene of life, has long had its own +especial music. The bride went to her marriage, the laborer to his +work, the old man to his last long rest, each with appropriate and +immemorial music." +</P> + +<P> +It is strange that Lubbock did not mention specifically the power of +music in inspiring the soldier as he marches to the defense of his +country, or in arousing the spirit of patriotism and kindling the love +of country, whether in peace or war, in every bosom. "Let me make the +songs of a country," Fletcher of Saltoun has well said, "and I care not +who makes its laws." +</P> + +<P> +Not to know the words and the air of the national anthem or chief +patriotic songs of one's country is considered little less than a +disgrace. To know something of their authors and the occasion which +inspired them, or the conditions under which they were composed, gives +additional interest to the songs themselves. +</P> + +<P> +Francis Scott Key, author of "The Star-spangled Banner," one of the, if +not the most, popular of our national songs, was born in Frederick +County, Maryland, on August 1, 1779. He was the son of John Ross Key, +an officer in the Revolutionary army. +</P> + +<P> +Young Key's early education was carried on under the direction of his +father. Later he became a student in St. John's College, from which +institution he was graduated in his nineteenth year. Immediately after +his graduation he began to study law under his uncle, Philip Barton +Key, one of the ablest lawyers of his time. He was admitted to the bar +in 1801, and commenced to practice in Fredericktown, Maryland, where he +won the reputation of an eloquent advocate. After a few years' practice +in Fredericktown, he removed to Washington, where he was appointed +district attorney for the District of Columbia. +</P> + +<P> +Young Key was as widely known and admired as a writer of hymns and +ballads as he was as a lawyer of promise. But the production of the +popular national anthem which crowned him with immortality has so +overshadowed the rest of his life work that we remember him only as its +author. +</P> + +<P> +The occasion which inspired "The Star-spangled Banner" must always be +memorable in the annals of our country. The war with the British had +been about two years in progress, when, in August, 1814, a British +fleet arrived in the Chesapeake, and an army under General Ross landed +about forty miles from the city of Washington. +</P> + +<P> +The army took possession of Washington, burnt the capitol, the +President's residence, and other public buildings, and then sailed +around by the sea to attack Baltimore. The fleet was to bombard Fort +McHenry, while the land forces were to attack the city. +</P> + +<P> +The commanding officers of the fleet and land army, Admiral Cockburn +and General Ross, made their headquarters in Upper Marlboro, Maryland, +at the house of Dr. William Beanes, whom they held as their prisoner. +</P> + +<P> +Francis Scott Key, who was a warm friend of Dr. Beanes, went to +President Madison in order to enlist his aid in securing the release of +Beanes. The president furnished Key with a vessel, and instructed John +L. Skinner, agent for the exchange of prisoners, to accompany him under +a flag of truce to the British fleet. +</P> + +<P> +The British commander agreed to release Dr. Beanes, but would not +permit Key and his party to return then, lest they should carry back +important information to the American side. He boastingly declared, +however, that the defense could hold out only a few hours, and that +Baltimore would then be in the hands of the British. +</P> + +<P> +Skinner and Key were sent on board the Surprise, which was under the +command of Admiral Cockburn's son. But after a short time they were +allowed to return to their own vessel, and from its deck they saw the +American flag waving over Fort McHenry and witnessed the bombardment. +</P> + +<P> +All through the night the furious attack of the British continued. The +roar of cannon and the bursting of shells was incessant. It is said +that as many as fifteen hundred shells were hurled at the fort. +</P> + +<P> +Shortly before daybreak the firing ceased. Key and his companions +waited in painful suspense to know the result. In the intense silence +that followed the cannonading, each one asked himself if the flag of +his country was still waving on high, or if it had been hauled down to +give place to that of England. They strained their eyes in the +direction of Baltimore, but the darkness revealed nothing. +</P> + +<P> +At last day dawned, and to their delight the little party saw the +American flag still floating over Fort McHenry. Key's heart was stirred +to its depths, and in a glow of patriotic enthusiasm he immediately +wrote down a rough draft of "The Star-spangled Banner." +</P> + +<P> +On his arrival in Baltimore he perfected the first copy of the song, +and gave it to Captain Benjamin Eades, of the 27th Baltimore Regiment, +saying that he wished it to be sung to the air of "Anacreon in Heaven." +Eades had it put in type, and took the first proof to a famous old +tavern near the Holliday Street Theater, a favorite resort of actors +and literary people of that day. The verses were read to the company +assembled there, and Frederick Durang, an actor, was asked to sing them +to the air designated by the author. Durang, mounting a chair, sang as +requested. The song was enthusiastically received. From that moment it +became the great popular favorite that it has ever since been, and that +it will continue to be as long as the American republic exists. +</P> + +<P> +Key died in Baltimore on January 11, 1843. A monument was erected to +his memory by the munificence of James Lick, a Californian millionaire. +The sculptor to whom the work was intrusted was the celebrated W. W. +Story, who completed it in 1887. The monument, which is fifty-one feet +high, stands in Golden Gate Park, San Francisco. It is built of +travertine, in the form of a double arch, under which a bronze statue +of Key is seated. A bronze figure, representing America with an +unfolded flag, supports the arch. +</P> + +<P> +On the occasion of the unveiling of this statue, the New York Home +Journal contained an appreciative criticism of Key as a poet, and the +following estimate of his greatest production. +</P> + +<P> +"The poetry of the 'Star-spangled Banner' has touches of delicacy for +which one looks in vain in most national odes, and is as near a true +poem as any national ode ever was. The picture of the 'dawn's early +light' and the tricolor, half concealed, half disclosed, amid the mists +that wreathed the battle-sounding Patapsco, is a true poetic concept. +</P> + +<P> +"The 'Star-spangled Banner' has the peculiar merit of not being a +tocsin song, like the 'Marseillaise.' Indeed, there is not a restful, +soothing, or even humane sentiment in all that stormy shout. It is the +scream of oppressed humanity against its oppressor, presaging a more +than quid pro quo; and it fitly prefigured the sight of that long file +of tumbrils bearing to the Place de la Revolution the fairest scions of +French aristocracy. On the other hand, 'God Save the King,' in its +original, has one or two lines as grotesque as 'Yankee Doodle' itself; +yet we have paraphrased it in 'America,' and made it a hymn meet for +all our churches. But the 'Star-spangled Banner' combines dignity and +beauty, and it would be hard to find a line of it that could be +improved upon." +</P> + +<P> +Over the simple grave of Francis Scott Key, in Frederick, Maryland, +there is no other monument than the "star-spangled banner." In storm +and in sunshine, in summer and in winter, its folds ever float over the +resting place of the man who has immortalized it in verse. No other +memorial could so fitly commemorate the life and death of this simple, +dignified, patriotic American. +</P> + +<P> +"A sweet, noble life," says a recent writer, "was that of the author of +our favorite national hymn—a life of ideal refinement, piety, +scholarly gentleness. Little did he think that his voice would be the +storm song, the victor shout, of conquering America to resound down and +down the ages!" +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + THE STAR-SPANGLED BANNER<BR> +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + Oh! say, can you see, by the dawn's early light,<BR> + What so proudly we hailed at the twilight's last gleaming?<BR> + Whose broad stripes and bright stars through the perilous fight,<BR> + O'er the rampart we watched, were so gallantly streaming,<BR> + And the rocket's red glare, the bombs bursting in air,<BR> + Gave proof through the night that our flag was still there,<BR> + Oh! say, does that star-spangled banner yet wave<BR> + O'er the land of the free and the home of the brave?<BR> +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + On the shore, dimly seen through the mists of the deep,<BR> + Where the foe's haughty host in dread silence reposes,<BR> + What is that which the breeze, o'er the towering steep,<BR> + As it fitfully blows, half conceals, half discloses?<BR> + Now it catches the gleam of the morning's first beam,<BR> + In full glory reflected now shines on the stream,<BR> + 'Tis the star-spangled banner' oh, long may it wave<BR> + O'er the land of the free and the home of the brave!<BR> +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + And where is that band, who so vauntingly swore<BR> + That the havoc of war and the battle's confusion<BR> + A home and a country should leave us no more?<BR> + Their blood has washed out their foul footsteps' pollution.<BR> + No refuge could save the hireling and slave,<BR> + From the terror of death and the gloom of the grave,<BR> + And the star spangled banner in triumph shall wave<BR> + O'er the land of the free and the home of the brave!<BR> +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + Oh! thus be it ever, when freemen shall stand<BR> + Between their loved homes and the war's desolation,<BR> + Blest with victory and peace, may the heaven rescued land<BR> + Praise the power that has made and preserved us a nation.<BR> + Then conquer we must, for our cause it is just,<BR> + And this be our motto, "In God is our trust"<BR> + And the star-spangled banner in triumph shall wave<BR> + O'er the land of the free and the home of the brave!<BR> +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="songs2"></A> +<H4 ALIGN="center"> +II. AMERICA +</H4> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + "And there's a nice youngster of excellent pith;<BR> + Fate tried to conceal him by naming him Smith!<BR> + But he shouted a song for the brave and the free—<BR> + Just read on his medal, 'My Country of Thee.'"<BR> +</P> + +<P> +In these lines of his famous Reunion Poem, "The Boys," Dr. Oliver +Wendell Holmes commemorated his old friend and college-mate, Dr. Samuel +Francis Smith, author of "America." +</P> + +<P> +Samuel Francis Smith was born in Boston, Massachusetts, on October 21, +1808. He attended the Latin School in his native city, and it is said +that when only twelve years old he could "talk Latin." He entered +Harvard College, Cambridge, Massachusetts, in 1825, and graduated in +the famous class of 1829, of which Dr. Oliver Wendell Holmes, James +Freeman Clarke, William E. Channing, and other celebrated Americans +were members. +</P> + +<P> +Dr. Smith, like so many other noted men, "worked his way through +college." He did this principally by coaching other students, and by +making translations from the German "Conversations-Lexicon" for the +"American Cyclopedia." +</P> + +<P> +After graduating from Harvard, he immediately entered Andover +Theological Seminary. Three years later, in 1832, he wrote, among +others, his most famous hymn, "America," of which the "National +Cyclopedia of American Biography" says, "It has found its way wherever +an American heart beats or the English language is spoken, and has +probably proved useful in stirring the patriotic spirit of the American +people." +</P> + +<P> +Dr. Smith himself often said that he had heard "America" sung "halfway +round the world, under the earth in the caverns of Manitou, Colorado, +and almost above the earth near the top of Pike's Peak." +</P> + +<P> +The hymn, as every child knows, is sung to the air of the national +anthem of England,—"God Save the King." The author came upon it in a +book of German music, and by it was inspired to write the words of +"America," a work which he accomplished in half an hour. Many years +after, referring to its impromptu composition, he wrote: "If I had +anticipated the future of it, doubtless I should have taken more pains +with it. Such as it is, I am glad to have contributed this mite to the +cause of American freedom." +</P> + +<P> +In a magazine article, written several years ago, Mr. Herbert Heywood +gave an interesting account of an interview with Dr. Smith, who told +him the story of the writing of the hymn himself. +</P> + +<P> +"'I wrote "America,"' he said, 'when I was a theological student at +Andover, during my last year there. In February, 1832, I was poring +over a German book of patriotic songs which Lowell Mason, of Boston, +had sent me to translate, when I came upon one with a tune of great +majesty. I hummed it over, and was struck with the ease with which the +accompanying German words fell into the music. I saw it was a patriotic +song, and while I was thinking of translating it, I felt an impulse to +write an American patriotic hymn. I reached my hand for a bit of waste +paper, and, taking my quill pen, wrote the four verses in half an hour. +I sent it with some translations of the German songs to Lowell Mason, +and the next thing I knew of it I was told it had been sung by the +Sunday-school children at Park Street Church, Boston, at the following +Fourth of July celebration. The house where I was living at the time +was on the Andover turnpike, a little north of the seminary building. I +have been in the house since I left it in September, 1832, but never +went into my old room.'" This room is now visited by patriotic +Americans from every part of the country. +</P> + +<P> +Two years after "America" was written, Dr. Smith became pastor of the +First Baptist Church in Waterville, Maine, and also professor of modern +languages in Waterville College, which is now known as Colby +University. His great industry and zeal, both as a clergyman and +student and teacher of languages, enabled him to perform the duties of +both positions successfully. He was a noted linguist, and could read +books in fifteen different languages. He could converse in most of the +modern European tongues, and at eighty-six was engaged in studying +Russian. +</P> + +<P> +In 1842 Dr. Smith was made pastor of the First Baptist Church, Newton +Center, Massachusetts, where he made his home for the rest of his life. +</P> + +<P> +"When he died, in November, 1895," says Mr. Heywood, "he was living in +the old brown frame-house at Newton Center, Massachusetts, which had +been his home for over fifty years. It stood back from the street, on +the brow of a hill sloping gently to a valley on the north. Pine trees +were in the front and rear, and the sun, from his rising to his +setting, smiled upon that abode of simple greatness. The house was +faded and worn by wind and weather, and was in perfect harmony with its +surroundings—the brown grass sod that peeped from under the snow, the +dull-colored, leafless elms, and the gray, worn stone steps leading up +from the street. +</P> + +<P> +"An air of gentle refinement pervaded the interior, and every room +spoke of its inmate. But perhaps the library was best loved of all by +Dr. Smith, for here it was that his work went on. Here, beside a sunny +bay window, stood his work table, and his high-backed, old-fashioned +chair, with black, rounded arms. All about the room were ranged his +bookcases, and an old, tall clock marked the flight of time that was so +kind to the old man. His figure was short, his shoulders slightly +bowed, and around his full, ruddy face, that beamed with kindness, was +a fringe of white hair and beard." +</P> + +<P> +Dr. Smith resigned his pastorate of the Newton church in 1854, and +became editorial secretary of the American Baptist Missionary Union. In +1875 he went abroad for the first time, and spent a year in European +travel. Five years later he went to India and the Burmese empire. +During his travels he visited Christian missionary stations in France, +Spain, Italy, Austria, Turkey, Greece, Sweden, Denmark, Burmah, India, +and Ceylon. +</P> + +<P> +The latter years of his life were devoted almost entirely to literary +work. He wrote numerous poems which were published in magazines and +newspapers, but never collected in book form. His hymns, numbering over +one hundred, are sung by various Christian denominations. "The Morning +Light is Breaking" is a popular favorite. Among his other published +works are "Missionary Sketches," "Rambles in Mission Fields," a +"History of Newton," and a "Life of Rev. Joseph Grafton." Besides his +original hymns, he translated many from other languages, and wrote +numerous magazine articles and sketches during his long and busy life. +</P> + +<P> +Dr. Smith's vitality and enthusiasm remained with him to the last. A +great-grandfather when he died in his eighty-seventh year, he was an +inspiration to the younger generations growing up around him. He was at +work almost to the moment of his death, and still actively planning for +the future. +</P> + +<P> +His great national hymn, if he had left nothing else, will keep his +memory green forever in the hearts of his countrymen. It is even more +popular to-day, after seventy-one years have elapsed, than it was when +first sung in Park Street Church by the Sunday-school children of +Boston. Its patriotic ring, rather than its literary merit, renders it +sweet to the ear of every American. Wherever it is sung, the feeble +treble of age will join as enthusiastically as the joyous note of youth +in rendering the inspiring strains of +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + AMERICA<BR> +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + My country, 'tis of thee,<BR> + Sweet land of liberty,<BR> + Of thee I sing,<BR> + Land where my fathers died,<BR> + Land of the pilgrim's pride,<BR> + From every mountain side,<BR> + Let freedom ring.<BR> +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + My native country, thee,<BR> + Land of the noble, free,<BR> + Thy name I love;<BR> + I love thy rocks and rills,<BR> + Thy woods and templed hills,—<BR> + My heart with rapture thrills,<BR> + Like that above.<BR> +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + Let music swell the breeze,<BR> + And ring from all the trees<BR> + Sweet freedom's song;<BR> + Let mortal tongues awake,<BR> + Let all that breathe partake,<BR> + Let rocks their silence break,<BR> + The sound prolong.<BR> +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + Our fathers' God, to Thee,<BR> + Author of Liberty,<BR> + To Thee we sing;<BR> + Long may our land be bright<BR> + With freedom's holy light,—<BR> + Protect us by thy might,<BR> + Great God, our King.<BR> +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="songs3"></A> +<H4 ALIGN="center"> +III. THE BATTLE HYMN OF THE REPUBLIC +</H4> + +<P> +"No single influence," says United States Senator George F. Hoar of +Massachusetts, "has had so much to do with shaping the destiny of a +nation—as nothing more surely expresses national character—than what +is known as the national anthem." +</P> + +<P> +There is some difference of opinion as to which of our patriotic hymns +or songs is distinctively the national anthem of America. Senator Hoar +seems to have made up his mind in favor of "The Battle Hymn of the +Republic." Writing of its author, Julia Ward Howe, in 1903, he said: +"We waited eighty years for our American national anthem. At last God +inspired an illustrious and noble woman to utter in undying verse the +thought which we hope is forever to animate the soldier of the +republic:— +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + "'In the beauty of the lilies Christ was born across the sea<BR> + With a glory in His bosom that transfigures you and me;<BR> + As He died to make men holy, let us die to make men free,<BR> + While God is marching on.'"<BR> +</P> + +<P> +Mrs. Julia Ward Howe is as widely known for her learning and literary +and poetic achievements as she is for her work as a philanthropist and +reformer. +</P> + +<P> +She was born in New York City, in a stately mansion near the Bowling +Green, on May 27, 1819. From her birth she was fortunate in possessing +the advantages that wealth and high social position bestow. Her father, +Samuel Ward, the descendant of an old colonial family, was a member of +a leading banking firm of New York. Her mother, Julia Cutter Ward, was +a most charming and accomplished woman. She died very young, however, +while her little daughter Julia was still a child. Mr. Ward was a man +of advanced ideas, and was determined that his daughters should have, +as far as possible, the same educational advantages as his sons. +</P> + +<P> +Of course, in those early days there were no separate colleges for +women, and they would not be admitted to men's colleges. It was +impossible for Mr. Ward to overcome these difficulties wholly, but he +did the next best thing he could for his girls. He engaged as their +tutor the learned Dr. Joseph Green Cogswell, and instructed him to put +them through the full curriculum of Harvard College. +</P> + +<P> +On her entrance into society the "little Miss Ward," as Julia had been +called from her childhood, at once became a leader of the cultured and +fashionable circle in which she moved. In her father's home she met the +most distinguished American men of letters of that time. The liberal +education which she had received made the young girl feel perfectly at +her ease in such society. In addition to other accomplishments, she was +mistress of several ancient and modern languages, and a musical amateur +of great promise. +</P> + +<P> +In 1843 Miss Ward was married to Dr. Samuel G. Howe, director of the +Institute for the Blind in South Boston, Massachusetts. Immediately +after their marriage Dr. and Mrs. Howe went to Europe, where they +traveled for some time. The home which they established in Boston on +their return became a center for the refined and literary society of +Boston and its environment. Mrs. Howe's grace, learning, and +accomplishments made her a charming hostess and fit mistress of such a +home. +</P> + +<P> +Her literary talent was developed at a very early age. One of her +friends has humorously said that "Mrs. Howe wrote leading articles from +her cradle." However this may be, it is undoubtedly true that at +seventeen she contributed valuable articles to a leading New York +magazine. In 1854 she published her first volume of poems, "Passion +Flowers." Other volumes, including collections of her later poems, +books of travel, and a biography of Margaret Fuller, were afterward +published. For more than half a century she has been a constant +contributor to the leading magazines of the country. +</P> + +<P> +Since 1869 Mrs. Howe has been a leader in the movement for woman's +suffrage, and both by lecturing and writing has supported every effort +put forth for the educational and general advancement of her sex. +</P> + +<P> +Although in her eightieth year when the writer conversed with her a few +years ago, Mrs. Howe was then full of youthful enthusiasm, and her +interest in the great movements of the world was as keen as ever. Age +had in no way lessened her intellectual vigor. Surrounded by her +children and grandchildren, and one great-grandchild, she recently +celebrated her eighty-fourth birthday. +</P> + +<P> +The story of "The Battle Hymn of the Republic" has been left to the +last, not because it is the least important, but, on the contrary, +because it is one of the most important works of her life. Certain it +is that the "Battle Hymn" will live and thrill the hearts of Americans +centuries after its author has passed on to the other life. +</P> + +<P> +The hymn was written in Washington, in November, 1861, the first year +of our Civil War. Dr. and Mrs. Howe were visiting friends in that city. +During their stay, they went one day with a party to see a review of +Union troops. The review, however, was interrupted by a movement of the +Confederate forces which were besieging the city. On their return, the +carriage in which Mrs. Howe and her friends were seated was surrounded +by soldiers. Stirred by the scene and the occasion, she began to sing +"John Brown," to the delight of the soldiers, who heartily joined in +the refrain. +</P> + +<P> +At the close of the song Mrs. Howe expressed to her friends the strong +desire she felt to write some words which might be sung to this +stirring tune. But she added that she feared she would never be able to +do so. +</P> + +<P> +"That night," says her daughter, Maude Howe Eliot, "she went to sleep +full of thoughts of battle, and awoke before dawn the next morning to +find the desired verses immediately present to her mind. She sprang +from her bed, and in the dim gray light found a pen and paper, whereon +she wrote, scarcely seeing them, the lines of the poem. Returning to +her couch, she was soon asleep, but not until she had said to herself, +'I like this better than anything I have ever written before.'" +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + THE BATTLE HYMN OF THE REPUBLIC<BR> +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + Mine eyes have seen the glory of the coming of the Lord:<BR> + He is trampling out the vintage where the grapes of wrath are stored;<BR> + He hath loosed the fateful lightning of His terrible swift sword:<BR> + His truth is marching on.<BR> +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + I have seen Him in the watch fires of a hundred circling camps;<BR> + They have builded Him an altar in the evening dews and damps;<BR> + I can read His righteous sentence by the dim and flaring lamps;<BR> + His day is marching on.<BR> +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + I have read a fiery gospel, writ in burnished rows of steel:<BR> + "As ye deal with my contemners, so with you my grace shall deal;<BR> + Let the Hero born of woman crush the serpent with his heel,<BR> + Since God is marching on."<BR> +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + He has sounded forth the trumpet that shall never call retreat;<BR> + He is sifting out the hearts of men before His judgment seat:<BR> + Oh! be swift, my soul, to answer Him! be jubilant, my feet!<BR> + Our God is marching on.<BR> +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + In the beauty of the lilies Christ was born across the sea,<BR> + With a glory in His bosom that transfigures you and me:<BR> + As he died to make men holy, let us die to make men free,<BR> + While God is marching on.<BR> +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="training"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +TRAINING FOR GREATNESS +</H3> + +<H4 ALIGN="center"> +GLIMPSES OF ABRAHAM LINCOLN'S BOYHOOD +</H4> + +<P> +In pronouncing a eulogy on Henry Clay, Lincoln said: "His example +teaches us that one can scarcely be so poor but that, if he will, he +can acquire sufficient education to get through the world respectably." +</P> + +<P> +Endowed as he was with all the qualities that make a man truly great, +Lincoln's own life teaches above all other things the lesson he drew +from that of Henry Clay. Is there in all the length and breadth of the +United States to-day a boy so poor as to envy Abraham Lincoln the +chances of his boyhood? The story of his life has been told so often +that nothing new can be said about him. Yet every fresh reading of the +story fills the reader anew with wonder and admiration at what was +accomplished by the poor backwoods boy. +</P> + +<P> +Let your mind separate itself from all the marvels of the twentieth +century. Think of a time when railroads and telegraph wires, +telephones, great ocean steamers, lighting by gas and electricity, +daily newspapers (except in a few centers), great circulating +libraries, and the hundreds of conveniences which are necessities to +the people of to-day, were unknown. Even the very rich at the beginning +of the nineteenth century could not buy the advantages that are free to +the poorest boy at the beginning of the twentieth century. When Lincoln +was a boy, thorns were used for pins; cork covered with cloth or bits +of bone served as buttons; crusts of rye bread were used by the poor as +substitutes for coffee, and dried leaves of certain herbs for tea. +</P> + +<P> +Abraham Lincoln was born on February 12, 1809, in a log cabin in Hardin +County, now La Rue County, Kentucky. His father, Thomas Lincoln, was +not remarkable either for thrift or industry. He was tall, well built, +and muscular, expert with his rifle, and a noted hunter, but he did not +possess the qualities necessary to make a successful pioneer farmer. +The character of the mother of Abraham, may best be gathered from his +own words: "All that I am or hope to be," he said when president of the +United States, "I owe to my angel mother. Blessings on her memory!" +</P> + +<P> +It was at her knee he learned his first lessons from the Bible. With +his sister Sarah, a girl two years his senior, he listened with wonder +and delight to the Bible stories, fairy tales, and legends with which +the gentle mother entertained and instructed them when the labors of +the day were done. +</P> + +<P> +When Abraham was about four years old, the family moved from the farm +on Nolin Creek to another about fifteen miles distant. There the first +great event in his life took place. He went to school. Primitive as was +the log-cabin schoolhouse, and elementary as were the acquirements of +his first schoolmaster, it was a wonderful experience for the boy, and +one that he never forgot. +</P> + +<P> +In 1816 Thomas Lincoln again decided to make a change. He was enticed +by stories that came to him from Indiana to try his fortunes there. So, +once more the little family "pulled up stakes" and moved on to the +place selected by the father in Spencer County, about a mile and a half +from Gentryville. It was a long, toilsome journey through the forest, +from the old home in Kentucky to the new one in Indiana. In some places +they had to clear their way through the tangled thickets as they +journeyed along. The stock of provisions they carried with them was +supplemented by game snared or shot in the forest and fish caught in +the river. These they cooked over the wood fire, kindled by means of +tinder and flint. The interlaced branches of trees and the sky made the +roof of their bedchamber by night, and pine twigs their bed. +</P> + +<P> +When the travelers arrived at their destination, there was no time for +rest after their journey. Some sort of shelter had to be provided at +once for their accommodation. They hastily put up a "half-faced +camp"—a sort of rude tent, with an opening on one side. The framework +of the tent was of upright posts, crossed by thin slabs, cut from the +trees they felled. The open side, or entrance, was covered with +"pelts," or half-dressed skins of wild animals. There was no ruder +dwelling in the wilds of Indiana, and no poorer family among the +settlers than the new adventurers from Kentucky. They were reduced to +the most primitive makeshifts in order to eke out a living. There was +no lack of food, however, for the woods were full of game of all kinds, +both feathered and furred, and the streams and rivers abounded with +fish. But the home lacked everything in the way of comfort or +convenience. +</P> + +<P> +Abraham, who was then in his eighth year, has been described as a tall, +ungainly, fast-growing, long-legged lad, clad in the garb of the +frontier. This consisted of a shirt of linsey-woolsey, a coarse +homespun material made of linen and wool, a pair of home-made +moccasins, deerskin leggings or breeches, and a hunting shirt of the +same material. This costume was completed by a coonskin cap, the tail +of the animal being left to hang down the wearer's back as an ornament. +</P> + +<P> +This sturdy lad, who was born to a life of unremitting toil, was +already doing a man's work. From the time he was four years old, away +back on the Kentucky farm, he had contributed his share to the family +labors. Picking berries, dropping seeds, and doing other simple tasks +suited to his strength, he had thus early begun his apprenticeship to +toil. In putting up the "half-faced" camp, he was his father's +principal helper. Afterward, when they built a more, substantial cabin +to take the place of the camp, he learned to handle an ax, a maul, and +a wedge. He helped to fell trees, fashion logs, split rails, and do +other important work in building the one-roomed cabin, which was to be +the permanent home of the family. He assisted also in making the rough +tables and chairs and the one rude bedstead or bed frame which +constituted the principal furniture of the cabin. In his childhood +Abraham did not enjoy the luxury of sleeping on a bedstead. His bed was +simply a heap of dry leaves, which occupied a corner of the loft over +the cabin. He climbed to it every night by a stepladder, or rather a +number of pegs driven into the wall. +</P> + +<P> +Rough and poor and full of hardship as his life was, Lincoln was by no +means a sad or unhappy boy. On the contrary, he was full of fun and +boyish pranks. His life in the open air, the vigorous exercise of every +muscle which necessity forced upon him, the tonic of the forests which +he breathed from his infancy, his interest in every living and growing +thing about him,—all helped to make him unusually strong, healthy, +buoyant, and rich in animal spirits. +</P> + +<P> +The first great sorrow of his life came to him in the death of his +dearly loved mother in 1818. The boy mourned for her as few children +mourn even for the most loving parent. Day after day he went from the +home made desolate by her death to weep on her grave under the near-by +trees. +</P> + +<P> +There were no churches in the Indiana wilderness, and the visits of +wandering ministers of religion to the scattered settlements were few +and far between. Little Abraham was grieved that no funeral service had +been held over his dead mother. He felt that it was in some sense a +lack of respect to her. He thought a great deal about the matter, and +finally wrote a letter to a minister named Elkins, whom the family had +known in Kentucky. Several months after the receipt of the letter +Parson Elkins came to Indiana. On the Sabbath morning after his +arrival, in the presence of friends who had come long distances to +assist, he read the funeral service over the grave of Mrs. Lincoln. He +also spoke in touching words of the tender Christian mother who lay +buried there. This simple service greatly comforted the heart of the +lonely boy. +</P> + +<P> +Some time after Thomas Lincoln brought a new mother to his children +from Kentucky. This was Mrs. Sally Bush Johnston, a young widow, who +had been a girlhood friend of Nancy Hanks. She had three +children,—John, Sarah, and Matilda Johnston,—who accompanied her to +Indiana. The second Mrs. Lincoln brought a stock of household goods and +furniture with her from Kentucky, and with the help of these made so +many improvements in the rude log cabin that her stepchildren regarded +her as a sort of magician or wonder worker. She was a good mother to +them, intelligent, kind, and loving. +</P> + +<P> +He was ten years old at this time, and had been to school but little. +Indeed, he says himself that he only went to school "by littles," and +that all his schooling "did not amount to more than a year." But he had +learned to read when he was a mere baby at his mother's knee; and to a +boy who loved knowledge as he did, this furnished the key to a broad +education. His love of reading amounted to a passion. The books he had +access to when a boy were very few; but they were good ones, and he +knew them literally from cover to cover. They were the Bible, "Robinson +Crusoe," "Pilgrim's Progress," a "History of the United States," and +Weems's "Life of Washington." Some of these were borrowed, among them +the "Life of Washington," of which Abraham afterward became the happy +owner. The story of how he became its owner has often been told. +</P> + +<P> +The book had been loaned to him by a neighbor, a well-to-do farmer +named Crawford. After reading from it late into the night by the light +of pine knots, Abraham carried it to his bedroom in the loft. He placed +it in a crack between the logs over his bed of dry leaves, so that he +could reach to it as soon as the first streaks of dawn penetrated +through the chinks in the log cabin. Unfortunately, it rained heavily +during the night, and when he took down the precious volume in the +morning, he found it badly damaged, all soddened and stained by the +rain. He was much distressed, and hurried to the owner of the book as +soon as possible to explain the mishap. +</P> + +<P> +"I'm real sorry, Mr. Crawford," he said, in concluding his explanation, +"and want to fix it up with you somehow, if you can tell me any way, +for I ain't got the money to pay for it with." +</P> + +<P> +"Well," said Mr. Crawford, "being as it's you, Abe, I won't be hard on +you. Come over and shuck corn three days, and the book's yours." +</P> + +<P> +The boy was delighted with the result of what at first had seemed a +great misfortune. Verily, his sorrow was turned into joy. What! Shuck +corn only three days and become owner of the book that told all about +his greatest hero! What an unexpected piece of good fortune! +</P> + +<P> +Lincoln's reading had revealed to him a world beyond his home in the +wilderness. Slowly it dawned upon him that one day he might find his +place in that great world, and he resolved to prepare himself with all +his might for whatever the future might hold. +</P> + +<P> +"I don't intend to delve, grub, shuck corn, split rails, and the like +always," he told Mrs. Crawford after he had finished reading the "Life +of Washington." "I'm going to fit myself for a profession." +</P> + +<P> +"Why, what do you want to be now?" asked Mrs. Crawford, in surprise. +"Oh, I'll be president," said the boy, with a smile. +</P> + +<P> +"You'd make a pretty president, with all your tricks and jokes, now +wouldn't you?" said Mrs. Crawford. +</P> + +<P> +"Oh, I'll study and get ready," was the reply, "and then maybe the +chance will come." +</P> + +<P> +If the life of George Washington, who had all the advantages of culture +and training that his time afforded, was an inspiration to Lincoln, the +poor hard-working backwoods boy, what should the life of Lincoln be to +boys of to-day? Here is a further glimpse of the way in which he +prepared himself to be president of the United States. The quotation is +from Ida M. Tarbell's "Life of Lincoln." +</P> + +<P> +"Every lull in his daily labor he used for reading, rarely going to his +work without a book. When plowing or cultivating the rough fields of +Spencer County, he found frequently a half hour for reading, for at the +end of every long row the horse was allowed to rest, and Lincoln had +his book out and was perched on stump or fence, almost as soon as the +plow had come to a standstill. One of the few people left in +Gentryville who still remembers Lincoln, Captain John Lamar, tells to +this day of riding to mill with his father, and seeing, as they drove +along, a boy sitting on the top rail of an old-fashioned, +stake-and-rider worm fence, reading so intently that he did not notice +their approach. His father, turning to him, said: 'John, look at that +boy yonder, and mark my words, he will make a smart man out of himself. +I may not see it, but you'll see if my words don't come true.' 'That +boy was Abraham Lincoln,' adds Mr. Lamar, impressively." +</P> + +<P> +Lincoln's father was illiterate, and had no sympathy with his son's +efforts to educate himself. Fortunately for him, however, his +stepmother helped and encouraged him in every way possible. Shortly +before her death she said to a biographer of Lincoln: "I induced my +husband to permit Abe to read and study at home, as well as at school. +At first he was not easily reconciled to it, but finally he too seemed +willing to encourage him to a certain extent. Abe was a dutiful son to +me always, and we took particular care when he was reading not to +disturb him,—would let him read on and on till he quit of his own +accord." +</P> + +<P> +Lincoln fully appreciated his stepmother's sympathy and love for him, +and returned them in equal measure. It added greatly to his enjoyment +of his reading and studies to have some one to whom he could talk about +them, and in after life he always gratefully remembered what his second +mother did for him in those early days of toil and effort. +</P> + +<P> +If there was a book to be borrowed anywhere in his neighborhood, he was +sure to hear about it and borrow it if possible. He said himself that +he "read through every book he had ever heard of in that county for a +circuit of fifty miles." +</P> + +<P> +And how he read! Boys who have books and magazines and papers in +abundance in their homes, besides having thousands of volumes to choose +from in great city libraries, can have no idea of what a book meant to +this boy in the wilderness. He devoured every one that came into his +hands as a man famishing from hunger devours a crust of bread. He read +and re-read it until he had made the contents his own. +</P> + +<P> +"From everything he read," says Miss Tarbell, "he made long extracts, +with his turkey-buzzard pen and brier-root ink. When he had no paper he +would write on a board, and thus preserve his selections until he +secured a copybook. The wooden fire shovel was his usual slate, and on +its back he ciphered with a charred stick, shaving it off when it had +become too grimy for use. The logs and boards in his vicinity he +covered with his figures and quotations. By night he read and worked as +long as there was light, and he kept a book in the crack of the logs in +his loft to have it at hand at peep of day. When acting as ferryman on +the Ohio in his nineteenth year, anxious, no doubt, to get through the +books of the house where he boarded before he left the place, he read +every night until midnight." +</P> + +<P> +His stepmother said: "He read everything he could lay his hands on, and +when he came across a passage that struck him, he would write it down +on boards if he had no paper, and keep it by him until he could get +paper. Then he would copy it, look at it, commit it to memory, and +repeat it." +</P> + +<P> +His thoroughness in mastering everything he undertook to study was a +habit acquired in childhood. How he acquired this habit he tells +himself. "Among my earliest recollections I remember how, when a mere +child," he says, "I used to get irritated when anybody talked to me in +a way I could not understand. I do not think I ever got angry at +anything else in my life; but that always disturbed my temper, and has +ever since. I can remember going to my little bedroom, after hearing +the neighbors talk of an evening with my father, and spending no small +part of the night walking up and down and trying to make out what was +the exact meaning of some of their—to me—dark sayings. +</P> + +<P> +"I could not sleep, although I tried to, when I got on such a hunt for +an idea until I had caught it; and when I thought I had got it, I was +not satisfied until I had repeated it over and over; until I had put it +in language plain enough, as I thought, for any boy I knew to +comprehend. This was a kind of passion with me, and it has stuck by me; +for I am never easy now when I am handling a thought, till I have +bounded it north and bounded it south and bounded it east and bounded +it west." +</P> + +<P> +With all his hard study, reading, and thinking, Lincoln was not a +bookworm, nor a dull companion to the humble, unschooled people among +whom his youth was spent. On the contrary, although he was looked up to +as one whose acquirements in "book learning" had raised him far above +every one in his neighborhood, he was the most popular youth in all the +country round. No "husking bee," or "house raising" or merry-making of +any kind was complete if Abraham was not present. He was witty, ready +of speech, a good story-teller, and had stored his memory with a fund +of humorous anecdotes, which he always used to good purpose and with +great effect. He had committed to memory, and could recite all the +poetry in the various school readers used at that time in the log-cabin +schoolhouse. He could make rhymes himself, and even make impromptu +speeches that excited the admiration of his hearers. He was the best +wrestler, jumper, runner, and the strongest of all his young +companions. Even when a mere youth he could lift as much as three +full-grown men; and, "if you heard him fellin' trees in a clearin'," +said his cousin, Dennis Hanks, "you would say there was three men at +work by the way the trees fell. His ax would flash and bite into a +sugar tree or sycamore, and down it would come." +</P> + +<P> +His kindness and tenderness of heart were as great as his strength and +agility. He loved all God's creatures, and cruelty to any of them +always aroused his indignation. Only once did he ever attempt to kill +any of the game in the woods, which the family considered necessary for +their subsistence. He refers to this occasion in an autobiography, +written by him in the third person, in the year 1860. +</P> + +<P> +"A few days before the completion of his eighth year," he says, "in the +absence of his father, a flock of wild turkeys approached the new log +cabin; and Abraham, with a rifle gun, standing inside, shot through a +crack and killed one of them. He has never since pulled the trigger on +any larger game." +</P> + +<P> +Any suffering thing, whether it was animal, man, woman, or child, was +sure of his sympathy and aid. Although he never touched intoxicating +drinks himself, he pitied those who lost manhood by their use. One +night on his way home from a husking bee or house raising, he found an +unfortunate man lying on the roadside overcome with drink. If the man +were allowed to remain there, he would freeze to death. Lincoln raised +him from the ground and carried him a long distance to the nearest +house, where he remained with him during the night. The man was his +firm friend ever after. +</P> + +<P> +Women admired him for his courtesy and rough gallantry, as well as for +his strength and kindness of heart; and he, in his turn, reverenced +women, as every noble, strong man does. This big, bony, tall, awkward +young fellow, who at eighteen measured six feet four, was as ready to +care for a baby in the absence of its mother as he was to tell a good +story or to fell a tree. Was it any wonder that he was popular with all +kinds of people? +</P> + +<P> +His stepmother says of him: "Abe was a good boy, and I can say what +scarcely one woman—a mother—can say in a thousand; Abe never gave me +a cross word or look, and never refused in fact or appearance to do +anything I requested him. I never gave him a cross word in all my life. +His mind and mine—what little I had—seemed to run together. He was +here after he was elected president. He was a dutiful son to me always. +I think he loved me truly. I had a son, John, who was raised with Abe. +Both were good boys; but I must say, both now being dead, that Abe was +the best boy I ever saw or expect to see." +</P> + +<P> +Wherever he went, or whatever he did, he studied men and things, and +gathered knowledge as much by observation as from books and whatever +news-papers or other publications he could get hold of. He used to go +regularly to the leading store in Gentryville, to read a Louisville +paper, taken by the proprietor of the store, Mr. Jones. He discussed +its contents, and exchanged views with the farmers who made the store +their place of meeting. His love of oratory was great. When the courts +were in session in Boonville, a town fifteen miles distant from his +home, whenever he could spare a day, he used to walk there in the +morning and back at night, to hear the lawyers argue cases and make +speeches. By this time Abraham himself could make an impromptu speech +on any subject with which he was at all familiar, good enough to win +the applause of the Indiana farmers. +</P> + +<P> +So, his boyhood days, rough, hard-working days, but not devoid of fun +and recreation, passed. Abraham did not love work any more than other +country boys of his age, but he never shirked his tasks. Whether it was +plowing, splitting rails, felling trees, doing chores, reaping, +threshing, or any of the multitude of things to be done on a farm, the +work was always well done. Sometimes, to make a diversion, when he was +working as a "hired hand," he would stop to tell some of his funny +stories, or to make a stump speech before his fellow-workers, who would +all crowd round him to listen; but he would more than make up for the +time thus spent by the increased energy with which he afterward worked. +Doubtless the other laborers, too, were refreshed and stimulated to +greater effort by the recreation he afforded them and the inspiration +of his example. +</P> + +<P> +Thomas Lincoln had learned carpentry and cabinet making in his youth, +and taught the rudiments of these trades to his son; so that in +addition to his skill and efficiency in all the work that falls to the +lot of a pioneer backwoods farmer, Abraham added the accomplishment of +being a fairly good carpenter. He worked at these trades with his +father whenever the opportunity offered. When he was not working for +his family, he was hired out to the neighboring farmers. His highest +wage was twenty-five cents a day, which he always handed over to his +father. +</P> + +<P> +Lincoln got his first glimpse of the world beyond Indiana when he +worked for several months as a ferryman and boatman on the Ohio River, +at Anderson Creek. He saw the steamers and vessels of all kinds sailing +up and down the Ohio, laden with produce and merchandise, on their way +to and from western and southern towns. He came in contact with +different kinds of people from different states, and thus his views of +the world and its people became a little more extended, and his longing +to be somebody and to do something worth while in the world waxed +stronger daily. +</P> + +<P> +His work as a ferryman showed him that there were other ways of making +a little money than by hiring out to the neighbors at twenty-five cents +a day. He resolved to take some of the farm produce to New Orleans and +sell it there. This project led to the unexpected earning of a dollar, +which added strength to his purpose to prepare himself to take the part +of a man in the world outside of Indiana. Let him tell in his own +words, as he related the story to Mr. Seward years afterward, how he +earned the dollar:— +</P> + +<P> +"Seward," he said, "did you ever hear how I earned my first dollar?" +</P> + +<P> +"No," said Mr. Seward. +</P> + +<P> +"Well," replied he, "I was about eighteen years of age, and belonged, +as you know, to what they call down south the 'scrubs'; people who do +not own land and slaves are nobodies there; but we had succeeded in +raising, chiefly by my labor, sufficient produce, as I thought, to +justify me in taking it down the river to sell. After much persuasion I +had got the consent of my mother to go, and had constructed a flatboat +large enough to take the few barrels of things we had gathered to New +Orleans. A steamer was going down the river. We have, you know, no +wharves on the western streams, and the custom was, if passengers were +at any of the landings, they were to go out in a boat, the steamer +stopping and taking them on board. I was contemplating my new boat, and +wondering whether I could make it stronger or improve it in any part, +when two men with trunks came down to the shore in carriages, and +looking at the different boats singled out mine, and asked, 'Who owns +this?' I answered modestly, 'I do.' 'Will you,' said one of them, 'take +us and our trunks to the steamer?' 'Certainly,' said I. I was very glad +to have the chance of earning something, and supposed that each of them +would give me a couple of bits. The trunks were put in my boat, the +passengers seated themselves on them, and I sculled them out to the +steamer. They got on board, and I lifted the trunks and put them on the +deck. The steamer was about to put on steam again, when I called out, +'You have forgotten to pay me.' Each of them took from his pocket a +silver half-dollar and threw it on the bottom of my boat. I could +scarcely believe my eyes as I picked up the money. You may think it was +a very little thing, and in these days it seems to me like a trifle, +but it was a most important incident in my life. I could scarcely +credit that I, the poor boy, had earned a dollar in less than a day; +that by honest work I had earned a dollar. I was a more hopeful and +thoughtful boy from that time." +</P> + +<P> +In March, 1828, Lincoln was employed by one of the leading men of +Gentryville to take a load of produce down the Mississippi River to New +Orleans. For this service he was paid eight dollars a month and his +rations. +</P> + +<P> +This visit to New Orleans was a great event in his life. It showed him +the life of a busy cosmopolitan city, which was a perfect wonderland to +him. Everything he saw aroused his astonishment and interest, and +served to educate him for the larger life on which he was to enter +later. +</P> + +<P> +The next important event in the history of the Lincoln family was their +removal from Indiana to Illinois in 1830. The farm in Indiana had not +prospered as they hoped it would,—hence the removal to new ground in +Illinois. Abraham drove the team of oxen which carried their household +goods from the old home to their new abiding place near Decatur, in +Macon County, Illinois. Driving over the muddy, ill-made roads with a +heavily laden team was hard and slow work, and the journey occupied a +fortnight. When they arrived at their destination, Lincoln again helped +to build a log cabin for the family home. With his stepbrother he also, +as he said himself, "made sufficient of rails to fence ten acres of +ground, and raised a crop of sown corn upon it the same year." +</P> + +<P> +In that same year, 1830, he reached his majority. It was time for him +to be about his own business. He had worked patiently and cheerfully +since he was able to hold an ax in his hands for his own and the +family's maintenance. They could now get along without him, and he felt +that the time had come for him to develop himself for larger duties. +</P> + +<P> +He left the log cabin, penniless, without even a good suit of clothes. +The first work he did when he became his own master was to supply this +latter deficiency. For a certain Mrs. Millet he "split four hundred +rails for every yard of brown jeans, dyed with white walnut bark, +necessary to make a pair of trousers." +</P> + +<P> +For nearly a year he continued to work as a rail splitter and farm +"hand." Then he was hired by a Mr. Denton Offut to take a flatboat +loaded with goods from Sangamon town to New Orleans. So well pleased +was Mr. Offut with the way in which Lincoln executed his commission +that on his return he engaged him to take charge of a mill and store at +New Salem. +</P> + +<P> +There, as in every other place in which he had resided, he became the +popular favorite. His kindness of heart, his good humor, his skill as a +story teller, his strength, his courtesy, manliness, and honesty were +such as to win all hearts. He would allow no man to use profane +language before women. A boorish fellow who insisted on doing so in the +store on one occasion, in spite of Lincoln's protests, found this out +to his cost. Lincoln had politely requested him not to use such +language before ladies, but the man persisted in doing so. When the +women left the store, he became violently angry and began to abuse +Lincoln. He wanted to pick a quarrel with him. Seeing this Lincoln +said, "Well, if you must be whipped, I suppose I may as well whip you +as any other man," and taking the man out of the store he gave him a +well-merited chastisement. Strange to say, he became Lincoln's friend +after this, and remained so to the end of his life. +</P> + +<P> +His scrupulous honesty won for him in the New Salem community the title +of "Honest Abe," a title which is still affectionately applied to him. +On one occasion, having by mistake overcharged a customer six and a +quarter cents, he walked three miles after the store was closed in +order to restore the customer's money. At another time, in weighing tea +for a woman, he used a quarter-pound instead of a half-pound weight. +When he went to use the scales again, he discovered his mistake, and +promptly walked a long distance to deliver the remainder of the tea. +</P> + +<P> +Lincoln's determination to improve himself continued to be the leading +object of his life. He said once to his fellow-clerk in the store, "I +have talked with great men, and I do not see how they differ from +others." His observation had taught him that the great difference in +men's positions was not due so much to one having more talents or being +more highly gifted than another, but rather to the way in which one +cultivated his talent or talents and another neglected his. +</P> + +<P> +Up to this time he had not made a study of grammar, but he realized +that if he were to speak in public he must learn to speak +grammatically. He had no grammar, and did not know where to get one. In +this dilemma he consulted the schoolmaster of New Salem, who told him +where and from whom he could borrow a copy of Kirkham's Grammar. The +place named was six miles from New Salem. But that was nothing to a +youth so hungry for an education as Lincoln. He immediately started for +the residence of the fortunate people who owned a copy of Kirkham's +Grammar. The book was loaned to him without hesitation. In a short time +its contents were mastered, the student studying at night by the light +of shavings burned in the village cooper's shop. "Well," said Lincoln +to Greene, his fellow-clerk, when he had turned over the last page of +the grammar, "if that's what they call a science, I think I'll go at +another." The conquering of one thing after another, the thorough +mastery of whatever he undertook to do, made the next thing easier of +accomplishment than it would otherwise have been. In order to practice +debating he used to walk seven or eight miles to debating clubs. No +labor or trouble seemed too great to him if by it he could increase his +knowledge or add to his acquirements. No matter how hard or exhausting +his work, whether it was rail splitting, plowing, lumbering, boating, +or store keeping, he studied and read every spare minute, and often +until late at night. +</P> + +<P> +But this sketch has already exceeded the limits of Lincoln's boyhood, +for he had reached his twenty-second year while in the store in New +Salem. How he was made captain of a company raised to fight against the +Indians, how he kept store for himself, learned surveying, was elected +a member of the Illinois legislature, studied law, and was admitted to +the bar in Springfield, and how he finally became president of the +United States,—all this belongs to a later chapter of his life. +</P> + +<P> +Lincoln's rise from the poorest of log cabins to the White House, to be +president of the greatest republic in the world, is one of the most +inspiring stories in American biography. Yet he was not a genius, +unless a determination to make the most of one's self and to persist in +spite of all hardships, discouragements, and hindrances, be genius. He +made himself what he was—one of the noblest, greatest, and best of +men—by sheer dint of hard work and the cultivation of the talents that +had been given him. No fortunate chances, no influential friends, no +rare opportunities played a part in his life. Alone and unaided he +made, by the grace of God, the great career which will forever +challenge the admiration of mankind. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="marble"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +THE MARBLE WAITETH +</H3> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + THE STATUE<BR> +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + The marble waits, immaculate and rude;<BR> + Beside it stands the sculptor, lost in dreams.<BR> + With vague, chaotic forms his vision teems.<BR> + Fair shapes pursue him, only to elude<BR> + And mock his eager fancy. Lines of grace<BR> + And heavenly beauty vanish, and, behold!<BR> + Out through the Parian luster, pure and cold,<BR> + Glares the wild horror of a devil's face.<BR> +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + The clay is ready for the modeling.<BR> + The marble waits: how beautiful, how pure,<BR> + That gleaming substance, and it shall endure,<BR> + When dynasty and empire, throne and king<BR> + Have crumbled back to dust. Well may you pause,<BR> + Oh, sculptor-artist! and, before that mute,<BR> + Unshapen surface, stand irresolute!<BR> + Awful, indeed, are art's unchanging laws.<BR> +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + The thing you fashion out of senseless clay,<BR> + Transformed to marble, shall outlive your fame;<BR> + And, when no more is known your race, or name,<BR> + Men shall be moved by what you mold to-day.<BR> + We all are sculptors. By each act and thought,<BR> + We form the model. Time, the artisan,<BR> + Stands, with his chisel, fashioning the Man,<BR> + And stroke by stroke the masterpiece is wrought.<BR> +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + Angel or demon? Choose, and do not err!<BR> + For time but follows as you shape the mold,<BR> + And finishes in marble, stern and cold,<BR> + That statue of the soul, the character.<BR> + By wordless blessing, or by silent curse,<BR> + By act and motive,—so do you define<BR> + The image which time copies, line by line,<BR> + For the great gallery of the Universe.<BR> +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + ELLA WHEELER WILCOX.<BR> +</P> + +<P> +At the gateway of a new year, emerging from the gay carelessness of +childhood, stand troops of buoyant, eager-eyed youths and maidens, +gazing down the vista of the future with glad expectancy. +</P> + +<P> +Fancy spreads upon her canvas radiant pictures of the joys and triumphs +which await them in the unborn years. In their unclouded springtime +there is no place for the specters of doubt and fear which too often +overshadow the autumn of life. +</P> + +<P> +In this formative period, the soul is unsoiled by warfare with the +world. It lies, like a block of pure, uncut Parian marble, ready to be +fashioned into—what? +</P> + +<P> +Its possibilities are limitless. You are the sculptor. An unseen hand +places in yours the mallet and the chisel, and a voice whispers: "The +marble waiteth. What will you do with it?" +</P> + +<P> +In this same block the angel and the demon lie sleeping. Which will you +call into life? Blows of some sort you must strike. The marble cannot +be left uncut. From its crudity some shape must be evolved. Shall it be +one of beauty, or of deformity; an angel, or a devil? Will you shape it +into a statue of beauty which will enchant the world, or will you call +out a hideous image which will demoralize every beholder? +</P> + +<P> +What are your ideals, as you stand facing the dawn of this new year +with the promise and responsibility of the new life on which you have +entered, awaiting you? Upon them depends the form which the rough block +shall take. Every stroke of the chisel is guided by the ideal behind +the blow. +</P> + +<P> +Look at this easy-going, pleasure-loving youth who takes up the mallet +and smites the chisel with careless, thoughtless blows. His mind is +filled with images of low, sensual pleasures; the passing enjoyment of +the hour is everything to him; his work, the future, nothing. He +carries in his heart, perhaps, the bestial motto of the glutton, "Eat, +drink, and be merry, for to-morrow we die;" or the flippant maxim of +the gay worldling, "A short life and a merry one; the foam of the +chalice for me;" forgetting that beneath the foam are the bitter dregs, +which, be he ever so unwilling, he must swallow, not to-day, nor yet +to-morrow,—perhaps not this year nor next; but sometime, as surely as +the reaping follows the sowing, will the bitter draught follow the +foaming glass of unlawful pleasure. +</P> + +<P> +As the years go by, and youth merges into manhood, the sculptor's hand +becomes more unsteady. One false blow follows another in rapid +succession. The formless marble takes on distorted outlines. Its +whiteness has long since become spotted. The sculptor, with blurred +vision and shattered nerves, still strikes with aimless hand, carving +deep gashes, adding a crooked line here, another there, soiling and +marring until no trace of the virgin purity of the block of marble +which was given him remains. It has become so grimy, so demoniacally +fantastic in its outlines, that the beholder turns from it with a +shudder. +</P> + +<P> +Not far off we see another youth at work on a block of marble, similar +in every detail to the first. The tools with which he plies his labor +differ in no wise from those of the worker we have been following. +</P> + +<P> +The glory of the morning shines upon the marble. Glowing with +enthusiasm, the light of a high purpose illuminating his face, the +sculptor, with steady hand and eye, begins to work out his ideal. The +vision that flits before him is so beautiful that he almost fears the +cunning of his hand will be unequal to fashioning it from the rigid +mass before him. Patiently he measures each blow of the mallet. With +infinite care he chisels each line and curve. Every stroke is true. +</P> + +<P> +Months stretch into years, and still we find the sculptor at work. Time +has given greater precision to his touch, and the skill of the youth, +strengthened by noble aspirations and right effort, has become positive +genius in the man. If he has not attained the ideal that haunted him, +he has created a form so beautiful in its clear-cut outlines, so +imposing in the majesty of its purity and strength, that the beholder +involuntarily bows before it. +</P> + +<P> +THE MARBLE WAITETH. WHAT WILL YOU DO WITH IT? +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR><BR> + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Eclectic School Readings: Stories from +Life, by Orison Swett Marden + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STORIES FROM LIFE *** + +***** This file should be named 4597-h.htm or 4597-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/4/5/9/4597/ + +Produced by Robert Rowe, Charles Franks and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team. HTML version by Al Haines + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</BODY> + +</HTML> + + diff --git a/4597.txt b/4597.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1c1a01b --- /dev/null +++ b/4597.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5820 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Eclectic School Readings: Stories from Life, by +Orison Swett Marden + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Eclectic School Readings: Stories from Life + +Author: Orison Swett Marden + +Posting Date: August 8, 2009 [EBook #4597] +Release Date: October, 2003 +First Posted: February 13, 2002 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STORIES FROM LIFE *** + + + + +Produced by Robert Rowe, Charles Franks and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team. HTML version by Al Haines + + + + + + + + + + +ECLECTIC SCHOOL READINGS: STORIES FROM LIFE + +A BOOK FOR YOUNG PEOPLE + + + +BY + +ORISON SWETT MARDEN + + + +AUTHOR OF "ARCHITECTS OF FATE," "RUSHING TO THE FRONT," "WINNING OUT," +ETC, AND EDITOR OF "SUCCESS" + + + + + +PREFACE + + +To make a life, as well as to make a living, is one of the supreme +objects for which we must all struggle. The sooner we realize what this +means, the greater and more worthy will be the life which we shall make. + +In putting together the brief life stories and incidents from great +lives which make up the pages of this little volume, the writer's +object has been to show young people that, no matter how humble their +birth or circumstances, they may make lives that will be held up as +examples to future generations, even as these stories show how boys, +handicapped by poverty and the most discouraging surroundings, yet +succeeded so that they are held up as models to the boys of to-day. + +No boy or girl can learn too early in life the value of time and the +opportunities within reach of the humblest children of the twentieth +century to enable them to make of themselves noble men and women. + +The stories here presented do not claim to be more than mere outlines +of the subjects chosen, enough to show what brave souls in the past, +souls animated by loyalty to God and to their best selves, were able to +accomplish in spite of obstacles of which the more fortunately born +youths of to-day can have no conception. + +It should never be forgotten, however, in the strivings of ambition, +that, while every one should endeavor to raise himself to his highest +power and to attain to as exalted and honorable a position as his +abilities entitle him to, his first object should be to make a noble +life. + +The author wishes to acknowledge the assistance of Miss Margaret +Connolly in the preparation of this volume. + +O.S.M. + + + + + +CONTENTS + + + TO-DAY + "THE MILL BOY OF THE SLASHES" + THE GREEK SLAVE WHO WON THE OLIVE CROWN + TURNING POINTS IN THE LIFE OF A HERO: + I. THE FIRST TURNING POINT + II. A BORN LEADER + III. "FARRAGUT IS THE MAN" + HE AIMED HIGH AND HIT THE MARK + THE EVOLUTION OF A VIOLINIST + THE LESSON OF THE TEAKETTLE + HOW THE ART OF PRINTING WAS DISCOVERED + SEA FEVER AND WHAT IT LED TO + GLADSTONE FOUND TIME TO BE KIND + A TRIBUNE OF THE PEOPLE + THE MIGHT OF PATIENCE + THE INSPIRATION OF GAMBETTA + ANDREW JACKSON: THE BOY WHO "NEVER WOULD GIVE UP" + SIR HUMPHRY DAVY'S GREATEST DISCOVERY, MICHAEL FARADAY + THE TRIUMPH OF CANOVA + FRANKLIN'S LESSON ON TIME VALUE + FROM STORE BOY TO MILLIONAIRE + "I WILL PAINT OR DIE!" + THE CALL THAT SPEAKS IN THE BLOOD + WASHINGTON'S YOUTHFUL HEROISM + A COW HIS CAPITAL + THE BOY WHO SAID "I MUST" + THE HIDDEN TREASURE + LOVE TAMED THE LION + "THERE IS ROOM ENOUGH AT THE TOP" + THE UPLIFT OF A SLAVE BOY'S IDEAL + "TO THE FIRST ROBIN" + THE "WIZARD" AS AN EDITOR + HOW GOOD FORTUNE CAME TO PIERRE + "IF I REST, I RUST" + A BOY WHO KNEW NOT FEAR + HOW STANLEY FOUND LIVINGSTONE + THE NESTOR OF AMERICAN JOURNALISTS + THE MAN WITH AN IDEA + "BERNARD OF THE TUILERIES" + HOW THE "LEARNED BLACKSMITH" FOUND TIME + THE LEGEND OF WILLIAM TELL + "WESTWARD HO!" + THREE GREAT AMERICAN SONGS AND THEIR AUTHORS + I. THE STAR-SPANGLED BANNER + II. AMERICA + III. THE BATTLE HYMN OF THE REPUBLIC + TRAINING FOR GREATNESS + THE MARBLE WAITETH + + + + + +STORIES FROM LIFE + + + + +TO-DAY + + For the structure that we raise, + Time is with materials filled; + Our to-days and yesterdays + Are the blocks with which we build. + + Longfellow. + + +To-day! To-day! It is ours, with all its magic possibilities of being +and doing. Yesterday, with its mistakes, misdeeds, lost opportunities, +and failures, is gone forever. With the morrow we are not immediately +concerned. It is but a promise yet to be fulfilled. Hidden behind the +veil of the future, it may dimly beckon us, but it is yet a shadowy, +unsubstantial vision, one that we, perhaps, never may realize. But +to-day, the Here, the Now, that dawned upon us with the first hour of +the morn, is a reality, a precious possession upon the right use of +which may depend all our future of happiness and success, or of misery +and failure; for + +"This day we fashion Destiny, our web of Fate we spin." + +Lest he should forget that Time's wings are swift and noiseless, and so +rapidly bear our to-days to the Land of Yesterday, John Ruskin, +philosopher, philanthropist, and tireless worker though he was, kept +constantly before his eyes on his study table a large, handsome block +of chalcedony, on which was graven the single word "To-day." Every +moment of this noble life was enriched by the right use of each passing +moment. + +A successful merchant, whose name is well-known throughout our country, +very tersely sums up the means by which true success may be attained. +"It is just this," he says: "Do your best every day, whatever you have +in hand." + +This simple rule, if followed in sunshine and in storm, in days of +sadness as well as days of gladness, will rear for the builder a Palace +Beautiful more precious than pearls of great price, more enduring than +time. + + + + +"THE MILL BOY OF THE SLASHES" + + +A picturesque, as well as pathetic figure, was Henry Clay, the little +"Mill Boy of the Slashes," as he rode along on the old family horse to +Mrs. Darricott's mill. Blue-eyed, rosy-cheeked, and bare-footed, +clothed in coarse shirt and trousers, and a time-worn straw hat, he sat +erect on the bare back of the horse, holding, with firm hand, the rope +which did duty as a bridle. In front of him lay the precious sack, +containing the grist which was to be ground into meal or flour, to feed +the hungry mouths of the seven little boys and girls who, with the +widowed mother, made up the Clay family. + +It required a good deal of grist to feed so large a family, especially +when hoecake was the staple food, and it was because of his frequent +trips to the mill, across the swampy region called the "Slashes," that +Henry was dubbed by the neighbors "The Mill Boy of the Slashes." + +The lad was ambitious, however, and, very early in life, made up his +mind that he would win for himself a more imposing title. He never +dreamed of winning world-wide renown as an orator, or of exchanging his +boyish sobriquet for "The Orator of Ashland." But he who forms high +ideals in youth usually far outstrips his first ambition, and Henry had +"hitched his wagon to a star." + +This awkward country boy, who was so bashful, and so lacking in +self-confidence that he hardly dared recite before his class in the log +schoolhouse, DETERMINED TO BECOME AN ORATOR. + +Henry Clay, the brilliant lawyer and statesman, the American +Demosthenes who could sway multitudes by his matchless oratory, once +said, "In order to succeed a man must have a purpose fixed, then let +his motto be VICTORY OR DEATH." When Henry Clay, the poor country boy, +son of an unknown Baptist minister, made up his mind to become an +orator, he acted on this principle. No discouragement or obstacle was +allowed to swerve him from his purpose. Since the death of his father, +when the boy was but five years old, he had carried grist to the mill, +chopped wood, followed the plow barefooted, clerked in a country +store,--did everything that a loving son and brother could do to help +win a subsistence for the family. + +In the midst of poverty, hard work, and the most pitilessly unfavorable +conditions, the youth clung to his resolve. He learned what he could at +the country schoolhouse, during the time the duties of the farm +permitted him to attend school. He committed speeches to memory, and +recited them aloud, sometimes in the forest, sometimes while working in +the cornfield, and frequently in a barn with a horse and an ox for his +audience. + +In his fifteenth year he left the grocery store where he had been +clerking to take a position in the office of the clerk of the High +Court of Chancery. There he became interested in law, and by reading +and study began at once to supplement the scanty education of his +childhood. To such good purpose did he use his opportunities that in +1797, when only twenty years old, he was licensed by the judges of the +court of appeals to practice law. + +When he moved from Richmond to Lexington, Kentucky, the same year to +begin practice for himself, he had no influential friends, no patrons, +and not even the means to pay his board. Referring to this time years +afterward, he said, "I remember how comfortable I thought I should be +if I could make one hundred pounds Virginia money (less than five +hundred dollars) per year; and with what delight I received the first +fifteen-shilling fee." + +Contrary to his expectations, the young lawyer had "immediately rushed +into a lucrative practice." At the age of twenty-seven he was elected +to the Kentucky legislature. Two years later he was sent to the United +States Senate to fill out the remainder of the term of a senator who +had withdrawn. In 1811 he was elected to Congress, and made Speaker of +the national House of Representatives. He was afterward elected to the +United States Senate in the regular way. + +Both in Congress and in the Senate Clay always worked for what he +believed to be the best interests of his country. Ambition, which so +often causes men to turn aside from the paths of truth and honor, had +no power to tempt him to do wrong. He was ambitious to be president, +but would not sacrifice any of his convictions for the sake of being +elected. Although he was nominated by his party three times, he never +became president. It was when warned by a friend that if he persisted +in a certain course of political conduct he would injure his prospects +of being elected, that he made his famous statement, "I would rather be +right than be president." + +Clay has been described by one of his biographers as "a brilliant +orator, an honest man, a charming gentleman, an ardent patriot, and a +leader whose popularity was equaled only by that of Andrew Jackson." + +Although born in a state in which wealth and ancient ancestry were +highly rated, he was never ashamed of his birth or poverty. Once when +taunted by the aristocratic John Randolph with his lowly origin, he +proudly exclaimed, "I was born to no proud paternal estate. I inherited +only infancy, ignorance, and indigence." + +He was born in Hanover County, Virginia, on April 12, 1777, and died in +Washington, June 29, 1852. With only the humble inheritance which he +claimed--"infancy, ignorance, and indigence"--Henry Clay made himself a +name that wealth and a long line of ancestry could never bestow. + + + + +THE GREEK SLAVE WHO WON THE OLIVE CROWN + + +The teeming life of the streets has vanished; the voices of the +children have died away into silence; the artisan has dropped his +tools, the artist has laid aside his brush, the sculptor his chisel. +Night has spread her wings over the scene. The queen city of Greece is +wrapped in slumber. + +But, in the midst of that hushed life, there is one who sleeps not, a +worshiper at the shrine of art, who feels neither fatigue nor hardship, +and fears not death itself in the pursuit of his object. With the fire +of genius burning in his dark eyes, a youth works with feverish haste +on a group of wondrous beauty. + +But why is this master artist at work, in secret, in a cellar where the +sun never shone, the daylight never entered? I will tell you. Creon, +the inspired worker, the son of genius, is a slave, and the penalty of +pursuing his art is death. + +When the Athenian law debarring all but freemen from the exercise of +art was enacted, Creon was at work trying to realize in marble the +vision his soul had created. The beautiful group was growing into life +under his magic touch when the cruel edict struck the chisel from his +fingers. + +"O ye gods!" groans the stricken youth, "why have ye deserted me, now, +when my task is almost completed? I have thrown my soul, my very life, +into this block of marble, and now--" + +Cleone, the beautiful dark-haired sister of the sculptor, felt the blow +as keenly as her brother, to whom she was utterly devoted. "O immortal +Athene! my goddess, my patron, at whose shrine I have daily laid my +offerings, be now my friend, the friend of my brother!" she prayed. + +Then, with the light of a new-born resolve shining in her eyes, she +turned to her brother, saying:-- + +"The thought of your brain shall live. Let us go to the cellar beneath +our house. It is dark, but I will bring you light and food, and no one +will discover our secret. You can there continue your work; the gods +will be our allies." + +It is the golden age of Pericles, the most brilliant epoch of Grecian +art and dramatic literature. + +The scene is one of the most memorable that has ever been enacted +within the proud city of Athens. + +In the Agora, the public assembly or market place, are gathered +together the wisdom and wit, the genius and beauty, the glory and +power, of all Greece. + +Enthroned in regal state sits Pericles, president of the assembly, +soldier, statesman, orator, ruler, and "sole master of Athens." By his +side sits his beautiful partner, the learned and queenly Aspasia. +Phidias, one of the greatest sculptors, if not the greatest the world +has known, who "formed a new style characterized by sublimity and ideal +beauty," is there. Near him is Sophocles, the greatest of the tragic +poets. Yonder we catch a glimpse of a face and form that offers the +most striking contrast to the manly beauty of the poet, but whose +wisdom and virtue have brought Athens to his feet. It is the "father of +philosophy," Socrates. With his arm linked in that of the philosopher, +we see--but why prolong the list? All Greece has been bidden to Athens +to view the works of art. + +The works of the great masters are there. On every side paintings and +statues, marvelous in detail, exquisite in finish, challenge the +admiration of the crowd and the criticism of the rival artists and +connoisseurs who throng the place. But even in the midst of +masterpieces, one group of statuary so far surpasses all the others +that it rivets the attention of the vast assembly. + +"Who is the sculptor of this group?" demands Pericles. Envious artists +look from one to the other with questioning eyes, but the question +remains unanswered. No triumphant sculptor comes forward to claim the +wondrous creation as the work of his brain and hand. Heralds, in +thunder tones, repeat, "Who is the sculptor of this group?" No one can +tell. It is a mystery. Is it the work of the gods? or--and, with bated +breath, the question passes from lip to lip, "Can it have been +fashioned by the hand of a slave?" + +Suddenly a disturbance arises at the edge of the crowd. Loud voices are +heard, and anon the trembling tones of a woman. Pushing their way +through the concourse, two officers drag a shrinking girl, with dark, +frightened eyes, to the feet of Pericles. "This woman," they cry, +"knows the sculptor; we are sure of this; but she will not tell his +name." + +Neither threats nor pleading can unlock the lips of the brave girl. Not +even when informed that the penalty of her conduct was death would she +divulge her secret. "The law," says Pericles, "is imperative. Take the +maid to the dungeon." + +Creon, who, with his sister, had been among the first to find his way +to the Agora that morning, rushed forward, and, flinging himself at the +ruler's feet, cried "O Pericles! forgive and save the maid. She is my +sister. I am the culprit. The group is the work of my hands, the hands +of a slave." + +An intense silence fell upon the multitude, and then went up a mighty +shout,--"To the dungeon, to the dungeon with the slave." + +"As I live, no!" said Pericles, rising. "Not to the dungeon, but to my +side bring the youth. The highest purpose of the law should be the +development of the beautiful. The gods decide by that group that there +is something higher in Greece than an unjust law. To the sculptor who +fashioned it give the victor's crown." + +And then, amid the applause of all the people, Aspasia placed the crown +of olives on the youth's brow, and tenderly kissed the devoted sister +who had been the right hand of genius. + + + + +TURNING POINTS IN THE LIFE OF A HERO + +I. THE FIRST TURNING POINT + + +David Farragut was acting as cabin boy to his father, who was on his +way to New Orleans with the infant navy of the United States. The boy +thought he had the qualities that make a man. "I could swear like an +old salt," he says, "could drink as stiff a glass of grog as if I had +doubled Cape Horn, and could smoke like a locomotive. I was great at +cards, and was fond of gambling in every shape. At the close of dinner +one day," he continues, "my father turned everybody out of the cabin, +locked the door, and said to me, 'David, what do you mean to be?' + +"'I mean to follow the sea,' I said. + +"'Follow the sea!' exclaimed father, 'yes, be a poor, miserable, +drunken sailor before the mast, kicked and cuffed about the world, and +die in some fever hospital in a foreign clime!' + +"'No, father,' I replied, 'I will tread the quarterdeck, and command as +you do.' + +"'No, David; no boy ever trod the quarterdeck with such principles as +you have and such habits as you exhibit. You will have to change your +whole course of life if you ever become a man.' + +"My father left me and went on deck. I was stunned by the rebuke, and +overwhelmed with mortification. 'A poor, miserable, drunken sailor +before the mast, kicked and cuffed about the world, and die in some +fever hospital!' 'That's my fate, is it? I'll change my life, and _I_ +WILL CHANGE IT AT ONCE. I will never utter another oath, never drink +another drop of intoxicating liquor, never gamble,' and, as God is my +witness," said the admiral, solemnly, "I have kept these three vows to +this hour." + + + + +II. A BORN LEADER + + +The event which proved David Glasgow Farragut's qualities as a leader +happened before he was thirteen. + +He was with his adopted father, Captain Porter, on board the Essex, +when war was declared with England in 1812. A number of prizes were +captured by the Essex, and David was ordered by Captain Porter to take +one of the captured vessels, with her commander as navigator, to +Valparaiso. Although inwardly quailing before the violent-tempered old +captain of the prize ship, of whom, as he afterward confessed, he was +really "a little afraid," the boy assumed the command with a fearless +air. + +On giving his first order, that the "main topsail be filled away," the +trouble began. The old captain, furious at hearing a command given +aboard his vessel by a boy not yet in his teens, replied to the order, +with an oath, that he would shoot any one who dared touch a rope +without his orders. Having delivered this mandate, he rushed below for +his pistols. + +The situation was critical. If the young commander hesitated for a +moment, or showed the least sign of submitting to be bullied, his +authority would instantly have fallen from him. Boy as he was, David +realized this, and, calling one of the crew to him, explained what had +taken place, and repeated his order. With a hearty "Aye, aye, sir!" the +sailor flew to the ropes, while the plucky midshipman called down to +the captain that "if he came on deck with his pistols, he would be +thrown overboard." + +David's victory was complete. During the remainder of the voyage none +dared dispute his authority. Indeed his coolness and promptitude had +won for him the lasting admiration of the crew. + + + + +III. "FARRAGUT IS THE MAN" + + +The great turning point which placed Farragut at the head of the +American navy was reached in 1861, when Virginia seceded from the +Union, and he had to choose between the cause of the North and that of +the South. He dearly loved his native South, and said, "God forbid that +I should have to raise my hand against her," but he determined, come +what would, to "stick to the flag." + +So it came about that when, in order to secure the control of the +Mississippi, the national government resolved upon the capture of New +Orleans, Farragut was chosen to lead the undertaking. Several officers, +noted for their loyalty, good judgment, and daring, were suggested, but +the Secretary of the Navy said, "Farragut is the man." + +The opportunity for which all his previous noble life and brilliant +services had been a preparation came to him when he was sixty-one years +old. The command laid upon him was "the certain capture of the city of +New Orleans." "The department and the country," so ran his +instructions, "require of you success. ... If successful, you open the +way to the sea for the great West, never again to be closed. The +rebellion will be riven in the center, and the flag, to which you have +been so faithful, will recover its supremacy in every state." + +On January 9, 1862, Farragut was appointed to the command of the +western gulf blockading squadron. "On February 2," says the National +Cyclopedia of American Biograph, "he sailed on the steam sloop Hartford +from Hampton Roads, arriving at the appointed rendezvous, Ship Island, +in sixteen days. His fleet, consisting of six war steamers, sixteen +gunboats, twenty-one mortar vessels, under the command of Commodore +David D. Porter, and five supply ships, was the largest that had ever +sailed under the American flag. Yet the task assigned him, the passing +of the forts below New Orleans, the capture of the city, and the +opening of the Mississippi River through its entire length was one of +difficulty unprecedented in the history of naval warfare." + +Danger or death had no terror for the brave sailor. Before setting out +on his hazardous enterprise, he said: "If I die in the attempt, it will +only be what every officer has to expect. He who dies in doing his duty +to his country, and at peace with his God, has played the drama of life +to the best advantage." + +The hero did not die. He fought and won the great battle, and thus +executed the command laid upon him,--"the certain capture of the city +of New Orleans." The victory was accomplished with the loss of but one +ship, and 184 men killed and wounded,--"a feat in naval warfare," says +his son and biographer, "which has no precedent, and which is still +without a parallel, except the one furnished by Farragut himself, two +years later, at Mobile." + + + + +HE AIMED HIGH AND HIT THE MARK + +"Without vision the people perish" + + +Without a high ideal an individual never climbs. Keep your eyes on the +mountain top, and, though you may stumble and fall many times in the +ascent, though great bowlders, dense forests, and roaring torrents may +often bar the way, look right on, never losing sight of the light which +shines away up in the clear atmosphere of the mountain peak, and you +will ultimately reach your goal. + +When the late Horace Maynard, LL.D., entered Amherst College, he +exposed himself to the ridicule and jibing questions of his +fellow-students by placing over the door of his room a large square of +white cardboard on which was inscribed in bold outlines the single +letter "V." Disregarding comment and question, the young man applied +himself to his work, ever keeping in mind the height to which he wished +to climb, the first step toward which was signified by the mysterious +"V." + +Four years later, after receiving the compliments of professors and +students on the way he had acquitted himself as valedictorian of his +class, young Maynard called the attention of his fellow-graduates to +the letter over his door. Then a light broke in upon them, and they +cried out, "Is it possible that you had the valedictory in mind when +you put that 'V' over your door?" + +"Assuredly I had," was the emphatic reply. + +On he climbed, from height to height, becoming successively professor +of mathematics in the University of Tennessee, lawyer, member of +Congress, attorney-general of Tennessee, United States minister to +Constantinople, and, finally, postmaster-general. + +Honorable ambition is the leaven that raises the whole mass of mankind. +Ideals, visions, are the stepping-stones by which we rise to higher +things. + + "Still, through our paltry stir and strife, + Glows down the wished ideal, + And longing molds in clay what life + Carves in the marble real; + + "To let the new life in, we know, + Desire must ope the portal,-- + Perhaps the longing to be so + Helps make the soul immortal." + + + + +THE EVOLUTION OF A VIOLINIST + + +He was a famous artist whom kings and queens and emperors delighted to +honor. The emperor of all the Russias had sent him an affectionate +letter, written by his own hand; the empress, a magnificent emerald +ring set with diamonds; the king of his own beloved Norway, who had +listened reverently, standing with uncovered head, while he, the king +of violinists, played before him, had bestowed upon him the Order of +Vasa; the king of Copenhagen presented him with a gold snuffbox, +encrusted with diamonds; while, at a public dinner given him by the +students of Christiana, he was crowned with a laurel wreath. Not all +the thousands who thronged to hear him in London could gain entrance to +the concert hall, and in Liverpool he received four thousand dollars +for one evening's performance. + +Yet the homage of the great ones of the earth, the princely gifts +bestowed upon him, the admiration of the thousands who hung entranced +on every note breathed by his magic violin, gave less delight than the +boy of fourteen experienced when he received from an old man, whose +heart his playing had gladdened, the present of four pairs of doves, +with a card suspended by a blue ribbon round the neck of one, bearing +his own name, "Ole Bull." + +The soul of little Ole Bull had always been attuned to melody, from the +time when, a toddling boy of four, he had kissed with passionate +delight the little yellow violin given him by his uncle. How happy he +was, as he wandered alone through the meadows, listening with the inner +ear of heaven-born genius to the great song of nature. The bluebells, +the buttercups, and the blades of grass sang to him in low, sweet +tones, unheard by duller ears. How he thrilled with delight when he +touched the strings of the little red violin, purchased for him when he +was eight years old. His father destined him for the church, and, +feeling that music should form part of the education of a clergyman, he +consented to the mother's proposition that the boy should take lessons +on the violin. + +Ole could not sleep for joy, that first night of ownership; and, when +the house was wrapped in slumber, he got up and stole on tiptoe to the +room where his treasure lay. The bow seemed to beckon to him, the +pretty pearl screws to smile at him out of their red setting. "I +pinched the strings just a little," he said. "It smiled at me ever more +and more. I took up the bow and looked at it. It said to me it would be +pleasant to try it across the strings. So I did try it just a very, +very little, and it did sing to me so sweetly. At first I did play very +soft. But presently I did begin a capriccio, which I like very much, +and it did go ever louder and louder; and I forgot that it was midnight +and that everybody was asleep. Presently I hear something crack; and +the next minute I feel my father's whip across my shoulders. My little +red violin dropped on the floor, and was broken. I weep much for it, +but it did no good. They did have a doctor to it next day, but it never +recovered its health." + +He was given another violin, however, and, when only ten, he would +wander into the fields and woods, and spend hours playing his own +improvisations, echoing the song of the birds, the murmur of the brook, +the thunder of the waterfall, the soughing of the wind among the trees, +the roar of the storm. + +But childhood's days are short. The years fly by. The little Ole is +eighteen, a student in the University of Christiana, preparing for the +ministry. His brother students beg him to play for a charitable +association. He remembers his father's request that he yield not to his +passion for music, but being urged for "sweet charity's sake," he +consents. + +The youth's struggle between the soul's imperative demand and the +equally imperative parental dictate was pathetic. Meanwhile the +position of musical director of the Philharmonic and Dramatic Societies +becoming vacant, Ole was appointed to the office; and, seeing that it +was useless to contend longer against the genius of his son, the +disappointed father allowed him to accept the directorship. + +When fairly launched on a musical career, his trials and +disappointments began. Wishing to assure himself whether he had genius +or not, he traveled five hundred miles to see and hear the celebrated +Louis Spohr, who received the tremulous youth coldly, and gave him no +encouragement. No matter, he would go to the city of art. In Paris he +heard Berlioz and other great musicians. Entranced he listened, in his +high seat at the top of the house, to the exquisite notes of Malibran. + +His soul feasted on music, but his money was fast dwindling away, and +the body could not be sustained by sweet sounds. But the poor unknown +violinist, who was only another atom in the surging life of the great +city, could earn nothing. He was on the verge of starvation, but he +would not go back to Christiana. He must still struggle and study. He +became ill of brain fever, and was tenderly nursed back to life by the +granddaughter of his kind landlady, pretty little Felicie Villeminot, +who afterward became his wife. He had drained the cup of poverty and +disappointment to the dregs, but the tide was about to turn. + +He was invited to play at a concert presided over by the Duke of +Montebello, and this led to other profitable engagements. But the great +opportunity of his life came to him in Bologna. The people had thronged +to the opera house to hear Malibran. She had disappointed them, and +they were in no mood to be lenient to the unknown violinist who had the +temerity to try to fill her place. + +He came on the stage. He bowed. He grew pale under the cold gaze of the +thousands of unsympathetic eyes turned upon him. But the touch of his +beloved violin gave him confidence. Lovingly, tenderly, he drew the bow +across the strings. The coldly critical eyes no longer gazed at him. +The unsympathetic audience melted away. He and his violin were one and +alone. In the hands of the great magician the instrument was more than +human. It talked; it laughed; it wept; it controlled the moods of men +as the wind controls the sea. + +The audience scarcely breathed. Criticism was disarmed. Malibran was +forgotten. The people were under the spell of the enchanter. Orpheus +had come again. But suddenly the music ceased. The spell was broken. +With a shock the audience returned to earth, and Ole Bull, restored to +consciousness of his whereabouts by the storm of applause which shook +the house, found himself famous forever. + +His triumph was complete, but his work was not over, for the price of +fame is ceaseless endeavor. But the turning point had been passed. He +had seized the great opportunity for which his life had been a +preparation, and it had placed him on the roll of the immortals. + + + + +THE LESSON OF THE TEAKETTLE + + +The teakettle was singing merrily over the fire; the good aunt was +bustling round, on housewifely cares intent, and her little nephew sat +dreamily gazing into the glowing blaze on the kitchen hearth. + +Presently the teakettle ceased singing, and a column of steam came +rushing from its pipe. The boy started to his feet, raised the lid from +the kettle, and peered in at the bubbling, boiling water, with a look +of intense interest. Then he rushed off for a teacup, and, holding it +over the steam, eagerly watched the latter as it condensed and formed +into tiny drops of water on the inside of the cup. + +Returning from an upper room, whither her duties had called her, the +thrifty aunt was shocked to find her nephew engaged in so profitless an +occupation, and soundly scolded him for what she called his trifling. +The good lady little dreamed that James Watt was even then +unconsciously studying the germ of the science by which he "transformed +the steam engine from a mere toy into the most wonderful instrument +which human industry has ever had at its command." + +This studious little Scottish lad, who, because too frail to go to +school, had been taught at home, was very different from other boys. +When only six or seven years old, he would lie for hours on the hearth, +in the little cottage at Greenock, near Glasgow, where he was born in +1736, drawing geometrical figures with pieces of colored chalk. He +loved, too, to gaze at the stars, and longed to solve their mysteries. +But his favorite pastime was to burrow among the ropes and sails and +tackles in his father's store, trying to find out how they were made +and what purposes they served. + +In spite of his limited advantages and frail health, at fifteen he was +the wonder of the public school, which he had attended for two years. +His favorite studies were mathematics and natural philosophy. He had +also made good progress in chemistry, physiology, mineralogy, and +botany, and, at the same time, had learned carpentry and acquired some +skill as a worker in metals. + +So studious and ambitious a youth scarcely needed the spur of poverty +to induce him to make the most of his talents. The spur was there, +however, and, at the age of eighteen, though delicate in health, he was +obliged to go out and battle with the world. + +Having first spent some time in Glasgow, learning how to make +mathematical instruments, he determined to go to London, there to +perfect himself in his trade. + +Working early and late, and suffering frequently from cold and hunger, +he broke down under the unequal strain, and was obliged to return to +his parents for a time until health was regained. + +Always struggling against great odds, he returned to Glasgow when his +trade was mastered, and began to make mathematical instruments, for +which, however, he found little sale. Then, to help eke out a living, +he began to make and mend other instruments,--fiddles, guitars, and +flutes,--and finally built an organ,--a very superior one, too,--with +several additions of his own invention. + +A commonplace incident enough it seemed, in the routine of his daily +occupation, when, one morning, a model of Newcomen's engine was brought +to him for repair, yet it marked the turning point in his career, which +ultimately led from poverty and struggle to fame and affluence. + +Watt's practiced eye at once perceived the defects in the Newcomen +engine, which, although the best then in existence could not do much +better or quicker work than horses. Filled with enthusiasm over the +plans which he had conceived for the construction of a really powerful +engine, he immediately set to work, and spent two months in an old +cellar, working on a model. "My whole thoughts are bent on this +machine," he wrote to a friend. "I can think of nothing else." + +So absorbed had he become in his new work that the old business of +making and mending instruments had declined. This was all the more +unfortunate as he was no longer struggling for himself alone. He had +fallen in love with, and married, his cousin, Margaret Miller, who +brought him the greatest happiness of his life. The neglect of the only +practical means of support he had reduced Watt and his family to the +direst poverty. More than once his health failed, and often the brave +spirit was almost broken, as when he exclaimed in heaviness of heart, +"Of all the things in the world, there is nothing so foolish as +inventing." + +Five years had passed since the model of the Newcomen engine had been +sent to him for repair before he succeeded in securing a patent on his +own invention. Yet five more long years of bitter drudgery, clutched in +the grip of poverty, debt, and sickness, did the brave inventor, +sustained by the love and help of his noble wife, toil through. On his +thirty-fifth birthday he said, "To-day I enter the thirty-fifth year of +my life, and I think I have hardly yet done thirty-five pence worth of +good in the world; but I cannot help it." + +Poor Watt! He had traveled with bleeding feet along the same thorny +path trod by the great inventors and benefactors of all ages. But, in +spite of all obstacles, he persevered; and, after ten years of +inconceivable labor and hardship, during which his beautiful wife died, +he had a glorious triumph. His perfected steam engine was the wonder of +the age. Sir James Mackintosh placed him "at the head of all inventors +in all ages and nations." "I look upon him," said the poet Wordsworth, +"considering both the magnitude and the universality of his genius, as, +perhaps, the most extraordinary man that this country ever produced." + +Wealthy beyond his desires,--for he cared not for wealth,--crowned with +the laurel wreath of fame, honored by the civilized world as one of its +greatest benefactors, the struggle over, the triumph achieved, on +August 19, 1819, he lay down to rest. + + + + +HOW THE ART OF PRINTING WAS DISCOVERED + + +"Look, Grandfather; see what the letters have done!" exclaimed a +delighted boy, as he picked up the piece of parchment in which +Grandfather Coster had carried the bark letters cut from the trees in +the grove, for the instruction and amusement of his little grandsons. + +"See what the letters have done!" echoed the old man. "Bless me, what +does the child mean?" and his eyes twinkled with pleasure, as he noted +the astonishment and pleasure visible on the little face. "Let me see +what it is that pleases thee so, Laurence," and he eagerly took the +parchment from the boy's hand. + +"Bless my soul!" cried the old man, after gazing spellbound upon it for +some seconds. The track of the mysterious footprint in the sand excited +no more surprise in the mind of Robinson Crusoe than Grandfather Coster +felt at the sight which met his eyes. There, distinctly impressed upon +the parchment, was a clear imprint of the bark letters; though, of +course, they were reversed or turned about. + +But you twentieth-century young folks who have your fill of story +books, picture books, and reading matter of all kinds, are wondering, +perhaps, what all this talk about bark letters and parchment and +imprint of letters means. + +To understand it, you must carry your imagination away back more than +five centuries--quite a long journey of the mind, even for +"grown-ups"--to a time when there were no printed books, and when very, +very few of the rich and noble, and scarcely any of the so-called +common people, could read. In those far-off days there were no public +libraries, and no books except rare and expensive volumes, written by +hand, mainly by monks in their quiet monasteries, on parchment or +vellum. + +In the quaint, drowsy, picturesque town of Haarlem, in Holland, with +its narrow, irregular, grass-grown streets and many-gabled houses, the +projecting upper stories of which almost meet, one particular house, +which seems even older than any of the others, is pointed out to +visitors as one of the most interesting sights of the ancient place. It +was in this house that Laurence Coster, the father of the art of +printing, the man--at least so runs the legend--who made it possible +for the poorest and humblest to enjoy the inestimable luxury of books +and reading, lived and loved and dreamed more than five hundred years +ago. + +Coster was warden of the little church which stood near his home, and +his days flowed peacefully on, in a quiet, uneventful way, occupied +with the duties of his office, and reading and study, for he was one of +those who had mastered the art of reading. A diligent student, he had +conned over and over, until he knew them by heart, the few manuscript +volumes owned by the little church of which he was warden. + +A lover of solitude, as well as student and dreamer, the church +warden's favorite resort, when his duties left him at leisure, was a +dense grove not far from the town. Thither he went when he wished to be +free from all distraction, to think and dream over many things which +would appear nonsensical to his sober, practical-minded neighbors. +There he indulged in day dreams and poetic fancies; and once, when in a +sentimental mood, he carved the initials of the lady of his love on one +of the trees. + +In time a fair young wife and children came, bringing new brightness +and joy to the serious-minded warden. With ever increasing interests, +he passed on from youth to middle life, and from middle life to old +age. Then his son married, and again the patter of little feet filled +the old home and made music in the ears of Grandfather Coster, whom the +baby grandchildren almost worshiped. + +To amuse the children, and to impart to them whatever knowledge he +himself possessed, became the delight of his old age. Then the habit +acquired in youth of carving letters in the bark of the trees served a +very useful purpose in furthering his object. He still loved to take +solitary walks, and many a quiet summer afternoon the familiar figure +of the venerable churchwarden, in his seedy black cloak and sugar-loaf +hat, might be seen wending its way along the banks of the River Spaaren +to his favorite resort in the grove. + +One day, while reclining on a mossy couch beneath a spreading beech +tree, amusing himself by tearing strips of bark from the tree that +shaded him, and carving letters with his knife, a happy thought entered +his mind. "Why can I not," he mused within himself, "cut those letters +out, carry them home, and, while using them as playthings, teach the +little ones how to read?" + +The plan worked admirably. Long practice had made the old man quite +expert in fashioning the letters, and many hours of quiet happiness +were spent in the grove in this pleasing occupation. One afternoon he +succeeded in cutting some unusually fine specimens, and, chuckling to +himself over the delight they would give the children, he wrapped them +carefully, placing them side by side in an old piece of parchment which +he happened to have in his pocket. The bark from which they had been +cut being fresh and full of sap, and the letters being firmly pressed +upon the parchment, the result was the series of "pictures" which +delighted the child and gave to the world the first suggestion of a +printing press. + +And then a mighty thought flashed across the brain of the poor, humble, +unknown churchwarden, a thought the realization of which was destined +not only to make him famous for all time, but to revolutionize the +whole world. The first dim suggestion came to him in this form, "By +having a series of letters and impressing them over and over again on +parchment, cannot books be printed instead of written, and so +multiplied and cheapened as to be brought within the reach of all?" + +The remainder of his life was given up to developing this great idea. +He cut more letters from bark, and, covering the smooth surface with +ink, pressed them upon parchment, thus getting a better impression, +though still blurred and imperfect. He then cut letters from wood +instead of bark, and managed to invent himself a better and thicker +ink, which did not blur the page. Next, he cut letters from lead, and +then from pewter. Every hour was absorbed in the work of making +possible the art of printing. His simple-minded neighbors thought he +had lost his mind, and some of the more superstitious spread the report +that he was a sorcerer. But, like all other great discoverers, he +heeded not annoyances or discouragements. Shutting himself away from +the prying curiosity of the ignorant and superstitious, he plodded on, +making steady, if slow, advance toward the realization of his dream. + +"One day, while old Coster was thus busily at work," says George +Makepeace Towle, "a sturdy German youth, with a knapsack slung across +his back, trudged into Haarlem. By some chance this youth happened to +hear how the churchwarden was at work upon a wild scheme to print books +instead of writing them. With beating heart, the young man repaired to +Coster's house and made all haste to knock at the churchwarden's humble +door." + +The "sturdy German youth" who knocked at Laurence Coster's door was +Johann Gutenberg, the inventor of modern printing. Coster invited him +to enter. Gutenberg accepted the invitation, and then stated the object +of his visit. He desired to learn more about the work on which Coster +was engaged. Delighted to have a visitor who was honestly interested in +his work, the old man eagerly explained its details to the youth, and +showed him some examples of his printing. + +Gutenberg was much impressed by what he saw, but still more by the +possibilities which he dimly foresaw in Coster's discovery. "But we can +do much better than this," he said with the enthusiasm of youth. "Your +printing is even slower than the writing of the monks. From this day +forth I will work upon this problem, and not rest till I have solved +it." + +Johann Gutenberg kept his word. He never rested until he had given the +art of printing to the world. But to Laurence Coster, in the first +place, if legend speaks truth, we owe one of the greatest inventions +that has ever blessed mankind. + + + + +SEA FEVER AND WHAT IT LED TO + + +"Jim, you've too good a head on you to be a wood chopper or a canal +driver," said the captain of the canal boat for whom young Garfield had +engaged to drive horses along the towpath. + +"Jim" had always loved books from the time when, seated on his father's +knee, he had with his baby lips pronounced after him the name +"Plutarch." Mr. Garfield had been reading "Plutarch's Lives," and was +much astonished when, without hesitation or stammering, his little son +distinctly pronounced the name of the Greek biographer. Turning to his +wife, with a glow of love and pride, the fond father said, "Eliza, this +boy will be a scholar some day." + +Perhaps the near approach of death had clarified the father's vision, +but when, soon after, the sorrowing wife was left a widow, with an +indebted farm and four little children to care for, she saw little +chance for the fulfillment of the prophecy. + +Even in his babyhood the boy whose future greatness the father dimly +felt had learned the lesson of self-reliance. The familiar words which +so often fell from his lips--"I can do that"--enabled him to conquer +difficulties before which stouter hearts than that of a little child +might well have quailed. + +The teaching of his good mother, that "God will bless all our efforts +to do the best we can," became a part of the fiber of his being. "What +will He do," asked the boy one day, "when we don't do the best we can?" +"He will withhold His blessing; and that is the greatest calamity that +could possibly happen to us," was the reply, which made a deep +impression on the mind of the questioner. + +In spite of almost constant toil, and very meager schooling,--only a +few weeks each year,--James Garfield excelled all his companions in the +log schoolhouse. Besides solving at home in the long winter evenings, +by the light of the pine fire, all the knotty problems in Adams' +Arithmetic--the terror of many a schoolboy--he found time to revel in +the pages of "Robinson Crusoe" and "Josephus." The latter was his +special favorite. + +Before he was fifteen, Garfield had successfully followed the +occupations of farmer, wood chopper, and carpenter. No matter what his +occupation was he always managed to find some time for reading. + +He had recently read some of Marryat's novels, "Sindbad the Sailor," +"The Pirate's Own Book," and others of a similar nature, which had +smitten him with a virulent attack of sea fever. This is a mental +disease which many robust, adventurous boys are apt to contract in +their teens. Garfield felt that he must "sail the ocean blue." The +glamour of the sea was upon him. Everything must give way before it. +His mother, however, could not be induced to assent to his plans, and, +after long pleading, would only compromise by agreeing that he might, +if he could, secure a berth on one of the vessels navigating Lake Erie. + +He was rudely repulsed by the owner of the first vessel to whom he +applied, a brutal, drunken creature, who answered his request for +employment with an oath and a rough "Get off this schooner in double +quick, or I'll throw you into the dock." Garfield turned away in +disgust, his ardor for the sea somewhat dampened by the man's +appearance and behavior. In this mood he met his cousin, formerly a +schoolmaster, then captain of a canal boat, with whom he at once +engaged to drive his horses. + +After a few months on the towpath, young Garfield contracted another +kind of fever quite unlike that from which he had been suffering +previously, and went home to be nursed out of it by his ever faithful +mother. + +During his convalescence he thought a great deal over his cousin's +words,--"Jim, you've got too good a head on you to be a wood chopper or +a canal driver." "He who wills to do anything will do it," he had +learned from his mother's lips when a mere baby, and then and there he +said in his heart, "I will be a scholar; I will go to college." And so, +out of his sea fever and towpath experience was born the resolution +that made the turning point in his career. + +Action followed hot upon resolve. He lost no time in applying himself +to the work of securing an education. Alternately chopping wood and +carpentering, farming and teaching school, ringing bells and sweeping +floors, he worked his way through seminary and college. His strong will +and resolute purpose to make the most of himself not only enabled him +to obtain an education, but raised him from the towpath to the +presidential chair. + + + + +GLADSTONE FOUND TIME TO BE KIND + + A kindly act is a kernel sown, + That will grow to a goodly tree, + Shedding its fruit when time has flown + Down the gulf of Eternity. + JOHN BOYLE O'REILLY. + + +In the restless desire for acquisition,--acquisition of money, of +power, or of fame,--there is danger of selfishness, self-absorption, +closing the doors of our hearts against the demands of brotherly love, +courtesy, and kindness. + +"I cannot afford to help," say the poor in pocket; "all I have is too +little for my own needs." "I should like to help others," says the +ambitious student, whose every spare moment is crowded with some extra +task, "but I have no money, and cannot afford to take the time from my +studies to give sympathy or kind words to the suffering and the poor." +Says the busy man of affairs: "I am willing to give money, but my time +is too valuable to be spent in talking to sick people or shiftless, +lazy ones. That sort of work is not in my line. I leave it to women and +the charitable organizations." + +The business man forgets, as do many of us, the truth expressed by +Ruskin, that "a little thought and a little kindness are often worth +more than a great deal of money." A few kind words, a little sympathy +and encouragement have often brought sunshine and hope into the lives +of men and women who were on the verge of despair. + +The great demand is on people's hearts rather than on their purses. In +the matter of kindness we can all afford to be generous whether we have +money or not. The schoolboy may give it as freely as the millionaire. +No one is so driven by work that he has not time, now and then, to say +a kind word or do a kind deed that will help to brighten life for +another. If the prime minister of England, William E. Gladstone, could +find time to carry a bunch of flowers to a little sick +crossing-sweeper, shall we not be ashamed to make for ourselves the +excuse, "I haven't time to be kind"? + + + + +A TRIBUNE OF THE PEOPLE + + +Clad in a homespun tow shirt, shrunken, butternut-colored, +linsey-woolsey pantaloons, battered straw hat, and much-mended jacket +and shoes, with ten dollars in his pocket, and all his other worldly +goods packed in the bundle he carried on his back, Horace Greeley, the +future founder of the New York Tribune, started to seek his fortune in +New York. + +A newspaper had always been an object of interest and delight to the +little delicate, tow-haired boy, and at the mature age of six he had +made up his mind to be a printer. His love of reading was unusual in +one so young. Before he was six he had read the Bible and "Pilgrim's +Progress" through. + +Like the children of all poor farmers, Horace was put to work as soon +as he was able to do anything. But he made the most of the +opportunities given him to attend school, and his love of reading; +stimulated him to unusual efforts to procure books. By selling nuts and +bundles of kindling wood at the village store, before he was ten he had +earned enough money to buy a copy of Shakespeare and of Mrs. Hemans's +poems. He borrowed every book that could be found within a radius of +seven miles of his home, and by many readings he had made himself +familiar with the score of old volumes in his log-cabin home. + +Mrs. Sarah K. Bolton draws a pleasing picture of the farmer boy reading +at night after the day's work on the farm was done. "He gathered a +stock of pine knots," she says, "and, lighting one each night, lay down +by the hearth and read, oblivious to all around him. The neighbors came +and made their friendly visits, and ate apples and drank cider, as was +the fashion, but the lad never noticed their coming or their going. +When really forced to leave his precious books for bed, he would repeat +the information he had learned, or the lessons for the next day to his +brother, who usually, most ungraciously, fell asleep before the +conversation was half completed." + +"Ah!" said Zaccheus Greeley, Horace's father, when the boy one day, in +a fit of abstraction, tried to yoke the "off" ox on the "near" side: +"Ah! that boy will never know enough to get on in the world. He'll +never know more than enough to come in when it rains!" + +Yet this boy knew so much that when at fourteen he secured a place as +printer in a newspaper office at East Poultney, Vermont, he was looked +up to by his fellow-printers as equal in learning to the editor himself. + +At first they tried to make merry at his expense, poking fun at his +odd-looking garments, his uncouth appearance, and his pale, delicate +face and almost white hair, which subsequently won for him the nickname +of "Ghost." But when they saw that Horace was too good humored and too +much in earnest with his work to be disturbed by their teasing, they +gave it up. In a short time he became a general favorite, not only in +the office, but in the town of Poultney, whose debating and literary +societies soon recognized him as leader. Even the minister, the lawyer, +and the school-teachers looked up to the poor, retiring young printer, +who was a veritable encyclopedia of knowledge, ready at all times to +speak or to write an essay on any subject. + +But the Poultney newspaper was obliged to suspend soon after Horace had +learned his trade, and, penniless,--for every cent of his earnings +beyond what furnished the bare necessaries of life had been sent home +to his parents in the wilderness,--he faced the world once more. + +After working in different small towns wherever he could get a "job," +reading, studying, enlarging his knowledge all the time when not in the +office, he made up his mind to go to New York, "to be somebody," as he +put it. + +When he stepped off the towboat at Whitehall, near the Battery, that +sunny morning in August, 1831, with only the experience of a score of +years in life, a stout heart, quick brain, nimble fingers, and an +abiding faith in God as his capital, his prospects certainly were not +very alluring. + +"An overgrown, awkward, white-headed, forlorn-looking boy; a pack +suspended on a staff over his right shoulder; his dress unrivaled in +sylvan simplicity since the primitive fig leaves of Eden; the +expression of his face presenting a strange union of wonder and apathy: +his whole appearance gave you the impression of a runaway apprentice in +desperate search of employment. Ignorant alike of the world and its +ways, he seemed to the denizens of the city almost like a wanderer from +another planet." + +Such was the impression Horace Greeley made on a New Yorker on his +first arrival in that city which was to be the scene of his future work +and triumphs. + +He tramped the streets all that day, Friday, and the next, looking for +work, everywhere getting the same discouraging reply, "No, we don't +want any one." + +At last, when weary and disheartened, his ten dollars almost gone, he +had decided to shake the dust of New York from his feet, the foreman of +a printing office engaged him to do some work that most of the men in +the office had refused to touch. The setting up of a Polyglot +Testament, with involved marginal references, was something new for the +supposed "green" hand from the country. But when the day was done, the +young printer was no longer looked upon as "green" by his +fellow-workers, for he had done more and better work than the oldest +and most experienced hands who had tried the Testament. + +But, oh, what hard work it was, beginning at six o'clock in the +morning, and working long after the going down of the sun, by the light +of a candle stuck in a bottle, to earn six dollars a week, most of +which was sent to his dear ones at home. + +After nearly ten years more of struggle and privation, Greeley entered +upon the great work of his life--the founding and editing of the New +York Tribune. He had very little money to start with, and even that +little was borrowed. But he had courage, truth, honesty, a noble +purpose, and rare ability and industry to supplement his small +financial capital. He needed them all in the work he had undertaken, +for he was handicapped not only by lack of means, but also by the +opposition of some of the New York papers. + +In spite of the adverse conditions he succeeded in establishing one of +the greatest and most popular newspapers in the country. The Tribune +became the champion of the oppressed, the guardian of justice, the +defender of truth, a power for good in the land. Through his paper +Greeley became a tribune of the people. No thought of making money +hampered him in his work. Unselfishly he wrought as editor, writer, and +lecturer for the good of his country and the uplifting of mankind. "He +who by voice or pen," he said, "strikes his best blow at the impostures +or vices whereby our race is debased and paralyzed, may close his eyes +in death, consoled and cheered by the reflection that he has done what +he could for the emancipation and elevation of his kind." + +Well, then, might he rejoice in his life work, for his voice and pen +had to the last been active in thus serving the race. + +He died on November 29, 1872, at the age of sixty-one. So great a man +had Horace Greeley, the poor New Hampshire farmer boy, become that the +whole nation mourned for his death. The people felt that in him they +had lost one of their best friends. A workman who attended his funeral +expressed the feeling of his fellow-workmen all over the land when he +said, "It is little enough to lose a day for Horace Greeley who spent +many a day working for us." "I've come a hundred miles to be at the +funeral of Horace Greeley," said a farmer. + +The great tribune had deserved well of the people and of his country. + + + + +THE MIGHT OF PATIENCE + + +Perhaps some would feel inclined to ridicule rather than applaud the +patience of a poor Chinese woman who tried to make a needle from a rod +of iron by rubbing it against a stone. + +It is doubtful whether she succeeded or not, but, so the story runs, +the sight of the worker plying her seemingly hopeless task, put new +courage and determination into the heart of a young Chinese student, +who, in deep despondency, stood watching her. + +Because of repeated failures in his studies, ambition and hope had left +him. Bitterly disappointed with himself, and despairing of ever +accomplishing anything, the young man had thrown his books aside in +disgust. Put to shame, however, by the lesson taught by the old woman, +he gathered his scattered forces together, went to work with renewed +ardor, and, wedding Patience and Energy, became, in time, one of the +greatest scholars in China. + +When you know you are on the right track, do not let any failures dim +your vision or discourage you, for you cannot tell how close you may be +to victory. Have patience and stick, stick, stick. It is eternally true +that he + + "Who steers right on + Will gain, at length, however far, the port." + + + + +THE INSPIRATION OF GAMBETTA + + +"Try to come home a somebody!" Long after Leon Gambetta had left the +old French town of Cahors, where he was born October 30, 1838, long +after the gay and brilliant streets of Paris had become familiar to +him, did the parting words of his idolized mother ring in his ears, +"Try to come home a somebody!" Pinched for food and clothes, as he +often was, while he studied early and late in his bare garret near the +Sorbonne, the memory of that dear mother cheered and strengthened him. + +He could still feel her tears and kisses on his cheek, and the tender +clasp of her hand as she pressed into his the slender purse of money +which she had saved to release him from the drudgery of an occupation +he loathed, and to enable him to become a great lawyer in Paris. How +well he remembered her delight in listening to him declaim the speeches +of Thiers and Guizot from the pages of the National, which she had +taught him to read when but a mere baby, and from which he imbibed his +first lessons in republicanism,--lessons that he never afterward forgot. + +Such deep root had they taken that he could not be induced to change +his views by the fathers of the preparatory school at Monfaucon, +whither he had been sent to be trained for the priesthood. Finally +despairing of bringing the young radical to their way of thinking, the +Monfaucon fathers sent him home to his parents. "You will never make a +priest of him," they wrote; "he has a character that cannot be +disciplined." + +His father, an honest but narrow-minded Italian, whose ideas did not +soar beyond his little bazaar and grocery store, was displeased with +the boy, who was then only ten years old. He could not understand how +one so young dared to think his own thoughts and hold his own opinions. +The neighbors held up their hands in dismay, and prophesied, "He will +end his days in the Bastile." His mother wept and blamed herself and +the National as the cause of all the trouble. + +How little the fond mother, the disappointed father, or the gloomily +foreboding neighbors dreamt to what heights those early lessons they +now so bitterly deplored were to lead! + +When at sixteen Leon Gambetta returned from the Lyceum to which he had +been sent on his return from the Monfaucon seminary, his wide reading +and deep study had but intensified and broadened the radicalism of his +childhood. He longed to go to Paris to study law, but his father +insisted that he must now confine his thoughts to selling groceries and +yards of ribbon and lace, as he expected his son to succeed him in the +business. + +Poor, foolish Joseph Gambetta! he would confine the young eagle in a +barnyard. But the eagle pined and drooped in his cage, and then the +loving mother--ah, those loving mothers, will their boys ever realize +how much they owe them!--threw open the doors and gave him freedom, an +opportunity to win fame and fortune in the great city of Paris. + +And now what mattered it that his clothes were poor, that his food was +scant, and that it was often bitterly cold in his little garret. If not +for his own sake, he MUST for hers "come home a somebody." + +The doors which led to a wider future were already opening. The +professors at the Sorbonne appreciated his great intellect and +originality. "You have a true vocation," said one. "Follow it. But go +to the bar, where your voice, which is one in a thousand, will carry +you on, study and intelligence aiding. The lecture room is a narrow +theater. If you like, I will write to your father to tell him what my +opinion of you is." And he wrote, "The best investment you ever made +would be to spend what money you can divert from your business in +helping your son to become an advocate." + +To such good purpose did the young student use his time that within two +years he won his diploma. Still too young to be admitted to the bar, he +spent a year studying life in Paris, listening to the debates in the +Corps Legislatif, reading and debating in the radical club which he had +organized, making himself ready at every point for the great +opportunity which gained him a national reputation and made him the +idol of the masses. + +In 1868 his masterly defense of Delescluze, the radical editor, against +the prosecution of the Imperial government, brought the brilliant but +hitherto unknown young lawyer prominently before the public. He lost +his case, but won fame. Gambetta had waited eighteen months for his +first brief, and five times eighteen months for his first great case. +This case proved to be the initial step that led him from victory to +victory, until, after the fall of Napoleon at Sedan, he became +practically Dictator of France. He was, more than any one man, the +maker of the French Republic, whose rights and liberties he ever +defended, even at the risk of his life. He died December 31, 1882. + +Well had he fulfilled the hopes and ambitions of his loving mother, +well had he answered the pathetic appeal, "Try to come home a somebody." + + + + +ANDREW JACKSON THE BOY WHO "NEVER WOULD GIVE UP" + + +"Sir, I am a prisoner of war, and demand to be treated as such," was +the spirited reply of Andrew Jackson to a British officer who had +commanded him to clean his boots. + +This was characteristic of the future hero of New Orleans, and +president of the United States, whose independent spirit rebelled at +the insolent command of his captor. + +The officer drew his sword to enforce obedience, but, nothing daunted, +the youth, although then only fourteen, persisted in his refusal. He +tried to parry the sword thrusts aimed at him, but did not escape +without wounds on head and arm, the marks of which he carried to his +grave. + +Stubborn, self-willed, and always dominated by the desire to be a +leader, Andrew Jackson was by no means a model boy. But his honesty, +love of truth, indomitable will and courage, in spite of his many +faults, led him to greatness. + +He was born with fighting blood in his veins, and, like other eminent +men who have risen to the White House, poor. His father, an Irish +immigrant, died before his youngest son was born,--in 1767,--and life +held for the boy more hard knocks than soft places. His mother, who was +ambitious to make him a clergyman, tried to secure him some early +advantages of schooling. Andrew, however, was not of a studious +disposition, nor at all inclined to the ministry, and made little +effort to profit by even the limited opportunities he had. + +But despite all the disadvantages of environment and mental traits by +which he was handicapped, he was bound by the force of certain other +traits to be a winner in the battle of life. The quality to which his +success is chiefly owing is revealed by the words of a school-fellow, +who, in spite of Jackson's slender physique and lack of physical +strength at that time, felt the force of his iron will. Speaking of +their wrestling matches at school, this boy said, "I could throw him +[Jackson] three times out of four, but he never would stay throwed. He +was dead game and never would give up." + +A boy who "never would stay throwed," and "never would give up" would +succeed though the whole world tried to bar his progress. + +When, at the age of fifteen, he found himself alone in the world, +homeless and penniless, he adapted himself to anything he could find to +do. + +Worker in a saddler's shop, school-teacher, lawyer, merchant, judge of +the Supreme Court, United States senator, soldier, leader, step by step +the son of the poor Irish immigrant rose to the highest office to which +his countrymen could elect him--the presidency of the United States. + +Rash, headstrong, and narrow-minded, Andrew Jackson fell into many +errors during his life, but, notwithstanding his shortcomings, he +persistently tried to live up to his boyhood's motto, "Ask nothing but +what is right--submit to nothing wrong." + + + + +SIR HUMPHRY DAVY'S GREATEST DISCOVERY, MICHAEL FARADAY + + +He was only a little, barefooted errand boy, the son of a poor +blacksmith. His school life ended in his thirteenth year. The extent of +his education then was limited to a knowledge of the three "R's." As he +trudged on his daily rounds, through the busy streets of London, +delivering newspapers and books to the customers of his employer, there +was little difference, outwardly, between him and scores of other boys +who jostled one another in the narrow, crowded thoroughfares. But under +the shabby jacket of Michael Faraday beat a heart braver and tenderer +than the average; and, under the well-worn cap, a brain was throbbing +that was destined to illuminate the world of science with a light that +would never grow dim. + +Less than any one else, perhaps, did the boy dream of future greatness. +For a year he served his employer faithfully in his capacity of errand +boy, and, in 1805, at the age of fourteen, was apprenticed to a +bookseller for seven years, as was the custom in England, to learn the +combined trades of bookbinding and book-selling. + +The young journeyman had to exercise all his self-control to confine +his attention to the outside of the books which passed through his +hands. In his spare moments, however, he made himself familiar with the +inside of many of them, eagerly devouring such works on science, +electricity, chemistry, and natural philosophy, as came within his +reach. He was especially delighted with an article on electricity, +which he found in a volume of the "Encyclopedia Britannica," which had +been given him to bind. He immediately began work on an electrical +machine, from the very crudest materials, and, much to his delight, +succeeded. It was a red-letter day in his young life when a +kind-hearted customer, who had noticed his interest in scientific +works, offered to take him to the Royal Institution, to attend a course +of lectures to be given by the great Sir Humphry Davy. From this time +on, his thoughts were constantly turned toward science. "Oh, if I could +only help in some scientific work, no matter how humble!" was the daily +cry of his soul. But not yet was his prayer to be granted. His mettle +must be tried in the school of patience and drudgery. He must fulfill +his contract with his master. For seven years he was faithful to his +work, while his heart was elsewhere. And all that time, in the +eagerness of his thirst for knowledge, he was imbibing facts which +helped him to plan electrical achievements, the possibilities of which +have not, to this day, been exhausted,--or even half realized. Like +Franklin, he seemed to forecast the scientific future for ages. + +At length he was free to follow his bent, and his mind turned at once +to Sir Humphry Davy. With a beating heart, divided between hope and +fear, he wrote to the great man, telling what he wished, and asking his +aid. The scientist, remembering his own day of small things, wrote the +youth, politely, that he was going out of town, but would see if he +could, sometime, aid him. He also said that "science is a harsh +mistress, and, in a pecuniary point of view, but poorly rewards those +who devote themselves exclusively to her service." + +This was not very encouraging, but the young votary of science was +nothing daunted, and toiled at his uncongenial trade, with the added +discomfort of an ill-tempered employer, giving all his evenings and odd +moments to study and experiments. + +Then came another red-letter day. He was growing depressed, and feared +that Sir Humphry had forgotten his quasi-promise, when one evening a +carriage stopped at the door, and out stepped an important-looking +footman in livery, with a note from the famous scientist, requesting +the young bookbinder to call on him on the following morning. At last +had come the answer to the prayer of little Michael Faraday, as will +come the answer to all who back their prayers with patient, persistent +hard work, in spite of discouragement, disappointment, and failure. And +when, on that never-to-be-forgotten morning, he was engaged by the +great scientist at a salary of six dollars a week, with two rooms at +the top of the house, to wash bottles, clean the instruments, move them +to and from the lecture rooms, and make himself generally useful in the +laboratory and out of it, no happier youth could be found in all London. + +The door was open; not, indeed, wide, but sufficiently to allow this +ardent disciple to work his way into the innermost shrine of the temple +of science. Though it took years and years of plodding, incessant work +and study, and a devotion to purpose with which nothing was allowed to +interfere, it made Faraday, by virtue of his marvelous discoveries in +electricity, electro-magnetism, and chemistry, a world benefactor, +honored not only by his own country and sovereign, but by other rulers +and leading nations of the earth, as one of the greatest chemists and +natural philosophers of his time. + +So great has been his value to the scientific world, that his theories +are still a constant source of inspiration to the workers in those +great professions allied to electricity and chemistry. No library is +complete without his published works. What wonder that Davy called +Faraday his greatest discovery! + + + + +THE TRIUMPH OF CANOVA + + +The Villa d'Asola, the country residence of the Signor Falieri, was in +a state of unusual excitement. Some of the most distinguished +patricians of Venice had been bidden to a great banquet, which was to +surpass in magnificence any entertainment ever before given, even by +the wealthy and hospitable Signer Falieri. + +The feast was ready, the guests were assembled, when word came from the +confectioner, who had been charged to prepare the center ornament for +the table, that he had spoiled the piece. Consternation reigned in the +servants' hall. What was to be done? The steward, or head servant, was +in despair. He was responsible for the table decorations, and the +absence of the centerpiece would seriously mar the arrangements. He +wrung his hands and gesticulated wildly. What should he do! + +"If you will let me try, I think I can make something that will do." +The speaker was a delicate, pale-faced boy, about twelve years old, who +had been engaged to help in some of the minor details of preparation +for the great event. "You!" exclaimed the steward, gazing in amazement +at the modest, yet apparently audacious lad before him. "And who are +you?" "I am Antonio Canova, the grandson of Pisano, the stonecutter." +Desperately grasping at even the most forlorn hope, the perplexed +servant gave the boy permission to try his hand at making a centerpiece. + +Calling for some butter, with nimble fingers and the skill of a +practiced sculptor, in a short time the little scullion molded the +figure of a crouching lion. So perfect in proportion, so spirited and +full of life in every detail, was this marvelous butter lion that it +elicited a chorus of admiration from the delighted guests, who were +eager to know who the great sculptor was who had deigned to expend his +genius on such perishable material. Signor Falieri, unable to gratify +their curiosity, sent for his head servant, who gave them the history +of the centerpiece. Antonio was immediately summoned to the banquet +hall, where he blushingly received the praises and congratulations of +all present, and the promise of Signer Falieri to become his patron, +and thus enable him to achieve fame as a sculptor. + +Such, according to some biographers, was the turning point in the +career of Antonio Canova, who, from a peasant lad, born in the little +Venetian village of Possagno, rose to be the most illustrious sculptor +of his age. + +Whether or not the story be true, it is certain that when the boy was +in his thirteenth year, Signer Falieri placed him in the studio of +Toretto, a Venetian sculptor, then living near Asola. But it is equally +certain that the fame which crowned Canova's manhood, the title of +Marquis of Ischia, the decorations and honors so liberally bestowed +upon him by the ruler of the Vatican, kings, princes, and emperors, +were all the fruits of his ceaseless industry, high ideals, and +unfailing enthusiasm. + +The little Antonio began to draw almost as soon as he could hold a +pencil, and the gown of the dear old grandmother who so tenderly loved +him, and was so tenderly loved in return, often bore the marks of baby +fingers fresh from modeling in clay. + +Antonio's father having died when the child was but three years old, +his grandfather, Pisano, hoped that he would succeed him as village +stonecutter and sculptor. Delicate though the little fellow had been +from birth, at nine years of age he was laboring, as far as his +strength would permit, in Pisano's workshop. But in the evening, after +the work of the day was done, with pencil or clay he tried to give +expression to the poetic fancies he had imbibed from the ballads and +legends of his native hills, crooned to him in infancy by his +grandmother. + +Under Toretto his genius developed so rapidly that the sculptor spoke +of one of his creations as "a truly marvelous production." He was then +only thirteen. Later we find him in Venice, studying and working with +ever increasing zeal. Though Signor Falieri would have been only too +glad to supply the youth's needs, he was too proud to be dependent on +others. Speaking of this time, he says: "I labored for a mere pittance, +but it was sufficient. It was the fruit of my own resolution, and, as I +then flattered myself, the foretaste of more honorable rewards, for I +never thought of wealth." + +Too poor to hire a workshop or studio, through the kindness of the +monks of St. Stefano, he was given a cell in a vacant monastery, and +here, at the age of sixteen, he started business as a sculptor on his +own account. + +Before he was twenty, the youth had become a master of anatomy, which +he declared was "the secret of the art," was thoroughly versed in +literature, languages, history, poetry, mythology,--everything that +could help to make him the greatest sculptor of his age,--and had, even +then, produced works of surpassing merit. + +Effort to do better was the motto of his life, and he never permitted a +day to pass without making some advance in his profession. Though often +too poor to buy the marble in which to embody his conceptions, he for +many years lived up to a resolution made about this time, never to +close his eyes at night without having produced some design. + +What wonder that at twenty-five this noble youth, whose incessant toil +had perfected genius, was the marvel of his age! What wonder that his +famous group, Theseus vanquishing the Minotaur, elicited the +enthusiastic admiration of the most noted art critics of Rome! What +wonder that the little peasant boy, who had first opened his eyes, in +1757, in a mud cabin, closed them at last, in 1822, in a marble palace, +crowned with all of fame and honor and wealth the world could give! But +better still, he was loved and enshrined in the hearts of the people, +as a friend of the poor, a patron of struggling merit, a man in whom +nobility of character overtopped even the genius of the artist. + + + + +FRANKLIN'S LESSON ON TIME VALUE + + Dost thou love life? Then, do not squander time, for + that is the stuff life is made of!--FRANKLIN. + + +Franklin not only understood the value of time, but he put a price upon +it that made others appreciate its worth. + +A customer who came one day to his little bookstore in Philadelphia, +not being satisfied with the price demanded by the clerk for the book +he wished to purchase, asked for the proprietor. "Mr. Franklin is very +busy just now in the press room," replied the clerk. The man, however, +who had already spent an hour aimlessly turning over books, insisted on +seeing him. In answer to the clerk's summons, Mr. Franklin hurried out +from the newspaper establishment at the back of the store. + +"What is the lowest price you can take for this book, sir?" asked the +leisurely customer, holding up the volume. "One dollar and a quarter," +was the prompt reply. "A dollar and a quarter! Why, your clerk asked me +only a dollar just now." "True," said Franklin, "and I could have +better afforded to take a dollar than to leave my work." + +The man, who seemed to be in doubt as to whether Mr. Franklin was in +earnest, said jokingly, "Well, come now, tell me your lowest price for +this book." "One dollar and a half," was the grave reply. "A dollar and +a half! Why, you just offered it for a dollar and a quarter." "Yes, and +I could have better taken that price then than a dollar and a half now." + +Without another word, the crestfallen purchaser laid the money on the +counter and left the store. He had learned not only that he who +squanders his own time is foolish, but that he who wastes the time of +others is a thief. + + + + +FROM STORE BOY TO MILLIONAIRE + + +"But I am only nineteen years old, Mr. Riggs," and the speaker looked +questioningly into the eyes of his companion, as if he doubted his +seriousness in asking him to become a partner in his business. + +Mr. Riggs was not joking, however, and he met George Peabody's +perplexed gaze smilingly, as he replied: "That is no objection. If you +are willing to go in with me and put your labor against my capital, I +shall be well satisfied." + +This was the turning point in a life which was to leave its impress on +two of the world's greatest nations. And what were the experiences that +led to it? They were utterly commonplace, and in some respects such as +fall to the lot of many country boys to-day. + +At eleven the lad was obliged to earn his own living. At that time +(1806), his native town, Danvers, Massachusetts, presented few +opportunities to the ambitious. He took the best that offered--a +position as store boy in the village grocer's. + +Four years of faithful work and constant effort at self-culture +followed. He was now fifteen. His ambition was growing. He must seek a +wider field. Another year passed, and then came the longed-for opening. +Joyfully the youth set out for his brother's store, in Newburyport, +Massachusetts. Here he felt he would have a better chance. But +disappointment and disaster were lurking round the corner. Soon after +he had taken up his new duties, the store was burned to the ground. + +In the meantime, his father had died, and his mother, whom he idolized, +needed his help more than ever. Penniless and out of work, but not +disheartened, he immediately looked about for another position. Gladly +he accepted an offer to work in his uncle's dry goods store in +Georgetown, D.C., and here we find him, two years later, at the time +when Mr. Riggs made his flattering proposition. + +Did influence, a "pull," or financial considerations have anything to +do with the merchant's choice of a partner? Nothing whatever. The young +man had no money and no "pull," save what his character had made for +him. His agreeable personality had won him many friends and his uncle +much additional trade. His business qualities had gained him an +enviable reputation. "His tact," says Sarah K. Bolton, "was unusual. He +never wounded the feelings of a buyer of goods, never tried him with +unnecessary talk, never seemed impatient, and was punctual to the +minute." + +That Mr. Riggs had made no mistake in choosing his partner, the rapid +growth of his business conclusively proved. About a year after the +partnership had been formed, the firm moved to Baltimore. So well did +the business flourish in Baltimore that within seven years the partners +had established branch houses in New York and Philadelphia. Finally Mr. +Riggs decided to retire, and Peabody, who was then but thirty-five, +found himself at the head of the business. + +London, which he had visited several times, now attracted him. It +offered great possibilities for banking. He went there, studied +finance, established a banking business, and thenceforth made London +his headquarters. + +Wealth began to pour in upon him in a golden stream. But, although he +had worked steadily for this, it was not for personal ends. He never +married, and, to the end, lived simply and unostentatiously. Through +the long years of patient work a great purpose had been shaping his +life. Daily he had prayed that God might give him means wherewith to +help his fellow-men. His prayer was being answered in overflowing +measure. + +Business interests constrained him to spend the latter half of his life +in London; but absence only deepened his love for his own country. All +that great wealth could do to advance the welfare and prestige of the +United States was done by the millionaire philanthropist. But above all +else, he tried to bring within the reach of poor children that which +was denied himself,--a school education. + +The Peabody Institute in his native town, with its free library and +free course of lectures; the Institute, Academy of Music, and Art +Gallery of Baltimore; the Museum of Natural History at Yale University; +the Museum of Archaeology and Ethnology at Harvard University; the +Peabody Academy of Science at Salem, Massachusetts, besides large +contributions every year to libraries and other educational and +philanthropic institutions all over the country, bear witness to his +love for humanity. + +Surpassing all this, however, was his establishment of the Peabody fund +of three million dollars for the education of the freed slaves of the +South, and for the equally needy poor of the white race. + +An equal amount had been previously devoted to the better housing of +the London poor. A dream almost too good to come true it seemed to the +toilers in the great city's slums, when they found their filthy, +unhealthy tenements replaced by clean, wholesome dwellings, well +supplied with air and sunlight and all modern conveniences and +comforts. London presented its generous benefactor with the freedom of +the city; a bronze statue was erected in his honor, and Queen Victoria, +who would fain have loaded him with titles and honors,--all of which he +respectfully declined,--declared his act to be "wholly without +parallel." A beautiful miniature portrait of her Majesty, which she +caused to be specially made for him, and a letter written by her own +hand, were the only gifts he would accept. + +Gloriously had his great purpose been fulfilled. He who began life as a +poor boy had given to the furtherance of education and for the benefit +of the poor in various ways the sum of nine million dollars. The +remaining four million dollars of his fortune was divided among his +relatives. + +England loved and honored him even as his own country did; and when he +died in London, November 4, 1869, she offered him a resting place among +her immortals in Westminster Abbey. His last wish, however, was +fulfilled, and he was laid beside his mother in his native land. + +His legacies to humanity are doing their splendid work to-day as they +have done in the past, and as they will continue to do in the future, +enabling multitudes of aspiring souls to reach heights which but for +him they never could have attained. These words of his, too, spoken on +the occasion of the dedication of his gift to Danvers,--its free +Institute,--will serve for ages as a bugle call to all youths who are +anxious to make the most of themselves, and, like him, to give of their +best to the world:-- + +"Though Providence has granted me an unvaried and unusual success in +the pursuit of fortune in other lands," he said, "I am still in heart +the humble boy who left yonder unpretending dwelling many, very many +years ago. ... There is not a youth within the sound of my voice whose +early opportunities and advantages are not very much greater than were +my own; and I have since achieved nothing that is impossible to the +most humble boy among you. Bear in mind, that, to be truly great, it is +not necessary that you should gain wealth and importance. Steadfast and +undeviating truth, fearless and straightforward integrity, and an honor +ever unsullied by an unworthy word or action, make their possessor +greater than worldly success or prosperity. These qualities constitute +greatness." + + + + +"I WILL PAINT OR DIE!" + +HOW A POOR, UNTAUGHT FARMER'S BOY BECAME AN ARTIST + + +"I will paint or die!" So stoutly resolved a poor, friendless boy, on a +far-away Ohio farm, amid surroundings calculated to quench rather than +to foster ambition. He knew not how his object was to be accomplished, +for genius is never fettered by details. He only knew that he would be +an artist. That settled it. He had never seen a work of art, or read or +heard anything on the subject. It was his soul's voice alone that +spoke, and "the soul's emphasis is always right." + +Left an orphan at the age of eleven, the boy agreed to work on his +uncle's farm for a term of five years for the munificent sum of ten +dollars per annum, the total amount of which he was to receive at the +end of the five years. The little fellow struggled bravely along with +the laborious farm work, never for a moment losing sight of his ideal, +and profiting as he could by the few months' schooling snatched from +the duties of the farm during the winter. + +Toward the close of his five years' service a great event happened. +There came to the neighborhood an artist from Washington,--Mr. Uhl, +whom he overheard by chance speaking on the subject of art. His words +transformed the dream in the youth's soul to a living purpose, and it +was then he resolved that he would "paint or die," and that he would go +to Washington and study under Mr. Uhl. + +On his release from the farm he started for Washington, with a coarse +outfit packed away in a shabby little trunk, and a few dollars in his +pocket. With the trustfulness of extreme youth, and in ignorance of a +great world, he expected to get work that would enable him to live, +and, at the same time, find leisure for the pursuit of his real life +work. He immediately sought Mr. Uhl, who, with great generosity, +offered to teach him without charge. + +Then began the weary search for work in a large city already +overcrowded with applicants. In his earnestness and eagerness the youth +went from house to house asking for any kind of work "that would enable +him to study art." But it was all in vain, and to save himself from +starvation he was at length forced to accept the position of a day +laborer, crushing stones for street paving. Yet he hoped to study +painting when his day's work was done! + +Mr. Uhl was at this time engaged in painting the portraits of Mrs. +Frances Hodgson Burnett's sons. In the course of conversation with Mrs. +Burnett, he spoke of the heroic struggle the youth was making. The +author's heart was touched by the pathetic story. She at once wrote a +check for one hundred dollars, and handed it to Mr. Uhl, for his +protege. With that rare delicacy of feeling which marks all beautiful +souls, Mrs. Burnett did not wish to embarrass the struggler by the +necessity of thanking her. "Do not let him even write to me," she said +to Mr. Uhl. "Simply say to him that I shall sail for Europe in a few +days, and this is to give him a chance to work at the thing he cares +for so much. It will at least give him a start." + +In the throbbing life of the crowded city one heart beat high with hope +and happiness that night. A youth lay awake until morning, too +bewildered with gratitude and amazement to comprehend the meaning of +the good fortune which had come to him. Who could his benefactor be? + +Three years later, at the annual exhibition of Washington artists, Mrs. +Burnett stood before a remarkably vivid portrait. Addressing the artist +in charge of the exhibition, she said: "That seems to me very strong. +It looks as if it must be a realistic likeness. Who did it?" + +"I am so glad you like it. It was painted by your protege, Mrs. +Burnett." + +"My protege! My protege! Whom do you mean?" + +"Why, the young man you saved from despair three years ago. Don't you +remember young W----?" + +"W----?" queried Mrs. Burnett. + +"The young man whose story Mr. Uhl told you." + +Mrs. Burnett then inquired if the portrait was for sale. When informed +that the picture was an order and not for sale, she asked if there was +anything else of Mr. W----'s on exhibition. She was conducted to a +striking picture of a turbaned head, which was pointed out as another +of Mr. W----'s works. + +"How much does he ask for it?" + +"A hundred and fifty dollars." + +"Put 'sold' upon it, and when Mr. W---- comes, tell him his friend has +bought his picture," said Mrs. Burnett. + +On her return home Mrs. Burnett made out a check, which she inclosed in +a letter to the young painter. It was mailed simultaneously with a +letter from her protege, who had but just heard of her return from +Europe, in which he begged her to accept, as a slight expression of his +gratitude, the picture she had just purchased. The turbaned head now +adorns the hall of Mrs. Burnett's house in Washington. + +"I do not understand it even to-day," declares Mr. W----. "I knew +nothing of Mrs. Burnett, nor she of me. Why did she do it? I only know +that that hundred dollars was worth more to me then than fifty thousand +in gold would be now. I lived upon it a whole year, and it put me on my +feet." + +Mr. W---- is a successful artist, now favorably known in his own +country and in England for the strength and promise of his work. + + + + +THE CALL THAT SPEAKS IN THE BLOOD + + +Nature took the measure of little Tommy Edwards for a round hole, but +his parents, teachers, and all with whom his childhood was cast, got it +into their heads that Tommy was certainly intended for a square hole. +So, with the best intentions in the world,--but oh, such woeful +ignorance!--they tortured the poor little fellow and crippled him for +life by trying to fit him to their pattern instead of that designed for +him by the all-wise Mother. + +Mother Nature called to Tommy to go into the woods and fields, to wade +through the brooks, and make friends with all the living things she had +placed there,--tadpoles, beetles, frogs, crabs, mice, rats, spiders, +bugs,--everything that had life. Willingly, lovingly did the little lad +obey, but only to be whipped and scolded by good Mother Edwards when he +let loose in her kitchen the precious treasures which he had collected +in his rambles. + +It was provoking to have rats, mice, toads, bugs, and all sorts of +creepy things sent sprawling over one's clean kitchen floor. But the +pity of it was that Mrs. Edwards did not understand her boy, and +thought the only cure for what she deemed his mischievous propensity as +whipping. So Tommy was whipped and scolded, and scolded and whipped, +which, however, did not in the least abate his love for Nature. + +Driven to desperation, his mother bethought her of a plan. She would +make the boy prisoner and see if this would tame him. With a stout rope +she tied him by the leg to a table, and shut him in a room alone. But +no sooner was the door closed than he dragged himself and the table to +the fireplace, and, at the risk of setting himself and the house on +fire, burned the rope which bound him, and made his escape into the +woods to collect new specimens. + +And yet his parents did not understand. It was time, however, to send +him to school. They would see what the schoolmaster would do for him. +But the schoolmaster was as blind as the parents, and Tommy's doom was +sealed, when one morning, while the school was at prayers, a jackdaw +poked its head out of his pocket and began to caw. + +His next teacher misunderstood, whipped, and bore with him until one +day nearly every boy in the school found a horse-leech wriggling up his +leg, trying to suck his blood. This ended his second school experience. + +He was given a third trial, but with no better results than before. +Things went on in the usual way until a centipede was discovered in +another boy's desk. Although in this case Tommy was innocent of any +knowledge of the intruder, he was found guilty, whipped, and sent home +with the message, "Go and tell your father to get you on board a +man-of-war, as that is the best school for irreclaimables such as you." + +His school life thus ended, he was apprenticed to a shoemaker, and +thenceforth made his living at the bench. But every spare moment was +given to the work which was meat and drink, life itself, to him. + +In his manhood, to enable him to classify the minute and copious +knowledge of birds, beasts, and insects which he had been gathering +since childhood, with great labor and patience he learned how to read +and write. Later, realizing how his lack of education hampered him, he +endeavored to secure the means to enable him to study to better +advantage, and sold for twenty pounds sterling a very large number of +valuable specimens. He tried to get employment as a naturalist, and, +but for his poor reading and writing, would have succeeded. + +Poor little Scotch laddie! Had his parents or teachers understood him, +he might have been as great a naturalist as Agassiz, and his life +instead of being dwarfed and crippled, would have been a joy to himself +and an incalculable benefit to the world. + + + + +WASHINGTON'S YOUTHFUL HEROISM + + "No great deed is done + By falterers who ask for certainty." + + +"God will give you a reward," solemnly spoke the grateful mother, as +she received from the arms of the brave youth the child he had risked +his life to save. As if her lips were touched with the spirit of +prophecy, she continued, "He will do great things for you in return for +this day's work, and the blessings of thousands besides mine will +attend you." + +The ear of George Washington was ever open to the cry of distress; his +sympathy and aid were ever at the service of those who needed them. One +calm, sunny day, in the spring of 1750, he was dining with other +surveyors in a forest in Virginia. Suddenly the stillness of the forest +was startled by the piercing shriek of a woman. Washington instantly +sprang to his feet and hurried to the woman's assistance. + +"My boy, my boy,--oh, my poor boy is drowning, and they will not let me +go," screamed the frantic mother, as she tried to escape from the +detaining hands which withheld her from jumping into the rapids. "Oh, +sir!" she implored, as she caught sight of the manly youth of eighteen, +whose presence even then inspired confidence; "Oh, sir, you will surely +do something for me!" + +For an instant Washington measured the rocks and the whirling currents +with a comprehensive look, and then, throwing off his coat, plunged +into the roaring rapids where he had caught a glimpse of the drowning +boy. With stout heart and steady hand he struggled against the seething +mass of waters which threatened every moment to engulf or dash him to +pieces against the sharp-pointed rocks which lay concealed beneath. + +Three times he had almost succeeded in grasping the child's dress, when +the force of the current drove him back. Then he gathered himself +together for one last effort. Just as the child was about to escape him +forever and be shot over the falls into the whirlpool below, he +clutched him. The spectators on the bank cried out in horror. They gave +both up for lost. But Washington seemed to lead a charmed life, and the +cry of horror was changed to one of joy when, still holding the child, +he emerged lower down from the vortex of waters. + +Striking out for a low place in the bank, within a few minutes he +reached the shore with his burden. Then amid the acclamations of those +who had witnessed his heroism, and the blessings of the overjoyed +mother, Washington placed the unconscious, but still living, child in +her arms. + + + + +A COW HIS CAPITAL + + +A cow! Now, of all things in the world; of what use was a cow to an +ambitious boy who wanted to go to college? Yet a cow, and nothing more, +was the capital, the entire stock in trade, of an aspiring farmer boy +who felt within him a call to another kind of life than that his father +led. + +This youth, who was yet in his teens, next to his father and mother, +loved a book better than anything else in the world, and his great +ambition was to go to college, to become a "scholar." Whether he +followed the plow, or tossed hay under a burning July sun, or chopped +wood, while his blood tingled from the combined effects of exercise and +the keen December wind, his thoughts were ever fixed on the problem, +"How can I go to college?" + +His parents were poor, and, while they could give him a comfortable +support as long as he worked on the farm with them, they could not +afford to send him to college. But if they could not give him any +material aid, they gave him all their sympathy, which kept the fire of +his resolution burning at white heat. + +There is some subtle communication between the mind and the spiritual +forces of achievement which renders it impossible for one to think for +any great length of time on a tangled problem, without a method for its +untanglement being suggested. So, one evening, while driving the cows +home to be milked, the thought flashed across the brain of the would-be +student: "If I can't have anything else for capital, why can't I have a +cow? I could do something with it, I am sure, and to college I MUST go, +come what will." Courage is more than half the battle. Decision and +Energy are its captains, and, when these three are united, victory is +sure. The problem of going to college was already more than half solved. + +Our youthful farmer did not let his thought grow cold. Hurrying at once +to his father, he said, "If you will give me a cow, I shall feel free, +with your permission, to go forth and see what I can do for myself in +the world." The father, agreeing to the proposition, which seemed to +him a practical one, replied heartily, "My son, you shall have the best +milch cow I own." + +Followed by the prayers and blessings of his parents, the youth started +from home, driving his cow before him, his destination being a certain +academy between seventy-five and one hundred miles distant. + +Very soon he experienced the truth of the old adage that "Heaven helps +those who help themselves." At the end of his first day's journey, when +he sought a night's lodging for himself and accommodation for his cow +in return for her milk, he met with unexpected kindness. The good +people to whom he applied not only refused to take anything from him, +but gave him bread to eat with his milk, and his cow a comfortable barn +to lie in, with all the hay she could eat. + +During the entire length of his journey, he met with equal kindness and +consideration at the hands of all those with whom he came in contact; +and, when he reached the academy, the principal and his wife were so +pleased with his frank, modest, yet self-confident bearing, that they +at once adopted himself and his cow into the family. He worked for his +board, and the cow ungrudgingly gave her milk for the general good. + +In due time the youth was graduated with honors from the academy. He +was then ready to enter college, but had no money. The kind-hearted +principal of the academy and his wife again came to his aid and helped +him out of the difficulty by purchasing his cow. The money thus +obtained enabled him to take the next step forward. He bade his good +friends farewell, and the same year entered college. For four years he +worked steadily with hand and brain. In spite of the hard work they +were happy years, and at their close the persevering student had won, +in addition to his classical degree, many new friends and well-wishers. +His next step was to take a theological course in another institution. +When he had finished the course, he was called to be principal of the +academy to which honest ambition first led him with his cow. + +Years afterward a learned professor of Hebrew, and the author of a +scholarly "Commentary," cheered and encouraged many a struggling youth +by relating the story of his own experiences from the time when he, a +simple rustic, had started for college with naught but a cow as capital. + +This story was first related to the writer by the late Frances E. +Willard, who vouched for its truth. + + + + +THE BOY WHO SAID "I MUST" + + +Farther back than the memory of the grandfathers and grandmothers of +some of my young readers can go, there lived in a historic town in +Massachusetts a brave little lad who loved books and study more than +toys or games, or play of any kind. The dearest wish of his heart was +to be able to go to school every day, like more fortunate boys and +girls, so that, when he should grow up to be a man, he might be well +educated and fitted to do some grand work in the world. But his help +was needed at home, and, young as he was, he began then to learn the +lessons of unselfishness and duty. It was hard, wasn't it, for a little +fellow only eight years old to have to leave off going to school and +settle down to work on a farm? Many young folks at his age think they +are very badly treated if they are not permitted to have some toy or +story book, or other thing on which they have set their hearts; and +older boys and girls, too, are apt to pout and frown if their whims are +not gratified. But Theodore's parents were very poor, and could not +even indulge his longing to go to school. + +Did he give up his dreams of being a great man? Not a bit of it. He did +not even cry or utter a complaint, but manfully resolved that he would +do everything he could "to help father," and then, "when winter comes," +he thought, "I shall be able to go to school again." Bravely the little +fellow toiled through the beautiful springtide, though his wistful +glances were often turned in the direction of the schoolhouse. But he +resolutely bent to his work and renewed his resolve that he would be +educated. As spring deepened into summer, the work on the farm grew +harder and harder, but Theodore rejoiced that the flight of each season +brought winter nearer. + +At length autumn had vanished; the fruits of the spring and summer's +toil had been gathered; the boy was free to go to his beloved studies +again. And oh, how he reveled in the few books at his command in the +village school! How eagerly he trudged across the fields, morning after +morning, to the schoolhouse, where he always held first place in his +class! Blustering winds and fierce snowstorms had no terrors for the +ardent student. His only sorrow was that winter was all too short, and +the days freighted with the happiness of regular study slipped all too +quickly by. But the kind-hearted schoolmaster lent him books, so that, +when spring came round again, and the boy had to go back to work, he +could pore over them in his odd moments of relaxation. As he patiently +plodded along, guiding the plow over the rough earth, he recited the +lessons he had learned during the brief winter season, and after +dinner, while the others rested awhile from their labors, Theodore +eagerly turned the pages of one of his borrowed books, from which he +drank in deep draughts of delight and knowledge. Early in the summer +mornings, before the regular work began, and late in the evening, when +the day's tasks had all been done, he read and re-read his treasured +volumes until he knew them from cover to cover. + +Then he was confronted with a difficulty. He had begun to study Latin, +but found it impossible to get along without a dictionary. "What shall +I do?" he thought; "there is no one from whom I can borrow a Latin +dictionary, and I cannot ask father to buy me one, because he cannot +afford it. But I MUST have it." That "must" settled the question. Three +quarters of a century ago, book stores were few and books very costly. +Boys and girls who have free access to libraries and reading rooms, and +can buy the best works of great authors, sometimes for a few cents, can +hardly imagine the difficulties which beset the little farmer boy in +trying to get the book he wanted. + +Did he get the dictionary? Oh, yes. You remember he had said, "I must." +After thinking and thinking how he could get the money to buy it, a +bright idea flashed across his mind. The bushes in the fields about the +farm seemed waiting for some one to pick the ripe whortle-berries. +"Why," thought he, "can't I gather and sell enough to buy my +dictionary?" The next morning, before any one else in the farmhouse was +astir, Theodore was moving rapidly through the bushes, picking, +picking, picking, with unwearied fingers, the shining berries, every +one of which was of greater value in his eyes than a penny would be to +some of you. + +At last, after picking and selling several bushels of ripe berries, he +had enough money to buy the coveted dictionary. Oh, what a joy it was +to possess a book that had been purchased with his own money! How it +thrilled the boy and quickened his ambition to renewed efforts! "Well +done, my boy! But, Theodore, I cannot afford to keep you there." + +"Well, father," replied the youth, "but I am not going to study there; +I shall study at home at odd times, and thus prepare myself for a final +examination, which will give me a diploma." + +Theodore had just returned from Boston, and was telling his delighted +father how he had spent the holiday which he had asked for in the +morning. Starting out early from the farm, so as to reach Boston before +the intense heat of the August day had set in, he cheerfully tramped +the ten miles that lay between his home in Lexington and Harvard +College, where he presented himself as a candidate for admission; and +when the examinations were over, Theodore had the joy of hearing his +name announced in the list of successful students. The youth had +reached the goal which the boy of eight had dimly seen. And now, if you +would learn how he worked and taught in a country school in order to +earn the money to spend two years in college, and how the young man +became one of the most eminent preachers in America, you must read a +complete biography of Theodore Parker, the hero of this little story. + + + + +THE HIDDEN TREASURE + + +Long, long ago, in the shadowy past, Ali Hafed dwelt on the shores of +the River Indus, in the ancient land of the Hindus. His beautiful +cottage, set in the midst of fruit and flower gardens, looked from the +mountain side on which it stood over the broad expanse of the noble +river. Rich meadows, waving fields of grain, and the herds and flocks +contentedly grazing on the pasture lands, testified to the thrift and +prosperity of Ali Hafed. The love of a beautiful wife and a large +family of light-hearted boys and girls made his home an earthly +paradise. Healthy, wealthy, contented, rich in love and friendship, his +cup of happiness seemed full to overflowing. + +Happy and contented, as we have seen, was the good Ali Hafed, when one +evening a learned priest of Buddha, journeying along the banks of the +Indus, stopped for rest and refreshment at his home, where all +wayfarers were hospitably welcomed and treated as honored guests. + +After the evening meal, the farmer and his family, with the priest in +their midst, gathered around the fireside, the chilly mountain air of +the late autumn making a fire desirable. The disciple of Buddha +entertained his kind hosts with various legends and myths, and last of +all with the story of the creation. + +He told his wondering listeners how in the beginning the solid earth on +which they lived was not solid at all, but a mere bank of fog. "The +Great Spirit," said he, "thrust his finger into the bank of fog and +began slowly describing a circle in its midst, increasing the speed +gradually until the fog went whirling round his finger so rapidly that +it was transformed into a glowing ball of fire. Then the Creative +Spirit hurled the fiery ball from his hand, and it shot through the +universe, burning its way through other banks of fog and condensing +them into rain, which fell in great floods, cooling the surface of the +immense ball. Flames then bursting from the interior through the cooled +outer crust, threw up the hills and mountain ranges, and made the +beautiful fertile valleys. In the flood of rain that followed this +fiery upheaval, the substance that cooled very quickly formed granite, +that which cooled less rapidly became copper, the next in degree cooled +down into silver, and the last became gold. But the most beautiful +substance of all, the diamond, was formed by the first beams of +sunlight condensed on the earth's surface. + +"A drop of sunlight the size of my thumb," said the priest, holding up +his hand, "is worth more than mines of gold. With one such drop," he +continued, turning to Ali Hafed, "you could buy many farms like yours; +with a handful you could buy a province, and with a mine of diamonds +you could purchase a whole kingdom." + +The company parted for the night, and Ali Hafed went to bed, but not to +sleep. All night long he tossed restlessly from side to side, thinking, +planning, scheming how he could secure some diamonds. The demon of +discontent had entered his soul, and the blessings and advantages which +he possessed in such abundance seemed as by some malicious magic to +have utterly vanished. Although his wife and children loved him as +before; although his farm, his orchards, his flocks, and herds were as +real and prosperous as they had ever been, yet the last words of the +priest, which kept ringing in his ears, turned his content into vague +longings and blinded him to all that had hitherto made him happy. + +Before dawn next morning the farmer, full of his purpose, was astir. +Rousing the priest, he eagerly inquired if he could direct him to a +mine of diamonds. + +"A mine of diamonds!" echoed the astonished priest. "What do you, who +already have so much to be grateful for, want with diamonds?" + +"I wish to be rich and place my children on thrones." + +"All you have to do, then," said the Buddhist, "is to go and search +until you find them." + +"But where shall I go?" questioned the infatuated man. + +"Go anywhere," was the vague reply; "north, south, east, or +west,--anywhere." + +"But how shall I know the place?" asked the farmer. + +"When you find a river running over white sands between high mountain +ranges, in these white sands you will find diamonds. There are many +such rivers and many mines of diamonds waiting to be discovered. All +you have to do is to start out and go somewhere--" and he waved his +hand--"away, away!" + +Ali Hafed's mind was full made up. "I will no longer," he thought, +"remain on a wretched farm, toiling day in and day out for a mere +subsistence, when acres of diamonds--untold wealth--may be had by him +who is bold enough to seek them." + +He sold his farm for less than half its value. Then, after putting his +young family under the care of a neighbor, he set out on his quest. + +With high hopes and the coveted diamond mines beckoning in the far +distance, Ali Hafed began his wanderings. During the first few weeks +his spirits did not flag, nor did his feet grow weary. On, and on, he +tramped until he came to the Mountains of the Moon, beyond the bounds +of Arabia. Weeks stretched into months, and the wanderer often looked +regretfully in the direction of his once happy home. Still no gleam of +waters glinting over white sands greeted his eyes. But on he went, into +Egypt, through Palestine, and other eastern lands, always looking for +the treasure he still hoped to find. At last, after years of fruitless +search, during which he had wandered north and south, east and west, +hope left him. All his money was spent. He was starving and almost +naked, and the diamonds--which had lured him away from all that made +life dear--where were they? Poor Ali Hafed never knew. He died by the +wayside, never dreaming that the wealth for which he had sacrificed +happiness and life might have been his had he remained at home. + +"Here is a diamond! here is a diamond! Has Ali Hafed returned?" shouted +an excited voice. + +The speaker, no other than our old acquaintance, the Buddhist priest, +was standing in the same room where years before he had told poor Ali +Hafed how the world was made, and where diamonds were to be found. + +"No, Ali Hafed has not returned," quietly answered his successor. +"Neither is that which you hold in your hand a diamond; it is but a +pretty black pebble I picked up in my garden." + +"I tell you," said the priest, excitedly, "this is a genuine diamond. I +know one when I see it. Tell me how and where you found it?" + +"One day," replied the farmer, slowly, "having led my camel into the +garden to drink, I noticed, as he put his nose into the water, a +sparkle of light coming from the white sand at the bottom of the clear +stream. Stooping down, I picked up the black pebble you now hold, +guided to it by that crystal eye in the center from which the light +flashes so brilliantly." + +"Why, thou simple one," cried the priest, "this is no common stone, but +a gem of the purest water. Come, show me where thou didst find it." + +Together they flew to the spot where the farmer had found the "pebble," +and, turning over the white sands with eager fingers, they found, to +their great delight, other stones even more valuable and beautiful than +the first. Then they extended their search, and, so the Oriental story +goes, "every shovelful of the old farm, as acre after acre was sifted +over, revealed gems with which to decorate the crowns of emperors and +moguls." + + + + +LOVE TAMED THE LION + + I would not enter on my list of friends, + (Though graced with polished manners and fine sense, + Yet wanting sensibility), the man + Who needlessly sets foot upon a worm. + COWPER. + + +"Nero!" Crushed, baffled, blinded, and, like Samson, shorn of his +strength, prostrate in his cage lay the great tawny monarch of the +forest. Heedless of the curious crowds passing to and fro, he seemed +deaf as well as blind to everything going on around him. Perhaps he was +dreaming of the jungle. Perhaps he was longing to roam the wilds once +more in his native strength. Perhaps memories of a happy past even in +captivity stirred him. Perhaps--But what is this? What change has come +o'er the spirit of his dreams? No one has touched him. Apparently, +nothing has happened to arouse him. Only a woman's voice, soft, +caressing, full of love, has uttered the name, "Nero." But there was +magic in the sound. In an instant the huge animal was on his feet. +Quivering with emotion, he rushed to the side of the cage from whence +the voice proceeded, and threw himself against the bars with such +violence that he fell back half stunned. As he fell he uttered the +peculiar note of welcome with which, in happier days, he was wont to +greet his loved and long-lost mistress. + +Touched with the devotion of her dumb friend, Rosa Bonheur--for it was +she who had spoken--released from bondage the faithful animal whom, +years before, she had bought from a keeper who declared him untamable. + +"In order to secure the affections of wild animals," said the +great-hearted painter, "you must love them," and by love she had +subdued the ferocious beast whom even the lion-tamers had given up as +hopeless. + +When about to travel for two years, it being impossible to take her pet +with her, Mademoiselle Bonheur sold him to the Jardin des Plantes in +Paris, where she found him on her return, totally blind, owing, it is +said, to the ill treatment of the attendant. + +Grieved beyond measure at the condition of poor Nero, she had him +removed to her chateau, where everything was done for his comfort that +love could suggest. Often in her leisure moments, when she had laid +aside her painting garb, the artist would have him taken to her studio, +where she would play with and fondle the enormous creature as if he +were a kitten. And there, at last, he died happily, his great paws +clinging fondly to the mistress who loved him so well, his sightless +eyes turned upon her to the end, as if beseeching that she would not +again leave him. + + + + +"THERE IS ROOM ENOUGH AT THE TOP" + + +These words ere uttered many years ago by a youth who had no other +means by which to reach the top than work and will. They have since +become the watchword of every poor boy whose ambition is backed by +energy and a determination to make the most possible of himself. + +The occasion on which Daniel Webster first said "There is room enough +at the top," marked the turning point in his life. Had he not been +animated at that time by an ambition to make the most of his talents, +he might have remained forever in obscurity. + +His father and other friends had secured for him the position of Clerk +of the Court of Common Pleas, of Hillsborough County, New Hampshire. +Daniel was studying law in the office of Mr. Christopher Gore, a +distinguished Boston lawyer, and was about ready for his admission to +the bar. The position offered him was worth fifteen hundred dollars a +year. This seemed a fortune to the struggling student. He lay awake the +whole night following the day on which he had heard the good news, +planning what he would do for his father and mother, his brother +Ezekiel, and his sisters. Next morning he hurried to the office to tell +Mr. Gore of his good fortune. + +"Well, my young friend," said the lawyer, when Daniel had told his +story, "the gentlemen have been very kind to you; I am glad of it. You +must thank them for it. You will write immediately, of course." + +Webster explained that, since he must go to New Hampshire immediately, +it would hardly be worth while to write. He could thank his good +friends in person. + +"Why," said Mr. Gore in great astonishment, "you don't mean to accept +it, surely!" + +The youth's high spirits were damped at once by his senior's manner. +"The bare idea of not accepting it," he says, "so astounded me that I +should have been glad to have found any hole to have hid myself in." + +"Well," said Mr. Gore, seeing the disappointment his words had caused, +"you must decide for yourself; but come, sit down and let us talk it +over. The office is worth fifteen hundred a year, you say. Well, it +never will be any more. Ten to one, if they find out it is so much, the +fees will be reduced. You are appointed now by friends; others may fill +their places who are of different opinions, and who have friends of +their own to provide for. You will lose your place; or, supposing you +to retain it, what are you but a clerk for life? And your prospects as +a lawyer are good enough to encourage you to go on. Go on, and finish +your studies; you are poor enough, but there are greater evils than +poverty; live on no man's favor; what bread you do eat, let it be the +bread of independence; pursue your profession, make yourself useful to +your friends and a little formidable to your enemies, and you have +nothing to fear." + +How fortunate Webster as to have at this point in his career so wise +and far-seeing a friend! His father, who had made many sacrifices to +educate his boys, saw in the proffered clerkship a great opening for +his favorite, Daniel. He never dreamed of the future that was to make +him one of America's greatest orators and statesmen. At first he could +not believe that the position which he had worked so hard to obtain was +to be rejected. + +"Daniel, Daniel," he said sorrowfully, "don't you mean to take that +office?" + +"No, indeed, father," was the reply, "I hope I can do much better than +that. I mean to use my tongue in the courts, not my pen; to be an +actor, not a register of other men's acts. I hope yet, sir, to astonish +your honor in your own court by my professional attainments." + +Judge Webster made no attempt to conceal his disappointment. He even +tried to discourage his son by reminding him that there were already +more lawyers than the country needed. + +It was in answer to this objection that Daniel used the famous and +oft-quoted words,--"There is room enough at the top." + +"Well, my son," said the fond but doubting father, "your mother has +always said you would come to something or nothing. She was not sure +which; I think you are now about settling that doubt for her." + +It was very painful to Daniel to disappoint his father, but his purpose +was fixed, and nothing now could change it. He knew he had turned his +face in the right direction, and though when he commenced to practice +law he earned only about five or six hundred dollars a year, he never +regretted the decision he had made. He aimed high, and he had his +reward. + +It is true now and forever, as Lowell says, that-- + + "Not failure, but low aim, is crime." + + + + +THE UPLIFT OF A SLAVE BOY'S IDEAL + +Invincible determination, and a right nature, are the levers that move +the world.--PORTER. + + +Born a slave, with the feelings and possibilities of a man, but with no +rights above the beast of the field, Fred Douglass gave the world one +of the most notable examples of man's power over circumstances. + +He had no knowledge of his father, whom he had never seen. He had only +a dim recollection of his mother, from whom he had been separated at +birth. The poor slave mother used to walk twelve miles when her day's +work was done, in order to get an occasional glimpse of her child. Then +she had to walk back to the plantation on which she labored, so as to +be in time to begin to work at dawn next morning. + +Under the brutal discipline of the "Aunt Katy" who had charge of the +slaves who were still too young to labor in the fields, he early began +to realize the hardships of his lot, and to rebel against the state of +bondage into which he had been born. + +Often hungry, and clothed in hottest summer and coldest winter alike, +in a coarse tow linen shirt, scarcely reaching to the knees, without a +bed to lie on or a blanket to cover him, his only protection, no matter +how cold the night, was an old corn bag, into which he thrust himself, +leaving his feet exposed at one end, and his head at the other. + +When about seven years old, he was transferred to new owners in +Baltimore, where his kind-hearted mistress, who did not know that in +doing so she was breaking the law, taught him the alphabet. He thus got +possession of the key which was to unlock his bonds, and, young as he +was, he knew it. It did not matter that his master, when he learned +what had been done, forbade his wife to give the boy further +instructions. He had already tasted of the fruit of the tree of +knowledge. The prohibition was useless. Neither threats nor stripes nor +chains could hold the awakened soul in bondage. + +With infinite pains and patience, and by stealth, he enlarged upon his +knowledge of the alphabet. An old copy of "Webster's Spelling Book," +cast aside by his young master, as his greatest treasure. With the aid +of a few good-natured white boys, who sometimes played with him in the +streets, he quickly mastered its contents. Then he cast about for +further means to satisfy his mental craving. How difficult it was for +the poor, despised slave to do this, we learn from his own pathetic +words. "I have gathered," he says, "scattered pages of the Bible from +the filthy street gutters, and washed and dried them, that, in moments +of leisure, I might get a word or two of wisdom from them." + +Think of that, boys and girls of the twentieth century, with your day +schools and evening schools, libraries, colleges, and +universities,--picking reading material from the gutter and mastering +it by stealth! Yet this boy grew up to be the friend and co-worker of +Garrison and Phillips, the eloquent spokesman of his race, the honored +guest of distinguished peers and commoners of England, one of the +noblest examples of a self-made man that the world has ever seen. + +Under equal hardships he learned to write. The boy's wits, sharpened +instead of blunted by repression, saw opportunities where more favored +children could see none. He gave himself his first writing lesson in +his master's shipyard, by copying from the various pieces of timber the +letters with which they had been marked by the carpenters, to show the +different parts of the ship for which they were intended. He copied +from posters on fences, from old copy books, from anything and +everything he could get hold of. He practiced his new art on pavements +and rails, and entered into contests in letter making with white boys, +in order to add to his knowledge. "With playmates for my teachers," he +says, "fences and pavements for my copy books, and chalk for my pen and +ink, I learned to write." + +While being "broken in" to field labor under the lash of the overseer, +chained and imprisoned for the crime of attempting to escape from +slavery, the spirit of the youth never quailed. He believed in himself, +in his God-given powers, and he was determined to use them in freeing +himself and his race. + +How well he succeeded in the stupendous task to which he set himself +while yet groping in the black night of bondage, with no human power +outside of his own indomitable will to help him, his life work attests +in language more enduring than "storied urn" or written history. A roll +call of the world's great moral heroes would be incomplete without the +name of the slave-born Douglass, who came on the stage of life to play +the leading role of the Moses of his race in one of the saddest and, at +the same time, most glorious eras of American history. + +He was born in Talbot County, Maryland. The exact date of his birth is +not known; but he himself thought it was in February, 1817. He died in +Washington, D.C., February 20, 1895. + + + + +"TO THE FIRST ROBIN" + + +The air was keen and biting, and traces of snow still lingered on the +ground and sparkled on the tree tops in the morning sun. But the happy, +rosy-cheeked children, lately freed from the restraints of city life, +who played in the old garden in Concord, Massachusetts, that bright +spring morning many years ago, heeded not the biting wind or the +lingering snow. As they raced up and down the paths, in and out among +the trees, their cheeks took on a deeper glow, their eyes a brighter +sparkle, while their shouts of merry laughter made the morning glad. + +But stay, what is this? What has happened to check the laughter on +their lips, and dim their bright eyes with tears? The little group, +headed by Louisa, has suddenly come to a pause under a tree, where a +wee robin, half dead with hunger and cold, has fallen from its perch. + +"Poor, poor birdie!" exclaimed a chorus of pitying voices. "It is dead, +poor little thing," said Anna. "No," said Louisa, the leader of the +children in fun and works of mercy alike; "it is warm, and I can feel +its heart beat." As she spoke, she gathered the tiny bundle of feathers +to her bosom, and, heading the little procession, turned toward the +house. + +A warm nest was made for the foundling, and, with motherly care, the +little Louisa May Alcott, then only eight years old, fed and nursed +back to life the half-famished bird. + +Before the feathered claimant on her mercy flew away to freedom, the +future authoress, the "children's friend," who loved and pitied all +helpless things, wrote her first poem, and called it "To the First +Robin." It contained only these two stanzas:-- + + "Welcome, welcome, little stranger, + Fear no harm, and fear no danger, + We are glad to see you here, + For you sing, 'Sweet spring is near.' + + "Now the white snow melts away, + Now the flowers blossom gay, + Come, dear bird, and build your nest, + For we love our robin best." + + + + +THE "WIZARD" AS AN EDITOR + + +Although he had only a few months' regular schooling, at ten Thomas +Alva Edison had read and thought more than many youths of twenty. +Gibbon's "Rome," Hume's "England," Sears's "History of the World," +besides several books on chemistry,--a subject in which he was even +then deeply interested,--were familiar friends. Yet he was not, by any +means, a serious bookworm. On the contrary, he was as full of fun and +mischief as any healthy boy of his age. + +The little fellow's sunny face and pleasing manners made him a general +favorite, and when circumstances forced him from the parent nest into +the big bustling world at the age of twelve, he became the most popular +train boy on the Grand Trunk Railroad in central Michigan, while his +keen powers of observation and practical turn of mind made him the most +successful. His ambition soared far beyond the selling of papers, song +books, apples, and peanuts, and his business ability was such that he +soon had three or four boys selling his wares on commission. + +His interest in chemistry, however, had not abated, and his busy brain +now urged him to try new fields. He exchanged some of his papers for +retorts and other simple apparatus, bought a copy of Fiesenius's +"Qualitative Analysis," and secured the use of an old baggage car as a +laboratory. Here, surrounded by chemicals and experimenting apparatus, +he spent some of the happiest hours of his life. + +But even this was not a sufficient outlet for the energies of the +budding inventor. Selling papers had naturally aroused his interest in +printing and editing, and with Edison interest always manifested itself +in action. In buying papers, he had, as usual, made use of his eyes, +and, with the little knowledge of printing picked up in this way, he +determined to start a printing press and edit a paper of his own. + +He first purchased a quantity of old type from the Detroit Free Press. +Then he put a printing press in the baggage car, which did duty as +printing and editorial office as well as laboratory, and began his +editorial labors. When the first copy of the Grand Trunk Herald was put +on sale, it would be hard to find a happier boy than its owner was. + +No matter that the youthful editor's "Associated Press" consisted of +baggage men and brakemen, or that the literary matter contributed to +the Grand Trunk Herald was chiefly railway gossip, with some general +information of interest to passengers, the little three-cent sheet +became very popular. Even the great London Times deigned to notice it, +as the only journal in the world printed on a railway train. + +But, successful as he was in his editorial venture, Edison's best love +was given to chemistry and electricity, which latter subject he had +begun to study with his usual ardor. And well it was for the world when +the youth of sixteen gave up train and newspaper work, that no poverty, +no difficulties, no ridicule, no "hard luck," none of the trials and +obstacles he had to encounter in after life, had power to chill or +discourage the genius of the master inventor of the nineteenth century. + + + + +HOW GOOD FORTUNE CAME TO PIERRE + + +Many years ago, in a shabby room in one of the poorest streets of +London, a little golden-haired boy sat singing, in his sweet, childish +voice, by the bedside of his sick mother. Though faint from hunger and +oppressed with loneliness, he manfully forced back the tears that kept +welling up into his blue eyes, and, for his mother's sake, tried to +look bright and cheerful. But it was hard to be brave and strong while +his dear mother was suffering for lack of the delicacies which he +longed to provide for her, but could not. He had not tasted food all +day himself. How he could drive away the gaunt, hungry wolf, Famine, +that had come to take up its abode with them, was the thought that +haunted him as he tried to sing a little song he himself had composed. +He left his place by the invalid, who, lulled by his singing, had +fallen into a light sleep. As he looked listlessly out of the window, +he noticed a man putting up a large poster, which bore, in staring +yellow letters, the announcement that Madame M----, one of the greatest +singers that ever lived, was to sing in public that night. + +"Oh, if I could only go!" thought little Pierre, his love of music for +the moment making him forgetful of aught else. Suddenly his face +brightened, and the light of a great resolve shone in his eyes. "I will +try it," he said to himself; and, running lightly to a little stand +that stood at the opposite end of the room, with trembling hands he +took from a tiny box a roll of paper. With a wistful, loving glance at +the sleeper, he stole from the room and hurried out into the street. + +"Who did you say is waiting for me?" asked Madame M---- of her servant; +"I am already worn out with company." + +"It is only a very pretty little boy with yellow curls, who said that +if he can just see you, he is sure you will not be sorry, and he will +not keep you a moment." + +"Oh, well, let him come," said the great singer, with a kindly smile, +"I can never refuse children." + +Timidly the child entered the luxurious apartment, and, bowing before +the beautiful, stately woman, he began rapidly, lest his courage should +fail him: "I came to see you because my mother is very sick, and we are +too poor to get food and medicine. I thought, perhaps, that if you +would sing my little song at some of your grand concerts, maybe some +publisher would buy it for a small sum, and so I could get food and +medicine for my mother." + +Taking the little roll of paper which the boy held in his hand, the +warm-hearted singer lightly hummed the air. Then, turning toward him, +she asked, in amazement: "Did you compose it? you, a child! And the +words, too?" Without waiting for a reply, she added quickly, "Would you +like to come to my concert this evening?" The boy's face became radiant +with delight at the thought of hearing the famous songstress, but a +vision of his sick mother, lying alone in the poor, cheerless room, +flitted across his mind, and he answered, with a choking in his +throat:-- + +"Oh, yes; I should so love to go, but I couldn't leave my mother." + +"I will send somebody to take care of your mother for the evening, and +here is a crown with which you may go and get food and medicine. Here +is also one of my tickets. Come to-night; that will admit you to a seat +near me." + +Overcome with joy, the child could scarcely express his gratitude to +the gracious being who seemed to him like an angel from heaven. As he +went out again into the crowded street, he seemed to tread on air. He +bought some fruit and other little delicacies to tempt his mother's +appetite, and while spreading out the feast of good things before her +astonished gaze, with tears in his eyes, he told her of the kindness of +the beautiful lady. + +An hour later, tingling with expectation, Pierre set out for the +concert. How like fairyland it all seemed! The color, the dazzling +lights, the flashing gems and glistening silks of the richly dressed +ladies bewildered him. Ah! could it be possible that the great artist +who had been so kind to him would sing his little song before this +brilliant audience? At length she came on the stage, bowing right and +left in answer to the enthusiastic welcome which greeted her appearance. + +A pause of expectancy followed. The boy held his breath and gazed +spellbound at the radiant vision on whom all eyes were riveted. The +orchestra struck the first notes of a plaintive melody, and the +glorious voice of the great singer filled the vast hall, as the words +of the sad little song of the child composer floated on the air. It was +so simple, so touching, so full of exquisite pathos, that many were in +tears before it was finished. + +And little Pierre? There he sat, scarcely daring to move or breathe, +fearing that the flowers, the lights, the music, should vanish, and he +should wake up to find it all a dream. He was aroused from his trance +by the tremendous burst of applause that rang through the house as the +last note trembled away into silence. He started up. It was no dream. +The greatest singer in Europe had sung his little song before a +fashionable London audience. Almost dazed with happiness, he never knew +how he reached his poor home; and when he related the incidents of the +evening, his mother's delight nearly equaled his own. Nor was this the +end. + +Next day they were startled by a visit from Madame M----. After gently +greeting the sick woman, while her hand played with Pierre's golden +curls, she said: "Your little boy, Madame, has brought you a fortune. I +was offered this morning, by the best publisher in London, 300 pounds +for his little song; and after he has realized a certain amount from +the sale, little Pierre here is to share the profits. Madame, thank God +that your son has a gift from heaven." The grateful tears of the +invalid and her visitor mingled, while the child knelt by his mother's +bedside and prayed God to bless the kind lady who, in their time of +sorrow and great need, had been to them as a savior. + +The boy never forgot his noble benefactress, and years afterward, when +the great singer lay dying, the beloved friend who smoothed her pillow +and cheered and brightened her last moments--the rich, popular, and +talented composer--was no other than our little Pierre. + + + + +"IF I REST, I RUST" + + "The heights by great men reached and kept + Were not attained by sudden flight; + But they, while their companions slept, + Were toiling upward in the night." + + +The significant inscription found on an old key,--"If I rest, I +rust,"--would be an excellent motto for those who are afflicted with +the slightest taint of idleness. Even the industrious might adopt it +with advantage to serve as a reminder that, if one allows his faculties +to rest, like the iron in the unused key, they will soon show signs of +rust, and, ultimately, cannot do the work required of them. + +Those who would attain + + "The heights by great men reached and kept" + +must keep their faculties burnished by constant use, so that they will +unlock the doors of knowledge, the gates that guard the entrances to +the professions, to science, art, literature, agriculture,--every +department of human endeavor. + +Industry keeps bright the key that opens the treasury of achievement. +If Hugh Miller, after toiling all day in a quarry, had devoted his +evenings to rest and recreation, he would never have become a famous +geologist. The celebrated mathematician, Edmund Stone, would never have +published a mathematical dictionary, never have found the key to the +science of mathematics, if he had given his spare moments, snatched +from the duties of a gardener, to idleness. Had the little Scotch lad, +Ferguson, allowed the busy brain to go to sleep while he tended sheep +on the hillside, instead of calculating the position of the stars by +the help of a string of beads, he would never have become a famous +astronomer. + +"Labor vanquishes all,"--not in constant, spasmodic, or ill-directed +labor, but faithful, unremitting, daily effort toward a well-directed +purpose. Just as truly as eternal vigilance is the price of liberty, so +is eternal industry the price of noble and enduring success. + + "Seize, then, the minutes as they pass; + The woof of life is thought! + Warm up the colors; let them glow + With fire of fancy fraught." + + + + +A BOY WHO KNEW NOT FEAR + + +Richard Wagner, the great composer, weaves into one of his musical +dramas a beautiful story about a youth named Siegfried, who did not +know what fear was. + +The story is a sort of fairy tale or myth,--something which has a deep +meaning hidden in it, but which is not literally true. + +We smile at the idea of a youth who never knew fear, who even as a +little child had never been frightened by the imaginary terrors of +night, the darkness of the forest, or the cries of the wild animals +which inhabited it. + +Yet it is actually true that there was born at Burnham Thorpe, Norfolk, +England, on September 29, 1758, a boy who never knew what fear was. +This boy's name was Horatio Nelson,--a name which his fearlessness, +ambition, and patriotism made immortal. + +Courage even to daring distinguished young Nelson from his boy +companions. Many stories illustrating this quality are told of him. + +On one occasion, when the future hero of England was but a mere child, +while staying at his grandmother's, he wandered away from the house in +search of birds' nests. When dinner time came and went and the boy did +not return, his family became alarmed. They feared that he had been +kidnapped by gypsies, or that some other mishap had befallen him. A +thorough search was made for him in every direction. Just as the +searchers were about to give up their quest, the truant was discovered +sitting quietly by the side of a brook which he was unable to cross. + +"I wonder, child," said his grandmother, "that hunger and fear did not +drive you home." + +"Fear! grand-mamma," exclaimed the boy; "I never saw fear. What is it?" + +Horatio was a born leader, who never even in childhood shrank from a +hazardous undertaking. This story of his school days shows how the +spirit of leadership marked him before he had entered his teens. + +In the garden attached to the boarding school at North Walsham, which +he and his elder brother, William, attended, there grew a remarkably +fine pear tree. The sight of this tree, loaded with fruit was, +naturally, a very tempting one to the boys. The boldest among the older +ones, however, dared not risk the consequences of helping themselves to +the pears, which they knew were highly prized by the master of the +school. + +Horatio, who thought neither of the sin of stealing the schoolmaster's +property, nor of the risk involved in the attempt, volunteered to +secure the coveted pears. + +He was let down in sheets from the bedroom window by his schoolmates, +and, after gathering as much of the fruit as he could carry, returned +with considerable difficulty. He then turned the pears over to the +boys, not keeping one for himself. + +"I only took them," he explained, "because the rest of you were afraid +to venture." + +The sense of honor of the future "Hero of the Nile" and of Trafalgar +was as keen in boyhood as in later life. + +One year, at the close of the Christmas holidays, he and his brother +William set out on horseback to return to school. There had been a +heavy fall of snow which made traveling very disagreeable, and William +persuaded Horatio to go back home with him, saying that it was not safe +to go on. + +"If that be the case," said Rev. Mr. Nelson, the father of the boys, +when the matter was explained to him, "you certainly shall not go; but +make another attempt, and I will leave it to your honor. If the road is +dangerous, you may return; but remember, boys, I leave it to your +honor." + +The snow was really deep enough to be made an excuse for not going on, +and William was for returning home a second time. Horatio, however, +would not be persuaded again. "We must go on," he said; "remember, +brother, it was left to our honor." + +When only twelve years old, young Nelson's ambition urged him to try +his fortune at sea. His uncle, Captain Maurice Suckling, commanded the +Raisonnable, a ship of sixty-four guns, and the boy thought it would be +good fortune, indeed, if he could get an opportunity to serve under +him. "Do, William," he said to his brother, "write to my father, and +tell him that I should like to go to sea with Uncle Maurice." + +On hearing of his son's wishes, Mr. Nelson at once wrote to Captain +Suckling. The latter wrote back without delay: "What has poor Horatio +done, who is so weak, that he, above all the rest, should be sent to +rough it out at sea? But let him come, and the first time we go into +action, a cannon ball may knock off his head and provide for him at +once." + +This was not very encouraging for a delicate boy of twelve. But Horatio +was not daunted. His father took him to London, and there put him into +the stage coach for Chatham, where the Raisonnable was lying at anchor. + +He arrived at Chatham during the temporary absence of his uncle, so +that there was no friendly voice to greet him when he went on board the +big ship. Homesick and heartsick, he passed some of the most miserable +days of his life on the Raisonnable. The officers treated the sailors +with a harshness bordering on cruelty. This treatment, of course, +increased the natural roughness of the sailors; and, altogether, the +conditions were such that Horatio's opinion of the Royal Navy was sadly +altered. + +But in spite of the separation from his brother William, who had been +his schoolmate and constant companion, and all his other loved ones, +the hardships he had to endure as a sailor boy among rough officers and +rougher men, and his physical weakness, his courage did not fail him. +He stuck bravely to his determination to be a sailor. + +Later, the lad went on a voyage to the West Indies, in a merchant ship +commanded by Mr. John Rathbone. During this voyage, his anxiety to rise +in his profession and his keen powers of observation, which were +constantly exercised, combined to make him a practical sailor. + +After his return from the West Indies, his love of adventure was +excited by the news that two ships--the Racehorse and the Carcass--were +being fitted out for a voyage of discovery to the North Pole. Through +the influence of Captain Suckling, he secured an appointment as +coxswain, under Captain Lutwidge, who was second in command of the +expedition. + +All went well with the Racehorse and the Carcass until they neared the +Polar regions. Then they were becalmed, surrounded with ice, and wedged +in so that they could not move. + +Young as Nelson was, he was put in command of one of the boats sent out +to try to find a passage to the open water. While engaged in this work +he was instrumental in saving the crew of another of the boats which +had been attacked by walruses. + +His most notable adventure during this Polar cruise, however, was a +fight with a bear. + +One night he stole away from his ship with a companion in pursuit of a +bear. A fog which had been rising when they left the Carcass soon +enveloped them. Between three and four o'clock in the morning, when the +weather began to clear, they were sighted by Captain Lutwidge and his +officers, at some distance from the ship, in conflict with a huge bear. +The boys, who had been missed soon after they set out on their +adventure, were at once signaled to return. Nelson's companion urged +him to obey the signal, and, though their ammunition had given out, he +longed to continue the fight. + +"Never mind," he cried excitedly; "do but let me get a blow at this +fellow with the butt end of my musket, and we shall have him." + +Captain Lutwidge, seeing the boy's danger,--he being separated from the +bear only by a narrow chasm in the ice,--fired a gun. This frightened +the bear away. Nelson then returned to face the consequences of his +disobedience. + +He was severely reprimanded by his captain for "conduct so unworthy of +the office he filled." When asked what motive he had in hunting a bear, +he replied, still trembling from the excitement of the encounter, "Sir, +I wished to kill the bear that I might carry the skin to my father." + +The expedition finally worked its way out of the ice and sailed for +home. + +Horatio's next voyage was to the East Indies, aboard the Seahorse, one +of the vessels of a squadron under the command of Sir Edward Hughes. +His attention to duty attracted the notice of his senior officer, on +whose recommendation he was rated as a midshipman. + +After eighteen months in the trying climate of India, the youth's +health gave way, and he was sent home in the Dolphin. His physical +weakness affected his spirits. Gloom fastened upon him, and for a time +he was very despondent about his future. + +"I felt impressed," he says, "with an idea that I should never rise in +my profession. My mind was staggered with a view of the difficulties I +had to surmount and the little interest I possessed. I could discover +no means of reaching the object of my ambition. After a long and gloomy +revery in which I almost wished myself overboard, a sudden flow of +patriotism was kindled within me and presented my king and my country +as my patrons. My mind exulted in the idea. 'Well, then,' I exclaimed, +'I will be a hero, and, confiding in Providence, I will brave every +danger!'" + +In that hour Nelson leaped from boyhood to manhood. Thenceforth the +purpose of his life never changed. From that time, as he often said +afterward, "a radiant orb was suspended in his mind's eye, which urged +him onward to renown." + +His health improved very much during the homeward voyage, and he was +soon able to resume duty again. + +At nineteen he was made second lieutenant of the Lowestoffe; and at +twenty he was commander of the Badger. Before he was twenty-one, owing +largely to his courage and presence of mind in face of every danger, +and his enthusiasm in his profession, "he had gained that mark," says +his biographer, Southey, "which brought all the honors of the service +within his reach." + +Pleasing in his address and conversation, always kind and thoughtful in +his treatment of the men and boys under him, Nelson was the best-loved +man in the British navy,--nay, in all England. + +When he was appointed to the command of the Boreas, a ship of +twenty-eight guns, then bound for the Leeward Islands, he had thirty +midshipmen under him. When any of them, at first, showed any timidity +about going up the masts, he would say, by way of encouragement, "I am +going a race to the masthead, and beg that I may meet you there." And +again he would say cheerfully, that "any person was to be pitied who +could fancy there was any danger, or even anything disagreeable, in the +attempt." + +"Your Excellency must excuse me for bringing one of my midshipmen with +me," he said to the governor of Barbados, who had invited him to dine. +"I make it a rule to introduce them to all the good company I can, as +they have few to look up to besides myself during the time they are at +sea." Was it any wonder that his "middies" almost worshiped him? + +This thoughtfulness in small matters is always characteristic of truly +great, large-souled men. Another distinguishing mark of Nelson's +greatness was that he ruled by love rather than fear. + +When, at the age of forty-seven, he fell mortally wounded at the battle +of Trafalgar, all England was plunged into grief. The crowning victory +of his life had been won, but his country was inconsolable for the loss +of the noblest of her naval heroes. + +"The greatest sea victory that the world had ever known was won," says +W. Clark Russell, "but at such a cost, that there was no man throughout +the British fleet--there was no man indeed in all England--but would +have welcomed defeat sooner than have paid the price of this wonderful +conquest." + +The last words of the hero who had won some of the greatest of +England's sea fights were, "Thank God, I have done my duty." + + + + +HOW STANLEY FOUND LIVINGSTONE + + +In the year 1866 David Livingstone, the great African explorer and +missionary, started on his last journey to Africa. Three years passed +away during which no word or sign from him had reached his friends. The +whole civilized world became alarmed for his safety. It was feared that +his interest in the savages in the interior of Africa had cost him his +life. + +Newspapers and clergymen in many lands were clamoring for a relief +expedition to be sent out in search of him. Royal societies, scientific +associations, and the British government were debating what steps +should be taken to find him. But they were very slow in coming to any +conclusion, and while they were weighing questions and discussing +measures, an energetic American settled the matter offhand. + +This was James Gordon Bennett, Jr., manager of the New York Herald and +son of James Gordon Bennett, its editor and proprietor. + +Mr. Bennett was in a position which brought him into contact with some +of the cleverest and most enterprising young men of his day. From all +those he knew he singled out Henry M. Stanley for the difficult and +perilous task of finding Livingstone. + +And who was this young man who was chosen to undertake a work which +required the highest qualities of manhood to carry it to success? + +Henry M. Stanley, whose baptismal name was John Rowlands, was born of +poor parents in Wales, in 1840. Being left an orphan at the age of +three, he was sent to the poorhouse in his native place. There he +remained for ten years, and then shipped as a cabin boy in a vessel +bound for America. Soon after his arrival in this country, he found +employment in New Orleans with a merchant named Stanley. His +intelligence, energy, and ambition won him so much favor with this +gentleman that he adopted him as his son and gave him his name. + +The elder Stanley died while Henry was still a youth. This threw him +again upon his own resources, as he inherited nothing from his adopted +father, who died without making a will. He next went to California to +seek his fortune. He was not successful, however, and at twenty he was +a soldier in the Civil War. When the war was over, he engaged himself +as a correspondent to the New York Herald. + +In this capacity he traveled extensively in the East, doing brilliant +work for his paper. When England went to war with King Theodore of +Abyssinia, he accompanied the English army to Abyssinia, and from +thence wrote vivid descriptive letters to the Herald. The child whose +early advantages were only such as a Welsh poorhouse afforded, was +already, through his own unaided efforts, a leader in his profession. +He was soon to become a leader in a larger sense. + +At the time Mr. Bennett conceived the idea of sending an expedition in +search of Livingstone, Stanley was in Spain. He had been sent there by +the Herald to report the civil war then raging in that country. He thus +describes the receipt of Mr. Bennett's message and the events +immediately following:-- + +"I am in Madrid, fresh from the carnage at Valencia. At 10 A.M. Jacopo, +at No.--Calle de la Cruz, hands me a telegram; on opening it I find it +reads, 'Come to Paris on important business.' The telegram is from +James Gordon Bennett, Jr., the young manager of the New York Herald. + +"Down come my pictures from the walls of my apartments on the second +floor; into my trunks go my books and souvenirs, my clothes are hastily +collected, some half washed, some from the clothesline half dry, and +after a couple of hours of hasty hard work my portmanteaus are strapped +up and labeled for 'Paris.'" + +It was late at night when Stanley arrived in Paris. "I went straight to +the 'Grand Hotel,'" he says, "and knocked at the door of Mr. Bennett's +room. + +"'Come in,' I heard a voice say. Entering I found Mr. Bennett in bed. + +"'Who are you?' he asked. + +"'My name is Stanley,' I answered. + +"'Ah, yes! sit down; I have important business on hand for you. + +"'Where do you think Livingstone is?' + +"'I really do not know, sir.' + +"'Do you think he is alive?' + +"'He may be, and he may not be,' I answered. + +"'Well, I think he is alive, and that he can be found, and I am going +to send you to find him.' + +"'What!' said I, 'do you really think I can find Dr. Livingstone? Do +you mean me to go to Central Africa?' + +"'Yes, I mean that you shall go and find him wherever you may hear that +he is.... Of course you will act according to your own plans and do +what you think best--BUT FIND LIVINGSTONE.'" + +The question of expense coming up, Mr. Bennett said: "Draw a thousand +pounds now; and when you have gone through that, draw another thousand; +and when that is spent, draw another thousand; and when you have +finished that, draw another thousand, and so on; but, FIND LIVINGSTONE." + +Stanley asked no questions, awaited no further instructions. The two +men parted with a hearty hand clasp. "Good night, and God be with you," +said Bennett. + +"Good night, sir," returned Stanley. "What it is in the power of human +nature to do I will do; and on such an errand as I go upon, God will be +with me." + +The young man immediately began the work of preparation for his great +undertaking. This in itself was a task requiring more than ordinary +judgment and foresight, but Stanley was equal to the occasion. + +On January 6, 1871, he reached Zanzibar, an important native seaport on +the east coast of Africa. Here the preparations for the journey were +completed. Soon, with a train composed of one hundred and ninety men, +twenty donkeys, and baggage amounting to about six tons, he started +from this point for the interior of the continent. + +Then began a journey the dangers and tediousness of which can hardly be +described. Stanley and his men were often obliged to wade through +swamps filled with alligators. Crawling on hands and knees, they forced +their way through miles of tangled jungle, breathing in as they went +the sickening odor of decaying vegetables. They were obliged to be +continually on their guard against elephants, lions, hyenas, and other +wild inhabitants of the jungle. Fierce as these were, however, they +were no more to be dreaded than the savage tribes whom they sometimes +encountered. Whenever they stopped to rest, they were tormented by +flies, white ants, and reptiles, which crawled all over them. + +For months they journeyed on under these conditions. The donkeys had +died from drinking impure water, and some of the men had fallen victims +to disease. + +It was no wonder that the survivors of the expedition--all but +Stanley--had grown disheartened. Half starved, wasted by sickness and +hardships of all kinds, with bleeding feet and torn clothes, some of +them became mutinous. Stanley's skill as a leader was taxed to the +utmost. Alternately coaxing the faint-hearted and punishing the +insubordinate, he continued to lead them on almost in spite of +themselves. + +So far they had heard nothing of Livingstone, nor had they any clew as +to the direction in which they should go. There was no ray of light or +hope to cheer them on their way, yet Stanley never for a moment thought +of giving up the search. + +Once, amid the terrors of the jungle, surrounded by savages and wild +animals, with supplies almost exhausted, and the remnant of his +followers in a despairing condition, the young explorer came near being +discouraged. + +But he would not give way to any feeling that might lessen his chances +of success, and it was at this crisis he wrote in his journal:-- + +"No living man shall stop me--only death can prevent me. But death--not +even this; I shall not die--I will not die--I cannot die! Something +tells me I shall find him and--write it larger--FIND HIM, FIND HIM! +Even the words are inspiring." + +Soon after this a caravan passed and gave the expedition news which +renewed hope: A white man, old, white haired, and sick, had just +arrived at Ujiji. + +Stanley and his followers pushed on until they came in sight of Ujiji. +Then the order was given to "unfurl the flags and load the guns." +Immediately the Stars and Stripes and the flag of Zanzibar were thrown +to the breeze, and the report of fifty guns awakened the echoes. The +noise startled the inhabitants of Ujiji. They came running in the +direction of the sounds, and soon the expedition was surrounded by a +crowd of friendly black men, who cried loudly, "YAMBO, YAMBO, BANA!" +which signifies welcome. + +"At this grand moment," says Stanley, "we do not think of the hundreds +of miles we have marched, of the hundreds of hills that we have +ascended and descended, of the many forests we have traversed, of the +jungle and thickets that annoyed us, of the fervid salt plains that +blistered our feet, of the hot suns that scorched us, nor the dangers +and difficulties now happily surmounted. + +"At last the sublime hour has arrived!--our dreams, our hopes and +anticipations are now about to be realized! Our hearts and our feelings +are with our eyes, as we peer into the palms and try to make out in +which hut or house lives the white man with the gray beard we heard +about on the Malagarazi." + +When the uproar had ceased, a voice was heard saluting the leader of +the expedition in English--"Good morning, sir." + +"Startled at hearing this greeting in the midst of such a crowd of +black people," says Stanley, "I turn sharply round in search of the +man, and see him at my side, with the blackest of faces, but animated +and joyous--a man dressed in a long white shirt, with a turban of +American sheeting around his head, and I ask, 'Who the mischief are +you?' + +"'I am Susi, the servant of Dr. Livingstone,' said he, smiling, and +showing a gleaming row of teeth. + +"'What! Is Dr. Livingstone here?' + +"'Yes, sir.' + +"'In this village?' + +"'Yes, sir.' + +"'Are you sure?' + +"'Sure, sure, sir. Why, I leave him just now.' + +"'Susi, run, and tell the Doctor I am coming.'" + +Susi ran like a madman to deliver the message. Stanley and his men +followed more slowly. Soon they were gazing into the eyes of the man +for news of whom the whole civilized world was waiting. + +"My heart beat fast," says Stanley, "but I must not let my face betray +my emotions, lest it shall detract from the dignity of a white man +appearing under such extraordinary circumstances." + +The young explorer longed to leap and shout for joy, but he controlled +himself, and instead of embracing Livingstone as he would have liked to +do, he grasped his hand, exclaiming, "I thank God, Doctor, that I have +been permitted to see you." + +"I feel grateful that I am here to welcome you," was the gentle reply. + +All the dangers through which they had passed, all the privations they +had endured were forgotten in the joy of this meeting. Doctor +Livingstone's years of toil and suspense, during which he had heard +nothing from the outside world; Stanley's awful experiences in the +jungle, the fact that both men had almost exhausted their supplies; the +terrors of open and hidden dangers from men and beasts, sickness, hope +deferred, all were, for the moment, pushed out of mind. Later, each +recounted his story to the other. + +After a period of rest, the two joined forces and together explored and +made plans for the future. Stanley tried to induce Livingstone to +return with him. But in vain; the great missionary explorer would not +lay down his work. He persevered, literally until death. + +At last the hour of parting came. With the greatest reluctance Stanley +gave his men the order, "Right about face." With a silent farewell, a +grasp of the hands, and a look into each other's eyes which said more +than words, the old man and the young man parted forever. + +Livingstone's life work was almost done. Stanley was the man on whose +shoulders his mantle was to fall. The great work he had accomplished in +finding Livingstone was the beginning of his career as an African +explorer. + +After the death of Livingstone, Stanley determined to take up the +explorer's unfinished work. + +In 1874 he left England at the head of an expedition fitted out by the +London Daily Telegraph and the New York Herald, and penetrated into the +very heart of Africa. + +He crossed the continent from shore to shore, overcoming on his march +dangers and difficulties compared with which those encountered on his +first journey sank into insignificance. He afterward gave an account of +this expedition in his book entitled, "Darkest Africa." + +Stanley had successfully accomplished one of the great works of the +world. He had opened the way for commerce and Christianity into the +vast interior of Africa, which, prior to his discoveries, had been +marked on the map by a blank space, signifying that it was an +unexplored and unknown country. + +On his return the successful explorer found himself famous. Princes and +scientific societies vied with one another in honoring him. King Edward +VII of England, who was then Prince of Wales, sent him his personal +congratulations; Humbert, the king of Italy, sent him his portrait; the +khedive of Egypt decorated him with the grand commandership of the +Order of the Medjidie; the Geographical Societies of London, Paris, +Italy, and Marseilles sent him their gold medals; while in Berlin, +Vienna, and many other large European cities, he was elected an +honorary member of their most learned and most distinguished +associations. + +What pleased the explorer most of all, though, was the honor paid him +by America. "The government of the United States," he says, "has +crowned my success with its official approval, and the unanimous vote +of thanks passed in both houses of the legislature has made me proud +for life of the expedition and its achievements." + +Honored to-day as the greatest explorer of his age, and esteemed alike +for his scholarship and the immense services he has rendered mankind, +Sir Henry Morton Stanley, the once friendless orphan lad whose only +home was a Welsh poorhouse, may well be proud of the career he has +carved out for himself. + + + + +THE NESTOR OF AMERICAN JOURNALISTS + + +"I heard that a neighbor three miles off, had borrowed from a still +more distant neighbor, a book of great interest. I started off, +barefoot, in the snow, to obtain the treasure. There were spots of bare +ground, upon which I would stop to warm my feet. And there were also, +along the road, occasional lengths of log fence from which the snow had +melted, and upon which it was a luxury to walk. The book was at home, +and the good people consented, upon my promise that it should be +neither torn nor soiled, to lend it to me. In returning with the prize, +I was too happy to think of the snow on my naked feet." + +This little incident, related by Thurlow Weed himself, is a sample of +the means by which he gained that knowledge and power which made him +not only the "Nestor of American Journalists," but rendered him famous +in national affairs as the "American Warwick" or "The King Maker." + +There were no long happy years of schooling for this child of the +"common people," whose father was a struggling teamster and farmer; no +prelude of careless, laughing childhood before the stern duties of life +began. + +Thurlow Weed was born at Catskill, Greene County, New York, in 1797, a +period in the history of our republic when there were very few +educational opportunities for the children of the poor. "I cannot +ascertain," he says, "how much schooling I got at Catskill, probably +less than a year, certainly not a year and a half, and this was when I +was not more than five or six years old." + +At an early age Thurlow learned to bend circumstances to his will and, +ground by poverty, shut in by limitations as he was, even while +contributing by his earning to the slender resources of the family, he +gathered knowledge and pleasure where many would have found but thorns +and bitterness. + +How simply he tells his story, as though his hardships and struggles +were of no account, and how clearly the narrative mirrors the brave +little fellow of ten! + +"My first employment," he says, "was in sugar making, an occupation to +which I became much attached. I now look with great pleasure upon the +days and nights passed in the sap-bush. The want of shoes (which, as +the snow was deep, was no small privation) was the only drawback upon +my happiness. I used, however, to tie pieces of an old rag carpet +around my feet, and got along pretty well, chopping wood and gathering +up sap." + +During this period he traveled, barefoot, to borrow books, wherever +they could be found among the neighboring farmers. With his body in the +sugar house, and his head thrust out of doors, "where the fat pine was +blazing," the young enthusiast devoured with breathless interest a +"History of the French Revolution," and the few other well-worn volumes +which had been loaned him. + +Later, after he left the farm, we see the future journalist working +successively as cabin boy and deck hand on a Hudson River steamboat, +and cheerfully sending home the few dollars he earned. While employed +in this capacity, he earned his first "quarter" in New York by carrying +a trunk for one of the passengers from the boat to a hotel on Broad +Street. + +But his boyish ambition was to be a journalist, and, after a year of +seafaring life, he found his niche in the office of a small weekly +newspaper, the Lynx, published at Onondaga Hollow, New York. + +So, at fourteen, owing to his indomitable will and perseverance, which +conquered the most formidable obstacles, Thurlow Weed started on the +career in which, despite the rugged road he still had to travel, he +built up a noble character and won international fame. + + + + +THE MAN WITH AN IDEA + + +It is February, 1492. A poor man, with gray hair, disheartened and +dejected, is going out of the gate from the beautiful Alhambra, in +Granada, on a mule. Ever since he was a boy, he has been haunted with +the idea that the earth is round. He has believed that the pieces of +carved wood, picked up four hundred miles at sea, and the bodies of two +men, unlike any other human beings known, found on the shores of +Portugal, have drifted from unknown lands in the west. But his last +hope of obtaining aid for a voyage of discovery has failed. King John +of Portugal, under pretense of helping him, has secretly sent out an +expedition of his own. His friends have abandoned him; he has begged +bread; has drawn maps to keep him from starving, and lost his wife; his +friends have called him crazy, and have forsaken him. The council of +wise men, called by Ferdinand and Isabella, ridicule his theory of +reaching the east by sailing west. "But the sun and moon are round," +replies Columbus, "why not the earth?" "If the earth is a ball, what +holds it up?" the wise men ask. "What holds the sun and moon up?" +Columbus replies. + +A learned doctor asks, "How can men walk with their heads hanging down, +and their feet up, like flies on a ceiling?" "How can trees grow with +their roots in the air?" "The water would run out of the ponds, and we +should fall off," says another. "The doctrine is contrary to the Bible, +which says, 'The heavens are stretched out like a tent.'" "Of course it +is flat; it is rank heresy to say it is round." + +He has waited seven long years. He has had his last interview, hoping +to get assistance from Ferdinand and Isabella after they drive the +Moors out of Spain. Isabella was almost persuaded, but finally refused. +He is now old, his last hope has fled; the ambition of his life has +failed. He hears a voice calling him. He looks back and sees an old +friend pursuing him on a horse, and beckoning him to come back. He saw +Columbus turn away from the Alhambra, disheartened, and he hastens to +the queen and tells her what a great thing it would be, at a trifling +expense, if what the sailor believes should prove true. "It shall be +done," Isabella replies. "I will pledge my jewels to raise the money; +call him back." Columbus turns back, and with him turns the world. + +Three frail vessels, little larger than fishing boats, the Santa Maria, +the Pinta, and the Nina, set sail from Palos, August 3, 1492, for an +unknown land, upon untried seas; the sailors would not volunteer, but +were forced to go by the king. Friends ridiculed them for following a +crazy man to certain destruction, for they believed the sea beyond the +Canaries was boiling hot. "What if the earth is round?" they said, "and +you sail down the other side, how can you get back again? Can ships +sail up hill?" + +Only three days out, the Pinto's signal of distress is flying; she has +broken her rudder. September 8 they discover a broken mast covered with +seaweed floating in the sea. Terror seizes the sailors, but Columbus +calms their fears with pictures of gold and precious stones of India. +September 13, two hundred miles west of the Canaries, Columbus is +horrified to find that the compass, his only guide, is failing him, and +no longer points to the north star. No one had yet dreamed that the +earth turns on its axis. The sailors are ready for mutiny, but Columbus +tells them the north star is not exactly in the north. October 1 they +are two thousand three hundred miles from land, though Columbus tells +the sailors one thousand seven hundred. Columbus discovers a bush in +the sea, with berries on it, and soon they see birds and a piece of +carved wood. At sunset, the crew kneel upon the deck and chant the +vesper hymn. It is sixty-seven days since they left Palos, and they +have sailed nearly three thousand miles, only changing their course +once. At ten o'clock at night they see a light ahead, but it vanishes. +Two o'clock in the morning, October 12, Roderigo de Friana, on watch at +the masthead of the Pinta, shouts, "Land! land! land!" The sailors are +wild with joy, and throw themselves on their knees before Columbus, and +ask forgiveness. They reach the shore, and the hero of the world's +greatest expedition unfolds the flag of Spain and takes possession of +the new world. Perhaps no greater honor was ever paid man than Columbus +received on his return to Ferdinand and Isabella. Yet, after his second +visit to the land he discovered, he was taken back to Spain in chains, +and finally died in poverty and neglect; while a pickle dealer of +Seville, who had never risen above second mate, on a fishing vessel, +Amerigo Vespucci, gave his name to the new world. Amerigo's name was +put on an old chart or sketch to indicate the point of land where he +landed, five years after Columbus discovered the country, and this +crept into print by accident. + + + + +"BERNARD OF THE TUILERIES" + + +Opposite the entrance to the Sevres Museum in the old town of Sevres, +in France, stands a handsome bronze statue of Bernard Palissy, the +potter. Within the museum are some exquisite pieces of pottery known as +"Palissy ware." They are specimens of the art of Palissy, who spent the +best years of his life toiling to discover the mode of making white +enamel. + +The story of his trials and sufferings in seeking to learn the secret, +and of his final triumph over all difficulties, is an inspiring one. + +Born in the south of France, as far back as the year 1509, Bernard +Palissy did not differ much from an intelligent, high-spirited American +boy of the twentieth century. His parents were poor, and he had few of +the advantages within the reach of the humblest child in the United +States to-day. In spite of poverty, he was cheerful, light hearted, and +happy in his great love for nature, which distinguished him all through +life. The forest was his playground, his companions the birds, insects, +and other living things that made their home there. + +From the first, Nature was his chief teacher. It was from her, and her +alone, he learned the lessons that in after years made him famous both +as a potter and a scientist. The habit of observation seemed natural to +him, for without suggestions from books or older heads, his eyes and +ears noticed all that the nature student of our day is drilled into +observing. + +The free, outdoor life of the forest helped to give the boy the +strength of mind and body which afterward enabled him, in spite of the +most discouraging conditions, to pursue his ideal. He was taught how to +read and write, and from his father learned how to paint on glass. From +him he also learned the names and some of the properties of the +minerals employed in painting glass. All the knowledge that in after +years made him an artist, a scientist, and a writer, was the result of +his unaided study of nature. To books he was indebted for only the +smallest part of what he knew. + +Happy and hopeful, sunshiny of face and disposition, Bernard grew from +childhood to youth. Then, when he was about eighteen, there came into +his heart a longing to try his fortune in the great world which lay +beyond his forest home. Like most country-bred boys of his age, he felt +that he had grown too large for the parent nest and must try his wings +elsewhere. In his case there was, indeed, little to induce an ambitious +boy to stay at home. The trade of glass painting, which in previous +years had been a profitable one, had at that time fallen somewhat out +of favor, and there was not enough work to keep father and son busy. + +When he shouldered his scanty wallet and bade farewell to father and +mother, and the few friends and neighbors he knew in the straggling +forest hamlet, Bernard Palissy closed the first chapter of his life. +The second was a long period of travel and self-education. + +He wandered through the forest of Ardennes, making observations and +collecting specimens of minerals, plants, reptiles, and insects. He +spent some years in the upper Pyrenees, at Tarbes. From Antwerp in the +east he bent his steps to Brest, in the most westerly part of Brittany, +and from Montpellier to Nismes he traveled across France. During his +wanderings he supported himself by painting on glass, portrait painting +(which he practiced after a fashion), surveying, and planning sites for +houses and gardens. In copying or inventing patterns for painted +windows, he had acquired a knowledge of geometry and considerable skill +in the use of a rule and compass. His love of knowledge for its own +sake made him follow up the study of geometry, as far as he could +pursue it, and hence his skill as a surveyor. + +At this time young Palissy had no other object in life than to learn. +His eager, inquiring mind was ever on the alert. Wherever his travels +led him, he sought information of men and nature, always finding the +latter his chief instructor. He painted and planned that he might live +to probe her secrets. But the time was fast approaching when a new +interest should come into his life and overshadow all others. + +After ten or twelve years of travel, he married and settled in Saintes +where he pursued, as his services were required, the work of glass +painter and surveyor. Before long he grew dissatisfied with the dull +routine of his daily life. He felt that he ought to do more than make a +living for his wife and children. There were two babies now to be cared +for as well as his wife, and he could not shoulder his wallet, as in +the careless days of his boyhood, and wander away in search of +knowledge or fortune. + +About this time an event happened which changed his whole life. He was +shown a beautiful cup of Italian manufacture. I give in his own words a +description of the cup, and the effect the sight of it had on him. "An +earthen cup," he says, "turned and enameled with so much beauty, that +from that time I entered into controversy with my own thoughts, +recalling to mind several suggestions that some people had made to me +in fun, when I was painting portraits. Then, seeing that these were +falling out of request in the country where I dwelt, and that glass +painting was also little patronized, I began to think that if I should +discover how to make enamels, I could make earthen vessels and other +things very prettily, because God has gifted me with some knowledge of +drawing." + +His ambition was fired at once. A definite purpose formed itself in his +mind. He knew nothing whatever of pottery. No man in France knew the +secret of enameling, which made the Italian cup so beautiful, and +Palissy had not the means to go to Italy, where he probably could have +learned it. He resolved to study the nature and properties of clays, +and not to rest until he had discovered the secret of the white enamel. +Delightful visions filled his imagination. He thought within himself +that he would become the prince of potters, and would provide his wife +and children with all the luxuries that money could buy. "Thereafter," +he wrote, "regardless of the fact that I had no knowledge of clays, I +began to seek for the enamels as a man gropes in the dark." + +Palissy was a young man when he began his search for the enamel; he was +past middle life when his labors were finally rewarded. Groping like a +man in the dark, as he himself said, he experimented for years with +clays and chemicals, but with small success. He built with his own +hands a furnace at the back of his little cottage in which to carry on +his experiments. At first his enthusiasm inspired his wife and +neighbors with the belief that he would succeed in his efforts. But +time went on, and as one experiment after another failed or was only +partially successful, one and all lost faith in him. He had no friend +or helper to buoy him up under his many disappointments. Even his wife +reproached him for neglecting his regular work and reducing herself and +her children to poverty and want, while he wasted his time and strength +in chasing a dream. His neighbors jeered at him as a madman, one who +put his plain duty aside for the gratification of what seemed to their +dull minds merely a whim. His poor wife could hardly be blamed for +reproaching him. She could neither understand nor sympathize with his +hopes and fears, while she knew that if he followed his trade, he could +at least save his family from want. It was a trying time for both of +them. But who ever heard tell of an artist, inventor, discoverer, or +genius of any kind being deterred by poverty, abuse, ridicule, or +obstacles of any kind from the pursuit of an ideal! + +After many painful efforts, the poor glass painter had succeeded in +producing a substance which he believed to be white enamel. He spread +it on a number of earthenware pots which he had made, and placed them +in his furnace. The extremities to which he was reduced to supply heat +to the furnace are set forth in his own words: "Having," he says, +"covered the new pieces with the said enamel, I put them into the +furnace, still keeping the fire at its height; but thereupon occurred +to me a new misfortune which caused great mortification, namely, that +the wood having failed me, I was forced to burn the palings which +maintained the boundaries of my garden; which being burnt also, I was +forced to burn the tables and the flooring of my house, to cause the +melting of the second composition. I suffered an anguish that I cannot +speak, for I was quite exhausted and dried up by the heat of the +furnace. Further, to console me, I was the object of mockery; and even +those from whom solace was due ran crying through the town that I was +burning my floors, and in this way my credit was taken from me, and I +was regarded as a madman. + +"Others said that I was laboring to make false money, which was a +scandal under which I pined away, and slipped with bowed head through +the streets like a man put to shame. No one gave me consolation, but, +on the contrary, men jested at me, saying, 'It was right for him to die +of hunger, seeing that he had left off following his trade!' All these +things assailed my ears when I passed through the street; but for all +that, there still remained some hope which encouraged and sustained me, +inasmuch as the last trials had turned out tolerably well; and +thereafter I thought that I knew enough to get my own living, although +I was far enough from that (as you shall hear afterward)." + +This latest experiment filled him with joy, for he had at last +discovered the secret of the enamel. But there was yet much to be +learned, and several years more of extreme poverty and suffering had to +be endured before his labors were rewarded with complete success. But +it came at last in overflowing measure, as it almost invariably does to +those who are willing to work and suffer privation and persevere to the +end. + +His work as a potter brought Palissy fame and riches. At the invitation +of Catherine de' Medici, wife of King Henry II of France, he removed to +Paris. He established a workshop in the vicinity of the royal Palace of +the Tuileries, and was thereafter known as "Bernard of the Tuileries." +He was employed by the king and queen and some of the greatest nobles +of France to embellish their palaces and gardens with the products of +his beautiful art. + +Notwithstanding his lack of schooling, Bernard Palissy was one of the +most learned men of his day. He founded a Museum of Natural History, +wrote valuable books on natural science, and for several years +delivered lectures on the same subject. His lectures were attended by +the most advanced scholars of Paris, who were astonished at the extent +and accuracy of his knowledge of nature. But he was as modest as he was +wise and good, and when people wondered at his learning, he would reply +with the most unaffected simplicity, "I have had no other book than the +sky and the earth, known to all." + +No more touching story of success, in spite of great difficulties, than +Bernard Palissy's has been written. It is bad to think that after the +terrible trials which he endured for the sake of his art, his last +years also should have been clouded by misfortune. During the civil war +which raged in France between the Huguenots and the Catholics, he was, +on account of his religious views, imprisoned in the Bastile, where he +died in 1589, at the age of eighty. + + + + +HOW THE "LEARNED BLACKSMITH" FOUND TIME + + +"The loss of an hour," says the philosopher, Leibnitz, "is the loss of +a part of life." This is a truth that has been appreciated by most men +who have risen to distinction,--who have been world benefactors. The +lives of those great moral heroes put to shame the laggard youth of +to-day, who so often grumbles: "I have no time. If I didn't have to +work all day, I could accomplish something. I could read and educate +myself. But if a fellow has to grub away ten or twelve hours out of the +twenty-four, what time is left to do anything for one's self?" + +How much spare time had Elihu Burritt, "the youngest of many brethren," +as he himself quaintly puts it, born in a humble home in New Britain, +Connecticut, reared amid toil and poverty? Yet, during his father's +long illness, and after his death, when Elihu was but a lad in his +teens, with the family partially dependent upon the work of his hands, +he found time,--if only a few moments,--at the end of a fourteen-hour +day of labor, for his books. + +While working at his trade as a blacksmith, he solved problems in +arithmetic and algebra while his irons were heating. Over the forge +also appeared a Latin grammar and a Greek lexicon; and, while with +sturdy blows the ambitious youth of sixteen shaped the iron on the +anvil, he fixed in his mind conjugations and declensions. + +How did this man, born nearly a century ago, possessing none of the +advantages within reach of the poorest and humblest boy of to-day, +become one of the brightest ornaments in the world of letters, a leader +in the reform movements of his generation? + +Apparently no more talented than his nine brothers and sisters, by +improving every opportunity he could wring from a youth of unremitting +toil, his love for knowledge grew with what it fed upon, and carried +him to undreamed-of heights. In palaces and council halls, the words of +the "Learned Blacksmith" were listened to with the closest attention +and deference. + +Read the life of Elihu Burritt, and you will be ashamed to grumble that +you have no time--no chance for self-improvement. + + + + +THE LEGEND OF WILLIAM TELL + + +"Ye crags and peaks, I'm with you once again! I hold to you the hands +you first beheld, to show they still are free. Methinks I hear a spirit +in your echoes answer me, and bid your tenant welcome to his home +again! O sacred forms, how proud you look! how high you lift your heads +into the sky! how huge you are, how mighty, and how free! Ye are the +things that tower, that shine; whose smile makes glad--whose frown is +terrible; whose forms, robed or unrobed, do all the impress wear of awe +divine. Ye guards of liberty, I'm with you once again! I call to you +with all my voice! I hold my hands to you to show they still are free. +I rush to you as though I could embrace you!" + +What schoolboy or schoolgirl is not familiar with those stirring lines +from "William Tell's Address to His Native Mountains," by J. M. +Knowles? And the story of William Tell,--is it not dear to every heart +that loves liberty? Though modern history declares it to be purely +mythical, its popularity remains unaffected. It will live forever in +the traditions of Switzerland, dear to the hearts of her people as +their native mountains, and even more full of interest to the stranger +than authentic history. + +"His image [Tell's]," says Lamartine, "with those of his wife and +children, are inseparably connected with the majestic, rural, and +smiling landscapes of Helvetia, the modern Arcadia of Europe. As often +as the traveler visits these peculiar regions; as often as the +unconquered summits of Mont Blanc, St. Gothard, and the Rigi, present +themselves to his eyes in the vast firmament as the ever-enduring +symbols of liberty; whenever the lake of the Four Cantons presents a +vessel wavering on the blue surface of its waters; whenever the cascade +bursts in thunder from the heights of the Splugen, and shivers itself +upon the rocks like tyranny against free hearts; whenever the ruins of +an Austrian fortress darken with the remains of frowning walls the +round eminences of Uri or Claris; and whenever a calm sunbeam gilds on +the declivity of a village the green velvet of the meadows where the +herds are feeding to the tinkling of bells and the echo of the Ranz des +Vaches--so often the imagination traces in all these varied scenes the +hat on the summit of the pole--the archer condemned to aim at the apple +placed on the head of his own child--the mark hurled to the ground, +transfixed by the unerring arrow--the father chained to the bottom of +the boat, subduing night, the storm, and his own indignation, to save +his executioner--and finally, the outraged husband, threatened with the +loss of all he holds most dear, yielding to the impulse of nature, and +in his turn striking the murderer with a deathblow." + +The story which tradition hands down as the origin of the freedom of +Switzerland dates back to the beginning of the fourteenth century. At +that time Switzerland was under the sovereignty of the emperor of +Germany, who ruled over Central Europe. Count Rudolph of Hapsburg, a +Swiss by birth, who had been elected to the imperial throne in 1273, +made some efforts to save his countrymen from the oppression of a +foreign yoke. His son, Albert, Archduke of Austria, who succeeded him +in 1298, inherited none of his sympathies for Switzerland. On his +accession to the throne Albert resolved to curtail the liberties still +enjoyed by the inhabitants of some of the cantons, and to bend the +whole of the Swiss people to his will. + +The mountaineers of the cantons of Schwytz, Uri, and Unterwalden +recognized no authority but that of the emperor; while the peasants of +the neighboring valleys were at the mercy of local tyrants--the great +nobles and their allies. + +In order to carry out his project of subjecting all to the same yoke, +Albert of Austria appointed governors to rule over the semi-free +provinces or cantons. These governors, who bore the official title of +Bailiffs of the Emperor, exercised absolute authority over the people. +Men, women, and children were at their mercy, and were treated as mere +chattels--the property of their rulers. Insult and outrage were heaped +upon them until their lives became almost unendurable. + +An instance of the manner in which these petty tyrants used their +authority is related of the bailiff Landenberg, who ruled over +Unterwalden. + +For some trumped-up offense of which a young peasant, named Arnold of +Melcthal, was accused, his oxen were confiscated by Landenberg. The +deputy sent to seize the animals, which Landenberg really coveted for +his own, said sneeringly to Arnold, "If peasants wish for bread, they +must draw the plow themselves." Roused to fury by this taunt, Arnold +attempted to resist the seizure of his property, and in so doing broke +an arm of one of the deputy's men. He then fled to the mountains; but +he could not hide himself from the vengeance of Landenberg. The +peasant's aged father was arrested by order of the bailiff, and his +eyes put out in punishment for his son's offense. "That puncture," says +an old chronicler, "went so deep into many a heart that numbers +resolved to die rather than leave it unrequited." + +But the crudest and most vindictive of the Austrian or German bailiffs, +as they were interchangeably called, was one Hermann Gessler. He had +built himself a fortress, which he called "Uri's Restraint," and there +he felt secure from all attacks. + +This man was the terror of the whole district. His name was a synonym +for all that was base, brutal, and tyrannical. Neither the property, +the lives, nor the honor of the people were respected by him. His +hatred and contempt for the peasants were so great that the least +semblance of prosperity among them aroused his ire. + +One day while riding with an armed escort through the canton of +Schwytz, he noticed a comfortable-looking dwelling which was being +built by one Werner Stauffacher. Turning to his followers, he cried, +"Is it not shameful that miserable serfs like these should be permitted +to build such houses when huts would be too good for them?" "Let this +be finished," said his chief attendant; "we shall then sculpture over +the gate the arms of the emperor, and a little time will show whether +the builder has the audacity to dispute possession with us." The answer +pleased Gessler, who replied, "Thou art right," and, planning future +vengeance, he passed on with his escort. + +The wife of Stauffacher, who had been standing near the new building, +but concealed from Gessler and his men, heard the conversation, and +reported it to her husband. The latter, filled with indignation, +without uttering a word, arose and started for the home of his +father-in-law, Walter Furst, in the village of Attinghaussen. + +On his arrival Staffaucher was cordially welcomed by his father-in-law, +who placed refreshments before him, and waited for him to explain the +object of his visit. Pushing aside the food, he said, "I have made a +vow never again to taste wine or swallow meat until we cease to be +slaves." Stauffacher then related what had happened. Furst's anger was +kindled by the recital. Both men were roused to such a pitch that they +resolved, then and there, to free themselves and their countrymen from +the chains which bound them, or die in the attempt. They conversed far +into the night, making plans for the gaining of national independence. +Then they sought out in his hiding-place Arnold of Melchthal, the young +peasant whom Landenberg had so cruelly persecuted. In him they found, +as they expected, an ardent supporter of their plans. + +The three conspirators, Stauffacher, Furst, and Melchthal, represented +different cantons; one belonging to Schwytz, another to Uri, and the +third to Unterwalden. They hoped to form a league and unite the three +cantons against the power of Austria. In pursuance of their plans, each +pledged himself to select from among the most persecuted and the most +daring in their respective cantons ten others to join them in the cause +of liberty. + +On the night of November 7, or 17 (the date is variously given), in the +year 1307, the confederates met together in a secluded mountain spot +called Rutli. There they bound themselves by an oath, the terms of +which embodied their purpose: "We swear in the presence of God, before +whom kings and people are equal, to live or die for our +fellow-countrymen; to undertake and sustain all in common; neither to +suffer injustice nor to commit injury; to respect the rights and +property of the Count of Hapsburg; to do no violence to the imperial +bailiffs, but to put an end to their tyranny." They fixed upon January +1, 1308, as the day for a general uprising. + +Events were gradually shaping themselves for the appearance of William +Tell on the scene. Up to this time his name does not appear in the +annals of his country. The bold peasant of Uri was so little prominent +among his countrymen that, according to some versions of the legend, +although a son-in-law of Walter Furst, he had not been chosen among the +thirty conspirators summoned to the meeting at Rutli. This, however, is +contradicted by another, which asserts that he was "one of the +oath-bound men of Rutli." + +The various divergences in the different versions of the legend do not +affect its main features, on which all the chroniclers are agreed. It +was the crowning insult to his country which indisputably brought Tell +into prominence and made his name forever famous. + +Gessler's hatred of the people daily increased, and was constantly +showing itself in every form of petty tyranny that a mean and wicked +nature could devise. He noticed the growing discontent among the +peasantry, but instead of trying to allay it, he determined to +humiliate them still more. For this purpose he had a pole, surmounted +by the ducal cap of Austria, erected in the market square of the +village of Altdorf, and issued a command that all who passed it should +bow before the symbol of imperial rule. Guards were placed by the pole +with orders to make prisoners of all who refused to pay homage to the +ducal cap. + +William Tell, a bold hunter and skillful boatman of Uri, passing by one +day, with his little son, Walter, refused to bend his knee before the +symbol of foreign oppression. He was seized at once by the guards and +carried before the bailiff. + +There is considerable contradiction at this point as to whether Tell +was at once carried before the bailiff or bound to the pole, where he +remained, guarded by the soldiers, until the bailiff, returning the +same day from a hunting expedition, appeared upon the scene. Schiller, +in his drama of "William Tell," adopts the latter version of the story. + +According to the drama, Tell is represented as being bound to the pole. +In a short time he is surrounded by friends and neighbors. Among them +are his father-in-law, Walter Furst, Werner Stauffacher, and Arnold of +Melchthal. They advance to rescue the prisoner. The guards cry in a +loud voice: "Revolt! Rebellion! Treason! Sedition! Help! Protect the +agents of the law!" + +Gessler and his party hear the cries, and rush to the support of the +guards. Gessler cries in a loud authoritative voice: "Wherefore is this +assembly of people? Who called for help? What does all this mean? I +demand to know the cause of this!" + +Then, addressing himself particularly to one of the guards and pointing +to Tell, he says: "Stand forward! Who art thou, and why dost thou hold +that man a prisoner?" + +"Most mighty lord," replies the guard, "I am one of your soldiers +placed here as a sentinel over that hat. I seized this man in the act +of disobedience, for refusing to salute it. I was about to carry him to +prison in compliance with your orders, and the populace were preparing +to rescue him by force." + +After questioning Tell, whose answers are not satisfactory, the bailiff +pronounces sentence upon him. The sentence is that he shall shoot at an +apple placed on the head of his little son, Walter, and if he fails to +hit the mark he shall die. + +"My lord," cries the agonized parent; "what horrible command is this +you lay upon me? What! aim at a mark placed on the head of my dear +child? No, no, it is impossible that such a thought could enter your +imagination. In the name of the God of mercy, you cannot seriously +impose that trial on a father." + +"Thou shalt aim at an apple placed on the head of thy son. I will and I +command it," repeats the tyrant. + +"I! William Tell! aim with my own crossbow at the head of my own +offspring! I would rather die a thousand deaths." + +"Thou shall shoot, or assuredly thou diest with thy son!" + +"Become the murderer of my child! My lord, you have no son--you cannot +have the feelings of a father's heart!" + +Gessler's friends interfere in behalf of the unhappy father, and plead +for mercy. But all appeal is in vain. The tyrant is determined on +carrying out his sentence. + +The father and son are placed at a distance of eighty paces apart. An +apple is placed on the boy's head, and the father is commanded to hit +the mark. He hesitates and trembles. + +"Why dost thou hesitate?" questions his persecutor. "Thou hast deserved +death, and I could compel thee to undergo the punishment; but in my +clemency I place thy fate in thy own skillful hands. He who is the +master of his destiny cannot complain that his sentence is a severe +one. Thou art proud of thy steady eye and unerring aim; now, hunter, is +the moment to prove thy skill. The object is worthy of thee--the prize +is worth contending for. To strike the center of a target is an +ordinary achievement; but the true master of his art is he who is +always certain, and whose heart, hand, and eye are firm and steady +under every trial." + +At length Tell nerves himself for the ordeal, raises his bow, and takes +aim at the target on his son's head. Before firing, however, he +concealed a second arrow under his vest. His movement did not escape +Gessler's notice. + +The marksman fires. The apple falls from his boy's head, cleft in twain +by the arrow. + +Even Gessler is loud in his admiration of Tell's skill. "By heaven," he +cries, "he has clove the apple exactly in the center. Let us do +justice; it is indeed a masterpiece of skill." + +Tell's friends congratulate him. He is about to set out for his home +with the child who has been saved to him from the very jaws of death as +it were. But Gessler stays him. + +"Thou hast concealed a second arrow in thy bosom," he says, sternly +addressing Tell. "What didst thou intend to do with it?" Tell replies +that such is the custom of all hunters. + +Gessler is not satisfied and urges him to confess his real motive. +"Speak truly and frankly," he says; "say what thou wilt, I promise thee +thy life. To what purpose didst thou destine the second arrow?" + +Tell can no longer restrain his indignation, and, fixing his eyes +steadily on Gessler, he answers "Well then, my lord, since you assure +my life, I will speak the truth without reserve. If I had struck my +beloved child, with the second arrow I would have transpierced thy +heart. Assuredly that time I should not have missed my mark." + +"Villain!" exclaims Gessler, "I have promised thee life upon my +knightly word; I will keep my pledge. But since I know thee now, and +thy rebellious heart, I will remove thee to a place where thou shalt +never more behold the light of sun or moon. Thus only shall I be +sheltered from thy arrows." + +He orders the guards to seize and bind Tell, saying, "I will myself at +once conduct him to Kussnacht." + +The fortress of Kussnacht was situated on the summit of Mount Rigi +between Lake Lucerne, or the Lake of the Four Cantons as it is +sometimes called, and Lake Zug. It was reached by crossing Lake Lucerne. + +The prisoner was placed bound in the bottom of a boat, and with his +guards, the rowers, an inexperienced pilot, and Gessler in command, the +boat was headed for Kussnacht. + +When about halfway across the lake a sudden and violent storm +overwhelmed the party. They were in peril of their lives. The rowers +and pilot were panic-stricken, and powerless in face of the danger that +threatened them. + +Tell's fame as a boatman was as widespread as that of his skill as an +archer. The rowers cried aloud in their terror that he was the only man +in Switzerland that could save them from death. Gessler immediately +commanded him to be released from his bonds and given the helm. + +Tell succeeded in guiding the vessel to the shore. Then seizing his bow +and arrows, which his captors had thrown beside him, he sprang ashore +at a point known as "Tell's Leap." The boat, rebounding, after he +leaped from it was again driven out on the lake before any of the +remainder of its occupants could effect a landing. After a time, +however, the fury of the storm abated, and they reached the shore in +safety. + +In the meantime Tell had concealed himself in a defile in the mountain +through which Gessler would have to pass on his way to Kussnacht. There +he lay in wait for his persecutor who followed in hot pursuit. + +Vowing vengeance as he went, Gessler declared that if the fugitive did +not give himself up to justice, every day that passed by should cost +him the life of his wife or one of his children. While the tyrant was +yet speaking, an arrow shot by an unerring hand pierced his heart. Tell +had taken vengeance into his own hands. + +The death of Gessler was the signal for a general uprising. The +oath-bound men of Rutli saw that this was their great opportunity. They +called to their countrymen to follow them to freedom or death. + +Gessler's crowning act of tyranny--his inhuman punishment of Tell--had +roused the spirit of rebellion in the hearts of even the meekest and +most submissive of the peasants. Gladly, then, did they respond to the +call of the leaders of the insurrection. + +The legend says that on New Year's Eve, 1308, Stauffacher, with a +chosen band of followers, climbed the mountain which led to +Landenberg's fortress castle of Rotzberg. There they were assisted by +an inmate of the castle, a young girl whose lover was among the rebels. +She threw a rope out of one of the windows of the castle, and by it her +countrymen climbed one after another into the castle. They seized the +bailiff, Landenberg, and confined him in one of the dungeons of his own +castle. Next day the conspirators were reinforced by another party who +gained entrance to the castle by means of a clever ruse. Landenberg and +his men were given their freedom by the peasants on condition that they +would quit Switzerland forever. + +The castle of Uri was attacked and taken possession of by Walter Furst +and William Tell, while other strongholds were captured by Arnold of +Melchthal and his associates. + +Bonfires blazed all over the country. The dawn of Switzerland's freedom +had appeared. The reign of tyranny was doomed. William Tell was the +hero of the hour, and ever since his name has been enshrined in the +hearts of his countrymen as the watchword of their liberties. Even to +this day, as history tells us, the Swiss peasant cherishes the belief +that "Tell and the three men of Rutli are asleep in the mountains, but +will awake to the rescue of their land should tyranny ever again +enchain it." + +Lamartine, to whose story of William Tell the writer is indebted, +commenting on the legend says: "The artlessness of this history +resembles a poem; it is a pastoral song in which a single drop of blood +is mingled with the dew upon a leaf or a tuft of grass. Providence +seems thus to delight in providing for every free community, as the +founder of their independence, a fabulous or actual hero, conformable +to the local situation, manners, and character of each particular race. +To a rustic, pastoral people, like the Swiss, is given for their +liberator a noble peasant; to a proud, aspiring race, such as the +Americans, an honest soldier. Two distinct symbols, standing erect by +the cradles of the two modern liberties of the world to personify their +opposite natures: on the one hand Tell, with his arrow and the apple; +on the other, Washington, with his sword and the law." + + + + +"WESTWARD HO!" + + +When the current serves, the unseen monitor that directs our affairs +bids us step aboard our craft, and, with hand firmly grasping the helm, +steer boldly for the distant goal. + +Philip D. Armour, the open-handed, large-hearted merchant prince, who +has left a standing memorial to his benevolence in the Armour Institute +at Chicago, heard the call to put to sea when in his teens. + +It came during the gold fever, which raged with such intensity from +1849 to 1851, when the wildest stories were afloat of the treasures +that were daily being dug out of the earth in California. The brain of +the sturdy youth, whose Scotch and Puritan blood tingled for some +broader field than the village store and his father's farm in +Stockbridge, New York, was haunted by the tales of adventure and +fortune wafted across the continent from the new El Dorado. "I brooded +over the difference," he says, "between tossing hay in the hot sun and +digging gold by handfuls, until, one day, I threw down the pitchfork, +went to the house, and told mother that I had quit that kind of work." + +Armour was nineteen years old when he determined to seek his fortune in +California. His determination once formed, he lost no time in carrying +it out. As much of the journey across the plains was to be made on +foot, he first provided himself with a pair of stout boots. Then he +packed his extra clothing in an old carpetbag, and with a light heart +bade his family good-by. + +He had induced a young friend, Calvin Gilbert, to accompany him in his +search for fortune. The two youths joined the motley crowd of +adventurers who were flocking from all quarters to the Land of Promise, +and set out on their journey. + +Tramping over the plains, crossing rivers in tow-boats and ferryboats, +and riding in trains and on wagons when they could, the adventurers, +after many weary months, reached their destination. During the journey +young Armour became sick, but was tenderly nursed back to health by his +companion. + +"I had scarcely any money when I arrived at the gold fields," said +Armour, "but I struck right out and found a place where I could dig, +and in a little time I struck pay dirt." + +He entered into partnership with a Mr. Croarkin, and, with +characteristic energy, kept digging and taking his turn at the rude +housekeeping in the shanty which he and his partner shared. "Croarkin +would cook one week," he says, "and I the next, and we would have a +clean-up Sunday morning We baked our own bread, and kept a few hens, +too, which supplied us with fresh eggs." + +The young gold hunter, however, did not find nuggets as "plentiful as +blackberries," but he found within himself that which led him to a +bonanza far exceeding his wildest dreams of "finds" in the gold fields. + +He discovered his business ability; he learned how to economize, how to +rely upon himself, even to the extent of baking his own bread. + + + + +THREE GREAT AMERICAN SONGS AND THEIR AUTHORS + +THE STAR-SPANGLED BANNER + + +"Poetry and music," says Sir John Lubbock, "unite in song. From the +earliest ages song has been the sweet companion of labor. The rude +chant of the boatman floats upon the water, the shepherd sings upon the +hill, the milkmaid in the dairy, the plowman in the field. Every trade, +every occupation, every act and scene of life, has long had its own +especial music. The bride went to her marriage, the laborer to his +work, the old man to his last long rest, each with appropriate and +immemorial music." + +It is strange that Lubbock did not mention specifically the power of +music in inspiring the soldier as he marches to the defense of his +country, or in arousing the spirit of patriotism and kindling the love +of country, whether in peace or war, in every bosom. "Let me make the +songs of a country," Fletcher of Saltoun has well said, "and I care not +who makes its laws." + +Not to know the words and the air of the national anthem or chief +patriotic songs of one's country is considered little less than a +disgrace. To know something of their authors and the occasion which +inspired them, or the conditions under which they were composed, gives +additional interest to the songs themselves. + +Francis Scott Key, author of "The Star-spangled Banner," one of the, if +not the most, popular of our national songs, was born in Frederick +County, Maryland, on August 1, 1779. He was the son of John Ross Key, +an officer in the Revolutionary army. + +Young Key's early education was carried on under the direction of his +father. Later he became a student in St. John's College, from which +institution he was graduated in his nineteenth year. Immediately after +his graduation he began to study law under his uncle, Philip Barton +Key, one of the ablest lawyers of his time. He was admitted to the bar +in 1801, and commenced to practice in Fredericktown, Maryland, where he +won the reputation of an eloquent advocate. After a few years' practice +in Fredericktown, he removed to Washington, where he was appointed +district attorney for the District of Columbia. + +Young Key was as widely known and admired as a writer of hymns and +ballads as he was as a lawyer of promise. But the production of the +popular national anthem which crowned him with immortality has so +overshadowed the rest of his life work that we remember him only as its +author. + +The occasion which inspired "The Star-spangled Banner" must always be +memorable in the annals of our country. The war with the British had +been about two years in progress, when, in August, 1814, a British +fleet arrived in the Chesapeake, and an army under General Ross landed +about forty miles from the city of Washington. + +The army took possession of Washington, burnt the capitol, the +President's residence, and other public buildings, and then sailed +around by the sea to attack Baltimore. The fleet was to bombard Fort +McHenry, while the land forces were to attack the city. + +The commanding officers of the fleet and land army, Admiral Cockburn +and General Ross, made their headquarters in Upper Marlboro, Maryland, +at the house of Dr. William Beanes, whom they held as their prisoner. + +Francis Scott Key, who was a warm friend of Dr. Beanes, went to +President Madison in order to enlist his aid in securing the release of +Beanes. The president furnished Key with a vessel, and instructed John +L. Skinner, agent for the exchange of prisoners, to accompany him under +a flag of truce to the British fleet. + +The British commander agreed to release Dr. Beanes, but would not +permit Key and his party to return then, lest they should carry back +important information to the American side. He boastingly declared, +however, that the defense could hold out only a few hours, and that +Baltimore would then be in the hands of the British. + +Skinner and Key were sent on board the Surprise, which was under the +command of Admiral Cockburn's son. But after a short time they were +allowed to return to their own vessel, and from its deck they saw the +American flag waving over Fort McHenry and witnessed the bombardment. + +All through the night the furious attack of the British continued. The +roar of cannon and the bursting of shells was incessant. It is said +that as many as fifteen hundred shells were hurled at the fort. + +Shortly before daybreak the firing ceased. Key and his companions +waited in painful suspense to know the result. In the intense silence +that followed the cannonading, each one asked himself if the flag of +his country was still waving on high, or if it had been hauled down to +give place to that of England. They strained their eyes in the +direction of Baltimore, but the darkness revealed nothing. + +At last day dawned, and to their delight the little party saw the +American flag still floating over Fort McHenry. Key's heart was stirred +to its depths, and in a glow of patriotic enthusiasm he immediately +wrote down a rough draft of "The Star-spangled Banner." + +On his arrival in Baltimore he perfected the first copy of the song, +and gave it to Captain Benjamin Eades, of the 27th Baltimore Regiment, +saying that he wished it to be sung to the air of "Anacreon in Heaven." +Eades had it put in type, and took the first proof to a famous old +tavern near the Holliday Street Theater, a favorite resort of actors +and literary people of that day. The verses were read to the company +assembled there, and Frederick Durang, an actor, was asked to sing them +to the air designated by the author. Durang, mounting a chair, sang as +requested. The song was enthusiastically received. From that moment it +became the great popular favorite that it has ever since been, and that +it will continue to be as long as the American republic exists. + +Key died in Baltimore on January 11, 1843. A monument was erected to +his memory by the munificence of James Lick, a Californian millionaire. +The sculptor to whom the work was intrusted was the celebrated W. W. +Story, who completed it in 1887. The monument, which is fifty-one feet +high, stands in Golden Gate Park, San Francisco. It is built of +travertine, in the form of a double arch, under which a bronze statue +of Key is seated. A bronze figure, representing America with an +unfolded flag, supports the arch. + +On the occasion of the unveiling of this statue, the New York Home +Journal contained an appreciative criticism of Key as a poet, and the +following estimate of his greatest production. + +"The poetry of the 'Star-spangled Banner' has touches of delicacy for +which one looks in vain in most national odes, and is as near a true +poem as any national ode ever was. The picture of the 'dawn's early +light' and the tricolor, half concealed, half disclosed, amid the mists +that wreathed the battle-sounding Patapsco, is a true poetic concept. + +"The 'Star-spangled Banner' has the peculiar merit of not being a +tocsin song, like the 'Marseillaise.' Indeed, there is not a restful, +soothing, or even humane sentiment in all that stormy shout. It is the +scream of oppressed humanity against its oppressor, presaging a more +than quid pro quo; and it fitly prefigured the sight of that long file +of tumbrils bearing to the Place de la Revolution the fairest scions of +French aristocracy. On the other hand, 'God Save the King,' in its +original, has one or two lines as grotesque as 'Yankee Doodle' itself; +yet we have paraphrased it in 'America,' and made it a hymn meet for +all our churches. But the 'Star-spangled Banner' combines dignity and +beauty, and it would be hard to find a line of it that could be +improved upon." + +Over the simple grave of Francis Scott Key, in Frederick, Maryland, +there is no other monument than the "star-spangled banner." In storm +and in sunshine, in summer and in winter, its folds ever float over the +resting place of the man who has immortalized it in verse. No other +memorial could so fitly commemorate the life and death of this simple, +dignified, patriotic American. + +"A sweet, noble life," says a recent writer, "was that of the author of +our favorite national hymn--a life of ideal refinement, piety, +scholarly gentleness. Little did he think that his voice would be the +storm song, the victor shout, of conquering America to resound down and +down the ages!" + + THE STAR-SPANGLED BANNER + + Oh! say, can you see, by the dawn's early light, + What so proudly we hailed at the twilight's last gleaming? + Whose broad stripes and bright stars through the perilous fight, + O'er the rampart we watched, were so gallantly streaming, + And the rocket's red glare, the bombs bursting in air, + Gave proof through the night that our flag was still there, + Oh! say, does that star-spangled banner yet wave + O'er the land of the free and the home of the brave? + + On the shore, dimly seen through the mists of the deep, + Where the foe's haughty host in dread silence reposes, + What is that which the breeze, o'er the towering steep, + As it fitfully blows, half conceals, half discloses? + Now it catches the gleam of the morning's first beam, + In full glory reflected now shines on the stream, + 'Tis the star-spangled banner' oh, long may it wave + O'er the land of the free and the home of the brave! + + And where is that band, who so vauntingly swore + That the havoc of war and the battle's confusion + A home and a country should leave us no more? + Their blood has washed out their foul footsteps' pollution. + No refuge could save the hireling and slave, + From the terror of death and the gloom of the grave, + And the star spangled banner in triumph shall wave + O'er the land of the free and the home of the brave! + + Oh! thus be it ever, when freemen shall stand + Between their loved homes and the war's desolation, + Blest with victory and peace, may the heaven rescued land + Praise the power that has made and preserved us a nation. + Then conquer we must, for our cause it is just, + And this be our motto, "In God is our trust" + And the star-spangled banner in triumph shall wave + O'er the land of the free and the home of the brave! + + + + +II. AMERICA + + + "And there's a nice youngster of excellent pith; + Fate tried to conceal him by naming him Smith! + But he shouted a song for the brave and the free-- + Just read on his medal, 'My Country of Thee.'" + +In these lines of his famous Reunion Poem, "The Boys," Dr. Oliver +Wendell Holmes commemorated his old friend and college-mate, Dr. Samuel +Francis Smith, author of "America." + +Samuel Francis Smith was born in Boston, Massachusetts, on October 21, +1808. He attended the Latin School in his native city, and it is said +that when only twelve years old he could "talk Latin." He entered +Harvard College, Cambridge, Massachusetts, in 1825, and graduated in +the famous class of 1829, of which Dr. Oliver Wendell Holmes, James +Freeman Clarke, William E. Channing, and other celebrated Americans +were members. + +Dr. Smith, like so many other noted men, "worked his way through +college." He did this principally by coaching other students, and by +making translations from the German "Conversations-Lexicon" for the +"American Cyclopedia." + +After graduating from Harvard, he immediately entered Andover +Theological Seminary. Three years later, in 1832, he wrote, among +others, his most famous hymn, "America," of which the "National +Cyclopedia of American Biography" says, "It has found its way wherever +an American heart beats or the English language is spoken, and has +probably proved useful in stirring the patriotic spirit of the American +people." + +Dr. Smith himself often said that he had heard "America" sung "halfway +round the world, under the earth in the caverns of Manitou, Colorado, +and almost above the earth near the top of Pike's Peak." + +The hymn, as every child knows, is sung to the air of the national +anthem of England,--"God Save the King." The author came upon it in a +book of German music, and by it was inspired to write the words of +"America," a work which he accomplished in half an hour. Many years +after, referring to its impromptu composition, he wrote: "If I had +anticipated the future of it, doubtless I should have taken more pains +with it. Such as it is, I am glad to have contributed this mite to the +cause of American freedom." + +In a magazine article, written several years ago, Mr. Herbert Heywood +gave an interesting account of an interview with Dr. Smith, who told +him the story of the writing of the hymn himself. + +"'I wrote "America,"' he said, 'when I was a theological student at +Andover, during my last year there. In February, 1832, I was poring +over a German book of patriotic songs which Lowell Mason, of Boston, +had sent me to translate, when I came upon one with a tune of great +majesty. I hummed it over, and was struck with the ease with which the +accompanying German words fell into the music. I saw it was a patriotic +song, and while I was thinking of translating it, I felt an impulse to +write an American patriotic hymn. I reached my hand for a bit of waste +paper, and, taking my quill pen, wrote the four verses in half an hour. +I sent it with some translations of the German songs to Lowell Mason, +and the next thing I knew of it I was told it had been sung by the +Sunday-school children at Park Street Church, Boston, at the following +Fourth of July celebration. The house where I was living at the time +was on the Andover turnpike, a little north of the seminary building. I +have been in the house since I left it in September, 1832, but never +went into my old room.'" This room is now visited by patriotic +Americans from every part of the country. + +Two years after "America" was written, Dr. Smith became pastor of the +First Baptist Church in Waterville, Maine, and also professor of modern +languages in Waterville College, which is now known as Colby +University. His great industry and zeal, both as a clergyman and +student and teacher of languages, enabled him to perform the duties of +both positions successfully. He was a noted linguist, and could read +books in fifteen different languages. He could converse in most of the +modern European tongues, and at eighty-six was engaged in studying +Russian. + +In 1842 Dr. Smith was made pastor of the First Baptist Church, Newton +Center, Massachusetts, where he made his home for the rest of his life. + +"When he died, in November, 1895," says Mr. Heywood, "he was living in +the old brown frame-house at Newton Center, Massachusetts, which had +been his home for over fifty years. It stood back from the street, on +the brow of a hill sloping gently to a valley on the north. Pine trees +were in the front and rear, and the sun, from his rising to his +setting, smiled upon that abode of simple greatness. The house was +faded and worn by wind and weather, and was in perfect harmony with its +surroundings--the brown grass sod that peeped from under the snow, the +dull-colored, leafless elms, and the gray, worn stone steps leading up +from the street. + +"An air of gentle refinement pervaded the interior, and every room +spoke of its inmate. But perhaps the library was best loved of all by +Dr. Smith, for here it was that his work went on. Here, beside a sunny +bay window, stood his work table, and his high-backed, old-fashioned +chair, with black, rounded arms. All about the room were ranged his +bookcases, and an old, tall clock marked the flight of time that was so +kind to the old man. His figure was short, his shoulders slightly +bowed, and around his full, ruddy face, that beamed with kindness, was +a fringe of white hair and beard." + +Dr. Smith resigned his pastorate of the Newton church in 1854, and +became editorial secretary of the American Baptist Missionary Union. In +1875 he went abroad for the first time, and spent a year in European +travel. Five years later he went to India and the Burmese empire. +During his travels he visited Christian missionary stations in France, +Spain, Italy, Austria, Turkey, Greece, Sweden, Denmark, Burmah, India, +and Ceylon. + +The latter years of his life were devoted almost entirely to literary +work. He wrote numerous poems which were published in magazines and +newspapers, but never collected in book form. His hymns, numbering over +one hundred, are sung by various Christian denominations. "The Morning +Light is Breaking" is a popular favorite. Among his other published +works are "Missionary Sketches," "Rambles in Mission Fields," a +"History of Newton," and a "Life of Rev. Joseph Grafton." Besides his +original hymns, he translated many from other languages, and wrote +numerous magazine articles and sketches during his long and busy life. + +Dr. Smith's vitality and enthusiasm remained with him to the last. A +great-grandfather when he died in his eighty-seventh year, he was an +inspiration to the younger generations growing up around him. He was at +work almost to the moment of his death, and still actively planning for +the future. + +His great national hymn, if he had left nothing else, will keep his +memory green forever in the hearts of his countrymen. It is even more +popular to-day, after seventy-one years have elapsed, than it was when +first sung in Park Street Church by the Sunday-school children of +Boston. Its patriotic ring, rather than its literary merit, renders it +sweet to the ear of every American. Wherever it is sung, the feeble +treble of age will join as enthusiastically as the joyous note of youth +in rendering the inspiring strains of + + + AMERICA + + My country, 'tis of thee, + Sweet land of liberty, + Of thee I sing, + Land where my fathers died, + Land of the pilgrim's pride, + From every mountain side, + Let freedom ring. + + My native country, thee, + Land of the noble, free, + Thy name I love; + I love thy rocks and rills, + Thy woods and templed hills,-- + My heart with rapture thrills, + Like that above. + + Let music swell the breeze, + And ring from all the trees + Sweet freedom's song; + Let mortal tongues awake, + Let all that breathe partake, + Let rocks their silence break, + The sound prolong. + + Our fathers' God, to Thee, + Author of Liberty, + To Thee we sing; + Long may our land be bright + With freedom's holy light,-- + Protect us by thy might, + Great God, our King. + + + + +III. THE BATTLE HYMN OF THE REPUBLIC + + +"No single influence," says United States Senator George F. Hoar of +Massachusetts, "has had so much to do with shaping the destiny of a +nation--as nothing more surely expresses national character--than what +is known as the national anthem." + +There is some difference of opinion as to which of our patriotic hymns +or songs is distinctively the national anthem of America. Senator Hoar +seems to have made up his mind in favor of "The Battle Hymn of the +Republic." Writing of its author, Julia Ward Howe, in 1903, he said: +"We waited eighty years for our American national anthem. At last God +inspired an illustrious and noble woman to utter in undying verse the +thought which we hope is forever to animate the soldier of the +republic:-- + + "'In the beauty of the lilies Christ was born across the sea + With a glory in His bosom that transfigures you and me; + As He died to make men holy, let us die to make men free, + While God is marching on.'" + +Mrs. Julia Ward Howe is as widely known for her learning and literary +and poetic achievements as she is for her work as a philanthropist and +reformer. + +She was born in New York City, in a stately mansion near the Bowling +Green, on May 27, 1819. From her birth she was fortunate in possessing +the advantages that wealth and high social position bestow. Her father, +Samuel Ward, the descendant of an old colonial family, was a member of +a leading banking firm of New York. Her mother, Julia Cutter Ward, was +a most charming and accomplished woman. She died very young, however, +while her little daughter Julia was still a child. Mr. Ward was a man +of advanced ideas, and was determined that his daughters should have, +as far as possible, the same educational advantages as his sons. + +Of course, in those early days there were no separate colleges for +women, and they would not be admitted to men's colleges. It was +impossible for Mr. Ward to overcome these difficulties wholly, but he +did the next best thing he could for his girls. He engaged as their +tutor the learned Dr. Joseph Green Cogswell, and instructed him to put +them through the full curriculum of Harvard College. + +On her entrance into society the "little Miss Ward," as Julia had been +called from her childhood, at once became a leader of the cultured and +fashionable circle in which she moved. In her father's home she met the +most distinguished American men of letters of that time. The liberal +education which she had received made the young girl feel perfectly at +her ease in such society. In addition to other accomplishments, she was +mistress of several ancient and modern languages, and a musical amateur +of great promise. + +In 1843 Miss Ward was married to Dr. Samuel G. Howe, director of the +Institute for the Blind in South Boston, Massachusetts. Immediately +after their marriage Dr. and Mrs. Howe went to Europe, where they +traveled for some time. The home which they established in Boston on +their return became a center for the refined and literary society of +Boston and its environment. Mrs. Howe's grace, learning, and +accomplishments made her a charming hostess and fit mistress of such a +home. + +Her literary talent was developed at a very early age. One of her +friends has humorously said that "Mrs. Howe wrote leading articles from +her cradle." However this may be, it is undoubtedly true that at +seventeen she contributed valuable articles to a leading New York +magazine. In 1854 she published her first volume of poems, "Passion +Flowers." Other volumes, including collections of her later poems, +books of travel, and a biography of Margaret Fuller, were afterward +published. For more than half a century she has been a constant +contributor to the leading magazines of the country. + +Since 1869 Mrs. Howe has been a leader in the movement for woman's +suffrage, and both by lecturing and writing has supported every effort +put forth for the educational and general advancement of her sex. + +Although in her eightieth year when the writer conversed with her a few +years ago, Mrs. Howe was then full of youthful enthusiasm, and her +interest in the great movements of the world was as keen as ever. Age +had in no way lessened her intellectual vigor. Surrounded by her +children and grandchildren, and one great-grandchild, she recently +celebrated her eighty-fourth birthday. + +The story of "The Battle Hymn of the Republic" has been left to the +last, not because it is the least important, but, on the contrary, +because it is one of the most important works of her life. Certain it +is that the "Battle Hymn" will live and thrill the hearts of Americans +centuries after its author has passed on to the other life. + +The hymn was written in Washington, in November, 1861, the first year +of our Civil War. Dr. and Mrs. Howe were visiting friends in that city. +During their stay, they went one day with a party to see a review of +Union troops. The review, however, was interrupted by a movement of the +Confederate forces which were besieging the city. On their return, the +carriage in which Mrs. Howe and her friends were seated was surrounded +by soldiers. Stirred by the scene and the occasion, she began to sing +"John Brown," to the delight of the soldiers, who heartily joined in +the refrain. + +At the close of the song Mrs. Howe expressed to her friends the strong +desire she felt to write some words which might be sung to this +stirring tune. But she added that she feared she would never be able to +do so. + +"That night," says her daughter, Maude Howe Eliot, "she went to sleep +full of thoughts of battle, and awoke before dawn the next morning to +find the desired verses immediately present to her mind. She sprang +from her bed, and in the dim gray light found a pen and paper, whereon +she wrote, scarcely seeing them, the lines of the poem. Returning to +her couch, she was soon asleep, but not until she had said to herself, +'I like this better than anything I have ever written before.'" + + THE BATTLE HYMN OF THE REPUBLIC + + Mine eyes have seen the glory of the coming of the Lord: + He is trampling out the vintage where the grapes of wrath are stored; + He hath loosed the fateful lightning of His terrible swift sword: + His truth is marching on. + + I have seen Him in the watch fires of a hundred circling camps; + They have builded Him an altar in the evening dews and damps; + I can read His righteous sentence by the dim and flaring lamps; + His day is marching on. + + I have read a fiery gospel, writ in burnished rows of steel: + "As ye deal with my contemners, so with you my grace shall deal; + Let the Hero born of woman crush the serpent with his heel, + Since God is marching on." + + He has sounded forth the trumpet that shall never call retreat; + He is sifting out the hearts of men before His judgment seat: + Oh! be swift, my soul, to answer Him! be jubilant, my feet! + Our God is marching on. + + In the beauty of the lilies Christ was born across the sea, + With a glory in His bosom that transfigures you and me: + As he died to make men holy, let us die to make men free, + While God is marching on. + + + + +TRAINING FOR GREATNESS + +GLIMPSES OF ABRAHAM LINCOLN'S BOYHOOD + + +In pronouncing a eulogy on Henry Clay, Lincoln said: "His example +teaches us that one can scarcely be so poor but that, if he will, he +can acquire sufficient education to get through the world respectably." + +Endowed as he was with all the qualities that make a man truly great, +Lincoln's own life teaches above all other things the lesson he drew +from that of Henry Clay. Is there in all the length and breadth of the +United States to-day a boy so poor as to envy Abraham Lincoln the +chances of his boyhood? The story of his life has been told so often +that nothing new can be said about him. Yet every fresh reading of the +story fills the reader anew with wonder and admiration at what was +accomplished by the poor backwoods boy. + +Let your mind separate itself from all the marvels of the twentieth +century. Think of a time when railroads and telegraph wires, +telephones, great ocean steamers, lighting by gas and electricity, +daily newspapers (except in a few centers), great circulating +libraries, and the hundreds of conveniences which are necessities to +the people of to-day, were unknown. Even the very rich at the beginning +of the nineteenth century could not buy the advantages that are free to +the poorest boy at the beginning of the twentieth century. When Lincoln +was a boy, thorns were used for pins; cork covered with cloth or bits +of bone served as buttons; crusts of rye bread were used by the poor as +substitutes for coffee, and dried leaves of certain herbs for tea. + +Abraham Lincoln was born on February 12, 1809, in a log cabin in Hardin +County, now La Rue County, Kentucky. His father, Thomas Lincoln, was +not remarkable either for thrift or industry. He was tall, well built, +and muscular, expert with his rifle, and a noted hunter, but he did not +possess the qualities necessary to make a successful pioneer farmer. +The character of the mother of Abraham, may best be gathered from his +own words: "All that I am or hope to be," he said when president of the +United States, "I owe to my angel mother. Blessings on her memory!" + +It was at her knee he learned his first lessons from the Bible. With +his sister Sarah, a girl two years his senior, he listened with wonder +and delight to the Bible stories, fairy tales, and legends with which +the gentle mother entertained and instructed them when the labors of +the day were done. + +When Abraham was about four years old, the family moved from the farm +on Nolin Creek to another about fifteen miles distant. There the first +great event in his life took place. He went to school. Primitive as was +the log-cabin schoolhouse, and elementary as were the acquirements of +his first schoolmaster, it was a wonderful experience for the boy, and +one that he never forgot. + +In 1816 Thomas Lincoln again decided to make a change. He was enticed +by stories that came to him from Indiana to try his fortunes there. So, +once more the little family "pulled up stakes" and moved on to the +place selected by the father in Spencer County, about a mile and a half +from Gentryville. It was a long, toilsome journey through the forest, +from the old home in Kentucky to the new one in Indiana. In some places +they had to clear their way through the tangled thickets as they +journeyed along. The stock of provisions they carried with them was +supplemented by game snared or shot in the forest and fish caught in +the river. These they cooked over the wood fire, kindled by means of +tinder and flint. The interlaced branches of trees and the sky made the +roof of their bedchamber by night, and pine twigs their bed. + +When the travelers arrived at their destination, there was no time for +rest after their journey. Some sort of shelter had to be provided at +once for their accommodation. They hastily put up a "half-faced +camp"--a sort of rude tent, with an opening on one side. The framework +of the tent was of upright posts, crossed by thin slabs, cut from the +trees they felled. The open side, or entrance, was covered with +"pelts," or half-dressed skins of wild animals. There was no ruder +dwelling in the wilds of Indiana, and no poorer family among the +settlers than the new adventurers from Kentucky. They were reduced to +the most primitive makeshifts in order to eke out a living. There was +no lack of food, however, for the woods were full of game of all kinds, +both feathered and furred, and the streams and rivers abounded with +fish. But the home lacked everything in the way of comfort or +convenience. + +Abraham, who was then in his eighth year, has been described as a tall, +ungainly, fast-growing, long-legged lad, clad in the garb of the +frontier. This consisted of a shirt of linsey-woolsey, a coarse +homespun material made of linen and wool, a pair of home-made +moccasins, deerskin leggings or breeches, and a hunting shirt of the +same material. This costume was completed by a coonskin cap, the tail +of the animal being left to hang down the wearer's back as an ornament. + +This sturdy lad, who was born to a life of unremitting toil, was +already doing a man's work. From the time he was four years old, away +back on the Kentucky farm, he had contributed his share to the family +labors. Picking berries, dropping seeds, and doing other simple tasks +suited to his strength, he had thus early begun his apprenticeship to +toil. In putting up the "half-faced" camp, he was his father's +principal helper. Afterward, when they built a more, substantial cabin +to take the place of the camp, he learned to handle an ax, a maul, and +a wedge. He helped to fell trees, fashion logs, split rails, and do +other important work in building the one-roomed cabin, which was to be +the permanent home of the family. He assisted also in making the rough +tables and chairs and the one rude bedstead or bed frame which +constituted the principal furniture of the cabin. In his childhood +Abraham did not enjoy the luxury of sleeping on a bedstead. His bed was +simply a heap of dry leaves, which occupied a corner of the loft over +the cabin. He climbed to it every night by a stepladder, or rather a +number of pegs driven into the wall. + +Rough and poor and full of hardship as his life was, Lincoln was by no +means a sad or unhappy boy. On the contrary, he was full of fun and +boyish pranks. His life in the open air, the vigorous exercise of every +muscle which necessity forced upon him, the tonic of the forests which +he breathed from his infancy, his interest in every living and growing +thing about him,--all helped to make him unusually strong, healthy, +buoyant, and rich in animal spirits. + +The first great sorrow of his life came to him in the death of his +dearly loved mother in 1818. The boy mourned for her as few children +mourn even for the most loving parent. Day after day he went from the +home made desolate by her death to weep on her grave under the near-by +trees. + +There were no churches in the Indiana wilderness, and the visits of +wandering ministers of religion to the scattered settlements were few +and far between. Little Abraham was grieved that no funeral service had +been held over his dead mother. He felt that it was in some sense a +lack of respect to her. He thought a great deal about the matter, and +finally wrote a letter to a minister named Elkins, whom the family had +known in Kentucky. Several months after the receipt of the letter +Parson Elkins came to Indiana. On the Sabbath morning after his +arrival, in the presence of friends who had come long distances to +assist, he read the funeral service over the grave of Mrs. Lincoln. He +also spoke in touching words of the tender Christian mother who lay +buried there. This simple service greatly comforted the heart of the +lonely boy. + +Some time after Thomas Lincoln brought a new mother to his children +from Kentucky. This was Mrs. Sally Bush Johnston, a young widow, who +had been a girlhood friend of Nancy Hanks. She had three +children,--John, Sarah, and Matilda Johnston,--who accompanied her to +Indiana. The second Mrs. Lincoln brought a stock of household goods and +furniture with her from Kentucky, and with the help of these made so +many improvements in the rude log cabin that her stepchildren regarded +her as a sort of magician or wonder worker. She was a good mother to +them, intelligent, kind, and loving. + +He was ten years old at this time, and had been to school but little. +Indeed, he says himself that he only went to school "by littles," and +that all his schooling "did not amount to more than a year." But he had +learned to read when he was a mere baby at his mother's knee; and to a +boy who loved knowledge as he did, this furnished the key to a broad +education. His love of reading amounted to a passion. The books he had +access to when a boy were very few; but they were good ones, and he +knew them literally from cover to cover. They were the Bible, "Robinson +Crusoe," "Pilgrim's Progress," a "History of the United States," and +Weems's "Life of Washington." Some of these were borrowed, among them +the "Life of Washington," of which Abraham afterward became the happy +owner. The story of how he became its owner has often been told. + +The book had been loaned to him by a neighbor, a well-to-do farmer +named Crawford. After reading from it late into the night by the light +of pine knots, Abraham carried it to his bedroom in the loft. He placed +it in a crack between the logs over his bed of dry leaves, so that he +could reach to it as soon as the first streaks of dawn penetrated +through the chinks in the log cabin. Unfortunately, it rained heavily +during the night, and when he took down the precious volume in the +morning, he found it badly damaged, all soddened and stained by the +rain. He was much distressed, and hurried to the owner of the book as +soon as possible to explain the mishap. + +"I'm real sorry, Mr. Crawford," he said, in concluding his explanation, +"and want to fix it up with you somehow, if you can tell me any way, +for I ain't got the money to pay for it with." + +"Well," said Mr. Crawford, "being as it's you, Abe, I won't be hard on +you. Come over and shuck corn three days, and the book's yours." + +The boy was delighted with the result of what at first had seemed a +great misfortune. Verily, his sorrow was turned into joy. What! Shuck +corn only three days and become owner of the book that told all about +his greatest hero! What an unexpected piece of good fortune! + +Lincoln's reading had revealed to him a world beyond his home in the +wilderness. Slowly it dawned upon him that one day he might find his +place in that great world, and he resolved to prepare himself with all +his might for whatever the future might hold. + +"I don't intend to delve, grub, shuck corn, split rails, and the like +always," he told Mrs. Crawford after he had finished reading the "Life +of Washington." "I'm going to fit myself for a profession." + +"Why, what do you want to be now?" asked Mrs. Crawford, in surprise. +"Oh, I'll be president," said the boy, with a smile. + +"You'd make a pretty president, with all your tricks and jokes, now +wouldn't you?" said Mrs. Crawford. + +"Oh, I'll study and get ready," was the reply, "and then maybe the +chance will come." + +If the life of George Washington, who had all the advantages of culture +and training that his time afforded, was an inspiration to Lincoln, the +poor hard-working backwoods boy, what should the life of Lincoln be to +boys of to-day? Here is a further glimpse of the way in which he +prepared himself to be president of the United States. The quotation is +from Ida M. Tarbell's "Life of Lincoln." + +"Every lull in his daily labor he used for reading, rarely going to his +work without a book. When plowing or cultivating the rough fields of +Spencer County, he found frequently a half hour for reading, for at the +end of every long row the horse was allowed to rest, and Lincoln had +his book out and was perched on stump or fence, almost as soon as the +plow had come to a standstill. One of the few people left in +Gentryville who still remembers Lincoln, Captain John Lamar, tells to +this day of riding to mill with his father, and seeing, as they drove +along, a boy sitting on the top rail of an old-fashioned, +stake-and-rider worm fence, reading so intently that he did not notice +their approach. His father, turning to him, said: 'John, look at that +boy yonder, and mark my words, he will make a smart man out of himself. +I may not see it, but you'll see if my words don't come true.' 'That +boy was Abraham Lincoln,' adds Mr. Lamar, impressively." + +Lincoln's father was illiterate, and had no sympathy with his son's +efforts to educate himself. Fortunately for him, however, his +stepmother helped and encouraged him in every way possible. Shortly +before her death she said to a biographer of Lincoln: "I induced my +husband to permit Abe to read and study at home, as well as at school. +At first he was not easily reconciled to it, but finally he too seemed +willing to encourage him to a certain extent. Abe was a dutiful son to +me always, and we took particular care when he was reading not to +disturb him,--would let him read on and on till he quit of his own +accord." + +Lincoln fully appreciated his stepmother's sympathy and love for him, +and returned them in equal measure. It added greatly to his enjoyment +of his reading and studies to have some one to whom he could talk about +them, and in after life he always gratefully remembered what his second +mother did for him in those early days of toil and effort. + +If there was a book to be borrowed anywhere in his neighborhood, he was +sure to hear about it and borrow it if possible. He said himself that +he "read through every book he had ever heard of in that county for a +circuit of fifty miles." + +And how he read! Boys who have books and magazines and papers in +abundance in their homes, besides having thousands of volumes to choose +from in great city libraries, can have no idea of what a book meant to +this boy in the wilderness. He devoured every one that came into his +hands as a man famishing from hunger devours a crust of bread. He read +and re-read it until he had made the contents his own. + +"From everything he read," says Miss Tarbell, "he made long extracts, +with his turkey-buzzard pen and brier-root ink. When he had no paper he +would write on a board, and thus preserve his selections until he +secured a copybook. The wooden fire shovel was his usual slate, and on +its back he ciphered with a charred stick, shaving it off when it had +become too grimy for use. The logs and boards in his vicinity he +covered with his figures and quotations. By night he read and worked as +long as there was light, and he kept a book in the crack of the logs in +his loft to have it at hand at peep of day. When acting as ferryman on +the Ohio in his nineteenth year, anxious, no doubt, to get through the +books of the house where he boarded before he left the place, he read +every night until midnight." + +His stepmother said: "He read everything he could lay his hands on, and +when he came across a passage that struck him, he would write it down +on boards if he had no paper, and keep it by him until he could get +paper. Then he would copy it, look at it, commit it to memory, and +repeat it." + +His thoroughness in mastering everything he undertook to study was a +habit acquired in childhood. How he acquired this habit he tells +himself. "Among my earliest recollections I remember how, when a mere +child," he says, "I used to get irritated when anybody talked to me in +a way I could not understand. I do not think I ever got angry at +anything else in my life; but that always disturbed my temper, and has +ever since. I can remember going to my little bedroom, after hearing +the neighbors talk of an evening with my father, and spending no small +part of the night walking up and down and trying to make out what was +the exact meaning of some of their--to me--dark sayings. + +"I could not sleep, although I tried to, when I got on such a hunt for +an idea until I had caught it; and when I thought I had got it, I was +not satisfied until I had repeated it over and over; until I had put it +in language plain enough, as I thought, for any boy I knew to +comprehend. This was a kind of passion with me, and it has stuck by me; +for I am never easy now when I am handling a thought, till I have +bounded it north and bounded it south and bounded it east and bounded +it west." + +With all his hard study, reading, and thinking, Lincoln was not a +bookworm, nor a dull companion to the humble, unschooled people among +whom his youth was spent. On the contrary, although he was looked up to +as one whose acquirements in "book learning" had raised him far above +every one in his neighborhood, he was the most popular youth in all the +country round. No "husking bee," or "house raising" or merry-making of +any kind was complete if Abraham was not present. He was witty, ready +of speech, a good story-teller, and had stored his memory with a fund +of humorous anecdotes, which he always used to good purpose and with +great effect. He had committed to memory, and could recite all the +poetry in the various school readers used at that time in the log-cabin +schoolhouse. He could make rhymes himself, and even make impromptu +speeches that excited the admiration of his hearers. He was the best +wrestler, jumper, runner, and the strongest of all his young +companions. Even when a mere youth he could lift as much as three +full-grown men; and, "if you heard him fellin' trees in a clearin'," +said his cousin, Dennis Hanks, "you would say there was three men at +work by the way the trees fell. His ax would flash and bite into a +sugar tree or sycamore, and down it would come." + +His kindness and tenderness of heart were as great as his strength and +agility. He loved all God's creatures, and cruelty to any of them +always aroused his indignation. Only once did he ever attempt to kill +any of the game in the woods, which the family considered necessary for +their subsistence. He refers to this occasion in an autobiography, +written by him in the third person, in the year 1860. + +"A few days before the completion of his eighth year," he says, "in the +absence of his father, a flock of wild turkeys approached the new log +cabin; and Abraham, with a rifle gun, standing inside, shot through a +crack and killed one of them. He has never since pulled the trigger on +any larger game." + +Any suffering thing, whether it was animal, man, woman, or child, was +sure of his sympathy and aid. Although he never touched intoxicating +drinks himself, he pitied those who lost manhood by their use. One +night on his way home from a husking bee or house raising, he found an +unfortunate man lying on the roadside overcome with drink. If the man +were allowed to remain there, he would freeze to death. Lincoln raised +him from the ground and carried him a long distance to the nearest +house, where he remained with him during the night. The man was his +firm friend ever after. + +Women admired him for his courtesy and rough gallantry, as well as for +his strength and kindness of heart; and he, in his turn, reverenced +women, as every noble, strong man does. This big, bony, tall, awkward +young fellow, who at eighteen measured six feet four, was as ready to +care for a baby in the absence of its mother as he was to tell a good +story or to fell a tree. Was it any wonder that he was popular with all +kinds of people? + +His stepmother says of him: "Abe was a good boy, and I can say what +scarcely one woman--a mother--can say in a thousand; Abe never gave me +a cross word or look, and never refused in fact or appearance to do +anything I requested him. I never gave him a cross word in all my life. +His mind and mine--what little I had--seemed to run together. He was +here after he was elected president. He was a dutiful son to me always. +I think he loved me truly. I had a son, John, who was raised with Abe. +Both were good boys; but I must say, both now being dead, that Abe was +the best boy I ever saw or expect to see." + +Wherever he went, or whatever he did, he studied men and things, and +gathered knowledge as much by observation as from books and whatever +news-papers or other publications he could get hold of. He used to go +regularly to the leading store in Gentryville, to read a Louisville +paper, taken by the proprietor of the store, Mr. Jones. He discussed +its contents, and exchanged views with the farmers who made the store +their place of meeting. His love of oratory was great. When the courts +were in session in Boonville, a town fifteen miles distant from his +home, whenever he could spare a day, he used to walk there in the +morning and back at night, to hear the lawyers argue cases and make +speeches. By this time Abraham himself could make an impromptu speech +on any subject with which he was at all familiar, good enough to win +the applause of the Indiana farmers. + +So, his boyhood days, rough, hard-working days, but not devoid of fun +and recreation, passed. Abraham did not love work any more than other +country boys of his age, but he never shirked his tasks. Whether it was +plowing, splitting rails, felling trees, doing chores, reaping, +threshing, or any of the multitude of things to be done on a farm, the +work was always well done. Sometimes, to make a diversion, when he was +working as a "hired hand," he would stop to tell some of his funny +stories, or to make a stump speech before his fellow-workers, who would +all crowd round him to listen; but he would more than make up for the +time thus spent by the increased energy with which he afterward worked. +Doubtless the other laborers, too, were refreshed and stimulated to +greater effort by the recreation he afforded them and the inspiration +of his example. + +Thomas Lincoln had learned carpentry and cabinet making in his youth, +and taught the rudiments of these trades to his son; so that in +addition to his skill and efficiency in all the work that falls to the +lot of a pioneer backwoods farmer, Abraham added the accomplishment of +being a fairly good carpenter. He worked at these trades with his +father whenever the opportunity offered. When he was not working for +his family, he was hired out to the neighboring farmers. His highest +wage was twenty-five cents a day, which he always handed over to his +father. + +Lincoln got his first glimpse of the world beyond Indiana when he +worked for several months as a ferryman and boatman on the Ohio River, +at Anderson Creek. He saw the steamers and vessels of all kinds sailing +up and down the Ohio, laden with produce and merchandise, on their way +to and from western and southern towns. He came in contact with +different kinds of people from different states, and thus his views of +the world and its people became a little more extended, and his longing +to be somebody and to do something worth while in the world waxed +stronger daily. + +His work as a ferryman showed him that there were other ways of making +a little money than by hiring out to the neighbors at twenty-five cents +a day. He resolved to take some of the farm produce to New Orleans and +sell it there. This project led to the unexpected earning of a dollar, +which added strength to his purpose to prepare himself to take the part +of a man in the world outside of Indiana. Let him tell in his own +words, as he related the story to Mr. Seward years afterward, how he +earned the dollar:-- + +"Seward," he said, "did you ever hear how I earned my first dollar?" + +"No," said Mr. Seward. + +"Well," replied he, "I was about eighteen years of age, and belonged, +as you know, to what they call down south the 'scrubs'; people who do +not own land and slaves are nobodies there; but we had succeeded in +raising, chiefly by my labor, sufficient produce, as I thought, to +justify me in taking it down the river to sell. After much persuasion I +had got the consent of my mother to go, and had constructed a flatboat +large enough to take the few barrels of things we had gathered to New +Orleans. A steamer was going down the river. We have, you know, no +wharves on the western streams, and the custom was, if passengers were +at any of the landings, they were to go out in a boat, the steamer +stopping and taking them on board. I was contemplating my new boat, and +wondering whether I could make it stronger or improve it in any part, +when two men with trunks came down to the shore in carriages, and +looking at the different boats singled out mine, and asked, 'Who owns +this?' I answered modestly, 'I do.' 'Will you,' said one of them, 'take +us and our trunks to the steamer?' 'Certainly,' said I. I was very glad +to have the chance of earning something, and supposed that each of them +would give me a couple of bits. The trunks were put in my boat, the +passengers seated themselves on them, and I sculled them out to the +steamer. They got on board, and I lifted the trunks and put them on the +deck. The steamer was about to put on steam again, when I called out, +'You have forgotten to pay me.' Each of them took from his pocket a +silver half-dollar and threw it on the bottom of my boat. I could +scarcely believe my eyes as I picked up the money. You may think it was +a very little thing, and in these days it seems to me like a trifle, +but it was a most important incident in my life. I could scarcely +credit that I, the poor boy, had earned a dollar in less than a day; +that by honest work I had earned a dollar. I was a more hopeful and +thoughtful boy from that time." + +In March, 1828, Lincoln was employed by one of the leading men of +Gentryville to take a load of produce down the Mississippi River to New +Orleans. For this service he was paid eight dollars a month and his +rations. + +This visit to New Orleans was a great event in his life. It showed him +the life of a busy cosmopolitan city, which was a perfect wonderland to +him. Everything he saw aroused his astonishment and interest, and +served to educate him for the larger life on which he was to enter +later. + +The next important event in the history of the Lincoln family was their +removal from Indiana to Illinois in 1830. The farm in Indiana had not +prospered as they hoped it would,--hence the removal to new ground in +Illinois. Abraham drove the team of oxen which carried their household +goods from the old home to their new abiding place near Decatur, in +Macon County, Illinois. Driving over the muddy, ill-made roads with a +heavily laden team was hard and slow work, and the journey occupied a +fortnight. When they arrived at their destination, Lincoln again helped +to build a log cabin for the family home. With his stepbrother he also, +as he said himself, "made sufficient of rails to fence ten acres of +ground, and raised a crop of sown corn upon it the same year." + +In that same year, 1830, he reached his majority. It was time for him +to be about his own business. He had worked patiently and cheerfully +since he was able to hold an ax in his hands for his own and the +family's maintenance. They could now get along without him, and he felt +that the time had come for him to develop himself for larger duties. + +He left the log cabin, penniless, without even a good suit of clothes. +The first work he did when he became his own master was to supply this +latter deficiency. For a certain Mrs. Millet he "split four hundred +rails for every yard of brown jeans, dyed with white walnut bark, +necessary to make a pair of trousers." + +For nearly a year he continued to work as a rail splitter and farm +"hand." Then he was hired by a Mr. Denton Offut to take a flatboat +loaded with goods from Sangamon town to New Orleans. So well pleased +was Mr. Offut with the way in which Lincoln executed his commission +that on his return he engaged him to take charge of a mill and store at +New Salem. + +There, as in every other place in which he had resided, he became the +popular favorite. His kindness of heart, his good humor, his skill as a +story teller, his strength, his courtesy, manliness, and honesty were +such as to win all hearts. He would allow no man to use profane +language before women. A boorish fellow who insisted on doing so in the +store on one occasion, in spite of Lincoln's protests, found this out +to his cost. Lincoln had politely requested him not to use such +language before ladies, but the man persisted in doing so. When the +women left the store, he became violently angry and began to abuse +Lincoln. He wanted to pick a quarrel with him. Seeing this Lincoln +said, "Well, if you must be whipped, I suppose I may as well whip you +as any other man," and taking the man out of the store he gave him a +well-merited chastisement. Strange to say, he became Lincoln's friend +after this, and remained so to the end of his life. + +His scrupulous honesty won for him in the New Salem community the title +of "Honest Abe," a title which is still affectionately applied to him. +On one occasion, having by mistake overcharged a customer six and a +quarter cents, he walked three miles after the store was closed in +order to restore the customer's money. At another time, in weighing tea +for a woman, he used a quarter-pound instead of a half-pound weight. +When he went to use the scales again, he discovered his mistake, and +promptly walked a long distance to deliver the remainder of the tea. + +Lincoln's determination to improve himself continued to be the leading +object of his life. He said once to his fellow-clerk in the store, "I +have talked with great men, and I do not see how they differ from +others." His observation had taught him that the great difference in +men's positions was not due so much to one having more talents or being +more highly gifted than another, but rather to the way in which one +cultivated his talent or talents and another neglected his. + +Up to this time he had not made a study of grammar, but he realized +that if he were to speak in public he must learn to speak +grammatically. He had no grammar, and did not know where to get one. In +this dilemma he consulted the schoolmaster of New Salem, who told him +where and from whom he could borrow a copy of Kirkham's Grammar. The +place named was six miles from New Salem. But that was nothing to a +youth so hungry for an education as Lincoln. He immediately started for +the residence of the fortunate people who owned a copy of Kirkham's +Grammar. The book was loaned to him without hesitation. In a short time +its contents were mastered, the student studying at night by the light +of shavings burned in the village cooper's shop. "Well," said Lincoln +to Greene, his fellow-clerk, when he had turned over the last page of +the grammar, "if that's what they call a science, I think I'll go at +another." The conquering of one thing after another, the thorough +mastery of whatever he undertook to do, made the next thing easier of +accomplishment than it would otherwise have been. In order to practice +debating he used to walk seven or eight miles to debating clubs. No +labor or trouble seemed too great to him if by it he could increase his +knowledge or add to his acquirements. No matter how hard or exhausting +his work, whether it was rail splitting, plowing, lumbering, boating, +or store keeping, he studied and read every spare minute, and often +until late at night. + +But this sketch has already exceeded the limits of Lincoln's boyhood, +for he had reached his twenty-second year while in the store in New +Salem. How he was made captain of a company raised to fight against the +Indians, how he kept store for himself, learned surveying, was elected +a member of the Illinois legislature, studied law, and was admitted to +the bar in Springfield, and how he finally became president of the +United States,--all this belongs to a later chapter of his life. + +Lincoln's rise from the poorest of log cabins to the White House, to be +president of the greatest republic in the world, is one of the most +inspiring stories in American biography. Yet he was not a genius, +unless a determination to make the most of one's self and to persist in +spite of all hardships, discouragements, and hindrances, be genius. He +made himself what he was--one of the noblest, greatest, and best of +men--by sheer dint of hard work and the cultivation of the talents that +had been given him. No fortunate chances, no influential friends, no +rare opportunities played a part in his life. Alone and unaided he +made, by the grace of God, the great career which will forever +challenge the admiration of mankind. + + + + +THE MARBLE WAITETH + + + THE STATUE + + The marble waits, immaculate and rude; + Beside it stands the sculptor, lost in dreams. + With vague, chaotic forms his vision teems. + Fair shapes pursue him, only to elude + And mock his eager fancy. Lines of grace + And heavenly beauty vanish, and, behold! + Out through the Parian luster, pure and cold, + Glares the wild horror of a devil's face. + + The clay is ready for the modeling. + The marble waits: how beautiful, how pure, + That gleaming substance, and it shall endure, + When dynasty and empire, throne and king + Have crumbled back to dust. Well may you pause, + Oh, sculptor-artist! and, before that mute, + Unshapen surface, stand irresolute! + Awful, indeed, are art's unchanging laws. + + The thing you fashion out of senseless clay, + Transformed to marble, shall outlive your fame; + And, when no more is known your race, or name, + Men shall be moved by what you mold to-day. + We all are sculptors. By each act and thought, + We form the model. Time, the artisan, + Stands, with his chisel, fashioning the Man, + And stroke by stroke the masterpiece is wrought. + + Angel or demon? Choose, and do not err! + For time but follows as you shape the mold, + And finishes in marble, stern and cold, + That statue of the soul, the character. + By wordless blessing, or by silent curse, + By act and motive,--so do you define + The image which time copies, line by line, + For the great gallery of the Universe. + + ELLA WHEELER WILCOX. + +At the gateway of a new year, emerging from the gay carelessness of +childhood, stand troops of buoyant, eager-eyed youths and maidens, +gazing down the vista of the future with glad expectancy. + +Fancy spreads upon her canvas radiant pictures of the joys and triumphs +which await them in the unborn years. In their unclouded springtime +there is no place for the specters of doubt and fear which too often +overshadow the autumn of life. + +In this formative period, the soul is unsoiled by warfare with the +world. It lies, like a block of pure, uncut Parian marble, ready to be +fashioned into--what? + +Its possibilities are limitless. You are the sculptor. An unseen hand +places in yours the mallet and the chisel, and a voice whispers: "The +marble waiteth. What will you do with it?" + +In this same block the angel and the demon lie sleeping. Which will you +call into life? Blows of some sort you must strike. The marble cannot +be left uncut. From its crudity some shape must be evolved. Shall it be +one of beauty, or of deformity; an angel, or a devil? Will you shape it +into a statue of beauty which will enchant the world, or will you call +out a hideous image which will demoralize every beholder? + +What are your ideals, as you stand facing the dawn of this new year +with the promise and responsibility of the new life on which you have +entered, awaiting you? Upon them depends the form which the rough block +shall take. Every stroke of the chisel is guided by the ideal behind +the blow. + +Look at this easy-going, pleasure-loving youth who takes up the mallet +and smites the chisel with careless, thoughtless blows. His mind is +filled with images of low, sensual pleasures; the passing enjoyment of +the hour is everything to him; his work, the future, nothing. He +carries in his heart, perhaps, the bestial motto of the glutton, "Eat, +drink, and be merry, for to-morrow we die;" or the flippant maxim of +the gay worldling, "A short life and a merry one; the foam of the +chalice for me;" forgetting that beneath the foam are the bitter dregs, +which, be he ever so unwilling, he must swallow, not to-day, nor yet +to-morrow,--perhaps not this year nor next; but sometime, as surely as +the reaping follows the sowing, will the bitter draught follow the +foaming glass of unlawful pleasure. + +As the years go by, and youth merges into manhood, the sculptor's hand +becomes more unsteady. One false blow follows another in rapid +succession. The formless marble takes on distorted outlines. Its +whiteness has long since become spotted. The sculptor, with blurred +vision and shattered nerves, still strikes with aimless hand, carving +deep gashes, adding a crooked line here, another there, soiling and +marring until no trace of the virgin purity of the block of marble +which was given him remains. It has become so grimy, so demoniacally +fantastic in its outlines, that the beholder turns from it with a +shudder. + +Not far off we see another youth at work on a block of marble, similar +in every detail to the first. The tools with which he plies his labor +differ in no wise from those of the worker we have been following. + +The glory of the morning shines upon the marble. Glowing with +enthusiasm, the light of a high purpose illuminating his face, the +sculptor, with steady hand and eye, begins to work out his ideal. The +vision that flits before him is so beautiful that he almost fears the +cunning of his hand will be unequal to fashioning it from the rigid +mass before him. Patiently he measures each blow of the mallet. With +infinite care he chisels each line and curve. Every stroke is true. + +Months stretch into years, and still we find the sculptor at work. Time +has given greater precision to his touch, and the skill of the youth, +strengthened by noble aspirations and right effort, has become positive +genius in the man. If he has not attained the ideal that haunted him, +he has created a form so beautiful in its clear-cut outlines, so +imposing in the majesty of its purity and strength, that the beholder +involuntarily bows before it. + +THE MARBLE WAITETH. WHAT WILL YOU DO WITH IT? + + + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Eclectic School Readings: Stories from +Life, by Orison Swett Marden + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STORIES FROM LIFE *** + +***** This file should be named 4597.txt or 4597.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/4/5/9/4597/ + +Produced by Robert Rowe, Charles Franks and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team. HTML version by Al Haines + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/4597.zip b/4597.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..def20fa --- /dev/null +++ b/4597.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b611506 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #4597 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/4597) diff --git a/old/sflif10.txt b/old/sflif10.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c4291b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/sflif10.txt @@ -0,0 +1,6159 @@ +The Project Gutenberg Etext of Stories from Life +by Marden vice Harden + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the +copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing +this or any other Project Gutenberg file. + +Please do not remove this header information. + +This header should be the first thing seen when anyone starts to +view the eBook. Do not change or edit it without written permission. +The words are carefully chosen to provide users with the information +needed to understand what they may and may not do with the eBook. +To encourage this, we have moved most of the information to the end, +rather than having it all here at the beginning. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!***** + +Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get eBooks, and +further information, is included below. We need your donations. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a 501(c)(3) +organization with EIN [Employee Identification Number] 64-6221541 +Find out about how to make a donation at the bottom of this file. + + +Title: Stories from Life + +Author: Marden vice Harden + +Release Date: October, 2003 [Etext #4597] +[Yes, we are more than one year ahead of schedule] +[This file was first posted on February 13, 2002] + +Edition: 10 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +The Project Gutenberg Etext of Stories from Life +by Marden vice Harden +******This file should be named sflif10.txt or sflif10.zip****** + +Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, sflif11.txt +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, sflif10a.txt + +Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we usually do not +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +The "legal small print" and other information about this book +may now be found at the end of this file. Please read this +important information, as it gives you specific rights and +tells you about restrictions in how the file may be used. + +*** +Robert Rowe, Charles Franks and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team. + +ECLECTIC SCHOOL READINGS + +STORIES FROM LIFE + +A BOOK FOR YOUNG PEOPLE + +BY ORISON SWETT MARDEN + +AUTHOR OF "ARCHITECTS OF FATE," "RUSHING TO THE FRONT," "WINNING +OUT," ETC, AND EDITOR OF "SUCCESS" + + + + + +PREFACE + + +To make a life, as well as to make a living, is one of the supreme +objects for which we must all struggle. The sooner we realize what +this means, the greater and more worthy will be the life which we +shall make. + +In putting together the brief life stories and incidents from +great lives which make up the pages of this little volume, the +writer's object has been to show young people that, no matter how +humble their birth or circumstances, they may make lives that will +be held up as examples to future generations, even as these +stories show how boys, handicapped by poverty and the most +discouraging surroundings, yet succeeded so that they are held up +as models to the boys of to-day. + +No boy or girl can learn too early in life the value of time and +the opportunities within reach of the humblest children of the +twentieth century to enable them to make of themselves noble men +and women. + +The stories here presented do not claim to be more than mere +outlines of the subjects chosen, enough to show what brave souls +in the past, souls animated by loyalty to God and to their best +selves, were able to accomplish in spite of obstacles of which the +more fortunately born youths of to-day can have no conception. + +It should never be forgotten, however, in the strivings of +ambition, that, while every one should endeavor to raise himself +to his highest power and to attain to as exalted and honorable a +position as his abilities entitle him to, his first object should +be to make a noble life. + +The author wishes to acknowledge the assistance of Miss Margaret +Connolly in the preparation of this volume. + +O.S.M. + + + + + +CONTENTS + + +TO-DAY +"THE MILL BOY OF THE SLASHES" +THE GREEK SLAVE WHO WON THE OLIVE CROWN +TURNING POINTS IN THE LIFE OF A HERO: + I. THE FIRST TURNING POINT + II. A BORN LEADER + III. "FARRAGUT IS THE MAN" +HE AIMED HIGH AND HIT THE MARK +THE EVOLUTION OF A VIOLINIST +THE LESSON OF THE TEAKETTLE +HOW THE ART OF PRINTING WAS DISCOVERED +SEA FEVER AND WHAT IT LED TO +GLADSTONE FOUND TIME TO BE KIND +A TRIBUNE OF THE PEOPLE +THE MIGHT OF PATIENCE +THE INSPIRATION OF GAMBETTA +ANDREW JACKSON: THE BOY WHO "NEVER WOULD GIVE UP" +SIR HUMPHRY DAVY'S GREATEST DISCOVERY, MICHAEL FARADAY +THE TRIUMPH OF CANOVA +FRANKLIN'S LESSON ON TIME VALUE +FROM STORE BOY TO MILLIONAIRE +"I WILL PAINT OR DIE!" +THE CALL THAT SPEAKS IN THE BLOOD +WASHINGTON'S YOUTHFUL HEROISM +A COW HIS CAPITAL +THE BOY WHO SAID "I MUST" +THE HIDDEN TREASURE +LOVE TAMED THE LION +"THERE IS ROOM ENOUGH AT THE TOP" +THE UPLIFT OF A SLAVE BOY'S IDEAL +"TO THE FIRST ROBIN" +THE "WIZARD" AS AN EDITOR +HOW GOOD FORTUNE CAME TO PIERRE +"IF I REST, I RUST" +A BOY WHO KNEW NOT FEAR +HOW STANLEY FOUND LIVINGSTONE +THE NESTOR OF AMERICAN JOURNALISTS +THE MAN WITH AN IDEA +"BERNARD OF THE TUILERIES" +HOW THE "LEARNED BLACKSMITH" FOUND TIME +THE LEGEND OF WILLIAM TELL +"WESTWARD HO!" +THREE GREAT AMERICAN SONGS AND THEIR AUTHORS + I. THE STAR-SPANGLED BANNER + II. AMERICA + III. THE BATTLE HYMN OF THE REPUBLIC +TRAINING FOR GREATNESS +THE MARBLE WAITETH + + + + + +STORIES FROM LIFE + + + + + +TO-DAY + + For the structure that we raise, + Time is with materials filled; + Our to-days and yesterdays + Are the blocks with which we build. + + Longfellow. + + +To-day! To-day! It is ours, with all its magic possibilities of +being and doing. Yesterday, with its mistakes, misdeeds, lost +opportunities, and failures, is gone forever. With the morrow we +are not immediately concerned. It is but a promise yet to be +fulfilled. Hidden behind the veil of the future, it may dimly +beckon us, but it is yet a shadowy, unsubstantial vision, one that +we, perhaps, never may realize. But to-day, the Here, the Now, +that dawned upon us with the first hour of the morn, is a reality, +a precious possession upon the right use of which may depend all +our future of happiness and success, or of misery and failure; for + +"This day we fashion Destiny, our web of Fate we spin." + +Lest he should forget that Time's wings are swift and noiseless, +and so rapidly bear our to-days to the Land of Yesterday, John +Ruskin, philosopher, philanthropist, and tireless worker though he +was, kept constantly before his eyes on his study table a large, +handsome block of chalcedony, on which was graven the single word +"To-day." Every moment of this noble life was enriched by the +right use of each passing moment. + +A successful merchant, whose name is well-known throughout our +country, very tersely sums up the means by which true success may +be attained. "It is just this," he says: "Do your best every day, +whatever you have in hand." + +This simple rule, if followed in sunshine and in storm, in days of +sadness as well as days of gladness, will rear for the builder a +Palace Beautiful more precious than pearls of great price, more +enduring than time. + + + + + +"THE MILL BOY OF THE SLASHES" + + +A picturesque, as well as pathetic figure, was Henry Clay, the +little "Mill Boy of the Slashes," as he rode along on the old +family horse to Mrs. Darricott's mill. Blue-eyed, rosy-cheeked, +and bare-footed, clothed in coarse shirt and trousers, and a +time-worn straw hat, he sat erect on the bare back of the horse, +holding, with firm hand, the rope which did duty as a bridle. In +front of him lay the precious sack, containing the grist which was +to be ground into meal or flour, to feed the hungry mouths of the +seven little boys and girls who, with the widowed mother, made up +the Clay family. + +It required a good deal of grist to feed so large a family, +especially when hoecake was the staple food, and it was because of +his frequent trips to the mill, across the swampy region called +the "Slashes," that Henry was dubbed by the neighbors "The Mill +Boy of the Slashes." + +The lad was ambitious, however, and, very early in life, made up +his mind that he would win for himself a more imposing title. He +never dreamed of winning world-wide renown as an orator, or of +exchanging his boyish sobriquet for "The Orator of Ashland." But +he who forms high ideals in youth usually far outstrips his first +ambition, and Henry had "hitched his wagon to a star." + +This awkward country boy, who was so bashful, and so lacking in +self-confidence that he hardly dared recite before his class in +the log schoolhouse, DETERMINED TO BECOME AN ORATOR. + +Henry Clay, the brilliant lawyer and statesman, the American +Demosthenes who could sway multitudes by his matchless oratory, +once said, "In order to succeed a man must have a purpose fixed, +then let his motto be VICTORY OR DEATH." When Henry Clay, the poor +country boy, son of an unknown Baptist minister, made up his mind +to become an orator, he acted on this principle. No discouragement +or obstacle was allowed to swerve him from his purpose. Since the +death of his father, when the boy was but five years old, he had +carried grist to the mill, chopped wood, followed the plow +barefooted, clerked in a country store,--did everything that a +loving son and brother could do to help win a subsistence for the +family. + +In the midst of poverty, hard work, and the most pitilessly +unfavorable conditions, the youth clung to his resolve. He learned +what he could at the country schoolhouse, during the time the +duties of the farm permitted him to attend school. He committed +speeches to memory, and recited them aloud, sometimes in the +forest, sometimes while working in the cornfield, and frequently +in a barn with a horse and an ox for his audience. + +In his fifteenth year he left the grocery store where he had been +clerking to take a position in the office of the clerk of the High +Court of Chancery. There he became interested in law, and by +reading and study began at once to supplement the scanty education +of his childhood. To such good purpose did he use his +opportunities that in 1797, when only twenty years old, he was +licensed by the judges of the court of appeals to practice law. + +When he moved from Richmond to Lexington, Kentucky, the same year +to begin practice for himself, he had no influential friends, no +patrons, and not even the means to pay his board. Referring to +this time years afterward, he said, "I remember how comfortable I +thought I should be if I could make one hundred pounds Virginia +money (less than five hundred dollars) per year; and with what +delight I received the first fifteen-shilling fee." + +Contrary to his expectations, the young lawyer had "immediately +rushed into a lucrative practice." At the age of twenty-seven he +was elected to the Kentucky legislature. Two years later he was +sent to the United States Senate to fill out the remainder of the +term of a senator who had withdrawn. In 1811 he was elected to +Congress, and made Speaker of the national House of +Representatives. He was afterward elected to the United States +Senate in the regular way. + +Both in Congress and in the Senate Clay always worked for what he +believed to be the best interests of his country. Ambition, which +so often causes men to turn aside from the paths of truth and +honor, had no power to tempt him to do wrong. He was ambitious to +be president, but would not sacrifice any of his convictions for +the sake of being elected. Although he was nominated by his party +three times, he never became president. It was when warned by a +friend that if he persisted in a certain course of political +conduct he would injure his prospects of being elected, that he +made his famous statement, "I would rather be right than be +president." + +Clay has been described by one of his biographers as "a brilliant +orator, an honest man, a charming gentleman, an ardent patriot, +and a leader whose popularity was equaled only by that of Andrew +Jackson." + +Although born in a state in which wealth and ancient ancestry were +highly rated, he was never ashamed of his birth or poverty. Once +when taunted by the aristocratic John Randolph with his lowly +origin, he proudly exclaimed, "I was born to no proud paternal +estate. I inherited only infancy, ignorance, and indigence." + +He was born in Hanover County, Virginia, on April 12, 1777, and +died in Washington, June 29, 1852. With only the humble +inheritance which he claimed--"infancy, ignorance, and indigence" +--Henry Clay made himself a name that wealth and a long line of +ancestry could never bestow. + + + + + +THE GREEK SLAVE WHO WON THE OLIVE CROWN + + +The teeming life of the streets has vanished; the voices of the +children have died away into silence; the artisan has dropped his +tools, the artist has laid aside his brush, the sculptor his +chisel. Night has spread her wings over the scene. The queen city +of Greece is wrapped in slumber. + +But, in the midst of that hushed life, there is one who sleeps +not, a worshiper at the shrine of art, who feels neither fatigue +nor hardship, and fears not death itself in the pursuit of his +object. With the fire of genius burning in his dark eyes, a youth +works with feverish haste on a group of wondrous beauty. + +But why is this master artist at work, in secret, in a cellar +where the sun never shone, the daylight never entered? I will tell +you. Creon, the inspired worker, the son of genius, is a slave, +and the penalty of pursuing his art is death. + +When the Athenian law debarring all but freemen from the exercise +of art was enacted, Creon was at work trying to realize in marble +the vision his soul had created. The beautiful group was growing +into life under his magic touch when the cruel edict struck the +chisel from his fingers. + +"O ye gods!" groans the stricken youth, "why have ye deserted me, +now, when my task is almost completed? I have thrown my soul, my +very life, into this block of marble, and now--" + +Cleone, the beautiful dark-haired sister of the sculptor, felt the +blow as keenly as her brother, to whom she was utterly devoted. "O +immortal Athene! my goddess, my patron, at whose shrine I have +daily laid my offerings, be now my friend, the friend of my +brother!" she prayed. + +Then, with the light of a new-born resolve shining in her eyes, +she turned to her brother, saying:-- + +"The thought of your brain shall live. Let us go to the cellar +beneath our house. It is dark, but I will bring you light and +food, and no one will discover our secret. You can there continue +your work; the gods will be our allies." + +It is the golden age of Pericles, the most brilliant epoch of +Grecian art and dramatic literature. + +The scene is one of the most memorable that has ever been enacted +within the proud city of Athens. + +In the Agora, the public assembly or market place, are gathered +together the wisdom and wit, the genius and beauty, the glory and +power, of all Greece. + +Enthroned in regal state sits Pericles, president of the assembly, +soldier, statesman, orator, ruler, and "sole master of Athens." By +his side sits his beautiful partner, the learned and queenly +Aspasia. Phidias, one of the greatest sculptors, if not the +greatest the world has known, who "formed a new style +characterized by sublimity and ideal beauty," is there. Near him +is Sophocles, the greatest of the tragic poets. Yonder we catch a +glimpse of a face and form that offers the most striking contrast +to the manly beauty of the poet, but whose wisdom and virtue have +brought Athens to his feet. It is the "father of philosophy," +Socrates. With his arm linked in that of the philosopher, we see-- +but why prolong the list? All Greece has been bidden to Athens to +view the works of art. + +The works of the great masters are there. On every side paintings +and statues, marvelous in detail, exquisite in finish, challenge +the admiration of the crowd and the criticism of the rival artists +and connoisseurs who throng the place. But even in the midst of +masterpieces, one group of statuary so far surpasses all the +others that it rivets the attention of the vast assembly. + +"Who is the sculptor of this group?" demands Pericles. Envious +artists look from one to the other with questioning eyes, but the +question remains unanswered. No triumphant sculptor comes forward +to claim the wondrous creation as the work of his brain and hand. +Heralds, in thunder tones, repeat, "Who is the sculptor of this +group?" No one can tell. It is a mystery. Is it the work of the +gods? or--and, with bated breath, the question passes from lip to +lip, "Can it have been fashioned by the hand of a slave?" + +Suddenly a disturbance arises at the edge of the crowd. Loud +voices are heard, and anon the trembling tones of a woman. Pushing +their way through the concourse, two officers drag a shrinking +girl, with dark, frightened eyes, to the feet of Pericles. "This +woman," they cry, "knows the sculptor; we are sure of this; but +she will not tell his name." + +Neither threats nor pleading can unlock the lips of the brave +girl. Not even when informed that the penalty of her conduct was +death would she divulge her secret. "The law," says Pericles, "is +imperative. Take the maid to the dungeon." + +Creon, who, with his sister, had been among the first to find his +way to the Agora that morning, rushed forward, and, flinging +himself at the ruler's feet, cried "O Pericles! forgive and save +the maid. She is my sister. I am the culprit. The group is the +work of my hands, the hands of a slave." + +An intense silence fell upon the multitude, and then went up a +mighty shout,--"To the dungeon, to the dungeon with the slave." + +"As I live, no!" said Pericles, rising. "Not to the dungeon, but +to my side bring the youth. The highest purpose of the law should +be the development of the beautiful. The gods decide by that group +that there is something higher in Greece than an unjust law. To +the sculptor who fashioned it give the victor's crown." + +And then, amid the applause of all the people, Aspasia placed the +crown of olives on the youth's brow, and tenderly kissed the +devoted sister who had been the right hand of genius. + + + + + +TURNING POINTS IN THE LIFE OF A HERO + +I. THE FIRST TURNING POINT + + +David Farragut was acting as cabin boy to his father, who was on +his way to New Orleans with the infant navy of the United States. +The boy thought he had the qualities that make a man. "I could +swear like an old salt," he says, "could drink as stiff a glass of +grog as if I had doubled Cape Horn, and could smoke like a +locomotive. I was great at cards, and was fond of gambling in +every shape. At the close of dinner one day," he continues, "my +father turned everybody out of the cabin, locked the door, and +said to me, 'David, what do you mean to be?' + +"'I mean to follow the sea,' I said. + +'"Follow the sea!' exclaimed father, 'yes, be a poor, miserable, +drunken sailor before the mast, kicked and cuffed about the world, +and die in some fever hospital in a foreign clime!' + +"'No, father,' I replied, 'I will tread the quarterdeck, and +command as you do.' + +"'No, David; no boy ever trod the quarterdeck with such principles +as you have and such habits as you exhibit. You will have to +change your whole course of life if you ever become a man.' + +"My father left me and went on deck. I was stunned by the rebuke, +and overwhelmed with mortification. 'A poor, miserable, drunken +sailor before the mast, kicked and cuffed about the world, and die +in some fever hospital!' 'That's my fate, is it? I'll change my +life, and _I_ WILL CHANGE IT AT ONCE. I will never utter another +oath, never drink another drop of intoxicating liquor, never +gamble,' and, as God is my witness," said the admiral, solemnly, +"I have kept these three vows to this hour." + + + + + +II. A BORN LEADER + + +The event which proved David Glasgow Farragut's qualities as a +leader happened before he was thirteen. + +He was with his adopted father, Captain Porter, on board the +Essex, when war was declared with England in 1812. A number of +prizes were captured by the Essex, and David was ordered by +Captain Porter to take one of the captured vessels, with her +commander as navigator, to Valparaiso. Although inwardly quailing +before the violent-tempered old captain of the prize ship, of +whom, as he afterward confessed, he was really "a little afraid," +the boy assumed the command with a fearless air. + +On giving his first order, that the "main topsail be filled away," +the trouble began. The old captain, furious at hearing a command +given aboard his vessel by a boy not yet in his teens, replied to +the order, with an oath, that he would shoot any one who dared +touch a rope without his orders. Having delivered this mandate, he +rushed below for his pistols. + +The situation was critical. If the young commander hesitated for a +moment, or showed the least sign of submitting to be bullied, his +authority would instantly have fallen from him. Boy as he was, +David realized this, and, calling one of the crew to him, +explained what had taken place, and repeated his order. With a +hearty "Aye, aye, sir!" the sailor flew to the ropes, while the +plucky midshipman called down to the captain that "if he came on +deck with his pistols, he would be thrown overboard." + +David's victory was complete. During the remainder of the voyage +none dared dispute his authority. Indeed his coolness and +promptitude had won for him the lasting admiration of the crew. + + + + + +III. "FARRAGUT IS THE MAN" + + +The great turning point which placed Farragut at the head of the +American navy was reached in 1861, when Virginia seceded from the +Union, and he had to choose between the cause of the North and +that of the South. He dearly loved his native South, and said, +"God forbid that I should have to raise my hand against her," but +he determined, come what would, to "stick to the flag." + +So it came about that when, in order to secure the control of the +Mississippi, the national government resolved upon the capture of +New Orleans, Farragut was chosen to lead the undertaking. Several +officers, noted for their loyalty, good judgment, and daring, were +suggested, but the Secretary of the Navy said, "Farragut is the +man." + +The opportunity for which all his previous noble life and +brilliant services had been a preparation came to him when he was +sixty-one years old. The command laid upon him was "the certain +capture of the city of New Orleans." "The department and the +country," so ran his instructions, "require of you success. ... If +successful, you open the way to the sea for the great West, never +again to be closed. The rebellion will be riven in the center, and +the flag, to which you have been so faithful, will recover its +supremacy in every state." + +On January 9, 1862, Farragut was appointed to the command of the +western gulf blockading squadron. "On February 2," says the +National Cyclopedia of American Biograph, "he sailed on the steam +sloop Hartford from Hampton Roads, arriving at the appointed +rendezvous, Ship Island, in sixteen days. His fleet, consisting of +six war steamers, sixteen gunboats, twenty-one mortar vessels, +under the command of Commodore David D. Porter, and five supply +ships, was the largest that had ever sailed under the American +flag. Yet the task assigned him, the passing of the forts below +New Orleans, the capture of the city, and the opening of the +Mississippi River through its entire length was one of difficulty +unprecedented in the history of naval warfare." + +Danger or death had no terror for the brave sailor. Before setting +out on his hazardous enterprise, he said: "If I die in the +attempt, it will only be what every officer has to expect. He who +dies in doing his duty to his country, and at peace with his God, +has played the drama of life to the best advantage." + +The hero did not die. He fought and won the great battle, and thus +executed the command laid upon him,--"the certain capture of the +city of New Orleans." The victory was accomplished with the loss +of but one ship, and 184 men killed and wounded,--"a feat in naval +warfare," says his son and biographer, "which has no precedent, +and which is still without a parallel, except the one furnished by +Farragut himself, two years later, at Mobile." + + + + + +HE AIMED HIGH AND HIT THE MARK + +"Without vision the people perish" + + +Without a high ideal an individual never climbs. Keep your eyes on +the mountain top, and, though you may stumble and fall many times +in the ascent, though great bowlders, dense forests, and roaring +torrents may often bar the way, look right on, never losing sight +of the light which shines away up in the clear atmosphere of the +mountain peak, and you will ultimately reach your goal. + +When the late Horace Maynard, LL.D., entered Amherst College, he +exposed himself to the ridicule and jibing questions of his +fellow-students by placing over the door of his room a large +square of white cardboard on which was inscribed in bold outlines +the single letter "V." Disregarding comment and question, the +young man applied himself to his work, ever keeping in mind the +height to which he wished to climb, the first step toward which +was signified by the mysterious "V." + +Four years later, after receiving the compliments of professors +and students on the way he had acquitted himself as valedictorian +of his class, young Maynard called the attention of his fellow- +graduates to the letter over his door. Then a light broke in upon +them, and they cried out, "Is it possible that you had the +valedictory in mind when you put that 'V' over your door?" + +"Assuredly I had," was the emphatic reply. + +On he climbed, from height to height, becoming successively +professor of mathematics in the University of Tennessee, lawyer, +member of Congress, attorney-general of Tennessee, United States +minister to Constantinople, and, finally, postmaster-general. + +Honorable ambition is the leaven that raises the whole mass of +mankind. Ideals, visions, are the stepping-stones by which we rise +to higher things. + +"Still, through our paltry stir and strife, + Glows down the wished ideal, + And longing molds in clay what life + Carves in the marble real; + + "To let the new life in, we know, + Desire must ope the portal,-- + Perhaps the longing to be so + Helps make the soul immortal." + + + + + +THE EVOLUTION OF A VIOLINIST + + +He was a famous artist whom kings and queens and emperors +delighted to honor. The emperor of all the Russias had sent him an +affectionate letter, written by his own hand; the empress, a +magnificent emerald ring set with diamonds; the king of his own +beloved Norway, who had listened reverently, standing with +uncovered head, while he, the king of violinists, played before +him, had bestowed upon him the Order of Vasa; the king of +Copenhagen presented him with a gold snuffbox, encrusted with +diamonds; while, at a public dinner given him by the students of +Christiana, he was crowned with a laurel wreath. Not all the +thousands who thronged to hear him in London could gain entrance +to the concert hall, and in Liverpool he received four thousand +dollars for one evening's performance. + +Yet the homage of the great ones of the earth, the princely gifts +bestowed upon him, the admiration of the thousands who hung +entranced on every note breathed by his magic violin, gave less +delight than the boy of fourteen experienced when he received from +an old man, whose heart his playing had gladdened, the present of +four pairs of doves, with a card suspended by a blue ribbon round +the neck of one, bearing his own name, "Ole Bull." + +The soul of little Ole Bull had always been attuned to melody, +from the time when, a toddling boy of four, he had kissed with +passionate delight the little yellow violin given him by his +uncle. How happy he was, as he wandered alone through the meadows, +listening with the inner ear of heaven-born genius to the great +song of nature. The bluebells, the buttercups, and the blades of +grass sang to him in low, sweet tones, unheard by duller ears. How +he thrilled with delight when he touched the strings of the little +red violin, purchased for him when he was eight years old. His +father destined him for the church, and, feeling that music should +form part of the education of a clergyman, he consented to the +mother's proposition that the boy should take lessons on the +violin. + +Ole could not sleep for joy, that first night of ownership; and, +when the house was wrapped in slumber, he got up and stole on +tiptoe to the room where his treasure lay. The bow seemed to +beckon to him, the pretty pearl screws to smile at him out of +their red setting. "I pinched the strings just a little," he said. +"It smiled at me ever more and more. I took up the bow and looked +at it. It said to me it would be pleasant to try it across the +strings. So I did try it just a very, very little, and it did sing +to me so sweetly. At first I did play very soft. But presently I +did begin a capriccio, which I like very much, and it did go ever +louder and louder; and I forgot that it was midnight and that +everybody was asleep. Presently I hear something crack; and the +next minute I feel my father's whip across my shoulders. My little +red violin dropped on the floor, and was broken. I weep much for +it, but it did no good. They did have a doctor to it next day, but +it never recovered its health." + +He was given another violin, however, and, when only ten, he would +wander into the fields and woods, and spend hours playing his own +improvisations, echoing the song of the birds, the murmur of the +brook, the thunder of the waterfall, the soughing of the wind +among the trees, the roar of the storm. + +But childhood's days are short. The years fly by. The little Ole +is eighteen, a student in the University of Christiana, preparing +for the ministry. His brother students beg him to play for a +charitable association. He remembers his father's request that he +yield not to his passion for music, but being urged for "sweet +charity's sake," he consents. + +The youth's struggle between the soul's imperative demand and the +equally imperative parental dictate was pathetic. Meanwhile the +position of musical director of the Philharmonic and Dramatic +Societies becoming vacant, Ole was appointed to the office; and, +seeing that it was useless to contend longer against the genius of +his son, the disappointed father allowed him to accept the +directorship. + +When fairly launched on a musical career, his trials and +disappointments began. Wishing to assure himself whether he had +genius or not, he traveled five hundred miles to see and hear the +celebrated Louis Spohr, who received the tremulous youth coldly, +and gave him no encouragement. No matter, he would go to the city +of art. In Paris he heard Berlioz and other great musicians. +Entranced he listened, in his high seat at the top of the house, +to the exquisite notes of Malibran. + +His soul feasted on music, but his money was fast dwindling away, +and the body could not be sustained by sweet sounds. But the poor +unknown violinist, who was only another atom in the surging life +of the great city, could earn nothing. He was on the verge of +starvation, but he would not go back to Christiana. He must still +struggle and study. He became ill of brain fever, and was tenderly +nursed back to life by the granddaughter of his kind landlady, +pretty little Felicie Villeminot, who afterward became his wife. +He had drained the cup of poverty and disappointment to the dregs, +but the tide was about to turn. + +He was invited to play at a concert presided over by the Duke of +Montebello, and this led to other profitable engagements. But the +great opportunity of his life came to him in Bologna. The people +had thronged to the opera house to hear Malibran. She had +disappointed them, and they were in no mood to be lenient to the +unknown violinist who had the temerity to try to fill her place. + +He came on the stage. He bowed. He grew pale under the cold gaze +of the thousands of unsympathetic eyes turned upon him. But the +touch of his beloved violin gave him confidence. Lovingly, +tenderly, he drew the bow across the strings. The coldly critical +eyes no longer gazed at him. The unsympathetic audience melted +away. He and his violin were one and alone. In the hands of the +great magician the instrument was more than human. It talked; it +laughed; it wept; it controlled the moods of men as the wind +controls the sea. + +The audience scarcely breathed. Criticism was disarmed. Malibran +was forgotten. The people were under the spell of the enchanter. +Orpheus had come again. But suddenly the music ceased. The spell +was broken. With a shock the audience returned to earth, and Ole +Bull, restored to consciousness of his whereabouts by the storm of +applause which shook the house, found himself famous forever. + +His triumph was complete, but his work was not over, for the price +of fame is ceaseless endeavor. But the turning point had been +passed. He had seized the great opportunity for which his life had +been a preparation, and it had placed him on the roll of the +immortals. + + + + + +THE LESSON OF THE TEAKETTLE + + +The teakettle was singing merrily over the fire; the good aunt was +bustling round, on housewifely cares intent, and her little nephew +sat dreamily gazing into the glowing blaze on the kitchen hearth. + +Presently the teakettle ceased singing, and a column of steam came +rushing from its pipe. The boy started to his feet, raised the lid +from the kettle, and peered in at the bubbling, boiling water, +with a look of intense interest. Then he rushed off for a teacup, +and, holding it over the steam, eagerly watched the latter as it +condensed and formed into tiny drops of water on the inside of the +cup. + +Returning from an upper room, whither her duties had called her, +the thrifty aunt was shocked to find her nephew engaged in so +profitless an occupation, and soundly scolded him for what she +called his trifling. The good lady little dreamed that James Watt +was even then unconsciously studying the germ of the science by +which he "transformed the steam engine from a mere toy into the +most wonderful instrument which human industry has ever had at its +command." + +This studious little Scottish lad, who, because too frail to go to +school, had been taught at home, was very different from other +boys. When only six or seven years old, he would lie for hours on +the hearth, in the little cottage at Greenock, near Glasgow, where +he was born in 1736, drawing geometrical figures with pieces of +colored chalk. He loved, too, to gaze at the stars, and longed to +solve their mysteries. But his favorite pastime was to burrow +among the ropes and sails and tackles in his father's store, +trying to find out how they were made and what purposes they +served. + +In spite of his limited advantages and frail health, at fifteen he +was the wonder of the public school, which he had attended for two +years. His favorite studies were mathematics and natural +philosophy. He had also made good progress in chemistry, +physiology, mineralogy, and botany, and, at the same time, had +learned carpentry and acquired some skill as a worker in metals. + +So studious and ambitious a youth scarcely needed the spur of +poverty to induce him to make the most of his talents. The spur +was there, however, and, at the age of eighteen, though delicate +in health, he was obliged to go out and battle with the world. + +Having first spent some time in Glasgow, learning how to make +mathematical instruments, he determined to go to London, there to +perfect himself in his trade. + +Working early and late, and suffering frequently from cold and +hunger, he broke down under the unequal strain, and was obliged to +return to his parents for a time until health was regained. + +Always struggling against great odds, he returned to Glasgow when +his trade was mastered, and began to make mathematical +instruments, for which, however, he found little sale. Then, to +help eke out a living, he began to make and mend other +instruments,--fiddles, guitars, and flutes,--and finally built an +organ,--a very superior one, too,--with several additions of his +own invention. + +A commonplace incident enough it seemed, in the routine of his +daily occupation, when, one morning, a model of Newcomen's engine +was brought to him for repair, yet it marked the turning point in +his career, which ultimately led from poverty and struggle to fame +and affluence. + +Watt's practiced eye at once perceived the defects in the Newcomen +engine, which, although the best then in existence could not do +much better or quicker work than horses. Filled with enthusiasm +over the plans which he had conceived for the construction of a +really powerful engine, he immediately set to work, and spent two +months in an old cellar, working on a model. "My whole thoughts +are bent on this machine," he wrote to a friend. "I can think of +nothing else." + +So absorbed had he become in his new work that the old business of +making and mending instruments had declined. This was all the more +unfortunate as he was no longer struggling for himself alone. He +had fallen in love with, and married, his cousin, Margaret Miller, +who brought him the greatest happiness of his life. The neglect of +the only practical means of support he had reduced Watt and his +family to the direst poverty. More than once his health failed, +and often the brave spirit was almost broken, as when he exclaimed +in heaviness of heart, "Of all the things in the world, there is +nothing so foolish as inventing." + +Five years had passed since the model of the Newcomen engine had +been sent to him for repair before he succeeded in securing a +patent on his own invention. Yet five more long years of bitter +drudgery, clutched in the grip of poverty, debt, and sickness, did +the brave inventor, sustained by the love and help of his noble +wife, toil through. On his thirty-fifth birthday he said, "To-day +I enter the thirty-fifth year of my life, and I think I have +hardly yet done thirty-five pence worth of good in the world; but +I cannot help it." + +Poor Watt! He had traveled with bleeding feet along the same +thorny path trod by the great inventors and benefactors of all +ages. But, in spite of all obstacles, he persevered; and, after +ten years of inconceivable labor and hardship, during which his +beautiful wife died, he had a glorious triumph. His perfected +steam engine was the wonder of the age. Sir James Mackintosh +placed him "at the head of all inventors in all ages and nations." +"I look upon him," said the poet Wordsworth, "considering both the +magnitude and the universality of his genius, as, perhaps, the +most extraordinary man that this country ever produced." + +Wealthy beyond his desires,--for he cared not for wealth,--crowned +with the laurel wreath of fame, honored by the civilized world as +one of its greatest benefactors, the struggle over, the triumph +achieved, on August 19, 1819, he lay down to rest. + + + + + +HOW THE ART OF PRINTING WAS DISCOVERED + + +"Look, Grandfather; see what the letters have done!" exclaimed a +delighted boy, as he picked up the piece of parchment in which +Grandfather Coster had carried the bark letters cut from the trees +in the grove, for the instruction and amusement of his little +grandsons. + +"See what the letters have done!" echoed the old man. "Bless me, +what does the child mean?" and his eyes twinkled with pleasure, as +he noted the astonishment and pleasure visible on the little face. +"Let me see what it is that pleases thee so, Laurence," and he +eagerly took the parchment from the boy's hand. + +"Bless my soul!" cried the old man, after gazing spellbound upon +it for some seconds. The track of the mysterious footprint in the +sand excited no more surprise in the mind of Robinson Crusoe than +Grandfather Coster felt at the sight which met his eyes. There, +distinctly impressed upon the parchment, was a clear imprint of +the bark letters; though, of course, they were reversed or turned +about. + +But you twentieth-century young folks who have your fill of story +books, picture books, and reading matter of all kinds, are +wondering, perhaps, what all this talk about bark letters and +parchment and imprint of letters means. + +To understand it, you must carry your imagination away back more +than five centuries--quite a long journey of the mind, even for +"grown-ups"--to a time when there were no printed books, and when +very, very few of the rich and noble, and scarcely any of the so- +called common people, could read. In those far-off days there were +no public libraries, and no books except rare and expensive +volumes, written by hand, mainly by monks in their quiet +monasteries, on parchment or vellum. + +In the quaint, drowsy, picturesque town of Haarlem, in Holland, +with its narrow, irregular, grass-grown streets and many-gabled +houses, the projecting upper stories of which almost meet, one +particular house, which seems even older than any of the others, +is pointed out to visitors as one of the most interesting sights +of the ancient place. It was in this house that Laurence Coster, +the father of the art of printing, the man--at least so runs the +legend--who made it possible for the poorest and humblest to enjoy +the inestimable luxury of books and reading, lived and loved and +dreamed more than five hundred years ago. + +Coster was warden of the little church which stood near his home, +and his days flowed peacefully on, in a quiet, uneventful way, +occupied with the duties of his office, and reading and study, for +he was one of those who had mastered the art of reading. A +diligent student, he had conned over and over, until he knew them +by heart, the few manuscript volumes owned by the little church of +which he was warden. + +A lover of solitude, as well as student and dreamer, the church +warden's favorite resort, when his duties left him at leisure, was +a dense grove not far from the town. Thither he went when he +wished to be free from all distraction, to think and dream over +many things which would appear nonsensical to his sober, +practical-minded neighbors. There he indulged in day dreams and +poetic fancies; and once, when in a sentimental mood, he carved +the initials of the lady of his love on one of the trees. + +In time a fair young wife and children came, bringing new +brightness and joy to the serious-minded warden. With ever +increasing interests, he passed on from youth to middle life, and +from middle life to old age. Then his son married, and again the +patter of little feet filled the old home and made music in the +ears of Grandfather Coster, whom the baby grandchildren almost +worshiped. + +To amuse the children, and to impart to them whatever knowledge he +himself possessed, became the delight of his old age. Then the +habit acquired in youth of carving letters in the bark of the +trees served a very useful purpose in furthering his object. He +still loved to take solitary walks, and many a quiet summer +afternoon the familiar figure of the venerable churchwarden, in +his seedy black cloak and sugar-loaf hat, might be seen wending +its way along the banks of the River Spaaren to his favorite +resort in the grove. + +One day, while reclining on a mossy couch beneath a spreading +beech tree, amusing himself by tearing strips of bark from the +tree that shaded him, and carving letters with his knife, a happy +thought entered his mind. "Why can I not," he mused within +himself, "cut those letters out, carry them home, and, while using +them as playthings, teach the little ones how to read?" + +The plan worked admirably. Long practice had made the old man +quite expert in fashioning the letters, and many hours of quiet +happiness were spent in the grove in this pleasing occupation. One +afternoon he succeeded in cutting some unusually fine specimens, +and, chuckling to himself over the delight they would give the +children, he wrapped them carefully, placing them side by side in +an old piece of parchment which he happened to have in his pocket. +The bark from which they had been cut being fresh and full of sap, +and the letters being firmly pressed upon the parchment, the +result was the series of "pictures" which delighted the child and +gave to the world the first suggestion of a printing press. + +And then a mighty thought flashed across the brain of the poor, +humble, unknown churchwarden, a thought the realization of which +was destined not only to make him famous for all time, but to +revolutionize the whole world. The first dim suggestion came to +him in this form, "By having a series of letters and impressing +them over and over again on parchment, cannot books be printed +instead of written, and so multiplied and cheapened as to be +brought within the reach of all?" + +The remainder of his life was given up to developing this great +idea. He cut more letters from bark, and, covering the smooth +surface with ink, pressed them upon parchment, thus getting a +better impression, though still blurred and imperfect. He then cut +letters from wood instead of bark, and managed to invent himself a +better and thicker ink, which did not blur the page. Next, he cut +letters from lead, and then from pewter. Every hour was absorbed +in the work of making possible the art of printing. His simple- +minded neighbors thought he had lost his mind, and some of the +more superstitious spread the report that he was a sorcerer. But, +like all other great discoverers, he heeded not annoyances or +discouragements. Shutting himself away from the prying curiosity +of the ignorant and superstitious, he plodded on, making steady, +if slow, advance toward the realization of his dream. + +"One day, while old Coster was thus busily at work," says George +Makepeace Towle, "a sturdy German youth, with a knapsack slung +across his back, trudged into Haarlem. By some chance this youth +happened to hear how the churchwarden was at work upon a wild +scheme to print books instead of writing them. With beating heart, +the young man repaired to Coster's house and made all haste to +knock at the churchwarden's humble door." + +The "sturdy German youth" who knocked at Laurence Coster's door +was Johann Gutenberg, the inventor of modern printing. Coster +invited him to enter. Gutenberg accepted the invitation, and then +stated the object of his visit. He desired to learn more about the +work on which Coster was engaged. Delighted to have a visitor who +was honestly interested in his work, the old man eagerly explained +its details to the youth, and showed him some examples of his +printing. + +Gutenberg was much impressed by what he saw, but still more by the +possibilities which he dimly foresaw in Coster's discovery. "But +we can do much better than this," he said with the enthusiasm of +youth. "Your printing is even slower than the writing of the +monks. From this day forth I will work upon this problem, and not +rest till I have solved it." + +Johann Gutenberg kept his word. He never rested until he had given +the art of printing to the world. But to Laurence Coster, in the +first place, if legend speaks truth, we owe one of the greatest +inventions that has ever blessed mankind. + + + + + +SEA FEVER AND WHAT IT LED TO + + +"Jim, you've too good a head on you to be a wood chopper or a +canal driver," said the captain of the canal boat for whom young +Garfield had engaged to drive horses along the towpath. + +"Jim" had always loved books from the time when, seated on his +father's knee, he had with his baby lips pronounced after him the +name "Plutarch." Mr. Garfield had been reading "Plutarch's Lives," +and was much astonished when, without hesitation or stammering, +his little son distinctly pronounced the name of the Greek +biographer. Turning to his wife, with a glow of love and pride, +the fond father said, "Eliza, this boy will be a scholar some +day." + +Perhaps the near approach of death had clarified the father's +vision, but when, soon after, the sorrowing wife was left a widow, +with an indebted farm and four little children to care for, she +saw little chance for the fulfillment of the prophecy. + +Even in his babyhood the boy whose future greatness the father +dimly felt had learned the lesson of self-reliance. The familiar +words which so often fell from his lips--"I can do that"--enabled +him to conquer difficulties before which stouter hearts than that +of a little child might well have quailed. + +The teaching of his good mother, that "God will bless all our +efforts to do the best we can," became a part of the fiber of his +being. "What will He do," asked the boy one day, "when we don't do +the best we can?" "He will withhold His blessing; and that is the +greatest calamity that could possibly happen to us," was the +reply, which made a deep impression on the mind of the questioner. + +In spite of almost constant toil, and very meager schooling,--only +a few weeks each year,--James Garfield excelled all his companions +in the log schoolhouse. Besides solving at home in the long winter +evenings, by the light of the pine fire, all the knotty problems +in Adams' Arithmetic--the terror of many a schoolboy--he found +time to revel in the pages of "Robinson Crusoe" and "Josephus." +The latter was his special favorite + +Before he was fifteen, Garfield had successfully followed the +occupations of farmer, wood chopper, and carpenter. No matter what +his occupation was he always managed to find some time for +reading. + +He had recently read some of Marryat's novels, "Sindbad the +Sailor," "The Pirate's Own Book," and others of a similar nature, +which had smitten him with a virulent attack of sea fever. This is +a mental disease which many robust, adventurous boys are apt to +contract in their teens. Garfield felt that he must "sail the +ocean blue." The glamour of the sea was upon him. Everything must +give way before it. His mother, however, could not be induced to +assent to his plans, and, after long pleading, would only +compromise by agreeing that he might, if he could, secure a berth +on one of the vessels navigating Lake Erie. + +He was rudely repulsed by the owner of the first vessel to whom he +applied, a brutal, drunken creature, who answered his request for +employment with an oath and a rough "Get off this schooner in +double quick, or I'll throw you into the dock." Garfield turned +away in disgust, his ardor for the sea somewhat dampened by the +man's appearance and behavior. In this mood he met his cousin, +formerly a schoolmaster, then captain of a canal boat, with whom +he at once engaged to drive his horses. + +After a few months on the towpath, young Garfield contracted +another kind of fever quite unlike that from which he had been +suffering previously, and went home to be nursed out of it by his +ever faithful mother. + +During his convalescence he thought a great deal over his cousin's +words,--"Jim, you've got too good a head on you to be a wood +chopper or a canal driver." "He who wills to do anything will do +it," he had learned from his mother's lips when a mere baby, and +then and there he said in his heart, "I will be a scholar; I will +go to college." And so, out of his sea fever and towpath +experience was born the resolution that made the turning point in +his career. + +Action followed hot upon resolve. He lost no time in applying +himself to the work of securing an education. Alternately chopping +wood and carpentering, farming and teaching school, ringing bells +and sweeping floors, he worked his way through seminary and +college. His strong will and resolute purpose to make the most of +himself not only enabled him to obtain an education, but raised +him from the towpath to the presidential chair. + + + + + +GLADSTONE FOUND TIME TO BE KIND + + A kindly act is a kernel sown, + That will grow to a goodly tree, + Shedding its fruit when time has flown + Down the gulf of Eternity. + JOHN BOYLE O'REILLY. + + +In the restless desire for acquisition,--acquisition of money, of +power, or of fame,--there is danger of selfishness, self- +absorption, closing the doors of our hearts against the demands of +brotherly love, courtesy, and kindness. + +"I cannot afford to help," say the poor in pocket; "all I have is +too little for my own needs." "I should like to help others," says +the ambitious student, whose every spare moment is crowded with +some extra task, "but I have no money, and cannot afford to take +the time from my studies to give sympathy or kind words to the +suffering and the poor." Says the busy man of affairs: "I am +willing to give money, but my time is too valuable to be spent in +talking to sick people or shiftless, lazy ones. That sort of work +is not in my line. I leave it to women and the charitable +organizations." + +The business man forgets, as do many of us, the truth expressed by +Ruskin, that "a little thought and a little kindness are often +worth more than a great deal of money." A few kind words, a little +sympathy and encouragement have often brought sunshine and hope +into the lives of men and women who were on the verge of despair. + +The great demand is on people's hearts rather than on their +purses. In the matter of kindness we can all afford to be generous +whether we have money or not. The schoolboy may give it as freely +as the millionaire. No one is so driven by work that he has not +time, now and then, to say a kind word or do a kind deed that will +help to brighten life for another. If the prime minister of +England, William E. Gladstone, could find time to carry a bunch of +flowers to a little sick crossing-sweeper, shall we not be ashamed +to make for ourselves the excuse, "I haven't time to be kind"? + + + + + +A TRIBUNE OF THE PEOPLE + + +Clad in a homespun tow shirt, shrunken, butternut-colored, +linsey-woolsey pantaloons, battered straw hat, and much-mended +jacket and shoes, with ten dollars in his pocket, and all his +other worldly goods packed in the bundle he carried on his back, +Horace Greeley, the future founder of the New York Tribune, +started to seek his fortune in New York. + +A newspaper had always been an object of interest and delight to +the little delicate, tow-haired boy, and at the mature age of six +he had made up his mind to be a printer. His love of reading was +unusual in one so young. Before he was six he had read the Bible +and "Pilgrim's Progress" through. + +Like the children of all poor farmers, Horace was put to work as +soon as he was able to do anything. But he made the most of the +opportunities given him to attend school, and his love of reading; +stimulated him to unusual efforts to procure books. By selling +nuts and bundles of kindling wood at the village store, before he +was ten he had earned enough money to buy a copy of Shakespeare +and of Mrs. Hemans's poems. He borrowed every book that could be +found within a radius of seven miles of his home, and by many +readings he had made himself familiar with the score of old +volumes in his log-cabin home. + +Mrs. Sarah K. Bolton draws a pleasing picture of the farmer boy +reading at night after the day's work on the farm was done. "He +gathered a stock of pine knots," she says, "and, lighting one each +night, lay down by the hearth and read, oblivious to all around +him. The neighbors came and made their friendly visits, and ate +apples and drank cider, as was the fashion, but the lad never +noticed their coming or their going. When really forced to leave +his precious books for bed, he would repeat the information he had +learned, or the lessons for the next day to his brother, who +usually, most ungraciously, fell asleep before the conversation +was half completed." + +"Ah!" said Zaccheus Greeley, Horace's father, when the boy one +day, in a fit of abstraction, tried to yoke the "off" ox on the +"near" side: "Ah! that boy will never know enough to get on in the +world. He'll never know more than enough to come in when it +rains!" + +Yet this boy knew so much that when at fourteen he secured a place +as printer in a newspaper office at East Poultney, Vermont, he was +looked up to by his fellow-printers as equal in learning to the +editor himself. + +At first they tried to make merry at his expense, poking fun at +his odd-looking garments, his uncouth appearance, and his pale, +delicate face and almost white hair, which subsequently won for +him the nickname of "Ghost." But when they saw that Horace was too +good humored and too much in earnest with his work to be disturbed +by their teasing, they gave it up. In a short time he became a +general favorite, not only in the office, but in the town of +Poultney, whose debating and literary societies soon recognized +him as leader. Even the minister, the lawyer, and the school- +teachers looked up to the poor, retiring young printer, who was a +veritable encyclopedia of knowledge, ready at all times to speak +or to write an essay on any subject. + +But the Poultney newspaper was obliged to suspend soon after +Horace had learned his trade, and, penniless,--for every cent of +his earnings beyond what furnished the bare necessaries of life +had been sent home to his parents in the wilderness,--he faced the +world once more. + +After working in different small towns wherever he could get a +"job," reading, studying, enlarging his knowledge all the time +when not in the office, he made up his mind to go to New York, "to +be somebody," as he put it. + +When he stepped off the towboat at Whitehall, near the Battery, +that sunny morning in August, 1831, with only the experience of a +score of years in life, a stout heart, quick brain, nimble +fingers, and an abiding faith in God as his capital, his prospects +certainly were not very alluring. + +"An overgrown, awkward, white-headed, forlorn-looking boy; a pack +suspended on a staff over his right shoulder; his dress unrivaled +in sylvan simplicity since the primitive fig leaves of Eden; the +expression of his face presenting a strange union of wonder and +apathy: his whole appearance gave you the impression of a runaway +apprentice in desperate search of employment. Ignorant alike of +the world and its ways, he seemed to the denizens of the city +almost like a wanderer from another planet." + +Such was the impression Horace Greeley made on a New Yorker on his +first arrival in that city which was to be the scene of his future +work and triumphs. + +He tramped the streets all that day, Friday, and the next, looking +for work, everywhere getting the same discouraging reply, "No, we +don't want any one." + +At last, when weary and disheartened, his ten dollars almost gone, +he had decided to shake the dust of New York from his feet, the +foreman of a printing office engaged him to do some work that most +of the men in the office had refused to touch. The setting up of a +Polyglot Testament, with involved marginal references, was +something new for the supposed "green" hand from the country. But +when the day was done, the young printer was no longer looked upon +as "green" by his fellow-workers, for he had done more and better +work than the oldest and most experienced hands who had tried the +Testament. + +But, oh, what hard work it was, beginning at six o'clock in the +morning, and working long after the going down of the sun, by the +light of a candle stuck in a bottle, to earn six dollars a week, +most of which was sent to his dear ones at home. + +After nearly ten years more of struggle and privation, Greeley +entered upon the great work of his life--the founding and editing +of the New York Tribune. He had very little money to start with, +and even that little was borrowed. But he had courage, truth, +honesty, a noble purpose, and rare ability and industry to +supplement his small financial capital. He needed them all in the +work he had undertaken, for he was handicapped not only by lack of +means, but also by the opposition of some of the New York papers. + +In spite of the adverse conditions he succeeded in establishing +one of the greatest and most popular newspapers in the country. +The Tribune became the champion of the oppressed, the guardian of +justice, the defender of truth, a power for good in the land. +Through his paper Greeley became a tribune of the people. No +thought of making money hampered him in his work. Unselfishly he +wrought as editor, writer, and lecturer for the good of his +country and the uplifting of mankind. "He who by voice or pen," he +said, "strikes his best blow at the impostures or vices whereby +our race is debased and paralyzed, may close his eyes in death, +consoled and cheered by the reflection that he has done what he +could for the emancipation and elevation of his kind." + +Well, then, might he rejoice in his life work, for his voice and +pen had to the last been active in thus serving the race. + +He died on November 29, 1872, at the age of sixty-one. So great a +man had Horace Greeley, the poor New Hampshire farmer boy, become +that the whole nation mourned for his death. The people felt that +in him they had lost one of their best friends. A workman who +attended his funeral expressed the feeling of his fellow-workmen +all over the land when he said, "It is little enough to lose a day +for Horace Greeley who spent many a day working for us." "I've +come a hundred miles to be at the funeral of Horace Greeley," said +a farmer. + +The great tribune had deserved well of the people and of his +country. + + + + + +THE MIGHT OF PATIENCE + + +Perhaps some would feel inclined to ridicule rather than applaud +the patience of a poor Chinese woman who tried to make a needle +from a rod of iron by rubbing it against a stone. + +It is doubtful whether she succeeded or not, but, so the story +runs, the sight of the worker plying her seemingly hopeless task, +put new courage and determination into the heart of a young +Chinese student, who, in deep despondency, stood watching her. + +Because of repeated failures in his studies, ambition and hope had +left him. Bitterly disappointed with himself, and despairing of +ever accomplishing anything, the young man had thrown his books +aside in disgust. Put to shame, however, by the lesson taught by +the old woman, he gathered his scattered forces together, went to +work with renewed ardor, and, wedding Patience and Energy, became, +in time, one of the greatest scholars in China. + +When you know you are on the right track, do not let any failures +dim your vision or discourage you, for you cannot tell how close +you may be to victory. Have patience and stick, stick, stick. It +is eternally true that he + + "Who steers right on + Will gain, at length, however far, the port." + + + + + +THE INSPIRATION OF GAMBETTA + + +"Try to come home a somebody!" Long after Leon Gambetta had left +the old French town of Cahors, where he was born October 30, 1838, +long after the gay and brilliant streets of Paris had become +familiar to him, did the parting words of his idolized mother ring +in his ears, "Try to come home a somebody!" Pinched for food and +clothes, as he often was, while he studied early and late in his +bare garret near the Sorbonne, the memory of that dear mother +cheered and strengthened him. + +He could still feel her tears and kisses on his cheek, and the +tender clasp of her hand as she pressed into his the slender purse +of money which she had saved to release him from the drudgery of +an occupation he loathed, and to enable him to become a great +lawyer in Paris. How well he remembered her delight in listening +to him declaim the speeches of Thiers and Guizot from the pages of +the National, which she had taught him to read when but a mere +baby, and from which he imbibed his first lessons in +republicanism,--lessons that he never afterward forgot. + +Such deep root had they taken that he could not be induced to +change his views by the fathers of the preparatory school at +Monfaucon, whither he had been sent to be trained for the +priesthood. Finally despairing of bringing the young radical to +their way of thinking, the Monfaucon fathers sent him home to his +parents. "You will never make a priest of him," they wrote; "he +has a character that cannot be disciplined." + +His father, an honest but narrow-minded Italian, whose ideas did +not soar beyond his little bazaar and grocery store, was +displeased with the boy, who was then only ten years old. He could +not understand how one so young dared to think his own thoughts +and hold his own opinions. The neighbors held up their hands in +dismay, and prophesied, "He will end his days in the Bastile." His +mother wept and blamed herself and the National as the cause of +all the trouble. + +How little the fond mother, the disappointed father, or the +gloomily foreboding neighbors dreamt to what heights those early +lessons they now so bitterly deplored were to lead! + +When at sixteen Leon Gambetta returned from the Lyceum to which he +had been sent on his return from the Monfaucon seminary, his wide +reading and deep study had but intensified and broadened the +radicalism of his childhood. He longed to go to Paris to study +law, but his father insisted that he must now confine his thoughts +to selling groceries and yards of ribbon and lace, as he expected +his son to succeed him in the business. + +Poor, foolish Joseph Gambetta! he would confine the young eagle in +a barnyard. But the eagle pined and drooped in his cage, and then +the loving mother--ah, those loving mothers, will their boys ever +realize how much they owe them!--threw open the doors and gave him +freedom, an opportunity to win fame and fortune in the great city +of Paris. + +And now what mattered it that his clothes were poor, that his food +was scant, and that it was often bitterly cold in his little +garret. If not for his own sake, he MUST for hers "come home a +somebody." + +The doors which led to a wider future were already opening. The +professors at the Sorbonne appreciated his great intellect and +originality. "You have a true vocation," said one. "Follow it. But +go to the bar, where your voice, which is one in a thousand, will +carry you on, study and intelligence aiding. The lecture room is a +narrow theater. If you like, I will write to your father to tell +him what my opinion of you is." And he wrote, "The best investment +you ever made would be to spend what money you can divert from +your business in helping your son to become an advocate." + +To such good purpose did the young student use his time that +within two years he won his diploma. Still too young to be +admitted to the bar, he spent a year studying life in Paris, +listening to the debates in the Corps Legislatif, reading and +debating in the radical club which he had organized, making +himself ready at every point for the great opportunity which +gained him a national reputation and made him the idol of the +masses. + +In 1868 his masterly defense of Delescluze, the radical editor, +against the prosecution of the Imperial government, brought the +brilliant but hitherto unknown young lawyer prominently before the +public. He lost his case, but won fame. Gambetta had waited +eighteen months for his first brief, and five times eighteen +months for his first great case. This case proved to be the +initial step that led him from victory to victory, until, after +the fall of Napoleon at Sedan, he became practically Dictator of +France. He was, more than any one man, the maker of the French +Republic, whose rights and liberties he ever defended, even at the +risk of his life. He died December 31, 1882. + +Well had he fulfilled the hopes and ambitions of his loving +mother, well had he answered the pathetic appeal, "Try to come +home a somebody." + + + + + +ANDREW JACKSON THE BOY WHO "NEVER WOULD GIVE UP" + + +"Sir, I am a prisoner of war, and demand to be treated as such," +was the spirited reply of Andrew Jackson to a British officer who +had commanded him to clean his boots. + +This was characteristic of the future hero of New Orleans, and +president of the United States, whose independent spirit rebelled +at the insolent command of his captor. + +The officer drew his sword to enforce obedience, but, nothing +daunted, the youth, although then only fourteen, persisted in his +refusal. He tried to parry the sword thrusts aimed at him, but did +not escape without wounds on head and arm, the marks of which he +carried to his grave. + +Stubborn, self-willed, and always dominated by the desire to be a +leader, Andrew Jackson was by no means a model boy. But his +honesty, love of truth, indomitable will and courage, in spite of +his many faults, led him to greatness. + +He was born with fighting blood in his veins, and, like other +eminent men who have risen to the White House, poor. His father, +an Irish immigrant, died before his youngest son was born,--in +1767,--and life held for the boy more hard knocks than soft +places. His mother, who was ambitious to make him a clergyman, +tried to secure him some early advantages of schooling. Andrew, +however, was not of a studious disposition, nor at all inclined to +the ministry, and made little effort to profit by even the limited +opportunities he had. + +But despite all the disadvantages of environment and mental traits +by which he was handicapped, he was bound by the force of certain +other traits to be a winner in the battle of life. The quality to +which his success is chiefly owing is revealed by the words of a +school-fellow, who, in spite of Jackson's slender physique and +lack of physical strength at that time, felt the force of his iron +will. Speaking of their wrestling matches at school, this boy +said, "I could throw him [Jackson] three times out of four, but he +never would stay throwed. He was dead game and never would give +up." + +A boy who "never would stay throwed," and "never would give up" +would succeed though the whole world tried to bar his progress. + +When, at the age of fifteen, he found himself alone in the world, +homeless and penniless, he adapted himself to anything he could +find to do. + +Worker in a saddler's shop, school-teacher, lawyer, merchant, +judge of the Supreme Court, United States senator, soldier, +leader, step by step the son of the poor Irish immigrant rose to +the highest office to which his countrymen could elect him--the +presidency of the United States. + +Rash, headstrong, and narrow-minded, Andrew Jackson fell into many +errors during his life, but, notwithstanding his shortcomings, he +persistently tried to live up to his boyhood's motto, "Ask nothing +but what is right--submit to nothing wrong." + + + + + +SIR HUMPHRY DAVY'S GREATEST DISCOVERY, MICHAEL FARADAY + + +He was only a little, barefooted errand boy, the son of a poor +blacksmith. His school life ended in his thirteenth year. The +extent of his education then was limited to a knowledge of the +three "R's." As he trudged on his daily rounds, through the busy +streets of London, delivering newspapers and books to the +customers of his employer, there was little difference, outwardly, +between him and scores of other boys who jostled one another in +the narrow, crowded thoroughfares. But under the shabby jacket of +Michael Faraday beat a heart braver and tenderer than the average; +and, under the well-worn cap, a brain was throbbing that was +destined to illuminate the world of science with a light that +would never grow dim. + +Less than any one else, perhaps, did the boy dream of future +greatness. For a year he served his employer faithfully in his +capacity of errand boy, and, in 1805, at the age of fourteen, was +apprenticed to a bookseller for seven years, as was the custom in +England, to learn the combined trades of bookbinding and book- +selling. + +The young journeyman had to exercise all his self-control to +confine his attention to the outside of the books which passed +through his hands. In his spare moments, however, he made himself +familiar with the inside of many of them, eagerly devouring such +works on science, electricity, chemistry, and natural philosophy, +as came within his reach. He was especially delighted with an +article on electricity, which he found in a volume of the +"Encyclopedia Britannica," which had been given him to bind. He +immediately began work on an electrical machine, from the very +crudest materials, and, much to his delight, succeeded. It was a +red-letter day in his young life when a kind-hearted customer, +who had noticed his interest in scientific works, offered to take +him to the Royal Institution, to attend a course of lectures to be +given by the great Sir Humphry Davy. From this time on, his +thoughts were constantly turned toward science. "Oh, if I could +only help in some scientific work, no matter how humble!" was the +daily cry of his soul. But not yet was his prayer to be granted. +His mettle must be tried in the school of patience and drudgery. +He must fulfill his contract with his master. For seven years he +was faithful to his work, while his heart was elsewhere. And all +that time, in the eagerness of his thirst for knowledge, he was +imbibing facts which helped him to plan electrical achievements, +the possibilities of which have not, to this day, been exhausted, +--or even half realized. Like Franklin, he seemed to forecast the +scientific future for ages. + +At length he was free to follow his bent, and his mind turned at +once to Sir Humphry Davy. With a beating heart, divided between +hope and fear, he wrote to the great man, telling what he wished, +and asking his aid. The scientist, remembering his own day of +small things, wrote the youth, politely, that he was going out of +town, but would see if he could, sometime, aid him. He also said +that "science is a harsh mistress, and, in a pecuniary point of +view, but poorly rewards those who devote themselves exclusively +to her service." + +This was not very encouraging, but the young votary of science was +nothing daunted, and toiled at his uncongenial trade, with the +added discomfort of an ill-tempered employer, giving all his +evenings and odd moments to study and experiments. + +Then came another red-letter day. He was growing depressed, and +feared that Sir Humphry had forgotten his quasi-promise, when one +evening a carriage stopped at the door, and out stepped an +important-looking footman in livery, with a note from the famous +scientist, requesting the young bookbinder to call on him on the +following morning. At last had come the answer to the prayer of +little Michael Faraday, as will come the answer to all who back +their prayers with patient, persistent hard work, in spite of +discouragement, disappointment, and failure. And when, on that +never-to-be-forgotten morning, he was engaged by the great +scientist at a salary of six dollars a week, with two rooms at the +top of the house, to wash bottles, clean the instruments, move +them to and from the lecture rooms, and make himself generally +useful in the laboratory and out of it, no happier youth could be +found in all London. + +The door was open; not, indeed, wide, but sufficiently to allow +this ardent disciple to work his way into the innermost shrine of +the temple of science. Though it took years and years of plodding, +incessant work and study, and a devotion to purpose with which +nothing was allowed to interfere, it made Faraday, by virtue of +his marvelous discoveries in electricity, electro-magnetism, and +chemistry, a world benefactor, honored not only by his own country +and sovereign, but by other rulers and leading nations of the +earth, as one of the greatest chemists and natural philosophers of +his time. + +So great has been his value to the scientific world, that his +theories are still a constant source of inspiration to the workers +in those great professions allied to electricity and chemistry. No +library is complete without his published works. What wonder that +Davy called Faraday his greatest discovery! + + + + + +THE TRIUMPH OF CANOVA + + +The Villa d'Asola, the country residence of the Signor Falieri, +was in a state of unusual excitement. Some of the most +distinguished patricians of Venice had been bidden to a great +banquet, which was to surpass in magnificence any entertainment +ever before given, even by the wealthy and hospitable Signer +Falieri. + +The feast was ready, the guests were assembled, when word came +from the confectioner, who had been charged to prepare the center +ornament for the table, that he had spoiled the piece. +Consternation reigned in the servants' hall. What was to be done? +The steward, or head servant, was in despair. He was responsible +for the table decorations, and the absence of the centerpiece +would seriously mar the arrangements. He wrung his hands and +gesticulated wildly. What should he do! + +"If you will let me try, I think I can make something that will +do." The speaker was a delicate, pale-faced boy, about twelve +years old, who had been engaged to help in some of the minor +details of preparation for the great event. "You!" exclaimed the +steward, gazing in amazement at the modest, yet apparently +audacious lad before him. "And who are you?" "I am Antonio Canova, +the grandson of Pisano, the stonecutter." Desperately grasping at +even the most forlorn hope, the perplexed servant gave the boy +permission to try his hand at making a centerpiece. + +Calling for some butter, with nimble fingers and the skill of a +practiced sculptor, in a short time the little scullion molded the +figure of a crouching lion. So perfect in proportion, so spirited +and full of life in every detail, was this marvelous butter lion +that it elicited a chorus of admiration from the delighted guests, +who were eager to know who the great sculptor was who had deigned +to expend his genius on such perishable material. Signor Falieri, +unable to gratify their curiosity, sent for his head servant, who +gave them the history of the centerpiece. Antonio was immediately +summoned to the banquet hall, where he blushingly received the +praises and congratulations of all present, and the promise of +Signer Falieri to become his patron, and thus enable him to +achieve fame as a sculptor. + +Such, according to some biographers, was the turning point in the +career of Antonio Canova, who, from a peasant lad, born in the +little Venetian village of Possagno, rose to be the most +illustrious sculptor of his age. + +Whether or not the story be true, it is certain that when the boy +was in his thirteenth year, Signer Falieri placed him in the +studio of Toretto, a Venetian sculptor, then living near Asola. +But it is equally certain that the fame which crowned Canova's +manhood, the title of Marquis of Ischia, the decorations and +honors so liberally bestowed upon him by the ruler of the Vatican, +kings, princes, and emperors, were all the fruits of his ceaseless +industry, high ideals, and unfailing enthusiasm. + +The little Antonio began to draw almost as soon as he could hold a +pencil, and the gown of the dear old grandmother who so tenderly +loved him, and was so tenderly loved in return, often bore the +marks of baby fingers fresh from modeling in clay. + +Antonio's father having died when the child was but three years +old, his grandfather, Pisano, hoped that he would succeed him as +village stonecutter and sculptor. Delicate though the little +fellow had been from birth, at nine years of age he was laboring, +as far as his strength would permit, in Pisano's workshop. But in +the evening, after the work of the day was done, with pencil or +clay he tried to give expression to the poetic fancies he had +imbibed from the ballads and legends of his native hills, crooned +to him in infancy by his grandmother. + +Under Toretto his genius developed so rapidly that the sculptor +spoke of one of his creations as "a truly marvelous production." +He was then only thirteen. Later we find him in Venice, studying +and working with ever increasing zeal. Though Signor Falieri would +have been only too glad to supply the youth's needs, he was too +proud to be dependent on others. Speaking of this time, he says: +"I labored for a mere pittance, but it was sufficient. It was the +fruit of my own resolution, and, as I then flattered myself, the +foretaste of more honorable rewards, for I never thought of +wealth." + +Too poor to hire a workshop or studio, through the kindness of the +monks of St. Stefano, he was given a cell in a vacant monastery, +and here, at the age of sixteen, he started business as a sculptor +on his own account. + +Before he was twenty, the youth had become a master of anatomy, +which he declared was "the secret of the art," was thoroughly +versed in literature, languages, history, poetry, mythology,-- +everything that could help to make him the greatest sculptor of +his age,--and had, even then, produced works of surpassing merit. + +Effort to do better was the motto of his life, and he never +permitted a day to pass without making some advance in his +profession. Though often too poor to buy the marble in which to +embody his conceptions, he for many years lived up to a resolution +made about this time, never to close his eyes at night without +having produced some design. + +What wonder that at twenty-five this noble youth, whose incessant +toil had perfected genius, was the marvel of his age! What wonder +that his famous group, Theseus vanquishing the Minotaur, elicited +the enthusiastic admiration of the most noted art critics of Rome! +What wonder that the little peasant boy, who had first opened his +eyes, in 1757, in a mud cabin, closed them at last, in 1822, in a +marble palace, crowned with all of fame and honor and wealth the +world could give! But better still, he was loved and enshrined in +the hearts of the people, as a friend of the poor, a patron of +struggling merit, a man in whom nobility of character overtopped +even the genius of the artist. + + + + + +FRANKLIN'S LESSON ON TIME VALUE + + Dost thou love life? Then, do not squander time, for + that is the stuff life is made of!--FRANKLIN. + + +Franklin not only understood the value of time, but he put a price +upon it that made others appreciate its worth. + +A customer who came one day to his little bookstore in +Philadelphia, not being satisfied with the price demanded by the +clerk for the book he wished to purchase, asked for the +proprietor. "Mr. Franklin is very busy just now in the press +room," replied the clerk. The man, however, who had already spent +an hour aimlessly turning over books, insisted on seeing him. In +answer to the clerk's summons, Mr. Franklin hurried out from the +newspaper establishment at the back of the store. + +"What is the lowest price you can take for this book, sir?" asked +the leisurely customer, holding up the volume. "One dollar and a +quarter," was the prompt reply. "A dollar and a quarter! Why, your +clerk asked me only a dollar just now." "True," said Franklin, +"and I could have better afforded to take a dollar than to leave +my work." + +The man, who seemed to be in doubt as to whether Mr. Franklin was +in earnest, said jokingly, "Well, come now, tell me your lowest +price for this book." "One dollar and a half," was the grave +reply. "A dollar and a half! Why, you just offered it for a dollar +and a quarter." "Yes, and I could have better taken that price +then than a dollar and a half now." + +Without another word, the crestfallen purchaser laid the money on +the counter and left the store. He had learned not only that he +who squanders his own time is foolish, but that he who wastes the +time of others is a thief. + + + + + +FROM STORE BOY TO MILLIONAIRE + + +"But I am only nineteen years old, Mr. Riggs," and the speaker +looked questioningly into the eyes of his companion, as if he +doubted his seriousness in asking him to become a partner in his +business. + +Mr. Riggs was not joking, however, and he met George Peabody's +perplexed gaze smilingly, as he replied: "That is no objection. If +you are willing to go in with me and put your labor against my +capital, I shall be well satisfied." + +This was the turning point in a life which was to leave its +impress on two of the world's greatest nations. And what were the +experiences that led to it? They were utterly commonplace, and in +some respects such as fall to the lot of many country boys to-day. + +At eleven the lad was obliged to earn his own living. At that time +(1806), his native town, Danvers, Massachusetts, presented few +opportunities to the ambitious. He took the best that offered--a +position as store boy in the village grocer's. + +Four years of faithful work and constant effort at self-culture +followed. He was now fifteen. His ambition was growing. He must +seek a wider field. Another year passed, and then came the longed- +for opening. Joyfully the youth set out for his brother's store, +in Newburyport, Massachusetts. Here he felt he would have a better +chance. But disappointment and disaster were lurking round the +corner. Soon after he had taken up his new duties, the store was +burned to the ground. + +In the meantime, his father had died, and his mother, whom he +idolized, needed his help more than ever. Penniless and out of +work, but not disheartened, he immediately looked about for +another position. Gladly he accepted an offer to work in his +uncle's dry goods store in Georgetown, D.C., and here we find him, +two years later, at the time when Mr. Riggs made his flattering +proposition. + +Did influence, a "pull," or financial considerations have anything +to do with the merchant's choice of a partner? Nothing whatever. +The young man had no money and no "pull," save what his character +had made for him. His agreeable personality had won him many +friends and his uncle much additional trade. His business +qualities had gained him an enviable reputation. "His tact," says +Sarah K. Bolton, "was unusual. He never wounded the feelings of a +buyer of goods, never tried him with unnecessary talk, never +seemed impatient, and was punctual to the minute." + +That Mr. Riggs had made no mistake in choosing his partner, the +rapid growth of his business conclusively proved. About a year +after the partnership had been formed, the firm moved to +Baltimore. So well did the business flourish in Baltimore that +within seven years the partners had established branch houses in +New York and Philadelphia. Finally Mr. Riggs decided to retire, +and Peabody, who was then but thirty-five, found himself at the +head of the business. + +London, which he had visited several times, now attracted him. It +offered great possibilities for banking. He went there, studied +finance, established a banking business, and thenceforth made +London his headquarters. + +Wealth began to pour in upon him in a golden stream. But, although +he had worked steadily for this, it was not for personal ends. He +never married, and, to the end, lived simply and unostentatiously. +Through the long years of patient work a great purpose had been +shaping his life. Daily he had prayed that God might give him +means wherewith to help his fellow-men. His prayer was being +answered in overflowing measure. + +Business interests constrained him to spend the latter half of his +life in London; but absence only deepened his love for his own +country. All that great wealth could do to advance the welfare and +prestige of the United States was done by the millionaire +philanthropist. But above all else, he tried to bring within the +reach of poor children that which was denied himself,--a school +education. + +The Peabody Institute in his native town, with its free library +and free course of lectures; the Institute, Academy of Music, and +Art Gallery of Baltimore; the Museum of Natural History at Yale +University; the Museum of Archaeology and Ethnology at Harvard +University; the Peabody Academy of Science at Salem, +Massachusetts, besides large contributions every year to libraries +and other educational and philanthropic institutions all over the +country, bear witness to his love for humanity. + +Surpassing all this, however, was his establishment of the Peabody +fund of three million dollars for the education of the freed +slaves of the South, and for the equally needy poor of the white +race. + +An equal amount had been previously devoted to the better housing +of the London poor. A dream almost too good to come true it seemed +to the toilers in the great city's slums, when they found their +filthy, unhealthy tenements replaced by clean, wholesome +dwellings, well supplied with air and sunlight and all modern +conveniences and comforts. London presented its generous +benefactor with the freedom of the city; a bronze statue was +erected in his honor, and Queen Victoria, who would fain have +loaded him with titles and honors,--all of which he respectfully +declined,--declared his act to be "wholly without parallel." A +beautiful miniature portrait of her Majesty, which she caused to +be specially made for him, and a letter written by her own hand, +were the only gifts he would accept. + +Gloriously had his great purpose been fulfilled. He who began life +as a poor boy had given to the furtherance of education and for +the benefit of the poor in various ways the sum of nine million +dollars. The remaining four million dollars of his fortune was +divided among his relatives. + +England loved and honored him even as his own country did; and +when he died in London, November 4, 1869, she offered him a +resting place among her immortals in Westminster Abbey. His last +wish, however, was fulfilled, and he was laid beside his mother in +his native land. + +His legacies to humanity are doing their splendid work to-day as +they have done in the past, and as they will continue to do in the +future, enabling multitudes of aspiring souls to reach heights +which but for him they never could have attained. These words of +his, too, spoken on the occasion of the dedication of his gift to +Danvers,--its free Institute,--will serve for ages as a bugle call +to all youths who are anxious to make the most of themselves, and, +like him, to give of their best to the world:-- + +"Though Providence has granted me an unvaried and unusual success +in the pursuit of fortune in other lands," he said, "I am still in +heart the humble boy who left yonder unpretending dwelling many, +very many years ago. ... There is not a youth within the sound of +my voice whose early opportunities and advantages are not very +much greater than were my own; and I have since achieved nothing +that is impossible to the most humble boy among you. Bear in mind, +that, to be truly great, it is not necessary that you should gain +wealth and importance. Steadfast and undeviating truth, fearless +and straightforward integrity, and an honor ever unsullied by an +unworthy word or action, make their possessor greater than worldly +success or prosperity. These qualities constitute greatness." + + + + + +"I WILL PAINT OR DIE!" + +HOW A POOR, UNTAUGHT FARMER'S BOY BECAME AN ARTIST + + +"I will paint or die!" So stoutly resolved a poor, friendless boy, +on a far-away Ohio farm, amid surroundings calculated to quench +rather than to foster ambition. He knew not how his object was to +be accomplished, for genius is never fettered by details. He only +knew that he would be an artist. That settled it. He had never +seen a work of art, or read or heard anything on the subject. It +was his soul's voice alone that spoke, and "the soul's emphasis is +always right." + +Left an orphan at the age of eleven, the boy agreed to work on his +uncle's farm for a term of five years for the munificent sum of +ten dollars per annum, the total amount of which he was to receive +at the end of the five years. The little fellow struggled bravely +along with the laborious farm work, never for a moment losing +sight of his ideal, and profiting as he could by the few months' +schooling snatched from the duties of the farm during the winter. + +Toward the close of his five years' service a great event +happened. There came to the neighborhood an artist from +Washington,--Mr. Uhl, whom he overheard by chance speaking on the +subject of art. His words transformed the dream in the youth's +soul to a living purpose, and it was then he resolved that he +would "paint or die," and that he would go to Washington and study +under Mr. Uhl. + +On his release from the farm he started for Washington, with a +coarse outfit packed away in a shabby little trunk, and a few +dollars in his pocket. With the trustfulness of extreme youth, and +in ignorance of a great world, he expected to get work that would +enable him to live, and, at the same time, find leisure for the +pursuit of his real life work. He immediately sought Mr. Uhl, who, +with great generosity, offered to teach him without charge. + +Then began the weary search for work in a large city already +overcrowded with applicants. In his earnestness and eagerness the +youth went from house to house asking for any kind of work "that +would enable him to study art." But it was all in vain, and to +save himself from starvation he was at length forced to accept the +position of a day laborer, crushing stones for street paving. Yet +he hoped to study painting when his day's work was done! + +Mr. Uhl was at this time engaged in painting the portraits of Mrs. +Frances Hodgson Burnett's sons. In the course of conversation with +Mrs. Burnett, he spoke of the heroic struggle the youth was +making. The author's heart was touched by the pathetic story. She +at once wrote a check for one hundred dollars, and handed it to +Mr. Uhl, for his protege. With that rare delicacy of feeling which +marks all beautiful souls, Mrs. Burnett did not wish to embarrass +the struggler by the necessity of thanking her. "Do not let him +even write to me," she said to Mr. Uhl. "Simply say to him that I +shall sail for Europe in a few days, and this is to give him a +chance to work at the thing he cares for so much. It will at least +give him a start." + +In the throbbing life of the crowded city one heart beat high with +hope and happiness that night. A youth lay awake until morning, +too bewildered with gratitude and amazement to comprehend the +meaning of the good fortune which had come to him. Who could his +benefactor be? + +Three years later, at the annual exhibition of Washington artists, +Mrs. Burnett stood before a remarkably vivid portrait. Addressing +the artist in charge of the exhibition, she said: "That seems to +me very strong. It looks as if it must be a realistic likeness. +Who did it?" + +"I am so glad you like it. It was painted by your protege, Mrs. +Burnett." + +"My protege! My protege! Whom do you mean?" + +"Why, the young man you saved from despair three years ago. Don't +you remember young W---?" + +"W---?" queried Mrs. Burnett. + +"The young man whose story Mr. Uhl told you." + +Mrs. Burnett then inquired if the portrait was for sale. When +informed that the picture was an order and not for sale, she asked +if there was anything else of Mr. W---'s on exhibition. She was +conducted to a striking picture of a turbaned head, which was +pointed out as another of Mr. W---'s works. + +"How much does he ask for it?" + +"A hundred and fifty dollars." + +"Put 'sold' upon it, and when Mr. W--- comes, tell him his friend +has bought his picture," said Mrs. Burnett. + +On her return home Mrs. Burnett made out a check, which she +inclosed in a letter to the young painter. It was mailed +simultaneously with a letter from her protege, who had but just +heard of her return from Europe, in which he begged her to accept, +as a slight expression of his gratitude, the picture she had just +purchased. The turbaned head now adorns the hall of Mrs. Burnett's +house in Washington. + +"I do not understand it even to-day," declares Mr. W---. "I knew +nothing of Mrs. Burnett, nor she of me. Why did she do it? I only +know that that hundred dollars was worth more to me then than +fifty thousand in gold would be now. I lived upon it a whole year, +and it put me on my feet." + +Mr. W--- is a successful artist, now favorably known in his own +country and in England for the strength and promise of his work. + + + + + +THE CALL THAT SPEAKS IN THE BLOOD + + +Nature took the measure of little Tommy Edwards for a round hole, +but his parents, teachers, and all with whom his childhood was +cast, got it into their heads that Tommy was certainly intended +for a square hole. So, with the best intentions in the world,--but +oh, such woeful ignorance!--they tortured the poor little fellow +and crippled him for life by trying to fit him to their pattern +instead of that designed for him by the all-wise Mother. + +Mother Nature called to Tommy to go into the woods and fields, to +wade through the brooks, and make friends with all the living +things she had placed there,--tadpoles, beetles, frogs, crabs, +mice, rats, spiders, bugs,--everything that had life. Willingly, +lovingly did the little lad obey, but only to be whipped and +scolded by good Mother Edwards when he let loose in her kitchen +the precious treasures which he had collected in his rambles. + +It was provoking to have rats, mice, toads, bugs, and all sorts of +creepy things sent sprawling over one's clean kitchen floor. But +the pity of it was that Mrs. Edwards did not understand her boy, +and thought the only cure for what she deemed his mischievous +propensity as whipping. So Tommy was whipped and scolded, and +scolded and whipped, which, however, did not in the least abate +his love for Nature. + +Driven to desperation, his mother bethought her of a plan. She +would make the boy prisoner and see if this would tame him. With a +stout rope she tied him by the leg to a table, and shut him in a +room alone. But no sooner was the door closed than he dragged +himself and the table to the fireplace, and, at the risk of +setting himself and the house on fire, burned the rope which bound +him, and made his escape into the woods to collect new specimens. + +And yet his parents did not understand. It was time, however, to +send him to school. They would see what the schoolmaster would do +for him. But the schoolmaster was as blind as the parents, and +Tommy's doom was sealed, when one morning, while the school was at +prayers, a jackdaw poked its head out of his pocket and began to +caw. + +His next teacher misunderstood, whipped, and bore with him until +one day nearly every boy in the school found a horse-leech +wriggling up his leg, trying to suck his blood. This ended his +second school experience. + +He was given a third trial, but with no better results than +before. Things went on in the usual way until a centipede was +discovered in another boy's desk. Although in this case Tommy was +innocent of any knowledge of the intruder, he was found guilty, +whipped, and sent home with the message, "Go and tell your father +to get you on board a man-of-war, as that is the best school for +irreclaimables such as you." + +His school life thus ended, he was apprenticed to a shoemaker, and +thenceforth made his living at the bench. But every spare moment +was given to the work which was meat and drink, life itself, to +him. + +In his manhood, to enable him to classify the minute and copious +knowledge of birds, beasts, and insects which he had been +gathering since childhood, with great labor and patience he +learned how to read and write. Later, realizing how his lack of +education hampered him, he endeavored to secure the means to +enable him to study to better advantage, and sold for twenty +pounds sterling a very large number of valuable specimens. He +tried to get employment as a naturalist, and, but for his poor +reading and writing, would have succeeded. + +Poor little Scotch laddie! Had his parents or teachers understood +him, he might have been as great a naturalist as Agassiz, and his +life instead of being dwarfed and crippled, would have been a joy +to himself and an incalculable benefit to the world. + + + + + +WASHINGTON'S YOUTHFUL HEROISM + + "No great deed is done + By falterers who ask for certainty." + + +"God will give you a reward," solemnly spoke the grateful mother, +as she received from the arms of the brave youth the child he had +risked his life to save. As if her lips were touched with the +spirit of prophecy, she continued, "He will do great things for +you in return for this day's work, and the blessings of thousands +besides mine will attend you." + +The ear of George Washington was ever open to the cry of distress; +his sympathy and aid were ever at the service of those who needed +them. One calm, sunny day, in the spring of 1750, he was dining +with other surveyors in a forest in Virginia. Suddenly the +stillness of the forest was startled by the piercing shriek of a +woman. Washington instantly sprang to his feet and hurried to the +woman's assistance. + +"My boy, my boy,--oh, my poor boy is drowning, and they will not +let me go," screamed the frantic mother, as she tried to escape +from the detaining hands which withheld her from jumping into the +rapids. "Oh, sir!" she implored, as she caught sight of the manly +youth of eighteen, whose presence even then inspired confidence; +"Oh, sir, you will surely do something for me!" + +For an instant Washington measured the rocks and the whirling +currents with a comprehensive look, and then, throwing off his +coat, plunged into the roaring rapids where he had caught a +glimpse of the drowning boy. With stout heart and steady hand he +struggled against the seething mass of waters which threatened +every moment to engulf or dash him to pieces against the sharp- +pointed rocks which lay concealed beneath. + +Three times he had almost succeeded in grasping the child's dress, +when the force of the current drove him back. Then he gathered +himself together for one last effort. Just as the child was about +to escape him forever and be shot over the falls into the +whirlpool below, he clutched him. The spectators on the bank cried +out in horror. They gave both up for lost. But Washington seemed +to lead a charmed life, and the cry of horror was changed to one +of joy when, still holding the child, he emerged lower down from +the vortex of waters. + +Striking out for a low place in the bank, within a few minutes he +reached the shore with his burden. Then amid the acclamations of +those who had witnessed his heroism, and the blessings of the +overjoyed mother, Washington placed the unconscious, but still +living, child in her arms. + + + + + +A COW HIS CAPITAL + + +A cow! Now, of all things in the world; of what use was a cow to +an ambitious boy who wanted to go to college? Yet a cow, and +nothing more, was the capital, the entire stock in trade, of an +aspiring farmer boy who felt within him a call to another kind of +life than that his father led. + +This youth, who was yet in his teens, next to his father and +mother, loved a book better than anything else in the world, and +his great ambition was to go to college, to become a "scholar." +Whether he followed the plow, or tossed hay under a burning July +sun, or chopped wood, while his blood tingled from the combined +effects of exercise and the keen December wind, his thoughts were +ever fixed on the problem, "How can I go to college?" + +His parents were poor, and, while they could give him a +comfortable support as long as he worked on the farm with them, +they could not afford to send him to college. But if they could +not give him any material aid, they gave him all their sympathy, +which kept the fire of his resolution burning at white heat. + +There is some subtle communication between the mind and the +spiritual forces of achievement which renders it impossible for +one to think for any great length of time on a tangled problem, +without a method for its untanglement being suggested. So, one +evening, while driving the cows home to be milked, the thought +flashed across the brain of the would-be student: "If I can't have +anything else for capital, why can't I have a cow? I could do +something with it, I am sure, and to college I MUST go, come what +will." Courage is more than half the battle. Decision and Energy +are its captains, and, when these three are united, victory is +sure. The problem of going to college was already more than half +solved. + +Our youthful farmer did not let his thought grow cold. Hurrying at +once to his father, he said, "If you will give me a cow, I shall +feel free, with your permission, to go forth and see what I can do +for myself in the world." The father, agreeing to the proposition, +which seemed to him a practical one, replied heartily, "My son, +you shall have the best milch cow I own." + +Followed by the prayers and blessings of his parents, the youth +started from home, driving his cow before him, his destination +being a certain academy between seventy-five and one hundred miles +distant. + +Very soon he experienced the truth of the old adage that "Heaven +helps those who help themselves." At the end of his first day's +journey, when he sought a night's lodging for himself and +accommodation for his cow in return for her milk, he met with +unexpected kindness. The good people to whom he applied not only +refused to take anything from him, but gave him bread to eat with +his milk, and his cow a comfortable barn to lie in, with all the +hay she could eat. + +During the entire length of his journey, he met with equal +kindness and consideration at the hands of all those with whom he +came in contact; and, when he reached the academy, the principal +and his wife were so pleased with his frank, modest, yet self- +confident bearing, that they at once adopted himself and his cow +into the family. He worked for his board, and the cow ungrudgingly +gave her milk for the general good. + +In due time the youth was graduated with honors from the academy. +He was then ready to enter college, but had no money. The kind- +hearted principal of the academy and his wife again came to his +aid and helped him out of the difficulty by purchasing his cow. +The money thus obtained enabled him to take the next step forward. +He bade his good friends farewell, and the same year entered +college. For four years he worked steadily with hand and brain. In +spite of the hard work they were happy years, and at their close +the persevering student had won, in addition to his classical +degree, many new friends and well-wishers. His next step was to +take a theological course in another institution. When he had +finished the course, he was called to be principal of the academy +to which honest ambition first led him with his cow. + +Years afterward a learned professor of Hebrew, and the author of a +scholarly "Commentary," cheered and encouraged many a struggling +youth by relating the story of his own experiences from the time +when he, a simple rustic, had started for college with naught but +a cow as capital. + +This story was first related to the writer by the late Frances E. +Willard, who vouched for its truth. + + + + + +THE BOY WHO SAID "I MUST" + + +Farther back than the memory of the grandfathers and grandmothers +of some of my young readers can go, there lived in a historic town +in Massachusetts a brave little lad who loved books and study more +than toys or games, or play of any kind. The dearest wish of his +heart was to be able to go to school every day, like more +fortunate boys and girls, so that, when he should grow up to be a +man, he might be well educated and fitted to do some grand work in +the world. But his help was needed at home, and, young as he was, +he began then to learn the lessons of unselfishness and duty. It +was hard, wasn't it, for a little fellow only eight years old to +have to leave off going to school and settle down to work on a +farm? Many young folks at his age think they are very badly +treated if they are not permitted to have some toy or story book, +or other thing on which they have set their hearts; and older boys +and girls, too, are apt to pout and frown if their whims are not +gratified. But Theodore's parents were very poor, and could not +even indulge his longing to go to school. + +Did he give up his dreams of being a great man? Not a bit of it. +He did not even cry or utter a complaint, but manfully resolved +that he would do everything he could "to help father," and then, +"when winter comes," he thought, "I shall be able to go to school +again." Bravely the little fellow toiled through the beautiful +springtide, though his wistful glances were often turned in the +direction of the schoolhouse. But he resolutely bent to his work +and renewed his resolve that he would be educated. As spring +deepened into summer, the work on the farm grew harder and harder, +but Theodore rejoiced that the flight of each season brought +winter nearer. + +At length autumn had vanished; the fruits of the spring and +summer's toil had been gathered; the boy was free to go to his +beloved studies again. And oh, how he reveled in the few books at +his command in the village school! How eagerly he trudged across +the fields, morning after morning, to the schoolhouse, where he +always held first place in his class! Blustering winds and fierce +snowstorms had no terrors for the ardent student. His only sorrow +was that winter was all too short, and the days freighted with the +happiness of regular study slipped all too quickly by. But the +kind-hearted schoolmaster lent him books, so that, when spring +came round again, and the boy had to go back to work, he could +pore over them in his odd moments of relaxation. As he patiently +plodded along, guiding the plow over the rough earth, he recited +the lessons he had learned during the brief winter season, and +after dinner, while the others rested awhile from their labors, +Theodore eagerly turned the pages of one of his borrowed books, +from which he drank in deep draughts of delight and knowledge. +Early in the summer mornings, before the regular work began, and +late in the evening, when the day's tasks had all been done, he +read and re-read his treasured volumes until he knew them from +cover to cover. + +Then he was confronted with a difficulty. He had begun to study +Latin, but found it impossible to get along without a dictionary. +"What shall I do?" he thought; "there is no one from whom I can +borrow a Latin dictionary, and I cannot ask father to buy me one, +because he cannot afford it. But I MUST have it." That "must" +settled the question. Three quarters of a century ago, book stores +were few and books very costly. Boys and girls who have free +access to libraries and reading rooms, and can buy the best works +of great authors, sometimes for a few cents, can hardly imagine +the difficulties which beset the little farmer boy in trying to +get the book he wanted. + +Did he get the dictionary? Oh, yes. You remember he had said, "I +must." After thinking and thinking how he could get the money to +buy it, a bright idea flashed across his mind. The bushes in the +fields about the farm seemed waiting for some one to pick the ripe +whortle-berries. "Why," thought he, "can't I gather and sell +enough to buy my dictionary?" The next morning, before any one +else in the farmhouse was astir, Theodore was moving rapidly +through the bushes, picking, picking, picking, with unwearied +fingers, the shining berries, every one of which was of greater +value in his eyes than a penny would be to some of you. + +At last, after picking and selling several bushels of ripe +berries, he had enough money to buy the coveted dictionary. Oh, +what a joy it was to possess a book that had been purchased with +his own money! How it thrilled the boy and quickened his ambition +to renewed efforts! "Well done, my boy! But, Theodore, I cannot +afford to keep you there." + +"Well, father," replied the youth, "but I am not going to study +there; I shall study at home at odd times, and thus prepare myself +for a final examination, which will give me a diploma." + +Theodore had just returned from Boston, and was telling his +delighted father how he had spent the holiday which he had asked +for in the morning. Starting out early from the farm, so as to +reach Boston before the intense heat of the August day had set in, +he cheerfully tramped the ten miles that lay between his home in +Lexington and Harvard College, where he presented himself as a +candidate for admission; and when the examinations were over, +Theodore had the joy of hearing his name announced in the list of +successful students. The youth had reached the goal which the boy +of eight had dimly seen. And now, if you would learn how he worked +and taught in a country school in order to earn the money to spend +two years in college, and how the young man became one of the most +eminent preachers in America, you must read a complete biography +of Theodore Parker, the hero of this little story. + + + + + +THE HIDDEN TREASURE + + +Long, long ago, in the shadowy past, Ali Hafed dwelt on the shores +of the River Indus, in the ancient land of the Hindus. His +beautiful cottage, set in the midst of fruit and flower gardens, +looked from the mountain side on which it stood over the broad +expanse of the noble river. Rich meadows, waving fields of grain, +and the herds and flocks contentedly grazing on the pasture lands, +testified to the thrift and prosperity of Ali Hafed. The love of a +beautiful wife and a large family of light-hearted boys and girls +made his home an earthly paradise. Healthy, wealthy, contented, +rich in love and friendship, his cup of happiness seemed full to +overflowing. + +Happy and contented, as we have seen, was the good Ali Hafed, when +one evening a learned priest of Buddha, journeying along the banks +of the Indus, stopped for rest and refreshment at his home, where +all wayfarers were hospitably welcomed and treated as honored +guests. + +After the evening meal, the farmer and his family, with the priest +in their midst, gathered around the fireside, the chilly mountain +air of the late autumn making a fire desirable. The disciple of +Buddha entertained his kind hosts with various legends and myths, +and last of all with the story of the creation. + +He told his wondering listeners how in the beginning the solid +earth on which they lived was not solid at all, but a mere bank of +fog. "The Great Spirit," said he, "thrust his finger into the bank +of fog and began slowly describing a circle in its midst, +increasing the speed gradually until the fog went whirling round +his finger so rapidly that it was transformed into a glowing ball +of fire. Then the Creative Spirit hurled the fiery ball from his +hand, and it shot through the universe, burning its way through +other banks of fog and condensing them into rain, which fell in +great floods, cooling the surface of the immense ball. Flames then +bursting from the interior through the cooled outer crust, threw +up the hills and mountain ranges, and made the beautiful fertile +valleys. In the flood of rain that followed this fiery upheaval, +the substance that cooled very quickly formed granite, that which +cooled less rapidly became copper, the next in degree cooled down +into silver, and the last became gold. But the most beautiful +substance of all, the diamond, was formed by the first beams of +sunlight condensed on the earth's surface. + +"A drop of sunlight the size of my thumb," said the priest, +holding up his hand, "is worth more than mines of gold. With one +such drop," he continued, turning to Ali Hafed, "you could buy +many farms like yours; with a handful you could buy a province, +and with a mine of diamonds you could purchase a whole kingdom." + +The company parted for the night, and Ali Hafed went to bed, but +not to sleep. All night long he tossed restlessly from side to +side, thinking, planning, scheming how he could secure some +diamonds. The demon of discontent had entered his soul, and the +blessings and advantages which he possessed in such abundance +seemed as by some malicious magic to have utterly vanished. +Although his wife and children loved him as before; although his +farm, his orchards, his flocks, and herds were as real and +prosperous as they had ever been, yet the last words of the +priest, which kept ringing in his ears, turned his content into +vague longings and blinded him to all that had hitherto made him +happy. + +Before dawn next morning the farmer, full of his purpose, was +astir. Rousing the priest, he eagerly inquired if he could direct +him to a mine of diamonds. + +"A mine of diamonds!" echoed the astonished priest. "What do you, +who already have so much to be grateful for, want with diamonds?" + +"I wish to be rich and place my children on thrones." + +"All you have to do, then," said the Buddhist, "is to go and +search until you find them." + +"But where shall I go?" questioned the infatuated man. + +"Go anywhere," was the vague reply; "north, south, east, or west, +--anywhere." + +"But how shall I know the place?" asked the farmer. + +"When you find a river running over white sands between high +mountain ranges, in these white sands you will find diamonds. +There are many such rivers and many mines of diamonds waiting to +be discovered. All you have to do is to start out and go +somewhere--" and he waved his hand--"away, away!" + +Ali Hafed's mind was full made up. "I will no longer," he thought, +"remain on a wretched farm, toiling day in and day out for a mere +subsistence, when acres of diamonds--untold wealth--may be had by +him who is bold enough to seek them." + +He sold his farm for less than half its value. Then, after putting +his young family under the care of a neighbor, he set out on his +quest. + +With high hopes and the coveted diamond mines beckoning in the far +distance, Ali Hafed began his wanderings. During the first few +weeks his spirits did not flag, nor did his feet grow weary. On, +and on, he tramped until he came to the Mountains of the Moon, +beyond the bounds of Arabia. Weeks stretched into months, and the +wanderer often looked regretfully in the direction of his once +happy home. Still no gleam of waters glinting over white sands +greeted his eyes. But on he went, into Egypt, through Palestine, +and other eastern lands, always looking for the treasure he still +hoped to find. At last, after years of fruitless search, during +which he had wandered north and south, east and west, hope left +him. All his money was spent. He was starving and almost naked, +and the diamonds--which had lured him away from all that made life +dear--where were they? Poor Ali Hafed never knew. He died by the +wayside, never dreaming that the wealth for which he had +sacrificed happiness and life might have been his had he remained +at home. + +"Here is a diamond! here is a diamond! Has Ali Hafed returned?" +shouted an excited voice. + +The speaker, no other than our old acquaintance, the Buddhist +priest, was standing in the same room where years before he had +told poor Ali Hafed how the world was made, and where diamonds +were to be found. + +"No, Ali Hafed has not returned," quietly answered his successor. +"Neither is that which you hold in your hand a diamond; it is but +a pretty black pebble I picked up in my garden." + +"I tell you," said the priest, excitedly, "this is a genuine +diamond. I know one when I see it. Tell me how and where you found +it?" + +"One day," replied the farmer, slowly, "having led my camel into +the garden to drink, I noticed, as he put his nose into the water, +a sparkle of light coming from the white sand at the bottom of the +clear stream. Stooping down, I picked up the black pebble you now +hold, guided to it by that crystal eye in the center from which +the light flashes so brilliantly." + +"Why, thou simple one," cried the priest, "this is no common +stone, but a gem of the purest water. Come, show me where thou +didst find it." + +Together they flew to the spot where the farmer had found the +"pebble," and, turning over the white sands with eager fingers, +they found, to their great delight, other stones even more +valuable and beautiful than the first. Then they extended their +search, and, so the Oriental story goes, "every shovelful of the +old farm, as acre after acre was sifted over, revealed gems with +which to decorate the crowns of emperors and moguls." + + + + + +LOVE TAMED THE LION + + I would not enter on my list of friends, + (Though graced with polished manners and fine sense, + Yet wanting sensibility), the man + Who needlessly sets foot upon a worm. + COWPER. + + +"Nero!" Crushed, baffled, blinded, and, like Samson, shorn of his +strength, prostrate in his cage lay the great tawny monarch of the +forest. Heedless of the curious crowds passing to and fro, he +seemed deaf as well as blind to everything going on around him. +Perhaps he was dreaming of the jungle. Perhaps he was longing to +roam the wilds once more in his native strength. Perhaps memories +of a happy past even in captivity stirred him. Perhaps--But what +is this? What change has come o'er the spirit of his dreams? No +one has touched him. Apparently, nothing has happened to arouse +him. Only a woman's voice, soft, caressing, full of love, has +uttered the name, "Nero." But there was magic in the sound. In an +instant the huge animal was on his feet. Quivering with emotion, +he rushed to the side of the cage from whence the voice proceeded, +and threw himself against the bars with such violence that he fell +back half stunned. As he fell he uttered the peculiar note of +welcome with which, in happier days, he was wont to greet his +loved and long-lost mistress. + +Touched with the devotion of her dumb friend, Rosa Bonheur--for +it was she who had spoken--released from bondage the faithful +animal whom, years before, she had bought from a keeper who +declared him untamable. + +"In order to secure the affections of wild animals," said the +great-hearted painter, "you must love them," and by love she had +subdued the ferocious beast whom even the lion-tamers had given up +as hopeless. + +When about to travel for two years, it being impossible to take +her pet with her, Mademoiselle Bonheur sold him to the Jardin des +Plantes in Paris, where she found him on her return, totally +blind, owing, it is said, to the ill treatment of the attendant. + +Grieved beyond measure at the condition of poor Nero, she had him +removed to her chateau, where everything was done for his comfort +that love could suggest. Often in her leisure moments, when she +had laid aside her painting garb, the artist would have him taken +to her studio, where she would play with and fondle the enormous +creature as if he were a kitten. And there, at last, he died +happily, his great paws clinging fondly to the mistress who loved +him so well, his sightless eyes turned upon her to the end, as if +beseeching that she would not again leave him. + + + + + +"THERE IS ROOM ENOUGH AT THE TOP" + + +These words ere uttered many years ago by a youth who had no other +means by which to reach the top than work and will. They have +since become the watchword of every poor boy whose ambition is +backed by energy and a determination to make the most possible of +himself. + +The occasion on which Daniel Webster first said "There is room +enough at the top," marked the turning point in his life. Had he +not been animated at that time by an ambition to make the most of +his talents, he might have remained forever in obscurity. + +His father and other friends had secured for him the position of +Clerk of the Court of Common Pleas, of Hillsborough County, New +Hampshire. Daniel was studying law in the office of Mr. +Christopher Gore, a distinguished Boston lawyer, and was about +ready for his admission to the bar. The position offered him was +worth fifteen hundred dollars a year. This seemed a fortune to the +struggling student. He lay awake the whole night following the day +on which he had heard the good news, planning what he would do for +his father and mother, his brother Ezekiel, and his sisters. Next +morning he hurried to the office to tell Mr. Gore of his good +fortune. + +"Well, my young friend," said the lawyer, when Daniel had told his +story, "the gentlemen have been very kind to you; I am glad of it. +You must thank them for it. You will write immediately, of +course." + +Webster explained that, since he must go to New Hampshire +immediately, it would hardly be worth while to write. He could +thank his good friends in person. + +"Why," said Mr. Gore in great astonishment, "you don't mean to +accept it, surely!" + +The youth's high spirits were damped at once by his senior's +manner. "The bare idea of not accepting it," he says, "so +astounded me that I should have been glad to have found any hole +to have hid myself in." + +"Well," said Mr. Gore, seeing the disappointment his words had +caused, "you must decide for yourself; but come, sit down and let +us talk it over. The office is worth fifteen hundred a year, you +say. Well, it never will be any more. Ten to one, if they find out +it is so much, the fees will be reduced. You are appointed now by +friends; others may fill their places who are of different +opinions, and who have friends of their own to provide for. You +will lose your place; or, supposing you to retain it, what are you +but a clerk for life? And your prospects as a lawyer are good +enough to encourage you to go on. Go on, and finish your studies; +you are poor enough, but there are greater evils than poverty; +live on no man's favor; what bread you do eat, let it be the bread +of independence; pursue your profession, make yourself useful to +your friends and a little formidable to your enemies, and you have +nothing to fear." + +How fortunate Webster as to have at this point in his career so +wise and far-seeing a friend! His father, who had made many +sacrifices to educate his boys, saw in the proffered clerkship a +great opening for his favorite, Daniel. He never dreamed of the +future that was to make him one of America's greatest orators and +statesmen. At first he could not believe that the position which +he had worked so hard to obtain was to be rejected. + +"Daniel, Daniel," he said sorrowfully, "don't you mean to take +that office?" + +"No, indeed, father," was the reply, "I hope I can do much better +than that. I mean to use my tongue in the courts, not my pen; to +be an actor, not a register of other men's acts. I hope yet, sir, +to astonish your honor in your own court by my professional +attainments." + +Judge Webster made no attempt to conceal his disappointment. He +even tried to discourage his son by reminding him that there were +already more lawyers than the country needed. + +It was in answer to this objection that Daniel used the famous and +oft-quoted words,--"There is room enough at the top." + +"Well, my son," said the fond but doubting father, "your mother +has always said you would come to something or nothing. She was +not sure which; I think you are now about settling that doubt for +her." + +It was very painful to Daniel to disappoint his father, but his +purpose was fixed, and nothing now could change it. He knew he had +turned his face in the right direction, and though when he +commenced to practice law he earned only about five or six hundred +dollars a year, he never regretted the decision he had made. He +aimed high, and he had his reward. + +It is true now and forever, as Lowell says, that-- + + "Not failure, but low aim, is crime." + + + + + +THE UPLIFT OF A SLAVE BOY'S IDEAL + +Invincible determination, and a right nature, are the levers that +move the world.--PORTER. + + +Born a slave, with the feelings and possibilities of a man, but +with no rights above the beast of the field, Fred Douglass gave +the world one of the most notable examples of man's power over +circumstances. + +He had no knowledge of his father, whom he had never seen. He had +only a dim recollection of his mother, from whom he had been +separated at birth. The poor slave mother used to walk twelve +miles when her day's work was done, in order to get an occasional +glimpse of her child. Then she had to walk back to the plantation +on which she labored, so as to be in time to begin to work at dawn +next morning. + +Under the brutal discipline of the "Aunt Katy" who had charge of +the slaves who were still too young to labor in the fields, he +early began to realize the hardships of his lot, and to rebel +against the state of bondage into which he had been born. + +Often hungry, and clothed in hottest summer and coldest winter +alike, in a coarse tow linen shirt, scarcely reaching to the +knees, without a bed to lie on or a blanket to cover him, his only +protection, no matter how cold the night, was an old corn bag, +into which he thrust himself, leaving his feet exposed at one end, +and his head at the other. + +When about seven years old, he was transferred to new owners in +Baltimore, where his kind-hearted mistress, who did not know that +in doing so she was breaking the law, taught him the alphabet. He +thus got possession of the key which was to unlock his bonds, and, +young as he was, he knew it. It did not matter that his master, +when he learned what had been done, forbade his wife to give the +boy further instructions. He had already tasted of the fruit of +the tree of knowledge. The prohibition was useless. Neither +threats nor stripes nor chains could hold the awakened soul in +bondage. + +With infinite pains and patience, and by stealth, he enlarged upon +his knowledge of the alphabet. An old copy of "Webster's Spelling +Book," cast aside by his young master, as his greatest treasure. +With the aid of a few good-natured white boys, who sometimes +played with him in the streets, he quickly mastered its contents. +Then he cast about for further means to satisfy his mental +craving. How difficult it was for the poor, despised slave to do +this, we learn from his own pathetic words. "I have gathered," he +says, "scattered pages of the Bible from the filthy street +gutters, and washed and dried them, that, in moments of leisure, I +might get a word or two of wisdom from them." + +Think of that, boys and girls of the twentieth century, with your +day schools and evening schools, libraries, colleges, and +universities,--picking reading material from the gutter and +mastering it by stealth! Yet this boy grew up to be the friend and +co-worker of Garrison and Phillips, the eloquent spokesman of his +race, the honored guest of distinguished peers and commoners of +England, one of the noblest examples of a self-made man that the +world has ever seen. + +Under equal hardships he learned to write. The boy's wits, +sharpened instead of blunted by repression, saw opportunities +where more favored children could see none. He gave himself his +first writing lesson in his master's shipyard, by copying from the +various pieces of timber the letters with which they had been +marked by the carpenters, to show the different parts of the ship +for which they were intended. He copied from posters on fences, +from old copy books, from anything and everything he could get +hold of. He practiced his new art on pavements and rails, and +entered into contests in letter making with white boys, in order +to add to his knowledge. "With playmates for my teachers," he +says, "fences and pavements for my copy books, and chalk for my +pen and ink, I learned to write." + +While being "broken in" to field labor under the lash of the +overseer, chained and imprisoned for the crime of attempting to +escape from slavery, the spirit of the youth never quailed. He +believed in himself, in his God-given powers, and he was +determined to use them in freeing himself and his race. + +How well he succeeded in the stupendous task to which he set +himself while yet groping in the black night of bondage, with no +human power outside of his own indomitable will to help him, his +life work attests in language more enduring than "storied urn" or +written history. A roll call of the world's great moral heroes +would be incomplete without the name of the slave-born Douglass, +who came on the stage of life to play the leading role of the +Moses of his race in one of the saddest and, at the same time, +most glorious eras of American history. + +He was born in Talbot County, Maryland. The exact date of his +birth is not known; but he himself thought it was in February, +1817. He died in Washington, D.C., February 20, 1895. + + + + + +"TO THE FIRST ROBIN" + + +The air was keen and biting, and traces of snow still lingered on +the ground and sparkled on the tree tops in the morning sun. But +the happy, rosy-cheeked children, lately freed from the restraints +of city life, who played in the old garden in Concord, +Massachusetts, that bright spring morning many years ago, heeded +not the biting wind or the lingering snow. As they raced up and +down the paths, in and out among the trees, their cheeks took on a +deeper glow, their eyes a brighter sparkle, while their shouts of +merry laughter made the morning glad. + +But stay, what is this? What has happened to check the laughter on +their lips, and dim their bright eyes with tears? The little +group, headed by Louisa, has suddenly come to a pause under a +tree, where a wee robin, half dead with hunger and cold, has +fallen from its perch. + +"Poor, poor birdie!" exclaimed a chorus of pitying voices. "It is +dead, poor little thing," said Anna. "No," said Louisa, the leader +of the children in fun and works of mercy alike; "it is warm, and +I can feel its heart beat." As she spoke, she gathered the tiny +bundle of feathers to her bosom, and, heading the little +procession, turned toward the house. + +A warm nest was made for the foundling, and, with motherly care, +the little Louisa May Alcott, then only eight years old, fed and +nursed back to life the half-famished bird. + +Before the feathered claimant on her mercy flew away to freedom, +the future authoress, the "children's friend," who loved and +pitied all helpless things, wrote her first poem, and called it +"To the First Robin." It contained only these two stanzas:-- + + "Welcome, welcome, little stranger, + Fear no harm, and fear no danger, + We are glad to see you here, + For you sing, 'Sweet spring is near.' + + "Now the white snow melts away, + Now the flowers blossom gay, + Come, dear bird, and build your nest, + For we love our robin best." + + + + + +THE "WIZARD" AS AN EDITOR + + +Although he had only a few months' regular schooling, at ten +Thomas Alva Edison had read and thought more than many youths of +twenty. Gibbon's "Rome," Hume's "England," Sears's "History of the +World," besides several books on chemistry,--a subject in which +he was even then deeply interested,--were familiar friends. Yet he +was not, by any means, a serious bookworm. On the contrary, he was +as full of fun and mischief as any healthy boy of his age. + +The little fellow's sunny face and pleasing manners made him a +general favorite, and when circumstances forced him from the +parent nest into the big bustling world at the age of twelve, he +became the most popular train boy on the Grand Trunk Railroad in +central Michigan, while his keen powers of observation and +practical turn of mind made him the most successful. His ambition +soared far beyond the selling of papers, song books, apples, and +peanuts, and his business ability was such that he soon had three +or four boys selling his wares on commission. + +His interest in chemistry, however, had not abated, and his busy +brain now urged him to try new fields. He exchanged some of his +papers for retorts and other simple apparatus, bought a copy of +Fiesenius's "Qualitative Analysis," and secured the use of an old +baggage car as a laboratory. Here, surrounded by chemicals and +experimenting apparatus, he spent some of the happiest hours of +his life. + +But even this was not a sufficient outlet for the energies of the +budding inventor. Selling papers had naturally aroused his +interest in printing and editing, and with Edison interest always +manifested itself in action. In buying papers, he had, as usual, +made use of his eyes, and, with the little knowledge of printing +picked up in this way, he determined to start a printing press and +edit a paper of his own. + +He first purchased a quantity of old type from the Detroit Free +Press. Then he put a printing press in the baggage car, which did +duty as printing and editorial office as well as laboratory, and +began his editorial labors. When the first copy of the Grand Trunk +Herald was put on sale, it would be hard to find a happier boy +than its owner was. + +No matter that the youthful editor's "Associated Press" consisted +of baggage men and brakemen, or that the literary matter +contributed to the Grand Trunk Herald was chiefly railway gossip, +with some general information of interest to passengers, the +little three-cent sheet became very popular. Even the great London +Times deigned to notice it, as the only journal in the world +printed on a railway train. + +But, successful as he was in his editorial venture, Edison's best +love was given to chemistry and electricity, which latter subject +he had begun to study with his usual ardor. And well it was for +the world when the youth of sixteen gave up train and newspaper +work, that no poverty, no difficulties, no ridicule, no "hard +luck," none of the trials and obstacles he had to encounter in +after life, had power to chill or discourage the genius of the +master inventor of the nineteenth century. + + + + + +HOW GOOD FORTUNE CAME TO PIERRE + + +Many years ago, in a shabby room in one of the poorest streets of +London, a little golden-haired boy sat singing, in his sweet, +childish voice, by the bedside of his sick mother. Though faint +from hunger and oppressed with loneliness, he manfully forced back +the tears that kept welling up into his blue eyes, and, for his +mother's sake, tried to look bright and cheerful. But it was hard +to be brave and strong while his dear mother was suffering for +lack of the delicacies which he longed to provide for her, but +could not. He had not tasted food all day himself. How he could +drive away the gaunt, hungry wolf, Famine, that had come to take +up its abode with them, was the thought that haunted him as he +tried to sing a little song he himself had composed. He left his +place by the invalid, who, lulled by his singing, had fallen into +a light sleep. As he looked listlessly out of the window, he +noticed a man putting up a large poster, which bore, in staring +yellow letters, the announcement that Madame M---, one of the +greatest singers that ever lived, was to sing in public that +night. + +"Oh, if I could only go!" thought little Pierre, his love of music +for the moment making him forgetful of aught else. Suddenly his +face brightened, and the light of a great resolve shone in his +eyes. "I will try it," he said to himself; and, running lightly to +a little stand that stood at the opposite end of the room, with +trembling hands he took from a tiny box a roll of paper. With a +wistful, loving glance at the sleeper, he stole from the room and +hurried out into the street. + +"Who did you say is waiting for me?" asked Madame M--- of her +servant; "I am already worn out with company." + +"It is only a very pretty little boy with yellow curls, who said +that if he can just see you, he is sure you will not be sorry, and +he will not keep you a moment." + +"Oh, well, let him come," said the great singer, with a kindly +smile, "I can never refuse children." + +Timidly the child entered the luxurious apartment, and, bowing +before the beautiful, stately woman, he began rapidly, lest his +courage should fail him: "I came to see you because my mother is +very sick, and we are too poor to get food and medicine. I +thought, perhaps, that if you would sing my little song at some of +your grand concerts, maybe some publisher would buy it for a small +sum, and so I could get food and medicine for my mother." + +Taking the little roll of paper which the boy held in his hand, +the warm-hearted singer lightly hummed the air. Then, turning +toward him, she asked, in amazement: "Did you compose it? you, a +child! And the words, too?" Without waiting for a reply, she added +quickly, "Would you like to come to my concert this evening?" The +boy's face became radiant with delight at the thought of hearing +the famous songstress, but a vision of his sick mother, lying +alone in the poor, cheerless room, flitted across his mind, and he +answered, with a choking in his throat:-- + +"Oh, yes; I should so love to go, but I couldn't leave my mother." + +"I will send somebody to take care of your mother for the evening, +and here is a crown with which you may go and get food and +medicine. Here is also one of my tickets. Come to-night; that will +admit you to a seat near me." + +Overcome with joy, the child could scarcely express his gratitude +to the gracious being who seemed to him like an angel from heaven. +As he went out again into the crowded street, he seemed to tread +on air. He bought some fruit and other little delicacies to tempt +his mother's appetite, and while spreading out the feast of good +things before her astonished gaze, with tears in his eyes, he told +her of the kindness of the beautiful lady. + +An hour later, tingling with expectation, Pierre set out for the +concert. How like fairyland it all seemed! The color, the dazzling +lights, the flashing gems and glistening silks of the richly +dressed ladies bewildered him. Ah! could it be possible that the +great artist who had been so kind to him would sing his little +song before this brilliant audience? At length she came on the +stage, bowing right and left in answer to the enthusiastic welcome +which greeted her appearance. + +A pause of expectancy followed. The boy held his breath and gazed +spellbound at the radiant vision on whom all eyes were riveted. +The orchestra struck the first notes of a plaintive melody, and +the glorious voice of the great singer filled the vast hall, as +the words of the sad little song of the child composer floated on +the air. It was so simple, so touching, so full of exquisite +pathos, that many were in tears before it was finished. + +And little Pierre? There he sat, scarcely daring to move or +breathe, fearing that the flowers, the lights, the music, should +vanish, and he should wake up to find it all a dream. He was +aroused from his trance by the tremendous burst of applause that +rang through the house as the last note trembled away into +silence. He started up. It was no dream. The greatest singer in +Europe had sung his little song before a fashionable London +audience. Almost dazed with happiness, he never knew how he +reached his poor home; and when he related the incidents of the +evening, his mother's delight nearly equaled his own. Nor was this +the end. + +Next day they were startled by a visit from Madame M---. After +gently greeting the sick woman, while her hand played with +Pierre's golden curls, she said: "Your little boy, Madame, has +brought you a fortune. I was offered this morning, by the best +publisher in London, 300 pounds for his little song; and after he +has realized a certain amount from the sale, little Pierre here is +to share the profits. Madame, thank God that your son has a gift +from heaven." The grateful tears of the invalid and her visitor +mingled, while the child knelt by his mother's bedside and prayed +God to bless the kind lady who, in their time of sorrow and great +need, had been to them as a savior. + +The boy never forgot his noble benefactress, and years afterward, +when the great singer lay dying, the beloved friend who smoothed +her pillow and cheered and brightened her last moments--the rich, +popular, and talented composer--was no other than our little +Pierre. + + + + + +"IF I REST, I RUST" + + "The heights by great men reached and kept + Were not attained by sudden flight; + But they, while their companions slept, + Were toiling upward in the night." + + +The significant inscription found on an old key,--"If I rest, I +rust,"--would be an excellent motto for those who are afflicted +with the slightest taint of idleness. Even the industrious might +adopt it with advantage to serve as a reminder that, if one allows +his faculties to rest, like the iron in the unused key, they will +soon show signs of rust, and, ultimately, cannot do the work +required of them. + +Those who would attain + + "The heights by great men reached and kept" + +must keep their faculties burnished by constant use, so that they +will unlock the doors of knowledge, the gates that guard the +entrances to the professions, to science, art, literature, +agriculture,--every department of human endeavor. + +Industry keeps bright the key that opens the treasury of +achievement. If Hugh Miller, after toiling all day in a quarry, +had devoted his evenings to rest and recreation, he would never +have become a famous geologist. The celebrated mathematician, +Edmund Stone, would never have published a mathematical +dictionary, never have found the key to the science of +mathematics, if he had given his spare moments, snatched from the +duties of a gardener, to idleness. Had the little Scotch lad, +Ferguson, allowed the busy brain to go to sleep while he tended +sheep on the hillside, instead of calculating the position of the +stars by the help of a string of beads, he would never have become +a famous astronomer. + +"Labor vanquishes all,"--not in constant, spasmodic, or ill- +directed labor, but faithful, unremitting, daily effort toward a +well-directed purpose. Just as truly as eternal vigilance is the +price of liberty, so is eternal industry the price of noble and +enduring success. + + "Seize, then, the minutes as they pass; + The woof of life is thought! + Warm up the colors; let them glow + With fire of fancy fraught." + + + + + +A BOY WHO KNEW NOT FEAR + + +Richard Wagner, the great composer, weaves into one of his musical +dramas a beautiful story about a youth named Siegfried, who did +not know what fear was. + +The story is a sort of fairy tale or myth,--something which has a +deep meaning hidden in it, but which is not literally true. + +We smile at the idea of a youth who never knew fear, who even as a +little child had never been frightened by the imaginary terrors of +night, the darkness of the forest, or the cries of the wild +animals which inhabited it. + +Yet it is actually true that there was born at Burnham Thorpe, +Norfolk, England, on September 29, 1758, a boy who never knew what +fear was. This boy's name was Horatio Nelson,--a name which his +fearlessness, ambition, and patriotism made immortal. + +Courage even to daring distinguished young Nelson from his boy +companions. Many stories illustrating this quality are told of +him. + +On one occasion, when the future hero of England was but a mere +child, while staying at his grandmother's, he wandered away from +the house in search of birds' nests. When dinner time came and +went and the boy did not return, his family became alarmed. They +feared that he had been kidnapped by gypsies, or that some other +mishap had befallen him. A thorough search was made for him in +every direction. Just as the searchers were about to give up their +quest, the truant was discovered sitting quietly by the side of a +brook which he was unable to cross. + +"I wonder, child," said his grandmother, "that hunger and fear did +not drive you home." + +"Fear! grand-mamma," exclaimed the boy; "I never saw fear. What is +it?" + +Horatio was a born leader, who never even in childhood shrank from +a hazardous undertaking. This story of his school days shows how +the spirit of leadership marked him before he had entered his +teens. + +In the garden attached to the boarding school at North Walsham, +which he and his elder brother, William, attended, there grew a +remarkably fine pear tree. The sight of this tree, loaded with +fruit was, naturally, a very tempting one to the boys. The boldest +among the older ones, however, dared not risk the consequences of +helping themselves to the pears, which they knew were highly +prized by the master of the school. + +Horatio, who thought neither of the sin of stealing the +schoolmaster's property, nor of the risk involved in the attempt, +volunteered to secure the coveted pears. + +He was let down in sheets from the bedroom window by his +schoolmates, and, after gathering as much of the fruit as he could +carry, returned with considerable difficulty. He then turned the +pears over to the boys, not keeping one for himself. + +"I only took them," he explained, "because the rest of you were +afraid to venture." + +The sense of honor of the future "Hero of the Nile" and of +Trafalgar was as keen in boyhood as in later life. + +One year, at the close of the Christmas holidays, he and his +brother William set out on horseback to return to school. There +had been a heavy fall of snow which made traveling very +disagreeable, and William persuaded Horatio to go back home with +him, saying that it was not safe to go on. + +"If that be the case," said Rev. Mr. Nelson, the father of the +boys, when the matter was explained to him, "you certainly shall +not go; but make another attempt, and I will leave it to your +honor. If the road is dangerous, you may return; but remember, +boys, I leave it to your honor." + +The snow was really deep enough to be made an excuse for not going +on, and William was for returning home a second time. Horatio, +however, would not be persuaded again. "We must go on," he said; +"remember, brother, it was left to our honor." + +When only twelve years old, young Nelson's ambition urged him to +try his fortune at sea. His uncle, Captain Maurice Suckling, +commanded the Raisonnable, a ship of sixty-four guns, and the boy +thought it would be good fortune, indeed, if he could get an +opportunity to serve under him. "Do, William," he said to his +brother, "write to my father, and tell him that I should like to +go to sea with Uncle Maurice." + +On hearing of his son's wishes, Mr. Nelson at once wrote to +Captain Suckling. The latter wrote back without delay: "What has +poor Horatio done, who is so weak, that he, above all the rest, +should be sent to rough it out at sea? But let him come, and the +first time we go into action, a cannon ball may knock off his head +and provide for him at once." + +This was not very encouraging for a delicate boy of twelve. But +Horatio was not daunted. His father took him to London, and there +put him into the stage coach for Chatham, where the Raisonnable +was lying at anchor. + +He arrived at Chatham during the temporary absence of his uncle, +so that there was no friendly voice to greet him when he went on +board the big ship. Homesick and heartsick, he passed some of the +most miserable days of his life on the Raisonnable. The officers +treated the sailors with a harshness bordering on cruelty. This +treatment, of course, increased the natural roughness of the +sailors; and, altogether, the conditions were such that Horatio's +opinion of the Royal Navy was sadly altered. + +But in spite of the separation from his brother William, who had +been his schoolmate and constant companion, and all his other +loved ones, the hardships he had to endure as a sailor boy among +rough officers and rougher men, and his physical weakness, his +courage did not fail him. He stuck bravely to his determination to +be a sailor. + +Later, the lad went on a voyage to the West Indies, in a merchant +ship commanded by Mr. John Rathbone. During this voyage, his +anxiety to rise in his profession and his keen powers of +observation, which were constantly exercised, combined to make him +a practical sailor. + +After his return from the West Indies, his love of adventure was +excited by the news that two ships--the Racehorse and the Carcass +--were being fitted out for a voyage of discovery to the North +Pole. Through the influence of Captain Suckling, he secured an +appointment as coxswain, under Captain Lutwidge, who was second in +command of the expedition. + +All went well with the Racehorse and the Carcass until they neared +the Polar regions. Then they were becalmed, surrounded with ice, +and wedged in so that they could not move. + +Young as Nelson was, he was put in command of one of the boats +sent out to try to find a passage to the open water. While engaged +in this work he was instrumental in saving the crew of another of +the boats which had been attacked by walruses. + +His most notable adventure during this Polar cruise, however, was +a fight with a bear. + +One night he stole away from his ship with a companion in pursuit +of a bear. A fog which had been rising when they left the Carcass +soon enveloped them. Between three and four o'clock in the +morning, when the weather began to clear, they were sighted by +Captain Lutwidge and his officers, at some distance from the ship, +in conflict with a huge bear. The boys, who had been missed soon +after they set out on their adventure, were at once signaled to +return. Nelson's companion urged him to obey the signal, and, +though their ammunition had given out, he longed to continue the +fight. + +"Never mind," he cried excitedly; "do but let me get a blow at +this fellow with the butt end of my musket, and we shall have +him." + +Captain Lutwidge, seeing the boy's danger,--he being separated +from the bear only by a narrow chasm in the ice,--fired a gun. +This frightened the bear away. Nelson then returned to face the +consequences of his disobedience. + +He was severely reprimanded by his captain for "conduct so +unworthy of the office he filled." When asked what motive he had +in hunting a bear, he replied, still trembling from the excitement +of the encounter, "Sir, I wished to kill the bear that I might +carry the skin to my father." + +The expedition finally worked its way out of the ice and sailed +for home. + +Horatio's next voyage was to the East Indies, aboard the Seahorse, +one of the vessels of a squadron under the command of Sir Edward +Hughes. His attention to duty attracted the notice of his senior +officer, on whose recommendation he was rated as a midshipman. + +After eighteen months in the trying climate of India, the youth's +health gave way, and he was sent home in the Dolphin. His physical +weakness affected his spirits. Gloom fastened upon him, and for a +time he was very despondent about his future. + +"I felt impressed," he says, "with an idea that I should never +rise in my profession. My mind was staggered with a view of the +difficulties I had to surmount and the little interest I +possessed. I could discover no means of reaching the object of my +ambition. After a long and gloomy revery in which I almost wished +myself overboard, a sudden flow of patriotism was kindled within +me and presented my king and my country as my patrons. My mind +exulted in the idea. 'Well, then,' I exclaimed, 'I will be a hero, +and, confiding in Providence, I will brave every danger!'" + +In that hour Nelson leaped from boyhood to manhood. Thenceforth +the purpose of his life never changed. From that time, as he often +said afterward, "a radiant orb was suspended in his mind's eye, +which urged him onward to renown." + +His health improved very much during the homeward voyage, and he +was soon able to resume duty again. + +At nineteen he was made second lieutenant of the Lowestoffe; and +at twenty he was commander of the Badger. Before he was twenty- +one, owing largely to his courage and presence of mind in face of +every danger, and his enthusiasm in his profession, "he had gained +that mark," says his biographer, Southey, "which brought all the +honors of the service within his reach." + +Pleasing in his address and conversation, always kind and +thoughtful in his treatment of the men and boys under him, Nelson +was the best-loved man in the British navy,--nay, in all England. + +When he was appointed to the command of the Boreas, a ship of +twenty-eight guns, then bound for the Leeward Islands, he had +thirty midshipmen under him. When any of them, at first, showed +any timidity about going up the masts, he would say, by way of +encouragement, "I am going a race to the masthead, and beg that I +may meet you there." And again he would say cheerfully, that "any +person was to be pitied who could fancy there was any danger, or +even anything disagreeable, in the attempt." + +"Your Excellency must excuse me for bringing one of my midshipmen +with me," he said to the governor of Barbados, who had invited him +to dine. "I make it a rule to introduce them to all the good +company I can, as they have few to look up to besides myself +during the time they are at sea." Was it any wonder that his +"middies" almost worshiped him? + +This thoughtfulness in small matters is always characteristic of +truly great, large-souled men. Another distinguishing mark of +Nelson's greatness was that he ruled by love rather than fear. + +When, at the age of forty-seven, he fell mortally wounded at the +battle of Trafalgar, all England was plunged into grief. The +crowning victory of his life had been won, but his country was +inconsolable for the loss of the noblest of her naval heroes. + +"The greatest sea victory that the world had ever known was won," +says W. Clark Russell, "but at such a cost, that there was no man +throughout the British fleet--there was no man indeed in all +England--but would have welcomed defeat sooner than have paid the +price of this wonderful conquest." + +The last words of the hero who had won some of the greatest of +England's sea fights were, "Thank God, I have done my duty." + + + + + +HOW STANLEY FOUND LIVINGSTONE + + +In the year 1866 David Livingstone, the great African explorer and +missionary, started on his last journey to Africa. Three years +passed away during which no word or sign from him had reached his +friends. The whole civilized world became alarmed for his safety. +It was feared that his interest in the savages in the interior of +Africa had cost him his life. + +Newspapers and clergymen in many lands were clamoring for a relief +expedition to be sent out in search of him. Royal societies, +scientific associations, and the British government were debating +what steps should be taken to find him. But they were very slow in +coming to any conclusion, and while they were weighing questions +and discussing measures, an energetic American settled the matter +offhand. + +This was James Gordon Bennett, Jr., manager of the New York Herald +and son of James Gordon Bennett, its editor and proprietor. + +Mr. Bennett was in a position which brought him into contact with +some of the cleverest and most enterprising young men of his day. +From all those he knew he singled out Henry M. Stanley for the +difficult and perilous task of finding Livingstone. + +And who was this young man who was chosen to undertake a work +which required the highest qualities of manhood to carry it to +success? + +Henry M. Stanley, whose baptismal name was John Rowlands, was born +of poor parents in Wales, in 1840. Being left an orphan at the age +of three, he was sent to the poorhouse in his native place. There +he remained for ten years, and then shipped as a cabin boy in a +vessel bound for America. Soon after his arrival in this country, +he found employment in New Orleans with a merchant named Stanley. +His intelligence, energy, and ambition won him so much favor with +this gentleman that he adopted him as his son and gave him his +name. + +The elder Stanley died while Henry was still a youth. This threw +him again upon his own resources, as he inherited nothing from his +adopted father, who died without making a will. He next went to +California to seek his fortune. He was not successful, however, +and at twenty he was a soldier in the Civil War. When the war was +over, he engaged himself as a correspondent to the New York +Herald. + +In this capacity he traveled extensively in the East, doing +brilliant work for his paper. When England went to war with King +Theodore of Abyssinia, he accompanied the English army to +Abyssinia, and from thence wrote vivid descriptive letters to the +Herald. The child whose early advantages were only such as a Welsh +poorhouse afforded, was already, through his own unaided efforts, +a leader in his profession. He was soon to become a leader in a +larger sense. + +At the time Mr. Bennett conceived the idea of sending an +expedition in search of Livingstone, Stanley was in Spain. He had +been sent there by the Herald to report the civil war then raging +in that country. He thus describes the receipt of Mr. Bennett's +message and the events immediately following:-- + +"I am in Madrid, fresh from the carnage at Valencia. At 10 A.M. +Jacopo, at No.--Calle de la Cruz, hands me a telegram; on opening +it I find it reads, 'Come to Paris on important business.' The +telegram is from James Gordon Bennett, Jr., the young manager of +the New York Herald. + +"Down come my pictures from the walls of my apartments on the +second floor; into my trunks go my books and souvenirs, my clothes +are hastily collected, some half washed, some from the clothesline +half dry, and after a couple of hours of hasty hard work my +portmanteaus are strapped up and labeled for 'Paris.'" + +It was late at night when Stanley arrived in Paris. "I went +straight to the 'Grand Hotel,'" he says, "and knocked at the door +of Mr. Bennett's room. + +"'Come in,' I heard a voice say. Entering I found Mr. Bennett in +bed. + +"'Who are you?' he asked. + +"'My name is Stanley,' I answered. + +"'Ah, yes! sit down; I have important business on hand for you. + +"'Where do you think Livingstone is?' + +"'I really do not know, sir.' + +"'Do you think he is alive?' + +"'He may be, and he may not be,' I answered. + +"'Well, I think he is alive, and that he can be found, and I am +going to send you to find him.' + +"'What!' said I, 'do you really think I can find Dr. Livingstone? +Do you mean me to go to Central Africa?' + +"'Yes, I mean that you shall go and find him wherever you may hear +that he is ... . Of course you will act according to your own +plans and do what you think best--BUT FIND LIVINGSTONE.'" + +The question of expense coming up, Mr. Bennett said: "Draw a +thousand pounds now; and when you have gone through that, draw +another thousand; and when that is spent, draw another thousand; +and when you have finished that, draw another thousand, and so on; +but, FIND LIVINGSTONE." + +Stanley asked no questions, awaited no further instructions. The +two men parted with a hearty hand clasp. "Good night, and God be +with you," said Bennett. + +"Good night, sir," returned Stanley. "What it is in the power of +human nature to do I will do; and on such an errand as I go upon, +God will be with me." + +The young man immediately began the work of preparation for his +great undertaking. This in itself was a task requiring more than +ordinary judgment and foresight, but Stanley was equal to the +occasion. + +On January 6, 1871, he reached Zanzibar, an important native +seaport on the east coast of Africa. Here the preparations for the +journey were completed. Soon, with a train composed of one hundred +and ninety men, twenty donkeys, and baggage amounting to about six +tons, he started from this point for the interior of the +continent. + +Then began a journey the dangers and tediousness of which can +hardly be described. Stanley and his men were often obliged to +wade through swamps filled with alligators. Crawling on hands and +knees, they forced their way through miles of tangled jungle, +breathing in as they went the sickening odor of decaying +vegetables. They were obliged to be continually on their guard +against elephants, lions, hyenas, and other wild inhabitants of +the jungle. Fierce as these were, however, they were no more to be +dreaded than the savage tribes whom they sometimes encountered. +Whenever they stopped to rest, they were tormented by flies, white +ants, and reptiles, which crawled all over them. + +For months they journeyed on under these conditions. The donkeys +had died from drinking impure water, and some of the men had +fallen victims to disease. + +It was no wonder that the survivors of the expedition--all but +Stanley--had grown disheartened. Half starved, wasted by sickness +and hardships of all kinds, with bleeding feet and torn clothes, +some of them became mutinous. Stanley's skill as a leader was +taxed to the utmost. Alternately coaxing the faint-hearted and +punishing the insubordinate, he continued to lead them on almost +in spite of themselves. + +So far they had heard nothing of Livingstone, nor had they any +clew as to the direction in which they should go. There was no ray +of light or hope to cheer them on their way, yet Stanley never for +a moment thought of giving up the search. + +Once, amid the terrors of the jungle, surrounded by savages and +wild animals, with supplies almost exhausted, and the remnant of +his followers in a despairing condition, the young explorer came +near being discouraged. + +But he would not give way to any feeling that might lessen his +chances of success, and it was at this crisis he wrote in his +journal:-- + +"No living man shall stop me--only death can prevent me. But +death--not even this; I shall not die--I will not die--I cannot +die! Something tells me I shall find him and--write it larger-- +FIND HIM, FIND HIM! Even the words are inspiring." + +Soon after this a caravan passed and gave the expedition news +which renewed hope: A white man, old, white haired, and sick, had +just arrived at Ujiji. + +Stanley and his followers pushed on until they came in sight of +Ujiji. Then the order was given to "unfurl the flags and load the +guns." Immediately the Stars and Stripes and the flag of Zanzibar +were thrown to the breeze, and the report of fifty guns awakened +the echoes. The noise startled the inhabitants of Ujiji. They came +running in the direction of the sounds, and soon the expedition +was surrounded by a crowd of friendly black men, who cried loudly, +"YAMBO, YAMBO, BANA!" which signifies welcome. + +"At this grand moment," says Stanley, "we do not think of the +hundreds of miles we have marched, of the hundreds of hills that +we have ascended and descended, of the many forests we have +traversed, of the jungle and thickets that annoyed us, of the +fervid salt plains that blistered our feet, of the hot suns that +scorched us, nor the dangers and difficulties now happily +surmounted. + +"At last the sublime hour has arrived!--our dreams, our hopes and +anticipations are now about to be realized! Our hearts and our +feelings are with our eyes, as we peer into the palms and try to +make out in which hut or house lives the white man with the gray +beard we heard about on the Malagarazi." + +When the uproar had ceased, a voice was heard saluting the leader +of the expedition in English--"Good morning, sir." + +"Startled at hearing this greeting in the midst of such a crowd of +black people," says Stanley, "I turn sharply round in search of +the man, and see him at my side, with the blackest of faces, but +animated and joyous--a man dressed in a long white shirt, with a +turban of American sheeting around his head, and I ask, 'Who the +mischief are you?' + +"'I am Susi, the servant of Dr. Livingstone,' said he, smiling, +and showing a gleaming row of teeth. + +"'What! Is Dr. Livingstone here?' + +"'Yes, sir.' + +"'In this village?' + +"'Yes, sir.' + +"'Are you sure?' + +"'Sure, sure, sir. Why, I leave him just now.' + +"'Susi, run, and tell the Doctor I am coming.'" + +Susi ran like a madman to deliver the message. Stanley and his men +followed more slowly. Soon they were gazing into the eyes of the +man for news of whom the whole civilized world was waiting. + +"My heart beat fast," says Stanley, "but I must not let my face +betray my emotions, lest it shall detract from the dignity of a +white man appearing under such extraordinary circumstances." + +The young explorer longed to leap and shout for joy, but he +controlled himself, and instead of embracing Livingstone as he +would have liked to do, he grasped his hand, exclaiming, "I thank +God, Doctor, that I have been permitted to see you." + +"I feel grateful that I am here to welcome you," was the gentle +reply. + +All the dangers through which they had passed, all the privations +they had endured were forgotten in the joy of this meeting. Doctor +Livingstone's years of toil and suspense, during which he had +heard nothing from the outside world; Stanley's awful experiences +in the jungle, the fact that both men had almost exhausted their +supplies; the terrors of open and hidden dangers from men and +beasts, sickness, hope deferred, all were, for the moment, pushed +out of mind. Later, each recounted his story to the other. + +After a period of rest, the two joined forces and together +explored and made plans for the future. Stanley tried to induce +Livingstone to return with him. But in vain; the great missionary +explorer would not lay down his work. He persevered, literally +until death. + +At last the hour of parting came. With the greatest reluctance +Stanley gave his men the order, "Right about face." With a silent +farewell, a grasp of the hands, and a look into each other's eyes +which said more than words, the old man and the young man parted +forever. + +Livingstone's life work was almost done. Stanley was the man on +whose shoulders his mantle was to fall. The great work he had +accomplished in finding Livingstone was the beginning of his +career as an African explorer. + +After the death of Livingstone, Stanley determined to take up the +explorer's unfinished work. + +In 1874 he left England at the head of an expedition fitted out by +the London Daily Telegraph and the New York Herald, and penetrated +into the very heart of Africa. + +He crossed the continent from shore to shore, overcoming on his +march dangers and difficulties compared with which those +encountered on his first journey sank into insignificance. He +afterward gave an account of this expedition in his book entitled, +"Darkest Africa." + +Stanley had successfully accomplished one of the great works of +the world. He had opened the way for commerce and Christianity +into the vast interior of Africa, which, prior to his discoveries, +had been marked on the map by a blank space, signifying that it +was an unexplored and unknown country. + +On his return the successful explorer found himself famous. +Princes and scientific societies vied with one another in honoring +him. King Edward VII of England, who was then Prince of Wales, +sent him his personal congratulations; Humbert, the king of Italy, +sent him his portrait; the khedive of Egypt decorated him with the +grand commandership of the Order of the Medjidie; the Geographical +Societies of London, Paris, Italy, and Marseilles sent him their +gold medals; while in Berlin, Vienna, and many other large +European cities, he was elected an honorary member of their most +learned and most distinguished associations. + +What pleased the explorer most of all, though, was the honor paid +him by America. "The government of the United States," he says, +"has crowned my success with its official approval, and the +unanimous vote of thanks passed in both houses of the legislature +has made me proud for life of the expedition and its +achievements." + +Honored to-day as the greatest explorer of his age, and esteemed +alike for his scholarship and the immense services he has rendered +mankind, Sir Henry Morton Stanley, the once friendless orphan lad +whose only home was a Welsh poorhouse, may well be proud of the +career he has carved out for himself. + + + + + +THE NESTOR OF AMERICAN JOURNALISTS + + +"I heard that a neighbor three miles off, had borrowed from a +still more distant neighbor, a book of great interest. I started +off, barefoot, in the snow, to obtain the treasure. There were +spots of bare ground, upon which I would stop to warm my feet. And +there were also, along the road, occasional lengths of log fence +from which the snow had melted, and upon which it was a luxury to +walk. The book was at home, and the good people consented, upon my +promise that it should be neither torn nor soiled, to lend it to +me. In returning with the prize, I was too happy to think of the +snow on my naked feet." + +This little incident, related by Thurlow Weed himself, is a sample +of the means by which he gained that knowledge and power which +made him not only the "Nestor of American Journalists," but +rendered him famous in national affairs as the "American Warwick" +or "The King Maker." + +There were no long happy years of schooling for this child of the +"common people," whose father was a struggling teamster and +farmer; no prelude of careless, laughing childhood before the +stern duties of life began. + +Thurlow Weed was born at Catskill, Greene County, New York, in +1797, a period in the history of our republic when there were very +few educational opportunities for the children of the poor. "I +cannot ascertain," he says, "how much schooling I got at Catskill, +probably less than a year, certainly not a year and a half, and +this was when I was not more than five or six years old." + +At an early age Thurlow learned to bend circumstances to his will +and, ground by poverty, shut in by limitations as he was, even +while contributing by his earning to the slender resources of the +family, he gathered knowledge and pleasure where many would have +found but thorns and bitterness. + +How simply he tells his story, as though his hardships and +struggles were of no account, and how clearly the narrative +mirrors the brave little fellow of ten! + +"My first employment," he says, "was in sugar making, an +occupation to which I became much attached. I now look with great +pleasure upon the days and nights passed in the sap-bush. The want +of shoes (which, as the snow was deep, was no small privation) was +the only drawback upon my happiness. I used, however, to tie +pieces of an old rag carpet around my feet, and got along pretty +well, chopping wood and gathering up sap." + +During this period he traveled, barefoot, to borrow books, +wherever they could be found among the neighboring farmers. With +his body in the sugar house, and his head thrust out of doors, +"where the fat pine was blazing," the young enthusiast devoured +with breathless interest a "History of the French Revolution," and +the few other well-worn volumes which had been loaned him. + +Later, after he left the farm, we see the future journalist +working successively as cabin boy and deck hand on a Hudson River +steamboat, and cheerfully sending home the few dollars he earned. +While employed in this capacity, he earned his first "quarter" in +New York by carrying a trunk for one of the passengers from the +boat to a hotel on Broad Street. + +But his boyish ambition was to be a journalist, and, after a year +of seafaring life, he found his niche in the office of a small +weekly newspaper, the Lynx, published at Onondaga Hollow, New +York. + +So, at fourteen, owing to his indomitable will and perseverance, +which conquered the most formidable obstacles, Thurlow Weed +started on the career in which, despite the rugged road he still +had to travel, he built up a noble character and won international +fame. + + + + + +THE MAN WITH AN IDEA + + +It is February, 1492. A poor man, with gray hair, disheartened and +dejected, is going out of the gate from the beautiful Alhambra, in +Granada, on a mule. Ever since he was a boy, he has been haunted +with the idea that the earth is round. He has believed that the +pieces of carved wood, picked up four hundred miles at sea, and +the bodies of two men, unlike any other human beings known, found +on the shores of Portugal, have drifted from unknown lands in the +west. But his last hope of obtaining aid for a voyage of discovery +has failed. King John of Portugal, under pretense of helping him, +has secretly sent out an expedition of his own. His friends have +abandoned him; he has begged bread; has drawn maps to keep him +from starving, and lost his wife; his friends have called him +crazy, and have forsaken him. The council of wise men, called by +Ferdinand and Isabella, ridicule his theory of reaching the east +by sailing west. "But the sun and moon are round," replies +Columbus, "why not the earth?" "If the earth is a ball, what holds +it up?" the wise men ask. "What holds the sun and moon up?" +Columbus replies. + +A learned doctor asks, "How can men walk with their heads hanging +down, and their feet up, like flies on a ceiling?" "How can trees +grow with their roots in the air?" "The water would run out of the +ponds, and we should fall off," says another. "The doctrine is +contrary to the Bible, which says, 'The heavens are stretched out +like a tent.'" "Of course it is flat; it is rank heresy to say it +is round." + +He has waited seven long years. He has had his last interview, +hoping to get assistance from Ferdinand and Isabella after they +drive the Moors out of Spain. Isabella was almost persuaded, but +finally refused. He is now old, his last hope has fled; the +ambition of his life has failed. He hears a voice calling him. He +looks back and sees an old friend pursuing him on a horse, and +beckoning him to come back. He saw Columbus turn away from the +Alhambra, disheartened, and he hastens to the queen and tells her +what a great thing it would be, at a trifling expense, if what the +sailor believes should prove true. "It shall be done," Isabella +replies. "I will pledge my jewels to raise the money; call him +back." Columbus turns back, and with him turns the world. + +Three frail vessels, little larger than fishing boats, the Santa +Maria, the Pinta, and the Nina, set sail from Palos, August 3, +1492, for an unknown land, upon untried seas; the sailors would +not volunteer, but were forced to go by the king. Friends +ridiculed them for following a crazy man to certain destruction, +for they believed the sea beyond the Canaries was boiling hot. +"What if the earth is round?" they said, "and you sail down the +other side, how can you get back again? Can ships sail up hill?" + +Only three days out, the Pinto's signal of distress is flying; she +has broken her rudder. September 8 they discover a broken mast +covered with seaweed floating in the sea. Terror seizes the +sailors, but Columbus calms their fears with pictures of gold and +precious stones of India. September 13, two hundred miles west of +the Canaries, Columbus is horrified to find that the compass, his +only guide, is failing him, and no longer points to the north +star. No one had yet dreamed that the earth turns on its axis. The +sailors are ready for mutiny, but Columbus tells them the north +star is not exactly in the north. October 1 they are two thousand +three hundred miles from land, though Columbus tells the sailors +one thousand seven hundred. Columbus discovers a bush in the sea, +with berries on it, and soon they see birds and a piece of carved +wood. At sunset, the crew kneel upon the deck and chant the vesper +hymn. It is sixty-seven days since they left Palos, and they have +sailed nearly three thousand miles, only changing their course +once. At ten o'clock at night they see a light ahead, but it +vanishes. Two o'clock in the morning, October 12, Roderigo de +Friana, on watch at the masthead of the Pinta, shouts, "Land! +land! land!" The sailors are wild with joy, and throw themselves +on their knees before Columbus, and ask forgiveness. They reach +the shore, and the hero of the world's greatest expedition unfolds +the flag of Spain and takes possession of the new world. Perhaps +no greater honor was ever paid man than Columbus received on his +return to Ferdinand and Isabella. Yet, after his second visit to +the land he discovered, he was taken back to Spain in chains, and +finally died in poverty and neglect; while a pickle dealer of +Seville, who had never risen above second mate, on a fishing +vessel, Amerigo Vespucci, gave his name to the new world. +Amerigo's name was put on an old chart or sketch to indicate the +point of land where he landed, five years after Columbus +discovered the country, and this crept into print by accident. + + + + + +"BERNARD OF THE TUILERIES" + + +Opposite the entrance to the Sevres Museum in the old town of +Sevres, in France, stands a handsome bronze statue of Bernard +Palissy, the potter. Within the museum are some exquisite pieces +of pottery known as "Palissy ware." They are specimens of the art +of Palissy, who spent the best years of his life toiling to +discover the mode of making white enamel. + +The story of his trials and sufferings in seeking to learn the +secret, and of his final triumph over all difficulties, is an +inspiring one. + +Born in the south of France, as far back as the year 1509, Bernard +Palissy did not differ much from an intelligent, high-spirited +American boy of the twentieth century. His parents were poor, and +he had few of the advantages within the reach of the humblest +child in the United States to-day. In spite of poverty, he as +cheerful, light hearted, and happy in his great love for nature, +which distinguished him all through life. The forest was his +playground, his companions the birds, insects, and other living +things that made their home there. + +From the first, Nature was his chief teacher. It was from her, and +her alone, he learned the lessons that in after years made him +famous both as a potter and a scientist. The habit of observation +seemed natural to him, for without suggestions from books or older +heads, his eyes and ears noticed all that the nature student of +our day is drilled into observing. + +The free, outdoor life of the forest helped to give the boy the +strength of mind and body which afterward enabled him, in spite of +the most discouraging conditions, to pursue his ideal. He was +taught how to read and write, and from his father learned how to +paint on glass. From him he also learned the names and some of the +properties of the minerals employed in painting glass. All the +knowledge that in after years made him an artist, a scientist, and +a writer, was the result of his unaided study of nature. To books +he was indebted for only the smallest part of what he knew. + +Happy and hopeful, sunshiny of face and disposition, Bernard grew +from childhood to youth. Then, when he was about eighteen, there +came into his heart a longing to try his fortune in the great +world which lay beyond his forest home. Like most country-bred +boys of his age, he felt that he had grown too large for the +parent nest and must try his wings elsewhere. In his case there +was, indeed, little to induce an ambitious boy to stay at home. +The trade of glass painting, which in previous years had been a +profitable one, had at that time fallen somewhat out of favor, and +there was not enough work to keep father and son busy. + +When he shouldered his scanty wallet and bade farewell to father +and mother, and the few friends and neighbors he knew in the +straggling forest hamlet, Bernard Palissy closed the first chapter +of his life. The second was a long period of travel and self- +education. + +He wandered through the forest of Ardennes, making observations +and collecting specimens of minerals, plants, reptiles, and +insects. He spent some years in the upper Pyrenees, at Tarbes. +From Antwerp in the east he bent his steps to Brest, in the most +westerly part of Brittany, and from Montpellier to Nismes he +traveled across France. During his wanderings he supported himself +by painting on glass, portrait painting (which he practiced after +a fashion), surveying, and planning sites for houses and gardens. +In copying or inventing patterns for painted windows, he had +acquired a knowledge of geometry and considerable skill in the use +of a rule and compass. His love of knowledge for its own sake made +him follow up the study of geometry, as far as he could pursue it, +and hence his skill as a surveyor. + +At this time young Palissy had no other object in life than to +learn. His eager, inquiring mind was ever on the alert. Wherever +his travels led him, he sought information of men and nature, +always finding the latter his chief instructor. He painted and +planned that he might live to probe her secrets. But the time was +fast approaching when a new interest should come into his life and +overshadow all others. + +After ten or twelve years of travel, he married and settled in +Saintes where he pursued, as his services were required, the work +of glass painter and surveyor. Before long he grew dissatisfied +with the dull routine of his daily life. He felt that he ought to +do more than make a living for his wife and children. There were +two babies now to be cared for as well as his wife, and he could +not shoulder his wallet, as in the careless days of his boyhood, +and wander away in search of knowledge or fortune. + +About this time an event happened which changed his whole life. He +was shown a beautiful cup of Italian manufacture. I give in his +own words a description of the cup, and the effect the sight of it +had on him. "An earthen cup," he says, "turned and enameled with +so much beauty, that from that time I entered into controversy +with my own thoughts, recalling to mind several suggestions that +some people had made to me in fun, when I was painting portraits. +Then, seeing that these were falling out of request in the country +where I dwelt, and that glass painting was also little patronized, +I began to think that if I should discover how to make enamels, I +could make earthen vessels and other things very prettily, because +God has gifted me with some knowledge of drawing." + +His ambition was fired at once. A definite purpose formed itself +in his mind. He knew nothing whatever of pottery. No man in France +knew the secret of enameling, which made the Italian cup so +beautiful, and Palissy had not the means to go to Italy, where he +probably could have learned it. He resolved to study the nature +and properties of clays, and not to rest until he had discovered +the secret of the white enamel. Delightful visions filled his +imagination. He thought within himself that he would become the +prince of potters, and would provide his wife and children with +all the luxuries that money could buy. "Thereafter," he wrote, +"regardless of the fact that I had no knowledge of clays, I began +to seek for the enamels as a man gropes in the dark." + +Palissy was a young man when he began his search for the enamel; +he was past middle life when his labors were finally rewarded. +Groping like a man in the dark, as he himself said, he +experimented for years with clays and chemicals, but with small +success. He built with his own hands a furnace at the back of his +little cottage in which to carry on his experiments. At first his +enthusiasm inspired his wife and neighbors with the belief that he +would succeed in his efforts. But time went on, and as one +experiment after another failed or was only partially successful, +one and all lost faith in him. He had no friend or helper to buoy +him up under his many disappointments. Even his wife reproached +him for neglecting his regular work and reducing herself and her +children to poverty and want, while he wasted his time and +strength in chasing a dream. His neighbors jeered at him as a +madman, one who put his plain duty aside for the gratification of +what seemed to their dull minds merely a whim. His poor wife could +hardly be blamed for reproaching him. She could neither understand +nor sympathize with his hopes and fears, while she knew that if he +followed his trade, he could at least save his family from want. +It was a trying time for both of them. But who ever heard tell of +an artist, inventor, discoverer, or genius of any kind being +deterred by poverty, abuse, ridicule, or obstacles of any kind +from the pursuit of an ideal! + +After many painful efforts, the poor glass painter had succeeded +in producing a substance which he believed to be white enamel. He +spread it on a number of earthenware pots which he had made, and +placed them in his furnace. The extremities to which he was +reduced to supply heat to the furnace are set forth in his own +words: "Having," he says, "covered the new pieces with the said +enamel, I put them into the furnace, still keeping the fire at its +height; but thereupon occurred to me a new misfortune which caused +great mortification, namely, that the wood having failed me, I was +forced to burn the palings which maintained the boundaries of my +garden; which being burnt also, I was forced to burn the tables +and the flooring of my house, to cause the melting of the second +composition. I suffered an anguish that I cannot speak, for I was +quite exhausted and dried up by the heat of the furnace. Further, +to console me, I was the object of mockery; and even those from +whom solace was due ran crying through the town that I was burning +my floors, and in this way my credit was taken from me, and I was +regarded as a madman. + +"Others said that I was laboring to make false money, which was a +scandal under which I pined away, and slipped with bowed head +through the streets like a man put to shame. No one gave me +consolation, but, on the contrary, men jested at me, saying, 'It +was right for him to die of hunger, seeing that he had left off +following his trade!' All these things assailed my ears when I +passed through the street; but for all that, there still remained +some hope which encouraged and sustained me, inasmuch as the last +trials had turned out tolerably well; and thereafter I thought +that I knew enough to get my own living, although I was far enough +from that (as you shall hear afterward)." + +This latest experiment filled him with joy, for he had at last +discovered the secret of the enamel. But there was yet much to be +learned, and several years more of extreme poverty and suffering +had to be endured before his labors were rewarded with complete +success. But it came at last in overflowing measure, as it almost +invariably does to those who are willing to work and suffer +privation and persevere to the end. + +His work as a potter brought Palissy fame and riches. At the +invitation of Catherine de' Medici, wife of King Henry II of +France, he removed to Paris. He established a workshop in the +vicinity of the royal Palace of the Tuileries, and was thereafter +known as "Bernard of the Tuileries." He was employed by the king +and queen and some of the greatest nobles of France to embellish +their palaces and gardens with the products of his beautiful art. + +Notwithstanding his lack of schooling, Bernard Palissy was one of +the most learned men of his day. He founded a Museum of Natural +History, wrote valuable books on natural science, and for several +years delivered lectures on the same subject. His lectures were +attended by the most advanced scholars of Paris, who were +astonished at the extent and accuracy of his knowledge of nature. +But he was as modest as he was wise and good, and when people +wondered at his learning, he would reply with the most unaffected +simplicity, "I have had no other book than the sky and the earth, +known to all." + +No more touching story of success, in spite of great difficulties, +than Bernard Palissy's has been written. It is bad to think that +after the terrible trials which he endured for the sake of his +art, his last years also should have been clouded by misfortune. +During the civil war which raged in France between the Huguenots +and the Catholics, he was, on account of his religious views, +imprisoned in the Bastile, where he died in 1589, at the age of +eighty. + + + + + +HOW THE "LEARNED BLACKSMITH" FOUND TIME + + +"The loss of an hour," says the philosopher, Leibnitz, "is the +loss of a part of life." This is a truth that has been appreciated +by most men who have risen to distinction,--who have been world +benefactors. The lives of those great moral heroes put to shame +the laggard youth of to-day, who so often grumbles: "I have no +time. If I didn't have to work all day, I could accomplish +something. I could read and educate myself. But if a fellow has to +grub away ten or twelve hours out of the twenty-four, what time is +left to do anything for one's self?" + +How much spare time had Elihu Burritt, "the youngest of many +brethren," as he himself quaintly puts it, born in a humble home +in New Britain, Connecticut, reared amid toil and poverty? Yet, +during his father's long illness, and after his death, when Elihu +was but a lad in his teens, with the family partially dependent +upon the work of his hands, he found time,--if only a few +moments,--at the end of a fourteen-hour day of labor, for his +books. + +While working at his trade as a blacksmith, he solved problems in +arithmetic and algebra while his irons were heating. Over the +forge also appeared a Latin grammar and a Greek lexicon; and, +while with sturdy blows the ambitious youth of sixteen shaped the +iron on the anvil, he fixed in his mind conjugations and +declensions. + +How did this man, born nearly a century ago, possessing none of +the advantages within reach of the poorest and humblest boy of to- +day, become one of the brightest ornaments in the world of +letters, a leader in the reform movements of his generation? + +Apparently no more talented than his nine brothers and sisters, by +improving every opportunity he could wring from a youth of +unremitting toil, his love for knowledge grew with what it fed +upon, and carried him to undreamed-of heights. In palaces and +council halls, the words of the "Learned Blacksmith" were listened +to with the closest attention and deference. + +Read the life of Elihu Burritt, and you will be ashamed to grumble +that you have no time--no chance for self-improvement. + + + + + +THE LEGEND OF WILLIAM TELL + + +"Ye crags and peaks, I'm with you once again! I hold to you the +hands you first beheld, to show they still are free. Methinks I +hear a spirit in your echoes answer me, and bid your tenant +welcome to his home again! O sacred forms, how proud you look! how +high you lift your heads into the sky! how huge you are, how +mighty, and how free! Ye are the things that tower, that shine; +whose smile makes glad--whose frown is terrible; whose forms, +robed or unrobed, do all the impress wear of awe divine. Ye guards +of liberty, I'm with you once again! I call to you with all my +voice! I hold my hands to you to show they still are free. I rush +to you as though I could embrace you!" + +What schoolboy or schoolgirl is not familiar with those stirring +lines from "William Tell's Address to His Native Mountains," by J. +M. Knowles? And the story of William Tell,--is it not dear to +every heart that loves liberty? Though modern history declares it +to be purely mythical, its popularity remains unaffected. It will +live forever in the traditions of Switzerland, dear to the hearts +of her people as their native mountains, and even more full of +interest to the stranger than authentic history. + +"His image [Tell's]," says Lamartine, "with those of his wife and +children, are inseparably connected with the majestic, rural, and +smiling landscapes of Helvetia, the modern Arcadia of Europe. As +often as the traveler visits these peculiar regions; as often as +the unconquered summits of Mont Blanc, St. Gothard, and the Rigi, +present themselves to his eyes in the vast firmament as the ever- +enduring symbols of liberty; whenever the lake of the Four Cantons +presents a vessel wavering on the blue surface of its waters; +whenever the cascade bursts in thunder from the heights of the +Splugen, and shivers itself upon the rocks like tyranny against +free hearts; whenever the ruins of an Austrian fortress darken +with the remains of frowning walls the round eminences of Uri or +Claris; and whenever a calm sunbeam gilds on the declivity of a +village the green velvet of the meadows where the herds are +feeding to the tinkling of bells and the echo of the Ranz des +Vaches--so often the imagination traces in all these varied scenes +the hat on the summit of the pole--the archer condemned to aim at +the apple placed on the head of his own child--the mark hurled to +the ground, transfixed by the unerring arrow--the father chained +to the bottom of the boat, subduing night, the storm, and his own +indignation, to save his executioner--and finally, the outraged +husband, threatened with the loss of all he holds most dear, +yielding to the impulse of nature, and in his turn striking the +murderer with a deathblow." + +The story which tradition hands down as the origin of the freedom +of Switzerland dates back to the beginning of the fourteenth +century. At that time Switzerland was under the sovereignty of the +emperor of Germany, who ruled over Central Europe. Count Rudolph +of Hapsburg, a Swiss by birth, who had been elected to the +imperial throne in 1273, made some efforts to save his countrymen +from the oppression of a foreign yoke. His son, Albert, Archduke +of Austria, who succeeded him in 1298, inherited none of his +sympathies for Switzerland. On his accession to the throne Albert +resolved to curtail the liberties still enjoyed by the inhabitants +of some of the cantons, and to bend the whole of the Swiss people +to his will. + +The mountaineers of the cantons of Schwytz, Uri, and Unterwalden +recognized no authority but that of the emperor; while the +peasants of the neighboring valleys were at the mercy of local +tyrants--the great nobles and their allies. + +In order to carry out his project of subjecting all to the same +yoke, Albert of Austria appointed governors to rule over the semi- +free provinces or cantons. These governors, who bore the official +title of Bailiffs of the Emperor, exercised absolute authority +over the people. Men, women, and children were at their mercy, and +were treated as mere chattels--the property of their rulers. +Insult and outrage were heaped upon them until their lives became +almost unendurable. + +An instance of the manner in which these petty tyrants used their +authority is related of the bailiff Landenberg, who ruled over +Unterwalden. + +For some trumped-up offense of which a young peasant, named Arnold +of Melcthal, was accused, his oxen were confiscated by Landenberg. +The deputy sent to seize the animals, which Landenberg really +coveted for his own, said sneeringly to Arnold, "If peasants wish +for bread, they must draw the plow themselves." Roused to fury by +this taunt, Arnold attempted to resist the seizure of his +property, and in so doing broke an arm of one of the deputy's men. +He then fled to the mountains; but he could not hide himself from +the vengeance of Landenberg. The peasant's aged father was +arrested by order of the bailiff, and his eyes put out in +punishment for his son's offense. "That puncture," says an old +chronicler, "went so deep into many a heart that numbers resolved +to die rather than leave it unrequited." + +But the crudest and most vindictive of the Austrian or German +bailiffs, as they were interchangeably called, was one Hermann +Gessler. He had built himself a fortress, which he called "Uri's +Restraint," and there he felt secure from all attacks. + +This man was the terror of the whole district. His name was a +synonym for all that was base, brutal, and tyrannical. Neither the +property, the lives, nor the honor of the people were respected by +him. His hatred and contempt for the peasants were so great that +the least semblance of prosperity among them aroused his ire. + +One day while riding with an armed escort through the canton of +Schwytz, he noticed a comfortable-looking dwelling which was being +built by one Werner Stauffacher. Turning to his followers, he +cried, "Is it not shameful that miserable serfs like these should +be permitted to build such houses when huts would be too good for +them?" "Let this be finished," said his chief attendant; "we shall +then sculpture over the gate the arms of the emperor, and a little +time will show whether the builder has the audacity to dispute +possession with us." The answer pleased Gessler, who replied, +"Thou art right," and, planning future vengeance, he passed on +with his escort. + +The wife of Stauffacher, who had been standing near the new +building, but concealed from Gessler and his men, heard the +conversation, and reported it to her husband. The latter, filled +with indignation, without uttering a word, arose and started for +the home of his father-in-law, Walter Furst, in the village of +Attinghaussen. + +On his arrival Staffaucher was cordially welcomed by his father- +in-law, who placed refreshments before him, and waited for him to +explain the object of his visit. Pushing aside the food, he said, +"I have made a vow never again to taste wine or swallow meat until +we cease to be slaves." Stauffacher then related what had +happened. Furst's anger was kindled by the recital. Both men were +roused to such a pitch that they resolved, then and there, to free +themselves and their countrymen from the chains which bound them, +or die in the attempt. They conversed far into the night, making +plans for the gaining of national independence. Then they sought +out in his hiding-place Arnold of Melchthal, the young peasant +whom Landenberg had so cruelly persecuted. In him they found, as +they expected, an ardent supporter of their plans. + +The three conspirators, Stauffacher, Furst, and Melchthal, +represented different cantons; one belonging to Schwytz, another +to Uri, and the third to Unterwalden. They hoped to form a league +and unite the three cantons against the power of Austria. In +pursuance of their plans, each pledged himself to select from +among the most persecuted and the most daring in their respective +cantons ten others to join them in the cause of liberty. + +On the night of November 7, or 17 (the date is variously given), +in the year 1307, the confederates met together in a secluded +mountain spot called Rutli. There they bound themselves by an +oath, the terms of which embodied their purpose: "We swear in the +presence of God, before whom kings and people are equal, to live +or die for our fellow-countrymen; to undertake and sustain all in +common; neither to suffer injustice nor to commit injury; to +respect the rights and property of the Count of Hapsburg; to do no +violence to the imperial bailiffs, but to put an end to their +tyranny." They fixed upon January 1, 1308, as the day for a +general uprising. + +Events were gradually shaping themselves for the appearance of +William Tell on the scene. Up to this time his name does not +appear in the annals of his country. The bold peasant of Uri was +so little prominent among his countrymen that, according to some +versions of the legend, although a son-in-law of Walter Furst, he +had not been chosen among the thirty conspirators summoned to the +meeting at Rutli. This, however, is contradicted by another, which +asserts that he was "one of the oath-bound men of Rutli." + +The various divergences in the different versions of the legend do +not affect its main features, on which all the chroniclers are +agreed. It was the crowning insult to his country which +indisputably brought Tell into prominence and made his name +forever famous. + +Gessler's hatred of the people daily increased, and was constantly +showing itself in every form of petty tyranny that a mean and +wicked nature could devise. He noticed the growing discontent +among the peasantry, but instead of trying to allay it, he +determined to humiliate them still more. For this purpose he had a +pole, surmounted by the ducal cap of Austria, erected in the +market square of the village of Altdorf, and issued a command that +all who passed it should bow before the symbol of imperial rule. +Guards were placed by the pole with orders to make prisoners of +all who refused to pay homage to the ducal cap. + +William Tell, a bold hunter and skillful boatman of Uri, passing +by one day, with his little son, Walter, refused to bend his knee +before the symbol of foreign oppression. He was seized at once by +the guards and carried before the bailiff. + +There is considerable contradiction at this point as to whether +Tell was at once carried before the bailiff or bound to the pole, +where he remained, guarded by the soldiers, until the bailiff, +returning the same day from a hunting expedition, appeared upon +the scene. Schiller, in his drama of "William Tell," adopts the +latter version of the story. + +According to the drama, Tell is represented as being bound to the +pole. In a short time he is surrounded by friends and neighbors. +Among them are his father-in-law, Walter Furst, Werner +Stauffacher, and Arnold of Melchthal. They advance to rescue the +prisoner. The guards cry in a loud voice: "Revolt! Rebellion! +Treason! Sedition! Help! Protect the agents of the law!" + +Gessler and his party hear the cries, and rush to the support of +the guards. Gessler cries in a loud authoritative voice: +"Wherefore is this assembly of people? Who called for help? What +does all this mean? I demand to know the cause of this!" + +Then, addressing himself particularly to one of the guards and +pointing to Tell, he says: "Stand forward! Who art thou, and why +dost thou hold that man a prisoner?" + +"Most mighty lord," replies the guard, "I am one of your soldiers +placed here as a sentinel over that hat. I seized this man in the +act of disobedience, for refusing to salute it. I was about to +carry him to prison in compliance with your orders, and the +populace were preparing to rescue him by force." + +After questioning Tell, whose answers are not satisfactory, the +bailiff pronounces sentence upon him. The sentence is that he +shall shoot at an apple placed on the head of his little son, +Walter, and if he fails to hit the mark he shall die. + +"My lord," cries the agonized parent; "what horrible command is +this you lay upon me? What! aim at a mark placed on the head of my +dear child? No, no, it is impossible that such a thought could +enter your imagination. In the name of the God of mercy, you +cannot seriously impose that trial on a father." + +"Thou shalt aim at an apple placed on the head of thy son. I will +and I command it," repeats the tyrant. + +"I! William Tell! aim with my own crossbow at the head of my own +offspring! I would rather die a thousand deaths." + +"Thou shall shoot, or assuredly thou diest with thy son!" + +"Become the murderer of my child! My lord, you have no son--you +cannot have the feelings of a father's heart!" + +Gessler's friends interfere in behalf of the unhappy father, and +plead for mercy. But all appeal is in vain. The tyrant is +determined on carrying out his sentence. + +The father and son are placed at a distance of eighty paces apart. +An apple is placed on the boy's head, and the father is commanded +to hit the mark. He hesitates and trembles. + +"Why dost thou hesitate?" questions his persecutor. "Thou hast +deserved death, and I could compel thee to undergo the punishment; +but in my clemency I place thy fate in thy own skillful hands. He +who is the master of his destiny cannot complain that his sentence +is a severe one. Thou art proud of thy steady eye and unerring +aim; now, hunter, is the moment to prove thy skill. The object is +worthy of thee--the prize is worth contending for. To strike the +center of a target is an ordinary achievement; but the true master +of his art is he who is always certain, and whose heart, hand, and +eye are firm and steady under every trial." + +At length Tell nerves himself for the ordeal, raises his bow, and +takes aim at the target on his son's head. Before firing, however, +he concealed a second arrow under his vest. His movement did not +escape Gessler's notice. + +The marksman fires. The apple falls from his boy's head, cleft in +twain by the arrow. + +Even Gessler is loud in his admiration of Tell's skill. "By +heaven," he cries, "he has clove the apple exactly in the center. +Let us do justice; it is indeed a masterpiece of skill." + +Tell's friends congratulate him. He is about to set out for his +home with the child who has been saved to him from the very jaws +of death as it were. But Gessler stays him. + +"Thou hast concealed a second arrow in thy bosom," he says, +sternly addressing Tell. "What didst thou intend to do with it?" +Tell replies that such is the custom of all hunters. + +Gessler is not satisfied and urges him to confess his real motive. +"Speak truly and frankly," he says; "say what thou wilt, I promise +thee thy life. To what purpose didst thou destine the second +arrow?" + +Tell can no longer restrain his indignation, and, fixing his eyes +steadily on Gessler, he answers "Well then, my lord, since you +assure my life, I will speak the truth without reserve. If I had +struck my beloved child, with the second arrow I would have +transpierced thy heart. Assuredly that time I should not have +missed my mark." + +"Villain!" exclaims Gessler, "I have promised thee life upon my +knightly word; I will keep my pledge. But since I know thee now, +and thy rebellious heart, I will remove thee to a place where thou +shalt never more behold the light of sun or moon. Thus only shall +I be sheltered from thy arrows." + +He orders the guards to seize and bind Tell, saying, "I will +myself at once conduct him to Kussnacht." + +The fortress of Kussnacht was situated on the summit of Mount Rigi +between Lake Lucerne, or the Lake of the Four Cantons as it is +sometimes called, and Lake Zug. It was reached by crossing Lake +Lucerne. + +The prisoner was placed bound in the bottom of a boat, and with +his guards, the rowers, an inexperienced pilot, and Gessler in +command, the boat was headed for Kussnacht. + +When about halfway across the lake a sudden and violent storm +overwhelmed the party. They were in peril of their lives. The +rowers and pilot were panic-stricken, and powerless in face of the +danger that threatened them. + +Tell's fame as a boatman was as widespread as that of his skill as +an archer. The rowers cried aloud in their terror that he was the +only man in Switzerland that could save them from death. Gessler +immediately commanded him to be released from his bonds and given +the helm. + +Tell succeeded in guiding the vessel to the shore. Then seizing +his bow and arrows, which his captors had thrown beside him, he +sprang ashore at a point known as "Tell's Leap." The boat, +rebounding, after he leaped from it was again driven out on the +lake before any of the remainder of its occupants could effect a +landing. After a time, however, the fury of the storm abated, and +they reached the shore in safety. + +In the meantime Tell had concealed himself in a defile in the +mountain through which Gessler would have to pass on his way to +Kussnacht. There he lay in wait for his persecutor who followed in +hot pursuit. + +Vowing vengeance as he went, Gessler declared that if the fugitive +did not give himself up to justice, every day that passed by +should cost him the life of his wife or one of his children. While +the tyrant was yet speaking, an arrow shot by an unerring hand +pierced his heart. Tell had taken vengeance into his own hands. + +The death of Gessler was the signal for a general uprising. The +oath-bound men of Rutli saw that this was their great opportunity. +They called to their countrymen to follow them to freedom or +death. + +Gessler's crowning act of tyranny--his inhuman punishment of Tell +--had roused the spirit of rebellion in the hearts of even the +meekest and most submissive of the peasants. Gladly, then, did +they respond to the call of the leaders of the insurrection. + +The legend says that on New Year's Eve, 1308, Stauffacher, with a +chosen band of followers, climbed the mountain which led to +Landenberg's fortress castle of Rotzberg. There they were assisted +by an inmate of the castle, a young girl whose lover was among the +rebels. She threw a rope out of one of the windows of the castle, +and by it her countrymen climbed one after another into the +castle. They seized the bailiff, Landenberg, and confined him in +one of the dungeons of his own castle. Next day the conspirators +were reinforced by another party who gained entrance to the castle +by means of a clever ruse. Landenberg and his men were given their +freedom by the peasants on condition that they would quit +Switzerland forever. + +The castle of Uri was attacked and taken possession of by Walter +Furst and William Tell, while other strongholds were captured by +Arnold of Melchthal and his associates. + +Bonfires blazed all over the country. The dawn of Switzerland's +freedom had appeared. The reign of tyranny was doomed. William +Tell was the hero of the hour, and ever since his name has been +enshrined in the hearts of his countrymen as the watchword of +their liberties. Even to this day, as history tells us, the Swiss +peasant cherishes the belief that "Tell and the three men of Rutli +are asleep in the mountains, but will awake to the rescue of their +land should tyranny ever again enchain it." + +Lamartine, to whose story of William Tell the writer is indebted, +commenting on the legend says: "The artlessness of this history +resembles a poem; it is a pastoral song in which a single drop of +blood is mingled with the dew upon a leaf or a tuft of grass. +Providence seems thus to delight in providing for every free +community, as the founder of their independence, a fabulous or +actual hero, conformable to the local situation, manners, and +character of each particular race. To a rustic, pastoral people, +like the Swiss, is given for their liberator a noble peasant; to a +proud, aspiring race, such as the Americans, an honest soldier. +Two distinct symbols, standing erect by the cradles of the two +modern liberties of the world to personify their opposite natures: +on the one hand Tell, with his arrow and the apple; on the other, +Washington, with his sword and the law." + + + + + +"WESTWARD HO!" + + +When the current serves, the unseen monitor that directs our +affairs bids us step aboard our craft, and, with hand firmly +grasping the helm, steer boldly for the distant goal. + +Philip D. Armour, the open-handed, large-hearted merchant prince, +who has left a standing memorial to his benevolence in the Armour +Institute at Chicago, heard the call to put to sea when in his +teens. + +It came during the gold fever, which raged with such intensity +from 1849 to 1851, when the wildest stories were afloat of the +treasures that were daily being dug out of the earth in +California. The brain of the sturdy youth, whose Scotch and +Puritan blood tingled for some broader field than the village +store and his father's farm in Stockbridge, New York, was haunted +by the tales of adventure and fortune wafted across the continent +from the new El Dorado. "I brooded over the difference," he says, +"between tossing hay in the hot sun and digging gold by handfuls, +until, one day, I threw down the pitchfork, went to the house, and +told mother that I had quit that kind of work." + +Armour was nineteen years old when he determined to seek his +fortune in California. His determination once formed, he lost no +time in carrying it out. As much of the journey across the plains +was to be made on foot, he first provided himself with a pair of +stout boots. Then he packed his extra clothing in an old +carpetbag, and with a light heart bade his family good-by. + +He had induced a young friend, Calvin Gilbert, to accompany him in +his search for fortune. The two youths joined the motley crowd of +adventurers who were flocking from all quarters to the Land of +Promise, and set out on their journey. + +Tramping over the plains, crossing rivers in tow-boats and +ferryboats, and riding in trains and on wagons when they could, +the adventurers, after many weary months, reached their +destination. During the journey young Armour became sick, but was +tenderly nursed back to health by his companion. + +"I had scarcely any money when I arrived at the gold fields," said +Armour, "but I struck right out and found a place where I could +dig, and in a little time I struck pay dirt." + +He entered into partnership with a Mr. Croarkin, and, with +characteristic energy, kept digging and taking his turn at the +rude housekeeping in the shanty which he and his partner shared. +"Croarkin would cook one week," he says, "and I the next, and we +would have a clean-up Sunday morning We baked our own bread, and +kept a few hens, too, which supplied us with fresh eggs." + +The young gold hunter, however, did not find nuggets as "plentiful +as blackberries," but he found within himself that which led him +to a bonanza far exceeding his wildest dreams of "finds" in the +gold fields. + +He discovered his business ability; he learned how to economize, +how to rely upon himself, even to the extent of baking his own +bread. + + + + + +THREE GREAT AMERICAN SONGS AND THEIR AUTHORS + +THE STAR-SPANGLED BANNER + + +"Poetry and music," says Sir John Lubbock, "unite in song. From +the earliest ages song has been the sweet companion of labor. The +rude chant of the boatman floats upon the water, the shepherd +sings upon the hill, the milkmaid in the dairy, the plowman in the +field. Every trade, every occupation, every act and scene of life, +has long had its own especial music. The bride went to her +marriage, the laborer to his work, the old man to his last long +rest, each with appropriate and immemorial music." + +It is strange that Lubbock did not mention specifically the power +of music in inspiring the soldier as he marches to the defense of +his country, or in arousing the spirit of patriotism and kindling +the love of country, whether in peace or war, in every bosom. "Let +me make the songs of a country," Fletcher of Saltoun has well +said, "and I care not who makes its laws." + +Not to know the words and the air of the national anthem or chief +patriotic songs of one's country is considered little less than a +disgrace. To know something of their authors and the occasion +which inspired them, or the conditions under which they were +composed, gives additional interest to the songs themselves. + +Francis Scott Key, author of "The Star-spangled Banner," one of +the, if not the most, popular of our national songs, was born in +Frederick County, Maryland, on August 1, 1779. He was the son of +John Ross Key, an officer in the Revolutionary army. + +Young Key's early education was carried on under the direction of +his father. Later he became a student in St. John's College, from +which institution he was graduated in his nineteenth year. +Immediately after his graduation he began to study law under his +uncle, Philip Barton Key, one of the ablest lawyers of his time. +He was admitted to the bar in 1801, and commenced to practice in +Fredericktown, Maryland, where he won the reputation of an +eloquent advocate. After a few years' practice in Fredericktown, +he removed to Washington, where he was appointed district attorney +for the District of Columbia. + +Young Key was as widely known and admired as a writer of hymns and +ballads as he was as a lawyer of promise. But the production of +the popular national anthem which crowned him with immortality has +so overshadowed the rest of his life work that we remember him +only as its author. + +The occasion which inspired "The Star-spangled Banner" must always +be memorable in the annals of our country. The war with the +British had been about two years in progress, when, in August, +1814, a British fleet arrived in the Chesapeake, and an army under +General Ross landed about forty miles from the city of Washington. + +The army took possession of Washington, burnt the capitol, the +President's residence, and other public buildings, and then sailed +around by the sea to attack Baltimore. The fleet was to bombard +Fort McHenry, while the land forces were to attack the city. + +The commanding officers of the fleet and land army, Admiral +Cockburn and General Ross, made their headquarters in Upper +Marlboro, Maryland, at the house of Dr. William Beanes, whom they +held as their prisoner. + +Francis Scott Key, who was a warm friend of Dr. Beanes, went to +President Madison in order to enlist his aid in securing the +release of Beanes. The president furnished Key with a vessel, and +instructed John L. Skinner, agent for the exchange of prisoners, +to accompany him under a flag of truce to the British fleet. + +The British commander agreed to release Dr. Beanes, but would not +permit Key and his party to return then, lest they should carry +back important information to the American side. He boastingly +declared, however, that the defense could hold out only a few +hours, and that Baltimore would then be in the hands of the +British. + +Skinner and Key were sent on board the Surprise, which was under +the command of Admiral Cockburn's son. But after a short time they +were allowed to return to their own vessel, and from its deck they +saw the American flag waving over Fort McHenry and witnessed the +bombardment. + +All through the night the furious attack of the British continued. +The roar of cannon and the bursting of shells was incessant. It is +said that as many as fifteen hundred shells were hurled at the +fort. + +Shortly before daybreak the firing ceased. Key and his companions +waited in painful suspense to know the result. In the intense +silence that followed the cannonading, each one asked himself if +the flag of his country was still waving on high, or if it had +been hauled down to give place to that of England. They strained +their eyes in the direction of Baltimore, but the darkness +revealed nothing. + +At last day dawned, and to their delight the little party saw the +American flag still floating over Fort McHenry. Key's heart was +stirred to its depths, and in a glow of patriotic enthusiasm he +immediately wrote down a rough draft of "The Star-spangled +Banner." + +On his arrival in Baltimore he perfected the first copy of the +song, and gave it to Captain Benjamin Eades, of the 27th Baltimore +Regiment, saying that he wished it to be sung to the air of +"Anacreon in Heaven." Eades had it put in type, and took the first +proof to a famous old tavern near the Holliday Street Theater, a +favorite resort of actors and literary people of that day. The +verses were read to the company assembled there, and Frederick +Durang, an actor, was asked to sing them to the air designated by +the author. Durang, mounting a chair, sang as requested. The song +was enthusiastically received. From that moment it became the +great popular favorite that it has ever since been, and that it +will continue to be as long as the American republic exists. + +Key died in Baltimore on January 11, 1843. A monument was erected +to his memory by the munificence of James Lick, a Californian +millionaire. The sculptor to whom the work was intrusted was the +celebrated W. W. Story, who completed it in 1887. The monument, +which is fifty-one feet high, stands in Golden Gate Park, San +Francisco. It is built of travertine, in the form of a double +arch, under which a bronze statue of Key is seated. A bronze +figure, representing America with an unfolded flag, supports the +arch. + +On the occasion of the unveiling of this statue, the New York Home +Journal contained an appreciative criticism of Key as a poet, and +the following estimate of his greatest production. + +"The poetry of the 'Star-spangled Banner' has touches of delicacy +for which one looks in vain in most national odes, and is as near +a true poem as any national ode ever was. The picture of the +'dawn's early light' and the tricolor, half concealed, half +disclosed, amid the mists that wreathed the battle-sounding +Patapsco, is a true poetic concept. + +"The 'Star-spangled Banner' has the peculiar merit of not being a +tocsin song, like the 'Marseillaise.' Indeed, there is not a +restful, soothing, or even humane sentiment in all that stormy +shout. It is the scream of oppressed humanity against its +oppressor, presaging a more than quid pro quo; and it fitly +prefigured the sight of that long file of tumbrils bearing to the +Place de la Revolution the fairest scions of French aristocracy. +On the other hand, 'God Save the King,' in its original, has one +or two lines as grotesque as 'Yankee Doodle' itself; yet we have +paraphrased it in 'America,' and made it a hymn meet for all our +churches. But the 'Star-spangled Banner' combines dignity and +beauty, and it would be hard to find a line of it that could be +improved upon." + +Over the simple grave of Francis Scott Key, in Frederick, +Maryland, there is no other monument than the "star-spangled +banner." In storm and in sunshine, in summer and in winter, its +folds ever float over the resting place of the man who has +immortalized it in verse. No other memorial could so fitly +commemorate the life and death of this simple, dignified, +patriotic American. + +"A sweet, noble life," says a recent writer, "was that of the +author of our favorite national hymn--a life of ideal refinement, +piety, scholarly gentleness. Little did he think that his voice +would be the storm song, the victor shout, of conquering America +to resound down and down the ages!" + +THE STAR-SPANGLED BANNER + +Oh! say, can you see, by the dawn's early light, + What so proudly we hailed at the twilight's last gleaming? +Whose broad stripes and bright stars through the perilous fight, + O'er the rampart we watched, were so gallantly streaming, +And the rocket's red glare, the bombs bursting in air, +Gave proof through the night that our flag was still there, + Oh! say, does that star-spangled banner yet wave + O'er the land of the free and the home of the brave? + +On the shore, dimly seen through the mists of the deep, + Where the foe's haughty host in dread silence reposes, +What is that which the breeze, o'er the towering steep, + As it fitfully blows, half conceals, half discloses? +Now it catches the gleam of the morning's first beam, +In full glory reflected now shines on the stream, + 'Tis the star-spangled banner' oh, long may it wave + O'er the land of the free and the home of the brave! + +And where is that band, who so vauntingly swore + That the havoc of war and the battle's confusion +A home and a country should leave us no more? + Their blood has washed out their foul footsteps' pollution. +No refuge could save the hireling and slave, +From the terror of death and the gloom of the grave, + And the star spangled banner in triumph shall wave + O'er the land of the free and the home of the brave! + +Oh! thus be it ever, when freemen shall stand + Between their loved homes and the war's desolation, +Blest with victory and peace, may the heaven rescued land + Praise the power that has made and preserved us a nation. +Then conquer we must, for our cause it is just, +And this be our motto, "In God is our trust" + And the star-spangled banner in triumph shall wave + O'er the land of the free and the home of the brave! + + + + + +II. AMERICA + + + "And there's a nice youngster of excellent pith; + Fate tried to conceal him by naming him Smith! + But he shouted a song for the brave and the free-- + Just read on his medal, 'My Country of Thee.'" + +In these lines of his famous Reunion Poem, "The Boys," Dr. Oliver +Wendell Holmes commemorated his old friend and college-mate, Dr. +Samuel Francis Smith, author of "America." + +Samuel Francis Smith was born in Boston, Massachusetts, on October +21, 1808. He attended the Latin School in his native city, and it +is said that when only twelve years old he could "talk Latin." He +entered Harvard College, Cambridge, Massachusetts, in 1825, and +graduated in the famous class of 1829, of which Dr. Oliver Wendell +Holmes, James Freeman Clarke, William E. Channing, and other +celebrated Americans were members. + +Dr. Smith, like so many other noted men, "worked his way through +college." He did this principally by coaching other students, and +by making translations from the German "Conversations-Lexicon" for +the "American Cyclopedia." + +After graduating from Harvard, he immediately entered Andover +Theological Seminary. Three years later, in 1832, he wrote, among +others, his most famous hymn, "America," of which the "National +Cyclopedia of American Biography" says, "It has found its way +wherever an American heart beats or the English language is +spoken, and has probably proved useful in stirring the patriotic +spirit of the American people." + +Dr. Smith himself often said that he had heard "America" sung +"halfway round the world, under the earth in the caverns of +Manitou, Colorado, and almost above the earth near the top of +Pike's Peak." + +The hymn, as every child knows, is sung to the air of the national +anthem of England,--"God Save the King." The author came upon it +in a book of German music, and by it was inspired to write the +words of "America," a work which he accomplished in half an hour. +Many years after, referring to its impromptu composition, he +wrote: "If I had anticipated the future of it, doubtless I should +have taken more pains with it. Such as it is, I am glad to have +contributed this mite to the cause of American freedom." + +In a magazine article, written several years ago, Mr. Herbert +Heywood gave an interesting account of an interview with Dr. +Smith, who told him the story of the writing of the hymn himself. + +"'I wrote "America,"' he said, 'when I was a theological student +at Andover, during my last year there. In February, 1832, I was +poring over a German book of patriotic songs which Lowell Mason, +of Boston, had sent me to translate, when I came upon one with a +tune of great majesty. I hummed it over, and was struck with the +ease with which the accompanying German words fell into the music. +I saw it was a patriotic song, and while I was thinking of +translating it, I felt an impulse to write an American patriotic +hymn. I reached my hand for a bit of waste paper, and, taking my +quill pen, wrote the four verses in half an hour. I sent it with +some translations of the German songs to Lowell Mason, and the +next thing I knew of it I was told it had been sung by the Sunday- +school children at Park Street Church, Boston, at the following +Fourth of July celebration. The house where I was living at the +time was on the Andover turnpike, a little north of the seminary +building. I have been in the house since I left it in September, +1832, but never went into my old room.'" This room is now visited +by patriotic Americans from every part of the country. + +Two years after "America" was written, Dr. Smith became pastor of +the First Baptist Church in Waterville, Maine, and also professor +of modern languages in Waterville College, which is now known as +Colby University. His great industry and zeal, both as a clergyman +and student and teacher of languages, enabled him to perform the +duties of both positions successfully. He was a noted linguist, +and could read books in fifteen different languages. He could +converse in most of the modern European tongues, and at eighty-six +was engaged in studying Russian. + +In 1842 Dr. Smith was made pastor of the First Baptist Church, +Newton Center, Massachusetts, where he made his home for the rest +of his life. + +"When he died, in November, 1895," says Mr. Heywood, "he was +living in the old brown frame-house at Newton Center, +Massachusetts, which had been his home for over fifty years. It +stood back from the street, on the brow of a hill sloping gently +to a valley on the north. Pine trees were in the front and rear, +and the sun, from his rising to his setting, smiled upon that +abode of simple greatness. The house was faded and worn by wind +and weather, and was in perfect harmony with its surroundings-- +the brown grass sod that peeped from under the snow, the dull- +colored, leafless elms, and the gray, worn stone steps leading up +from the street. + +"An air of gentle refinement pervaded the interior, and every room +spoke of its inmate. But perhaps the library was best loved of all +by Dr. Smith, for here it was that his work went on. Here, beside +a sunny bay window, stood his work table, and his high-backed, +old-fashioned chair, with black, rounded arms. All about the room +were ranged his bookcases, and an old, tall clock marked the +flight of time that was so kind to the old man. His figure was +short, his shoulders slightly bowed, and around his full, ruddy +face, that beamed with kindness, was a fringe of white hair and +beard." + +Dr. Smith resigned his pastorate of the Newton church in 1854, and +became editorial secretary of the American Baptist Missionary +Union. In 1875 he went abroad for the first time, and spent a year +in European travel. Five years later he went to India and the +Burmese empire. During his travels he visited Christian missionary +stations in France, Spain, Italy, Austria, Turkey, Greece, Sweden, +Denmark, Burmah, India, and Ceylon. + +The latter years of his life were devoted almost entirely to +literary work. He wrote numerous poems which were published in +magazines and newspapers, but never collected in book form. His +hymns, numbering over one hundred, are sung by various Christian +denominations. "The Morning Light is Breaking" is a popular +favorite. Among his other published works are "Missionary +Sketches," "Rambles in Mission Fields," a "History of Newton," and +a "Life of Rev. Joseph Grafton." Besides his original hymns, he +translated many from other languages, and wrote numerous magazine +articles and sketches during his long and busy life. + +Dr. Smith's vitality and enthusiasm remained with him to the last. +A great-grandfather when he died in his eighty-seventh year, he +was an inspiration to the younger generations growing up around +him. He was at work almost to the moment of his death, and still +actively planning for the future. + +His great national hymn, if he had left nothing else, will keep +his memory green forever in the hearts of his countrymen. It is +even more popular to-day, after seventy-one years have elapsed, +than it was when first sung in Park Street Church by the Sunday- +school children of Boston. Its patriotic ring, rather than its +literary merit, renders it sweet to the ear of every American. +Wherever it is sung, the feeble treble of age will join as +enthusiastically as the joyous note of youth in lendering the +inspiring strains of + + +AMERICA + +My country, 'tis of thee, +Sweet land of liberty, + Of thee I sing, +Land where my fathers died, +Land of the pilgrim's pride, +From every mountain side, + Let freedom ring. + +My native country, thee, +Land of the noble, free, + Thy name I love; +I love thy rocks and rills, +Thy woods and templed hills,-- +My heart with rapture thrills, + Like that above. + +Let music swell the breeze, +And ring from all the trees + Sweet freedom's song; +Let mortal tongues awake, +Let all that breathe partake, +Let rocks their silence break, + The sound prolong. + +Our fathers' God, to Thee, +Author of Liberty, + To Thee we sing; +Long may our land be bright +With freedom's holy light,-- +Protect us by thy might, + Great God, our King. + + + + + +III. THE BATTLE HYMN OF THE REPUBLIC + + +"No single influence," says United States Senator George F. Hoar +of Massachusetts, "has had so much to do with shaping the destiny +of a nation--as nothing more surely expresses national character +--than what is known as the national anthem." + +There is some difference of opinion as to which of our patriotic +hymns or songs is distinctively the national anthem of America. +Senator Hoar seems to have made up his mind in favor of "The +Battle Hymn of the Republic." Writing of its author, Julia Ward +Howe, in 1903, he said: "We waited eighty years for our American +national anthem. At last God inspired an illustrious and noble +woman to utter in undying verse the thought which we hope is +forever to animate the soldier of the republic:-- + + "'In the beauty of the lilies Christ was born across the sea + With a glory in His bosom that transfigures you and me; + As He died to make men holy, let us die to make men free, + While God is marching on.'" + +Mrs. Julia Ward Howe is as widely known for her learning and +literary and poetic achievements as she is for her work as a +philanthropist and reformer. + +She was born in New York City, in a stately mansion near the +Bowling Green, on May 27, 1819. From her birth she was fortunate +in possessing the advantages that wealth and high social position +bestow. Her father, Samuel Ward, the descendant of an old colonial +family, was a member of a leading banking firm of New York. Her +mother, Julia Cutter Ward, was a most charming and accomplished +woman. She died very young, however, while her little daughter +Julia was still a child. Mr. Ward was a man of advanced ideas, and +was determined that his daughters should have, as far as possible, +the same educational advantages as his sons. + +Of course, in those early days there were no separate colleges for +women, and they would not be admitted to men's colleges. It was +impossible for Mr. Ward to overcome these difficulties wholly, but +he did the next best thing he could for his girls. He engaged as +their tutor the learned Dr. Joseph Green Cogswell, and instructed +him to put them through the full curriculum of Harvard College. + +On her entrance into society the "little Miss Ward," as Julia had +been called from her childhood, at once became a leader of the +cultured and fashionable circle in which she moved. In her +father's home she met the most distinguished American men of +letters of that time. The liberal education which she had received +made the young girl feel perfectly at her ease in such society. In +addition to other accomplishments, she was mistress of several +ancient and modern languages, and a musical amateur of great +promise. + +In 1843 Miss Ward was married to Dr. Samuel G. Howe, director of +the Institute for the Blind in South Boston, Massachusetts. +Immediately after their marriage Dr. and Mrs. Howe went to Europe, +where they traveled for some time. The home which they established +in Boston on their return became a center for the refined and +literary society of Boston and its environment. Mrs. Howe's grace, +learning, and accomplishments made her a charming hostess and fit +mistress of such a home. + +Her literary talent was developed at a very early age. One of her +friends has humorously said that "Mrs. Howe wrote leading articles +from her cradle." However this may be, it is undoubtedly true that +at seventeen she contributed valuable articles to a leading New +York magazine. In 1854 she published her first volume of poems, +"Passion Flowers." Other volumes, including collections of her +later poems, books of travel, and a biography of Margaret Fuller, +were afterward published. For more than half a century she has +been a constant contributor to the leading magazines of the +country. + +Since 1869 Mrs. Howe has been a leader in the movement for woman's +suffrage, and both by lecturing and writing has supported every +effort put forth for the educational and general advancement of +her sex. + +Although in her eightieth year when the writer conversed with her +a few years ago, Mrs. Howe was then full of youthful enthusiasm, +and her interest in the great movements of the world was as keen +as ever. Age had in no way lessened her intellectual vigor. +Surrounded by her children and grandchildren, and one great- +grandchild, she recently celebrated her eighty-fourth birthday. + +The story of "The Battle Hymn of the Republic" has been left to +the last, not because it is the least important, but, on the +contrary, because it is one of the most important works of her +life. Certain it is that the "Battle Hymn" will live and thrill +the hearts of Americans centuries after its author has passed on +to the other life. + +The hymn was written in Washington, in November, 1861, the first +year of our Civil War. Dr. and Mrs. Howe were visiting friends in +that city. During their stay, they went one day with a party to +see a review of Union troops. The review, however, was interrupted +by a movement of the Confederate forces which were besieging the +city. On their return, the carriage in which Mrs. Howe and her +friends were seated was surrounded by soldiers. Stirred by the +scene and the occasion, she began to sing "John Brown," to the +delight of the soldiers, who heartily joined in the refrain. + +At the close of the song Mrs. Howe expressed to her friends the +strong desire she felt to write some words which might be sung to +this stirring tune. But she added that she feared she would never +be able to do so. + +"That night," says her daughter, Maude Howe Eliot, "she went to +sleep full of thoughts of battle, and awoke before dawn the next +morning to find the desired verses immediately present to her +mind. She sprang from her bed, and in the dim gray light found a +pen and paper, whereon she wrote, scarcely seeing them, the lines +of the poem. Returning to her couch, she was soon asleep, but not +until she had said to herself, 'I like this better than anything I +have ever written before.'" + +THE BATTLE HYMN OF THE REPUBLIC + +Mine eyes have seen the glory of the coming of the Lord: +He is trampling out the vintage where the grapes of wrath are +stored; +He hath loosed the fateful lightning of His terrible swift sword: + His truth is marching on. + +I have seen Him in the watch fires of a hundred circling camps; +They have builded Him an altar in the evening dews and damps; +I can read His righteous sentence by the dim and flaring lamps; + His day is marching on. + +I have read a fiery gospel, writ in burnished rows of steel: +"As ye deal with my contemners, so with you my grace shall deal; +Let the Hero born of woman crush the serpent with his heel, + Since God is marching on." + +He has sounded forth the trumpet that shall never call retreat; +He is sifting out the hearts of men before His judgment seat: +Oh! be swift, my soul, to answer Him! be jubilant, my feet! + Our God is marching on. + +In the beauty of the lilies Christ was born across the sea, +With a glory in His bosom that transfigures you and me: +As he died to make men holy, let us die to make men free, + While God is marching on. + + + + + +TRAINING FOR GREATNESS + +GLIMPSES OF ABRAHAM LINCOLN'S BOYHOOD + + +In pronouncing a eulogy on Henry Clay, Lincoln said: "His example +teaches us that one can scarcely be so poor but that, if he will, +he can acquire sufficient education to get through the world +respectably." + +Endowed as he was with all the qualities that make a man truly +great, Lincoln's own life teaches above all other things the +lesson he drew from that of Henry Clay. Is there in all the length +and breadth of the United States to-day a boy so poor as to envy +Abraham Lincoln the chances of his boyhood? The story of his life +has been told so often that nothing new can be said about him. Yet +every fresh reading of the story fills the reader anew with wonder +and admiration at what was accomplished by the poor backwoods boy. + +Let your mind separate itself from all the marvels of the +twentieth century. Think of a time when railroads and telegraph +wires, telephones, great ocean steamers, lighting by gas and +electricity, daily newspapers (except in a few centers), great +circulating libraries, and the hundreds of conveniences which are +necessities to the people of to-day, were unknown. Even the very +rich at the beginning of the nineteenth century could not buy the +advantages that are free to the poorest boy at the beginning of +the twentieth century. When Lincoln was a boy, thorns were used +for pins; cork covered with cloth or bits of bone served as +buttons; crusts of rye bread were used by the poor as substitutes +for coffee, and dried leaves of certain herbs for tea. + +Abraham Lincoln was born on February 12, 1809, in a log cabin in +Hardin County, now La Rue County, Kentucky. His father, Thomas +Lincoln, was not remarkable either for thrift or industry. He was +tall, well built, and muscular, expert with his rifle, and a noted +hunter, but he did not possess the qualities necessary to make a +successful pioneer farmer. The character of the mother of Abraham, +may best be gathered from his own words: "All that I am or hope to +be," he said when president of the United States, "I owe to my +angel mother. Blessings on her memory!" + +It was at her knee he learned his first lessons from the Bible. +With his sister Sarah, a girl two years his senior, he listened +with wonder and delight to the Bible stories, fairy tales, and +legends with which the gentle mother entertained and instructed +them when the labors of the day were done. + +When Abraham was about four years old, the family moved from the +farm on Nolin Creek to another about fifteen miles distant. There +the first great event in his life took place. He went to school. +Primitive as was the log-cabin schoolhouse, and elementary as were +the acquirements of his first schoolmaster, it was a wonderful +experience for the boy, and one that he never forgot. + +In 1816 Thomas Lincoln again decided to make a change. He was +enticed by stories that came to him from Indiana to try his +fortunes there. So, once more the little family "pulled up stakes" +and moved on to the place selected by the father in Spencer +County, about a mile and a half from Gentryville. It was a long, +toilsome journey through the forest, from the old home in Kentucky +to the new one in Indiana. In some places they had to clear their +way through the tangled thickets as they journeyed along. The +stock of provisions they carried with them was supplemented by +game snared or shot in the forest and fish caught in the river. +These they cooked over the wood fire, kindled by means of tinder +and flint. The interlaced branches of trees and the sky made the +roof of their bedchamber by night, and pine twigs their bed. + +When the travelers arrived at their destination, there was no time +for rest after their journey. Some sort of shelter had to be +provided at once for their accommodation. They hastily put up a +"half-faced camp"--a sort of rude tent, with an opening on one +side. The framework of the tent was of upright posts, crossed by +thin slabs, cut from the trees they felled. The open side, or +entrance, was covered with "pelts," or half-dressed skins of wild +animals. There was no ruder dwelling in the wilds of Indiana, and +no poorer family among the settlers than the new adventurers from +Kentucky. They were reduced to the most primitive makeshifts in +order to eke out a living. There was no lack of food, however, for +the woods were full of game of all kinds, both feathered and +furred, and the streams and rivers abounded with fish. But the +home lacked everything in the way of comfort or convenience. + +Abraham, who was then in his eighth year, has been described as a +tall, ungainly, fast-growing, long-legged lad, clad in the garb of +the frontier. This consisted of a shirt of linsey-woolsey, a +coarse homespun material made of linen and wool, a pair of home- +made moccasins, deerskin leggings or breeches, and a hunting shirt +of the same material. This costume was completed by a coonskin +cap, the tail of the animal being left to hang down the wearer's +back as an ornament. + +This sturdy lad, who was born to a life of unremitting toil, was +already doing a man's work. From the time he was four years old, +away back on the Kentucky farm, he had contributed his share to +the family labors. Picking berries, dropping seeds, and doing +other simple tasks suited to his strength, he had thus early begun +his apprenticeship to toil. In putting up the "half-faced" camp, +he was his father's principal helper. Afterward, when they built a +more, substantial cabin to take the place of the camp, he learned +to handle an ax, a maul, and a wedge. He helped to fell trees, +fashion logs, split rails, and do other important work in building +the one-roomed cabin, which was to be the permanent home of the +family. He assisted also in making the rough tables and chairs and +the one rude bedstead or bed frame which constituted the principal +furniture of the cabin. In his childhood Abraham did not enjoy the +luxury of sleeping on a bedstead. His bed was simply a heap of dry +leaves, which occupied a corner of the loft over the cabin. He +climbed to it every night by a stepladder, or rather a number of +pegs driven into the wall. + +Rough and poor and full of hardship as his life was, Lincoln was +by no means a sad or unhappy boy. On the contrary, he was full of +fun and boyish pranks. His life in the open air, the vigorous +exercise of every muscle which necessity forced upon him, the +tonic of the forests which he breathed from his infancy, his +interest in every living and growing thing about him,--all helped +to make him unusually strong, healthy, buoyant, and rich in animal +spirits. + +The first great sorrow of his life came to him in the death of his +dearly loved mother in 1818. The boy mourned for her as few +children mourn even for the most loving parent. Day after day he +went from the home made desolate by her death to weep on her grave +under the near-by trees. + +There were no churches in the Indiana wilderness, and the visits +of wandering ministers of religion to the scattered settlements +were few and far between. Little Abraham was grieved that no +funeral service had been held over his dead mother. He felt that +it was in some sense a lack of respect to her. He thought a great +deal about the matter, and finally wrote a letter to a minister +named Elkins, whom the family had known in Kentucky. Several +months after the receipt of the letter Parson Elkins came to +Indiana. On the Sabbath morning after his arrival, in the presence +of friends who had come long distances to assist, he read the +funeral service over the grave of Mrs. Lincoln. He also spoke in +touching words of the tender Christian mother who lay buried +there. This simple service greatly comforted the heart of the +lonely boy. + +Some time after Thomas Lincoln brought a new mother to his +children from Kentucky. This was Mrs. Sally Bush Johnston, a young +widow, who had been a girlhood friend of Nancy Hanks. She had +three children,--John, Sarah, and Matilda Johnston,--who +accompanied her to Indiana. The second Mrs. Lincoln brought a +stock of household goods and furniture with her from Kentucky, and +with the help of these made so many improvements in the rude log +cabin that her stepchildren regarded her as a sort of magician or +wonder worker. She was a good mother to them, intelligent, kind, +and loving. + +He was ten years old at this time, and had been to school but +little. Indeed, he says himself that he only went to school "by +littles," and that all his schooling "did not amount to more than +a year." But he had learned to read when he was a mere baby at his +mother's knee; and to a boy who loved knowledge as he did, this +furnished the key to a broad education. His love of reading +amounted to a passion. The books he had access to when a boy were +very few; but they were good ones, and he knew them literally from +cover to cover. They were the Bible, "Robinson Crusoe," "Pilgrim's +Progress," a "History of the United States," and Weems's "Life of +Washington." Some of these were borrowed, among them the "Life of +Washington," of which Abraham afterward became the happy owner. +The story of how he became its owner has often been told. + +The book had been loaned to him by a neighbor, a well-to-do farmer +named Crawford. After reading from it late into the night by the +light of pine knots, Abraham carried it to his bedroom in the +loft. He placed it in a crack between the logs over his bed of dry +leaves, so that he could reach to it as soon as the first streaks +of dawn penetrated through the chinks in the log cabin. +Unfortunately, it rained heavily during the night, and when he +took down the precious volume in the morning, he found it badly +damaged, all soddened and stained by the rain. He was much +distressed, and hurried to the owner of the book as soon as +possible to explain the mishap. + +"I'm real sorry, Mr. Crawford," he said, in concluding his +explanation, "and want to fix it up with you somehow, if you can +tell me any way, for I ain't got the money to pay for it with." + +"Well," said Mr. Crawford, "being as it's you, Abe, I won't be +hard on you. Come over and shuck corn three days, and the book's +yours." + +The boy was delighted with the result of what at first had seemed +a great misfortune. Verily, his sorrow was turned into joy. What! +Shuck corn only three days and become owner of the book that told +all about his greatest hero! What an unexpected piece of good +fortune! + +Lincoln's reading had revealed to him a world beyond his home in +the wilderness. Slowly it dawned upon him that one day he might +find his place in that great world, and he resolved to prepare +himself with all his might for whatever the future might hold. + +"I don't intend to delve, grub, shuck corn, split rails, and the +like always," he told Mrs. Crawford after he had finished reading +the "Life of Washington." "I'm going to fit myself for a +profession." + +"Why, what do you want to be now?" asked Mrs. Crawford, in +surprise. "Oh, I'll be president," said the boy, with a smile. + +"You'd make a pretty president, with all your tricks and jokes, +now wouldn't you?" said Mrs. Crawford. + +"Oh, I'll study and get ready," was the reply, "and then maybe the +chance will come." + +If the life of George Washington, who had all the advantages of +culture and training that his time afforded, was an inspiration to +Lincoln, the poor hard-working backwoods boy, what should the life +of Lincoln be to boys of to-day? Here is a further glimpse of the +way in which he prepared himself to be president of the United +States. The quotation is from Ida M. Tarbell's "Life of Lincoln." + +"Every lull in his daily labor he used for reading, rarely going +to his work without a book. When plowing or cultivating the rough +fields of Spencer County, he found frequently a half hour for +reading, for at the end of every long row the horse was allowed to +rest, and Lincoln had his book out and was perched on stump or +fence, almost as soon as the plow had come to a standstill. One of +the few people left in Gentryville who still remembers Lincoln, +Captain John Lamar, tells to this day of riding to mill with his +father, and seeing, as they drove along, a boy sitting on the top +rail of an old-fashioned, stake-and-rider worm fence, reading so +intently that he did not notice their approach. His father, +turning to him, said: 'John, look at that boy yonder, and mark my +words, he will make a smart man out of himself. I may not see it, +but you'll see if my words don't come true.' 'That boy was Abraham +Lincoln,' adds Mr. Lamar, impressively." + +Lincoln's father was illiterate, and had no sympathy with his +son's efforts to educate himself. Fortunately for him, however, +his stepmother helped and encouraged him in every way possible. +Shortly before her death she said to a biographer of Lincoln: "I +induced my husband to permit Abe to read and study at home, as +well as at school. At first he was not easily reconciled to it, +but finally he too seemed willing to encourage him to a certain +extent. Abe was a dutiful son to me always, and we took particular +care when he was reading not to disturb him,--would let him read +on and on till he quit of his own accord." + +Lincoln fully appreciated his stepmother's sympathy and love for +him, and returned them in equal measure. It added greatly to his +enjoyment of his reading and studies to have some one to whom he +could talk about them, and in after life he always gratefully +remembered what his second mother did for him in those early days +of toil and effort. + +If there was a book to be borrowed anywhere in his neighborhood, +he was sure to hear about it and borrow it if possible. He said +himself that he "read through every book he had ever heard of in +that county for a circuit of fifty miles." + +And how he read! Boys who have books and magazines and papers in +abundance in their homes, besides having thousands of volumes to +choose from in great city libraries, can have no idea of what a +book meant to this boy in the wilderness. He devoured every one +that came into his hands as a man famishing from hunger devours a +crust of bread. He read and re-read it until he had made the +contents his own. + +"From everything he read," says Miss Tarbell, "he made long +extracts, with his turkey-buzzard pen and brier-root ink. When he +had no paper he would write on a board, and thus preserve his +selections until he secured a copybook. The wooden fire shovel was +his usual slate, and on its back he ciphered with a charred stick, +shaving it off when it had become too grimy for use. The logs and +boards in his vicinity he covered with his figures and quotations. +By night he read and worked as long as there was light, and he +kept a book in the crack of the logs in his loft to have it at +hand at peep of day. When acting as ferryman on the Ohio in his +nineteenth year, anxious, no doubt, to get through the books of +the house where he boarded before he left the place, he read every +night until midnight." + +His stepmother said: "He read everything he could lay his hands +on, and when he came across a passage that struck him, he would +write it down on boards if he had no paper, and keep it by him +until he could get paper. Then he would copy it, look at it, +commit it to memory, and repeat it." + +His thoroughness in mastering everything he undertook to study was +a habit acquired in childhood. How he acquired this habit he tells +himself. "Among my earliest recollections I remember how, when a +mere child," he says, "I used to get irritated when anybody talked +to me in a way I could not understand. I do not think I ever got +angry at anything else in my life; but that always disturbed my +temper, and has ever since. I can remember going to my little +bedroom, after hearing the neighbors talk of an evening with my +father, and spending no small part of the night walking up and +down and trying to make out what was the exact meaning of some of +their--to me--dark sayings. + +"I could not sleep, although I tried to, when I got on such a hunt +for an idea until I had caught it; and when I thought I had got +it, I was not satisfied until I had repeated it over and over; +until I had put it in language plain enough, as I thought, for any +boy I knew to comprehend. This was a kind of passion with me, and +it has stuck by me; for I am never easy now when I am handling a +thought, till I have bounded it north and bounded it south and +bounded it east and bounded it west." + +With all his hard study, reading, and thinking, Lincoln was not a +bookworm, nor a dull companion to the humble, unschooled people +among whom his youth was spent. On the contrary, although he was +looked up to as one whose acquirements in "book learning" had +raised him far above every one in his neighborhood, he was the +most popular youth in all the country round. No "husking bee," or +"house raising" or merry-making of any kind was complete if +Abraham was not present. He was witty, ready of speech, a good +story-teller, and had stored his memory with a fund of humorous +anecdotes, which he always used to good purpose and with great +effect. He had committed to memory, and could recite all the +poetry in the various school readers used at that time in the log- +cabin schoolhouse. He could make rhymes himself, and even make +impromptu speeches that excited the admiration of his hearers. He +was the best wrestler, jumper, runner, and the strongest of all +his young companions. Even when a mere youth he could lift as much +as three full-grown men; and, "if you heard him fellin' trees in a +clearin'," said his cousin, Dennis Hanks, "you would say there was +three men at work by the way the trees fell. His ax would flash +and bite into a sugar tree or sycamore, and down it would come." + +His kindness and tenderness of heart were as great as his strength +and agility. He loved all God's creatures, and cruelty to any of +them always aroused his indignation. Only once did he ever attempt +to kill any of the game in the woods, which the family considered +necessary for their subsistence. He refers to this occasion in an +autobiography, written by him in the third person, in the year +1860. + +"A few days before the completion of his eighth year," he says, +"in the absence of his father, a flock of wild turkeys approached +the new log cabin; and Abraham, with a rifle gun, standing inside, +shot through a crack and killed one of them. He has never since +pulled the trigger on any larger game." + +Any suffering thing, whether it was animal, man, woman, or child, +was sure of his sympathy and aid. Although he never touched +intoxicating drinks himself, he pitied those who lost manhood by +their use. One night on his way home from a husking bee or house +raising, he found an unfortunate man lying on the roadside +overcome with drink. If the man were allowed to remain there, he +would freeze to death. Lincoln raised him from the ground and +carried him a long distance to the nearest house, where he +remained with him during the night. The man was his firm friend +ever after. + +Women admired him for his courtesy and rough gallantry, as well as +for his strength and kindness of heart; and he, in his turn, +reverenced women, as every noble, strong man does. This big, bony, +tall, awkward young fellow, who at eighteen measured six feet +four, was as ready to care for a baby in the absence of its mother +as he was to tell a good story or to fell a tree. Was it any +wonder that he was popular with all kinds of people? + +His stepmother says of him: "Abe was a good boy, and I can say +what scarcely one woman--a mother--can say in a thousand; Abe +never gave me a cross word or look, and never refused in fact or +appearance to do anything I requested him. I never gave him a +cross word in all my life. His mind and mine--what little I had-- +seemed to run together. He was here after he was elected +president. He was a dutiful son to me always. I think he loved me +truly. I had a son, John, who was raised with Abe. Both were good +boys; but I must say, both now being dead, that Abe was the best +boy I ever saw or expect to see." + +Wherever he went, or whatever he did, he studied men and things, +and gathered knowledge as much by observation as from books and +whatever news-papers or other publications he could get hold of. +He used to go regularly to the leading store in Gentryville, to +read a Louisville paper, taken by the proprietor of the store, Mr. +Jones. He discussed its contents, and exchanged views with the +farmers who made the store their place of meeting. His love of +oratory was great. When the courts were in session in Boonville, a +town fifteen miles distant from his home, whenever he could spare +a day, he used to walk there in the morning and back at night, to +hear the lawyers argue cases and make speeches. By this time +Abraham himself could make an impromptu speech on any subject with +which he was at all familiar, good enough to win the applause of +the Indiana farmers. + +So, his boyhood days, rough, hard-working days, but not devoid of +fun and recreation, passed. Abraham did not love work any more +than other country boys of his age, but he never shirked his +tasks. Whether it was plowing, splitting rails, felling trees, +doing chores, reaping, threshing, or any of the multitude of +things to be done on a farm, the work was always well done. +Sometimes, to make a diversion, when he was working as a "hired +hand," he would stop to tell some of his funny stories, or to make +a stump speech before his fellow-workers, who would all crowd +round him to listen; but he would more than make up for the time +thus spent by the increased energy with which he afterward worked. +Doubtless the other laborers, too, were refreshed and stimulated +to greater effort by the recreation he afforded them and the +inspiration of his example. + +Thomas Lincoln had learned carpentry and cabinet making in his +youth, and taught the rudiments of these trades to his son; so +that in addition to his skill and efficiency in all the work that +falls to the lot of a pioneer backwoods farmer, Abraham added the +accomplishment of being a fairly good carpenter. He worked at +these trades with his father whenever the opportunity offered. +When he was not working for his family, he was hired out to the +neighboring farmers. His highest wage was twenty-five cents a day, +which he always handed over to his father. + +Lincoln got his first glimpse of the world beyond Indiana when he +worked for several months as a ferryman and boatman on the Ohio +River, at Anderson Creek. He saw the steamers and vessels of all +kinds sailing up and down the Ohio, laden with produce and +merchandise, on their way to and from western and southern towns. +He came in contact with different kinds of people from different +states, and thus his views of the world and its people became a +little more extended, and his longing to be somebody and to do +something worth while in the world waxed stronger daily. + +His work as a ferryman showed him that there were other ways of +making a little money than by hiring out to the neighbors at +twenty-five cents a day. He resolved to take some of the farm +produce to New Orleans and sell it there. This project led to the +unexpected earning of a dollar, which added strength to his +purpose to prepare himself to take the part of a man in the world +outside of Indiana. Let him tell in his own words, as he related +the story to Mr. Seward years afterward, how he earned the +dollar:-- + +"Seward," he said, "did you ever hear how I earned my first +dollar?" + +"No," said Mr. Seward. + +"Well," replied he, "I was about eighteen years of age, and +belonged, as you know, to what they call down south the 'scrubs'; +people who do not own land and slaves are nobodies there; but we +had succeeded in raising, chiefly by my labor, sufficient produce, +as I thought, to justify me in taking it down the river to sell. +After much persuasion I had got the consent of my mother to go, +and had constructed a flatboat large enough to take the few +barrels of things we had gathered to New Orleans. A steamer was +going down the river. We have, you know, no wharves on the western +streams, and the custom was, if passengers were at any of the +landings, they were to go out in a boat, the steamer stopping and +taking them on board. I was contemplating my new boat, and +wondering whether I could make it stronger or improve it in any +part, when two men with trunks came down to the shore in +carriages, and looking at the different boats singled out mine, +and asked, 'Who owns this?' I answered modestly, 'I do.' 'Will +you,' said one of them, 'take us and our trunks to the steamer?' +'Certainly,' said I. I was very glad to have the chance of earning +something, and supposed that each of them would give me a couple +of bits. The trunks were put in my boat, the passengers seated +themselves on them, and I sculled them out to the steamer. They +got on board, and I lifted the trunks and put them on the deck. +The steamer was about to put on steam again, when I called out, +'You have forgotten to pay me.' Each of them took from his pocket +a silver half-dollar and threw it on the bottom of my boat. I +could scarcely believe my eyes as I picked up the money. You may +think it was a very little thing, and in these days it seems to me +like a trifle, but it was a most important incident in my life. I +could scarcely credit that I, the poor boy, had earned a dollar in +less than a day; that by honest work I had earned a dollar. I was +a more hopeful and thoughtful boy from that time." + +In March, 1828, Lincoln was employed by one of the leading men of +Gentryville to take a load of produce down the Mississippi River +to New Orleans. For this service he was paid eight dollars a month +and his rations. + +This visit to New Orleans was a great event in his life. It showed +him the life of a busy cosmopolitan city, which was a perfect +wonderland to him. Everything he saw aroused his astonishment and +interest, and served to educate him for the larger life on which +he was to enter later. + +The next important event in the history of the Lincoln family was +their removal from Indiana to Illinois in 1830. The farm in +Indiana had not prospered as they hoped it would,--hence the +removal to new ground in Illinois. Abraham drove the team of oxen +which carried their household goods from the old home to their new +abiding place near Decatur, in Macon County, Illinois. Driving +over the muddy, ill-made roads with a heavily laden team was hard +and slow work, and the journey occupied a fortnight. When they +arrived at their destination, Lincoln again helped to build a log +cabin for the family home. With his stepbrother he also, as he +said himself, "made sufficient of rails to fence ten acres of +ground, and raised a crop of sown corn upon it the same year." + +In that same year, 1830, he reached his majority. It was time for +him to be about his own business. He had worked patiently and +cheerfully since he was able to hold an ax in his hands for his +own and the family's maintenance. They could now get along without +him, and he felt that the time had come for him to develop himself +for larger duties. + +He left the log cabin, penniless, without even a good suit of +clothes. The first work he did when he became his own master was +to supply this latter deficiency. For a certain Mrs. Millet he +"split four hundred rails for every yard of brown jeans, dyed with +white walnut bark, necessary to make a pair of trousers." + +For nearly a year he continued to work as a rail splitter and farm +"hand." Then he was hired by a Mr. Denton Offut to take a flatboat +loaded with goods from Sangamon town to New Orleans. So well +pleased was Mr. Offut with the way in which Lincoln executed his +commission that on his return he engaged him to take charge of a +mill and store at New Salem. + +There, as in every other place in which he had resided, he became +the popular favorite. His kindness of heart, his good humor, his +skill as a story teller, his strength, his courtesy, manliness, +and honesty were such as to win all hearts. He would allow no man +to use profane language before women. A boorish fellow who +insisted on doing so in the store on one occasion, in spite of +Lincoln's protests, found this out to his cost. Lincoln had +politely requested him not to use such language before ladies, but +the man persisted in doing so. When the women left the store, he +became violently angry and began to abuse Lincoln. He wanted to +pick a quarrel with him. Seeing this Lincoln said, "Well, if you +must be whipped, I suppose I may as well whip you as any other +man," and taking the man out of the store he gave him a well- +merited chastisement. Strange to say, he became Lincoln's friend +after this, and remained so to the end of his life. + +His scrupulous honesty won for him in the New Salem community the +title of "Honest Abe," a title which is still affectionately +applied to him. On one occasion, having by mistake overcharged a +customer six and a quarter cents, he walked three miles after the +store was closed in order to restore the customer's money. At +another time, in weighing tea for a woman, he used a quarter-pound +instead of a half-pound weight. When he went to use the scales +again, he discovered his mistake, and promptly walked a long +distance to deliver the remainder of the tea. + +Lincoln's determination to improve himself continued to be the +leading object of his life. He said once to his fellow-clerk in +the store, "I have talked with great men, and I do not see how +they differ from others." His observation had taught him that the +great difference in men's positions was not due so much to one +having more talents or being more highly gifted than another, but +rather to the way in which one cultivated his talent or talents +and another neglected his. + +Up to this time he had not made a study of grammar, but he +realized that if he were to speak in public he must learn to speak +grammatically. He had no grammar, and did not know where to get +one. In this dilemma he consulted the schoolmaster of New Salem, +who told him where and from whom he could borrow a copy of +Kirkham's Grammar. The place named was six miles from New Salem. +But that was nothing to a youth so hungry for an education as +Lincoln. He immediately started for the residence of the fortunate +people who owned a copy of Kirkham's Grammar. The book was loaned +to him without hesitation. In a short time its contents were +mastered, the student studying at night by the light of shavings +burned in the village cooper's shop. "Well," said Lincoln to +Greene, his fellow-clerk, when he had turned over the last page of +the grammar, "if that's what they call a science, I think I'll go +at another." The conquering of one thing after another, the +thorough mastery of whatever he undertook to do, made the next +thing easier of accomplishment than it would otherwise have been. +In order to practice debating he used to walk seven or eight miles +to debating clubs. No labor or trouble seemed too great to him if +by it he could increase his knowledge or add to his acquirements. +No matter how hard or exhausting his work, whether it was rail +splitting, plowing, lumbering, boating, or store keeping, he +studied and read every spare minute, and often until late at +night. + +But this sketch has already exceeded the limits of Lincoln's +boyhood, for he had reached his twenty-second year while in the +store in New Salem. How he was made captain of a company raised to +fight against the Indians, how he kept store for himself, learned +surveying, was elected a member of the Illinois legislature, +studied law, and was admitted to the bar in Springfield, and how +he finally became president of the United States,--all this +belongs to a later chapter of his life. + +Lincoln's rise from the poorest of log cabins to the White House, +to be president of the greatest republic in the world, is one of +the most inspiring stories in American biography. Yet he was not a +genius, unless a determination to make the most of one's self and +to persist in spite of all hardships, discouragements, and +hindrances, be genius. He made himself what he was--one of the +noblest, greatest, and best of men--by sheer dint of hard work and +the cultivation of the talents that had been given him. No +fortunate chances, no influential friends, no rare opportunities +played a part in his life. Alone and unaided he made, by the grace +of God, the great career which will forever challenge the +admiration of mankind. + + + + + +THE MARBLE WAITETH + + + THE STATUE + + The marble waits, immaculate and rude; + Beside it stands the sculptor, lost in dreams. + With vague, chaotic forms his vision teems. + Fair shapes pursue him, only to elude + And mock his eager fancy. Lines of grace + And heavenly beauty vanish, and, behold! + Out through the Parian luster, pure and cold, + Glares the wild horror of a devil's face. + + The clay is ready for the modeling. + The marble waits: how beautiful, how pure, + That gleaming substance, and it shall endure, + When dynasty and empire, throne and king + Have crumbled back to dust. Well may you pause, + Oh, sculptor-artist! and, before that mute, + Unshapen surface, stand irresolute! + Awful, indeed, are art's unchanging laws. + + The thing you fashion out of senseless clay, + Transformed to marble, shall outlive your fame; + And, when no more is known your race, or name, + Men shall be moved by what you mold to-day. + We all are sculptors. By each act and thought, + We form the model. Time, the artisan, + Stands, with his chisel, fashioning the Man, + And stroke by stroke the masterpiece is wrought. + + Angel or demon? Choose, and do not err! + For time but follows as you shape the mold, + And finishes in marble, stern and cold, + That statue of the soul, the character. + By wordless blessing, or by silent curse, + By act and motive,--so do you define + The image which time copies, line by line, + For the great gallery of the Universe. + + ELLA WHEELER WILCOX. + +At the gateway of a new year, emerging from the gay carelessness +of childhood, stand troops of buoyant, eager-eyed youths and +maidens, gazing down the vista of the future with glad expectancy. + +Fancy spreads upon her canvas radiant pictures of the joys and +triumphs which await them in the unborn years. In their unclouded +springtime there is no place for the specters of doubt and fear +which too often overshadow the autumn of life. + +In this formative period, the soul is unsoiled by warfare with the +world. It lies, like a block of pure, uncut Parian marble, ready +to be fashioned into--what? + +Its possibilities are limitless. You are the sculptor. An unseen +hand places in yours the mallet and the chisel, and a voice +whispers: "The marble waiteth. What will you do with it?" + +In this same block the angel and the demon lie sleeping. Which +will you call into life? Blows of some sort you must strike. The +marble cannot be left uncut. From its crudity some shape must be +evolved. Shall it be one of beauty, or of deformity; an angel, or +a devil? Will you shape it into a statue of beauty which will +enchant the world, or will you call out a hideous image which will +demoralize every beholder? + +What are your ideals, as you stand facing the dawn of this new +year with the promise and responsibility of the new life on which +you have entered, awaiting you? Upon them depends the form which +the rough block shall take. Every stroke of the chisel is guided +by the ideal behind the blow. + +Look at this easy-going, pleasure-loving youth who takes up the +mallet and smites the chisel with careless, thoughtless blows. His +mind is filled with images of low, sensual pleasures; the passing +enjoyment of the hour is everything to him; his work, the future, +nothing. He carries in his heart, perhaps, the bestial motto of +the glutton, "Eat, drink, and be merry, for to-morrow we die;" or +the flippant maxim of the gay worldling, "A short life and a merry +one; the foam of the chalice for me;" forgetting that beneath the +foam are the bitter dregs, which, be he ever so unwilling, he must +swallow, not to-day, nor yet to-morrow,--perhaps not this year nor +next; but sometime, as surely as the reaping follows the sowing, +will the bitter draught follow the foaming glass of unlawful +pleasure. + +As the years go by, and youth merges into manhood, the sculptor's +hand becomes more unsteady. One false blow follows another in +rapid succession. The formless marble takes on distorted outlines. +Its whiteness has long since become spotted. The sculptor, with +blurred vision and shattered nerves, still strikes with aimless +hand, carving deep gashes, adding a crooked line here, another +there, soiling and marring until no trace of the virgin purity of +the block of marble which was given him remains. It has become so +grimy, so demoniacally fantastic in its outlines, that the +beholder turns from it with a shudder. + +Not far off we see another youth at work on a block of marble, +similar in every detail to the first. The tools with which he +plies his labor differ in no wise from those of the worker we have +been following. + +The glory of the morning shines upon the marble. Glowing with +enthusiasm, the light of a high purpose illuminating his face, the +sculptor, with steady hand and eye, begins to work out his ideal. +The vision that flits before him is so beautiful that he almost +fears the cunning of his hand will be unequal to fashioning it +from the rigid mass before him. Patiently he measures each blow of +the mallet. With infinite care he chisels each line and curve. +Every stroke is true. + +Months stretch into years, and still we find the sculptor at work. +Time has given greater precision to his touch, and the skill of +the youth, strengthened by noble aspirations and right effort, has +become positive genius in the man. If he has not attained the +ideal that haunted him, he has created a form so beautiful in its +clear-cut outlines, so imposing in the majesty of its purity and +strength, that the beholder involuntarily bows before it. + +THE MARBLE WAITETH. WHAT WILL YOU DO WITH IT? +The Project Gutenberg Etext of Stories from Life +by Marden vice Harden +******This file should be named sflif10.txt or sflif10.zip****** + +Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, sflif11.txt +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, sflif10a.txt + +Robert Rowe, Charles Franks and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team. + +*** + +More information about this book is at the top of this file. + + +We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance +of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing. +Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections, +even years after the official publication date. + +Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. + +Most people start at our Web sites at: +http://gutenberg.net or +http://promo.net/pg + +These Web sites include award-winning information about Project +Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new +eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!). + + +Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement +can get to them as follows, and just download by date. This is +also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the +indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an +announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter. + +http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/eBook03 or +ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/eBook03 + +Or /eBook02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90 + +Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want, +as it appears in our Newsletters. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours +to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. Our +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If the value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text +files per month: 1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+ +We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002 +If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total +will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks! +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users. + +Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated): + +eBooks Year Month + + 1 1971 July + 10 1991 January + 100 1994 January + 1000 1997 August + 1500 1998 October + 2000 1999 December + 2500 2000 December + 3000 2001 November + 4000 2001 October/November + 6000 2002 December* + 9000 2003 November* +10000 2004 January* + + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created +to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people +and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut, +Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois, +Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, +Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New +Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, +Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South +Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West +Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming. + +We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones +that have responded. + +As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list +will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states. +Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state. + +In answer to various questions we have received on this: + +We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally +request donations in all 50 states. If your state is not listed and +you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have, +just ask. + +While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are +not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting +donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to +donate. + +International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about +how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made +deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are +ways. + +The most recent list of states, along with all methods for donations +(including credit card donations and international donations), may be +found online at http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html + +Donations by check or money order may be sent to: + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +PMB 113 +1739 University Ave. +Oxford, MS 38655-4109 + +Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment +method other than by check or money order. + + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by +the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN +[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154. Donations are +tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law. As fund-raising +requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be +made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +You can get up to date donation information at: + +http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html + + +*** + +If you can't reach Project Gutenberg, +you can always email directly to: + +Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com> + +Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message. + +We would prefer to send you information by email. + + +**The Legal Small Print** + + +(Three Pages) + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks, +is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart +through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project"). +Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook +under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market +any commercial products without permission. + +To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may +receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims +all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation, +and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated +with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including +legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the +following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this eBook, +[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook, +or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + eBook or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word + processing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the eBook (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the + gross profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation" + the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were + legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent + periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to + let us know your plans and to work out the details. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of +public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed +in machine readable form. + +The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time, +public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses. +Money should be paid to the: +"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or +software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at: +hart@pobox.com + +[Portions of this header are copyright (C) 2001 by Michael S. Hart +and may be reprinted only when these eBooks are free of all fees.] +[Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be used in any sales +of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be they hardware or +software or any other related product without express permission.] + +*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END* + + + +End of The Project Gutenberg Etext of Stories from Life +by Marden vice Harden + diff --git a/old/sflif10.zip b/old/sflif10.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..696c296 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/sflif10.zip |